technology of creation eng

371
TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION VICTOR А. KORNILOFF INTRODUCTION IN THE THEORY OF WORLD ORDER THE SECOND EDITION CORRECTED AND ADDED Moscow 2010

Upload: dabbe0

Post on 07-Apr-2015

88 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Technology of Creation Eng

TECHNOLOGY OF

CREATION

VICTOR А. KORNILOFF

INTRODUCTION IN THE THEORY OF WORLD ORDER

THE SECOND EDITION CORRECTED AND ADDED

Moscow 2010

Page 2: Technology of Creation Eng

Victor A. KorniloffTECHNOLOGY OF CREATION. INTRODuCTION IN THE THEORy Of wORlD ORDER / V. А. KORNIlOff. – М.: «ONTOPRINT», 2010. - 370 P : fIG.

Readers are offered a hypothesis of the structure of the universe in the broadest sense of the word.The author uses technological analysis to gain an insight into the unknown spheres of Creation. Analyzing the way in which the world, consisting of heterogeneous things, is united into a balanced entity - the author finds answers to questions such as: how the universe is organized, who created it and for what purpose. The book is so unusual that it resists standard classification. The language of a popular science volume is coupled with the conclusions and generalizations that attempt to change the scientific paradigm and revolutionize religious consciousness. The reader is presented with a dramatic, but quite understandable picture of the world, where Matter and Spirit, freedom and Necessity, Belief and Knowledge interact in harmony, but leave no place for mysticism or magic.The book is addressed to those people who want to know about how the world is constructed.

All rights are reserved and protected by law. Copying of the text and illustrations without the written permission of the author and publisher is prohibited. References to the author and the edition must be made in any quotations or reproduction of drawings.

© Victor A. Korniloff, 2010

This second edition, revised and supplemented, holds on based on the first edition, published by the Canon + ROOI «Rehabilitation» in 2007 under ISBN 978-5-88373-148-7. uDK 14, BBK 60.5; H 52

Page 3: Technology of Creation Eng

3

The matter world is a part wold order at the head, which there is a lord. Invisible and unknown to the person.universe part – the Radio world, that not less, exists quite really and in many respects defines existence Material world and the person. Moreover all universe, including a matter and the person is created only by the lord from a unique resource, which lord too is. Stars, a stone, a human soul... All is things created Miro – Building which was created by the lord. The universe at all mystery and incomprehensibility for human reason, nevertheless, has one through property, one cut on .To which it is ready to open to human understanding. The universe is result of the Divine creation, something created by the lord for the purposes known to It. In this connection the universe can be considered as the en-gineering object so to approach to its knowledge, using an arsenal of engi-neering-technological concepts, well-known to the person thanking its rough creative activity. As to a plant not to become ani-mals,as to an animal not to rise level with the person, and to the person during lifetime not to become God. But the reason is given the person, the logic, ability and interest to knowledge, also isn't present an interdiction to learn the world created by God. There are areas where the animal and the person are almost equal – some features of an organism, memory, reactions to many irritants, feeling grieves and pleasures etc. But are in the nature even more interesting areas where the person and the founder

use the same means. logic, mathematics, geometry, ethics … learning these parties of the world order, the person starts to use the same tools, as the lord. To me has opened that in an arsenal of the founder there is a special shelf, on which in all Divine completeness and to beauty there is a System analysis, Designing, Designing, Technology, Modelling, Manufacture… Toolkit for the full cycle of Creation from a plan to an embodiment. Certainly, the technological judgement of the universe doesn't apply for its exhaustive explanation, but that Not less gives unexpectedly much. The opened logic Interrelations of material objects has deduced me on main principles devices of the Radio world where takes place a difficult cycle of preparation for matter occurrence. As a whole all design of the universe combined from material and radio parts, has opened system character of the universe, also has allowed to judge its purposes and a role of the person in it. Once in a youth I almost didn't know God, then in mature years I have come to sincere BElIEf in the lord, and now I. It is assured in Its existence, thanks to the understanding found by me and TO KNOwlEDGE. Religion, and Divinity in mine with -Knowledge not only haven't trembled from technological judgement of the universe, but have received one more stunning certificate of wisdom, beauty and omnipotence of the Creator. whether to a conclusion: isn't present in the world of miracles, they simply

AUTOR’S INTRODUCTION

Page 4: Technology of Creation Eng

4

AUTOR’S INTRODUCTION

aren't necessary, as the world is thin enough and various. Its device sometimes in addition it is deliberately hidden from the person for the sake of its blessing. There are no obstacles to science and Divinity cooperation if the scientist and the Seminary student bear in a shower a spark of God. long researches have led to a conclusion: isn't present in the world of miracles, they simply aren't necessary, as the world is thin enough and various. Its device sometimes in addition it is deliberately hidden from the person for the sake of its blessing. There are no obstacles to science and Divinity cooperation if the scientist and the Seminary student bear

a spark of God in a shower. The sum of representations about a universe, saved up by Divinity and natural-science thought has reached for the first time that level when becomes possible, so Necessary to build the uNIfORM The GENERAl THEORy of the wORlD ORDER and to take the first step to godlike PANSOPHy!

P.S. for the first perusal and the general understanding of sense of the book, it is possible to pass the ma-thematical safely formulas, technological terms,tables and schemes – they are addressed a small circle of professional opponents.

Page 5: Technology of Creation Eng

5

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

In the second edition some wishes of readers have been considered. first of all, the title of the book demanded specification as the word «Creation» has two senses – «the world Created by the lord» and «Process of creation of the world». The term put in the title, assumes the second, less use – My value, but becomes clear it only after book perusal, especially if the reader isn't familiar with a technology subject. However it would not be de-sirable to change the name. Therefore to the title «Technology of creation» as slo – to were brand the subtitle «In-troduction in the world order theory» – the name strictly adequate to the maintenance has been added. unex-pectedly many remarks has caused the reference «My Soul». Someone even has seen in them a shade of the superiority and condescension of the author in relation to the reader. The reference «my Soul» usually is ad-dressed to the loved one, but allows to enclose in it some more senses. for me it, first, the reference to the reader close to me on spirit. Secondly, if such readers .will be a little or it will not appear at all, this reference to

my own I in its following reincarnation. Thirdly, this reference of my reason to my soul, logosa to Sofia, scientific thinking to the divine Omniscience hidden in our souls and human egoism, to Divine to the spark enclosed by the founder in depth of soul of each person. But time such expression seemed to readers too fa-miliar, I have replaced it with the direct reference to my soul («My soul»), leaving the reader the right to join conversation or to observe of my internal dialogue from outside. The second edition is added by the terminological dictionary which included all key concepts and them definitions. It is made for an explanation of the terms, which else were never considered in a context of the system analysis and the technological approach. As in some cases I had to think out neologisms for a designation before unknown persons subjects and the phenomena. I thank you, my deeply dear readers, and I wait for your new questions and remarks.

E-mail: [email protected]

INTRODUCTION TO THE SECOND EDITION

Page 6: Technology of Creation Eng

6

OH, LORD! Is it really the lot of humans to be vegetating grass?You gave us reason and will and conferred upon us the responsibility of the moral choice between good and evil, but made the spiritual connection with You invisible and limited life with death. We do not even know the mean-ing of our existence. That is why our life is saturated by bitter envy and venal egotism. We are more removed from You than anything in this World, but we are also what is most similar to You. Allow our souls to accept Your Light and to become intelligent as-sistants in the matters of Your crea-tion. I know that the depth of Your purity and wisdom is unattainable for humans. You establish order and do not violate what has been established. But there is no magic, miracle or anything irrational in Your Ho-liness and in the World You created – only hints at the cause and effect of Your infinitely wise laws. The universe You have built is immense and still hardly is open for us – the people populating the Earth. Neither the purpose nor the concept of creation is visible to us so far. Religion shed some light on Your appearance for humans, but blind faith and religious rituals for the contemporary person no longer serve to bring us closer to You. After immersing us into the mate-rial World and distancing Yourself from us,

You presented us with the ability to create and taught us crea-tive activity, among other things. In the last two to three hun-dred years, people discovered the laws of the technology of creating; we learned not only to create sepa-rate objects, but also multifunc-tional systems with properties of self-regulation, self-development and definition of objectives. And then one day I understood. You are just the same as I – an en-gineer. The World created by You is one complex system, and in order to understand it, we can make use of the categories of the systems approach known to humans: defi-nition of objectives, hierarchy of goals and tasks, structuring, the methods of information storage, transfer and processing, manage-ment principles of control, optimi-zation, construction, functioning, conservation of resources, etc. But since the universe exists and so accordingly works, this means that somehow, somewhere, someone thought it out technologi-cally, someone created it and someone is still running it. So I decided to understand the technology of creation. To gather the knowledge about the universe accumulated by science and to analyse it in a technological aspect. The world visible and invisible, known and unknown, so complex and so balanced, so multifaceted and so harmonious, so wise and beautiful! What it is made of? How is it arranged? Why does it not stop? Where does it move? Who created it? When was it created and for whom? Lord! From an early age, these questions have given me no rest. I do not

Prayer I

Page 7: Technology of Creation Eng

7

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

want to say that I would sacrifice everything to answer them. On the contrary, work on the solution of the problem to which I have dedicated the better part of my life, has given me and continues to give me great satisfaction. Moreover, I barely believed in suc-cess, was not published and told no one what I was doing because it is ridiculous and immodest to declare that you are going to explain in modern scientific language how and why the World was created and who created it. Lord! Father! Creator! I thank You! It came about by Your will in me! My naive dream came true! After the first six decades of my life passed, the mosaic of the di-vergent facts began to fall into amazingly clear pictures, the indi-vidual parts of the system started to come alive and soon merged into a unified overall diagram, where there is a place for each thing and phenomenon of this World. As I expected, the system of Creation according to its funda-mental concept proved to be com-pletely accessible for human under-standing, harmonious and beautiful even in graphic form. And as with any system, the system of Creation serves as a gnostic key to under-standing of the nature of its parts, i.e. all phenomena and the objects of Creation. Lord! I understood how You create the World!!

Forgive me, Lord, for the in-voluntary sin of declaring myself the author of what was written. Do not doubt that only by Your will was it was given to me to describe the smaller part of Your acts and Your truth. Now my task, if I understand You correctly, is to describe to people what I have come to under-stand.

*** I address this book to you my soul, to my thoughtful reader, to my spiritual twins. To those who want to overcome the sin of atheism; those whose sense of self-respect overpowers slavish dependence on temptations and passions; those whose reason opposes blind idola-try; those who are ready to see in the lord the Secondly, I address this book to you, to my spiritual twins. Those who want to overcome the sin of atheism; those whose sense of self-respect overpowers slavish dependence on temptations and passions; those whose reason opposes blind idolatry; those who are ready to see in the lord the way, the Truth and the life. lord! Do not leave me until I have described your creation to the generations to come after me!

Page 8: Technology of Creation Eng

8

Some 40 years ago, when I started gathering materials for this book, I did not have the slightest inkling how it would turn out, my soul. There was neither any idea about a technological view on creativity nor any other approaches to the issue.The only motive was the desire to understand how the world works and how one needs to live one’s life in it. Such questions, asked in earnest by a grown man, mostly elicit a negative reac-tion from others. This reaction is fraught with a deeply suppressed vexation at not being able to find the answers. In others’ eyes, you are simultaneously a fool – since you are asking childish questions – and a high-brow if you take to thinking about that which many people smarter than you have not found an answer for.

«Harp upon wine, upon song – Do not touch the secret of eternity: This dark charade does not submit to wise men» Hafiz [54, p. 355].

It is an understandable thought. One can even relate to it in some ways.On the other hand, how can you take life and oneself seriously and wish for happiness, when you do not even under-stand who you are and why you were born?Cicero quite specifically commented on this:

«first we must find out what the essence of nature is and who we are before we can say how we can become happy.»

[110, p. 375].

Indeed, throughout human history, there have been so many wise men, phi-losophers, theologists and seers who have touched upon the subject of our ruminations. And they have had much to offer. Some offered the canopy of heaven on three elephants while others offered the Thunder-bearer, logos, first Cause and dialectical materialism… There was a lot of chaff, but a lot of wise thoughts as well. Much of what was said even in ancient times is not fully comprehended. To be sure, how many aphorisms by renowned wise men and spiritual authorities remain riddles even now! Maybe this is not a matter of our ignorance, but of the systemic vision that came to them as a revelation being inac-cessible to us. So to start with, we need to see what the wise men of times past and our con-temporaries said about dispensation and the role of man in the world.what is God? How does the uni-verse work? what is life and Death? who rules the world and how? you will see, my soul, that before us there was so much that was discovered and understood so much and so pro-foundly that only one drop is lacking; one additional turn, one divinely inspired idea that would make the cloud of in-comprehension to dissipate, opening up the structure of the universe in all of its divine wisdom, simplicity and beauty.

INTRODUCTION

Page 9: Technology of Creation Eng

9

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR

Probably as soon as man acquired the capability of rational thought, he felt his disconnection from the universe and the limitations of his half-animal existence.

«Does not the soul languish so much because it does not feel the other world, which exists somewhere nearby, colouring the meaning of everyday life?»Guberman, [34, p. 298].

let us start with the most important question: «Is there a god?» This is not such a simple question. The sun sets in the evening. Is the sun still there at night? At first glance, no, since it is dark. But it is still there, and nothing happened to it even though its light is inaccessible to us. The key word is «is» we distribute this word throughout our perception in our material and transitory world. There is no God in this world and cannot be, or else he would be just as transitory and would need his own Creator. But the ma-terial world that is familiar to us is quite possibly the lowest link in the chain of creation, at the top of which is first Cause – that which is born of itself and produces everything from itself without limits. This is God as understood by hu-mans. He has existed for all time and within everything. In this sense, He is. The Material world, every object, every living thing and movement is not God, but they carry within themselves the operant motive and determinism the source of which is God’s will. In this sense, God is present in every atom of the material world.

But we are now talking about the be-ginning of beginnings and the first Cause, understanding God to be that which is higher than all causes and effects. This same name of God is used for other, less lofty levels of the spiritual world. I am not able to give a classification of gods of various levels, but in one way or another we will touch upon this issue on more than one occasion. Is a human able to find out anything about God, to judge or analyze informa-tion about him? Able or unable is not an issue. Man has been holding discourse about God since the fall of Man. The search for god and knowledge of god are preordained in man, but there are limits to this path:

«Verily, verily, I say unto you, the ser-vant is not greater than his lord; he that is sent is not greater than he that sent him. If ye know these things, happy are ye if ye do them» [John 13:16–17].

According to theologists [Encyclo-pedic Dictionary of Christianity, 123, p. 337], exceptional qualities and character-istics are inherent to God. first of all, love, Grace (Goodness), Truth, Beauty and Omnipotence are characteristics so close to His essence that they are some-times used as His name. Secondly, there are the unique char-acteristics: absolute self-sustainability, a level of freedom not limited by anything other than one’s own manifestations, per-fect thought and full knowledge.furthermore, one gets the impression that

Page 10: Technology of Creation Eng

10

I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR

the Creator of the universe is wise, kind, exacting and hard. He is a brilliant director not without a sense of humour. However, the latter characteristics are more readily associated with other, lower hierarchies of Divine powers governing the realm of the material world. Great thinkers in times past said such profound, beautiful and poetic words about the highest Divinity, that it is better to just quote them without commentary.Separated from us by centuries, but absolutely familiar and understandable, Hermes Trismegistus said of God,

«If He were visible, then He would not exist. All visibility is created or manifested, but the invisible exists for all time without need for manifestation. He exists for eternity, and he makes all things clear. He is invisible because He is eternal. By not manifesting himself, he leads to the advent of everything. In not revealing Himself, He leads to His own revelation. uncreated, He manifests all things into visibility. Visibility is inherent only to things that are created» [22, p. 33].

The following text is also Hermes.

«Since unity is the origin and root of all things, there is an origin and root in all things. There is nothing without origin, and origin does not originate from nothingness, but only from itself, as everything originates from Him. It is the origin of itself, since it has no other. unity, which is the origin, contains in itself all numbers... But it is no born of any other number. All that is born is imperfect, divisible, subject to increase or decrease. The perfect has none of these qualities. Such is… the image of God, as much as I am able to imagine it» [22, с 33].

«God and Goodness are the same in es-sence. Together they comprise a unified im-age from which all other things originate, since

giving everything and receiving noth-ing in return is intrinsic to Goodness. In other words, God gives everything and receives nothing in return. God is Goodness, and Goodness is God»[22, p. 27].

«None of those who are called gods, no people or demons could ever be called good: this definition fits only God Himself. He is Goodness and nothing else. All other beings are not capable of containing the nature of Goodness. They are the essence of body and soul and have no room for Goodness» [22, p. 27]. «Glory radiates in all directions from the divine essence. It is possible that is specifi-cally in this essence that glory manifests it-self in clearest and most authentic way. we are not afraid to say, O Asclepius, that the essence of God, if He has an essence is Glory, and it impossible to attribute Glory-and-Goodness to anything else in the world» [22, p. 39].

«This is what God is – Goodness has the full might to create everything that exists [22, p. 80]».

«His essence consists of birthing and creating all things. And since nothing can exist without the Creator and He Himself would not exist if he were not creating con-stantly, in the air, on the earth, in the depths of the sea, in the entire universe, in existence and nothingness. There is nothing in the world that is He Himself. He is contempora-neously what is and what is not, since what He is, He has already manifested, and what He is not, He contains within Himself. Such is God – to great to have a name, invisible and apparent, He who opens in the soul, He who opens to the eyes, He who does not have a body, since there is nothing that is not Him and all is He Alone. That is why He is the bearer of all names, since he is the only fa-ther, and that is why he does not have a name, since He is father of everything». [22, p. 36].

«There is no hope that the name, no mat-

Page 11: Technology of Creation Eng

11

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

ter how complex it is, can signify His great-ness, father and lord of all things. He has no name, or rather, He has all names, since He contains everything within himself; one ought to either call all things with His name or call Him with the names of all things»[22, p. 111].

Or here is the view that is closest to my heart among the ancient Greeks – that of the philosopher Plotinus:

«God is one, indivisible, unified origina-tion, the unified consciousness of all and the only number. On his own, he is greater and mightier than all that has passed, and there is nothing now and nothing that could be greater or better than him. It follows from this that he is beholden to nothing and no one neither in his existence nor in his perfection, but he is what he is, all on his own, for him-self and in himself, independent of anything external or otherwise, and faced only towards himself» [82, p. 292].

The ancient Indians, just as the more recent Judean Cabbalists, placed empha-sis on the continuity of the concepts of Supreme Being and happiness or satisfaction.

«we strive toward happiness because happiness is the natural state of the soul. The soul is an integral part of the Supreme Being, which by its very nature is sach-chid-ananda-vigraha – knowledge, bliss and eternity in-carnate. “Even the name Krshna, by no means sectarian in its meaning, means ‘greatest satisfaction.’ ‘Krsh’ means ‘great-est’ and ‘na’ means satisfaction. Krshna is satisfaction incarnate, and we, in being inte-gral particles of Him, also thirst for satisfac-tion» [27, p. 143].

At some point, we start to notice the repetitions. But nuance also appear. The beauty of words does not cease to spell-bind, but it is even more interesting that

the very fact of the persistence of repeti-tions from century to century, from mil-lennium to millennium.Grigor Narekatsi (Armenia, 951–1003) has given us a wonderful song:

«O lord of everything that exists, giving us priceless gifts,lord, creating everything from nothing,unknown, all-knowing, frightening,Both merciful and inexorable,Infinite and unattainable,Invisible, eternal, immense,Both horrifying and gracious,Impenetrable are you, intangible,Both without beginning are you, and without end,you are the only thing that is immeasurable, The only thing in the world that is genuine and reliable,you are that which bestows a blessing upon us». [86, p. 69].

The book of explanations of old tes-tament texts – the Zogar, is highly re-vered in Judaism:

«Sovereign of the universes! you are the Cause of Causes, the Inspiration of Inspira-tions… There is nothing comparable to you neither above not below. And you created the Heavens and Earth. And from them, you brought out the Sun, Moon, planets and con-stellations. And on the Earth – the trees and grasses, the Garden of Eden, the animals, the birds and the fish. And the sons of man, in order for them to perceive the divine. And how the divine and the underlings are gov-erned. And how the underlings attain the divine. But no one knows about you. And apart from you there is no unity of the divine and the underlings. And you are known as the Cause of All Things and lord of All» [51, p. 271].

Each pronouncement is accompanying by

Page 12: Technology of Creation Eng

12

I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR

an emotional outburst. Rabbi Solomon Beh yehuda Ibn Ge-birol – philosopher and cabbalist, 11th century:

«you are one, the number of all numbers and foundation of all structures; you are one, and the wisest of people is in the secret of your oneness, since they do not know it. you are One, and your Oneness is never dimin-ished and never expanded and cannot be changed. you are One, but not as an element of counting, since your Oneness does not allow multiplication, changes or forms. you exist, but the understanding and vision of mortals cannot reach your existence or de-termine your where, How and why! you exist, but in and of yourself, since nothing and nobody can exist with you. you exist before all times and outside of any place. you exist and your existence is so deep and secret that no one can penetrate your secret and discover it. you are Alive, but outside of time that can be defined or known. you live, but not by the power of the soul, since you yourself are the Soul of all souls!» [16, p. 542].

And here are the words of St. Augustine, the father of latin-based Christianity, enthu-siastic and in love with God to the point of self-abnegation:

«who are you, My lord? who or what other than the lord God. Since who is God, but the lord and who is the protection except for the lord Our?» (Ps 17, 32). The highest, most perfect, almighty, all-good and all-merciful, just and fair to the highest degree, inaccessible and essential to everything, true beauty and undefeated strength, unchange-able, but changing everything, without age and unrenewed, but renewing everything and aging the proud in their ignorance, always restive and always creating, all-gathering and not needing anything, all-carrying, filling and supporting, feeding and improving, taking care of everything and wanting for naught. you

love, but do not worry. you are jealous, but are not troubled. you repent, but are not sorrowful. you show temper, but are not frustrated. you change circumstances but not intentions. you perceive, but do not lose track. you want for nothing, but in acquiring, you rejoice, are not self-serving, but demand interest. you are given recompense to be inclined towards generosity, but who has something that is not from you? you reward by paying money, but to whom do you owe? By forgiving, you relinquish debts, but do not lose anything» [21, p. 471].

with time, attitudes towards the issue of God begin to turn to the plane of analysis. yes, it is obvious that God exists, but for full credibility, we attempt to prove it logically. The 13th century. The theologist Thomas Aquinas. I am sorry for the lengthy quote, but now I see that all five proving points turned out to be true. It will also become obvious to you, dear heart.

«The existence of God may be proven in five ways: I. The first and most obvious way stems from the concept of movement. In truth, there can be no doubt that something moves in this universe, and this is confirmed by the evi-dence of sensation. All that moves has to have something else as the source of its movement. Conse-quently, as soon as a moving object moves by itself, it moves another object and so on. But it is impossible for this to go on to infin-ity, since in such a case there was no primary mover, so consequently, no other mover. Secondary propulsion devices transmit movement only because they themselves are moved by the primary mover. for example, a staff imports motion since it is moved by the hand itself. Consequently, it is necessary to go to some primary mover, which is driven by nothing else but what everyone understands to be God.

Page 13: Technology of Creation Eng

13

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

II. The second way stems from the con-cept of original cause. It is inconceivable that a series of original causes stretches back to infinity. Consequently, it is necessary to place a primary original cause, which every-one calls God. III. The third way stems from the con-cepts of capability and necessity. It is impos-sible for a series of necessary essences that give rise to the necessity of one another to stretch back to infinity (in the same manner as with original causes, which was proven above). Therefore, it is necessary to place some necessary essence that is necessary in and of itself and does not have an external cause for its necessity, but is a component of the necessity of all other essences. In my opinion, this is God. IV. The fourth way stems from various stages that are present in things. we find things that are more or less perfect, or true, or honourable; and it is the same with other relationships of this kind. But that which the maximum of a particular quality is the cause of all other manifestations of this quality. Thus, fire, as the limit of heat, is the source of all heat, as has been said in that same book. It follows from this that there is some essence that is for all essences the cause of good and all manner of perfection, and we call this essence God. V. The fifth way stems from the order of nature. we are convinced that objects that have no consciousness, such as natural bod-ies, are subservient to purposefulness. This follows from their actions always or most of the time being directed at the best possible outcome. Out of this it follows that they reach their goals not by accident, but by the guidance of a conscious will. Because they lack comprehension themselves, they can be subservient to purposefulness only in that they are directed by something gifted with reasoning and understanding, like an archer aims an arrow. Consequently, there is a sen-tient being deciding the aim of all that is tak-ing place in nature, and we call it God» [111, p. 20, 21].

Even in our atheistic century, when

God has been replaced in people’s con-sciousness with empirical scientific knowledge, there are thinkers for whom a picture of the universe is incomplete without God.Modern-day philosopher Richard Ni-bur says:

«whatever we call it, this rule of the way things are, this reality, this world order – it is all something with which we must consider. we may not be able to give it a name, merely calling all of this “emptiness”, from which everything originates and to which every-thing returns, even though this is also a name. However, it exists – this last nebulous and unclear reality, the mystery of existence, by virtue of which things originate and are themselves, and arrive. There is no protection from it. This reality, this nature of things remains, when all other things have passed. It is the source of all things and the completion of all things. It surrounds our life like a great chasm into which all things descend and from which all things originate, as if from a great spring. what it is – we do not know, apart from that it exists and that is the higher reality with which we must settle accounts». [77, p. 345].

This is the state of affairs with regard to the idea of God. But in all times, there was the parallel issue of belief in God.Belief in God itself can be of a minimum of two different types. In one case, humans only need to know that God exists and nothing better than him exists. Spinoza has given us a classic formulation:

«we see that Jeremiah, Moses and John limit the acquisition of knowledge about God that every person must have, and not many imagine him to be as we wanted to show only in the following light, specifically: that God is fair and merciful to the highest degree and He is the only example of true life» [104, p. 281].

Page 14: Technology of Creation Eng

14

I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR

Since things are this way, then there is no need to strive towards knowing God and the universe. live in fear of God and enough philosophising:

«we have shown that true knowledge of God is not a command, but a Gift from God, and God does not require any other knowl-edge from people other than knowledge of his divine fairness and love, knowledge which is necessary not for the sciences, but for submission» [104, p. 283].

But there is another choice that is more agreeable and, by the way, more ancient. God must be known, one must go to God and in general all expansion of knowledge is welcomed. faith in this case is understood to be filling in the un-known part of the general picture of the universe.from Judah’s epistles to the He-brews:

«Therefore we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. for if the word spoken by angels was steadfast, and every transgression and dis-obedience received a just recompense of re-ward; How shall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the lord, and was confirmed unto us by them that heard him» [Hebrews 2:1-3]

There is probably no sense in citing more quotes. They are legion. The entire Bible, from cover to cover, is 1200 pages of first class quotes about God.But what is the dried residue like? which intuitively understood concepts could be used in a technological image of Creation? A whole series of concepts characterising God the Creator. Grace, Goodness. with regard to humans this is the advent of the opportu-nity to come closer to God, an offer to make

the right choice, use the freedom given by God wisely, like a subtle, be-nevolent hint pointing out the right Path. with regard to all objects of creation, Goodness is the absolute and sole struc-tural material – information. with regard to God, Goodness is His body, His essence, perpetually pouring into the universe and creating the uni-verse. God’s Love. This is love of the Genius Creator to His Creation. However, in observing the universal law of cyclic occurrence and one can notice that in both God’s and God’s Creation there is a sequence of active and passive periods and internal and external manifestation of these qualities is possible. More importantly, there are times when love looks like hate and creativity like destruction. Truth. Only the being that knows all reasons and consequences can pass judgment on Truth. One of the most vivid of the poetic lines in the New Testament is a God-inspired phrase from Jesus that is also super-emotional in a human way: «I am the way, the truth, and the life». [John 14:6]. Beauty. All that is created by god is beautiful?!? No. Not everything and not all the time. In any case, in terms of hu-man perception. It is possible that that is why creation, even though it is a highly divine process, includes an element of play, unpredictability, risk and allows for the possibility of discoveries, finds and losses. But the main instrument of beauty – Harmony – the only true relationship of parts to the whole, is always inherent to God, and any game of creation ultimately ends in beautiful Creation. Omnipotence. It exist in a specific relationship with freedom. Even though

Page 15: Technology of Creation Eng

15

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

both of these powers are unlimited, mu-tual inhibition is built in to their very nature. Indeed, if in creating, God brings a certain order to the world, with laws, rules, dependencies, then He takes it upon Himself not to violate these, i. e. He even limits His freedom and His Omnipotence, but having done that does not lose anything and does not detract from them at all. Absolute self-sufficiency of the person of God. If it is possible to ascribe human qualities to God, then this is the case when «I» is not limited by anything, as every object is part of the Divine «I» and does not signify something external for Him. Therefore, the characteristic outer limitations of humans and incomplete awareness of the depths of their own «I» do not apply to God by definition. However, full introvertedness (directedness inward) does not mean solitude as it implies endless variation of games and activities, including within itself mental contact and links with an infinite number of included parts, full introvertedness turns out to be equal to full extravertedness, i. e. interaction without limits in terms of quality and quantity. Perfect thought. Thought – is the main and most beautiful quality in hu-mans. One can only imagine how beauti-ful this quality is in God! However, say-ing that perfect thought is thought that is not limited by anything is wrong. I imag-ine an analogy with chess: in this game, strict rules leave an infinite freedom of choice and combine elements of predestination and unpredictability. One can conjecture that Perfect Thought, a pale imprint of which we see in human thought, also combines elements of de-liberate limitations of freedom. further-more, Perfect Thought knows no time-space limitations, has no conflict between the objective and the

subjective and ideas and reality, because thought, material and action are combined within it in a primordial, perfect, syncretised whole. Full knowledge. This probably is some kind of Knowledge – feeling – Cognizance, absolutely inaccessible to humans, who, after the fall, have only been left table scraps from its rich pie: «genetic memory» – knowledge at the level of physiology, «scientific knowl-edge» – answers, ripped from silent na-ture and the «voice of conscience» – awareness of good and evil, which gives rise to more questioning than understand-ing. full knowledge, which is inherent to God, is unlimited in the depth of its penetration into objects and their cause-and-effect connections; it is unlimited in the area of its spread, as there is nothing that cannot be an object of knowledge. It has neither time limits nor uncertainty of what is to come. As distinct from human knowledge, Divine Knowledge is true and objective, free from emotions and bias, does not need deduction and induction, analysis and synthesis, it is not divided into theoretical and empirical, and is «beyond good and evil». This knowledge is absolute, exhaustive and efficacious. God almighty and wise. Because only an Almighty and wise Being could create such a huge, complex, and harmo-nious universe, where there is a place and way of existing for one and all. Benevolence. It manifests itself in God’s infinite patience and the power to forgive our sins, our stiff-necks – stub-bornness in unbelief. God’s benevolence consists of preserving up until the last minute of life the chance for repentance, spiritual rebirth and the chance to be heard and comforted.

Page 16: Technology of Creation Eng

16

I. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT THE CREATOR

The Creator is demanding and firm. Evil and despicable deeds are ac-counted for and measures for retribution are taken, regardless of person and merits. God has his own judgment and meth-ods of reprisal. The logic of these is often far from understandable for us, but after all, we know all of the circumstances. The lord gives multiple warnings and leads us away from ungodly acts, but humans, by violating God’s moral laws, can already expect punishment in this life – illnesses, misfortunes, spiritual emptiness, etc. – the types of punishment are even too numerous to enumerate. God’s punishment of humans. It consists of a cessation of Grace. loss of Grace means that a person loses God’s support and remains one on one with both the internal and external Satan, which rules the material world. Punishment may be applied to the person in question, his loved ones, a generation, a country, a family, several generations and a people. And the firmness of the punishing hand does not leave any hope for a pre-determined period. God is a brilliant director. His Genius lies in the most primitive and complex contortions of human fates ultimately leading to a human being faced with his or her sins or good works in personified form. In other words, in the course of life, we meet people or are faced with events that consist of the answer to our good and bad deeds and thoughts. In this way, by not limiting us in self-determination, God does not deny Himself the pleasure of leading us up to a spiritual mirror and showing what we have done with ourselves in forgetting about Him. The Ten Commandments say, «Thou shalt not take the lord’s name in vain».

fearing sin, I want to emphasise one more time: humans should and must seek the image of God, but should not think themselves capable of reaching the image of God. let us remember that the gift of consciousness given to us is not a pretext for self-aggrandisement and pride. with regard to today’s science, in the best case, it does not “notice” the phe-nomenon of God, and in many cases takes up a rigidly atheistic position. This specifically is the sin of pride. The tiny, superficial, barely apparent human em-pirical knowledge thinks itself the abso-lute judge of the surrounding universe. This is the illusion and fallacy of a small child. Science, which grew out of ex-perimental experience, cannot be other-wise. Many scientists are atheists.

«He adamantly knew that there was no-body behind the dome of the clear skies, But yesterday God called out to him and quietly called him an arsehole».Guberman [35, p. 511].

But the child grows up and becomes smarter, as he or she is wont to do. And science will become smarter. And so what will transpire tomor-row? A paradigm shift is in store. The concepts of Experience, Practice, Theory and Method, on which the modern im-pression of scientific knowledge rests, must undergo a fundamental evolution and will be filled with more profound content. The God-Creator will enter them.One will have to accept the fact that experience given to humans in the form of feelings is able to encompass only a small part of the phenomena occurring in the universe. Any theory describing part of the

Page 17: Technology of Creation Eng

17

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

universe is always incomplete, because the universe is unified. without under-standing the general theory of the uni-verse, all private knowledge is partially inaccurate. The methods of the natural sciences are predicated on human notions of the material world, or more exactly – that part of the material world accessible to experiments and reproducibility. But the universe is far more vast and varied. A broader methodological base is necessary. Methodology needs instruments capable of operating with objects of the non-material world, as well as transitory objects that related both to material and non-material phenomena.

«Science is searching for truth, and logos is reflected in Science. But it has certain boundaries and there are questions which not only does not have the capacity to resolve, but even to pose. The conflict is created in the false claims of science to dominion over human

life and the capability to definitively resolve issues of religion, philosophy, morality and the capability of giving directives for the creation of spiritual culture», Berdyaev [12, p. 441]. And there is more. The antithesis of scientific knowledge to religious knowl-edge itself is an archaism of the Iron Age and the time of the industrial revolution. There is no real contradiction between them. Knowledge of the universe that God created and the path to experimental, natural-science knowledge of the universe lie on one and the same path – the path to the Creator. Many brilliant minds have long since noticed that faith and really any form of orientation towards God leads humans on the path of learning about the universe. By coming to know God, you come to know the universe created by Him.

«The only way to save mankind is knowl-edge of God». Hermes [22, p. 51].

Page 18: Technology of Creation Eng

18

II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?

II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?

One day you have to stop and look around to find the way to a decent life through all the vanity that surrounds you. The world we spend our lives in – what kind of world is it, where did it come from, where is it going, does it have a goal, ends and boundaries?

«The Mind is a secret ambassador to you, humanIt dwells in your heart for a reasonIt is questioning you about dozens of secret thingswhen it is alone with you» Nasir Hosrov [54, p. 84]

let us presume that there exist 2 approaches to the problem of the origin of the world: on the level of matter and on some higher level, where the material world is a part of broader world view. Not to go into details for now, let us consider the world and its origin in the most general and broad interpretation known by us and intelligible to us. Back in the ancient times humans noticed, that not everything in the environment could be perceived by the five senses that they possessed. There are many things which markedly affect our material life, but at the same time their existence is not obvious. The simplest example is the reflection in the mirror. Does it exist or not? Perhaps, it is a kind of evil spirit? In Ancient Russia mirrors were equipped with a small door or a curtain, to keep it closed, out of harm's way, when it was not used. And what about thoughts, and life, and death? what are they? They cannot be touched or seen, but they rule the entire world.

Here is the significant dialog on this topic from the work of Hermes Trismegistus:

« – If you think about it, o King, you will see that among the bodies there are also aethereal ones. –which ones? – the King asked.– Bodies appearing in mirrors – don’t they seem aethereal to you?– Indeed, o Thoth, your opinion is wonderful, - the King answered. – But there are other aethereals. for example, shapes: doesn’t it seem to you that they really exist, although bodiless, shapes of beings, not only the animate ones, but also inanimate?– Thy words speak the truth, o Thoth.– Thus the ethereal reflects in bodies, and bodies reflect in the ethereal, which means that the sensual world reflects in the comprehensible world, and the comprehensible world reflects in sensual world. Therefore you should honor the statues, o King, as they also embody forms from the world of the extra-sensual».[22, p. 87]

for some reason two contrary visions have been formed in people’s consciousness. Some think that there is a material world, which can be sensed, measured and the rest is «of evil», but in fact «evil forces» are a fiction too. Others say that all the material things are perishable. They come into being and disappear, they are constantly changing and do not equal themselves, they are illusions, and consequently, they do not exist. when scientific knowledge was practically non-existent, thinkers had no choice but to depend on general logic and God-given common sense. This was the opinion of Plato:

Page 19: Technology of Creation Eng

19

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

«…existence refers to birth the way truth refers to faith…we, considering many things such as gods and birth of the universe, in many respects, will not achieve complete accuracy and consistency in our speculations. On the contrary, we have to be happy if our judgment turns out to be no less believable than that of another, and moreover remember, that even I myself, the reasoning one, and you my judges, are just human, and thus we have to settle for a believable myth, not demanding anything more» Plato [81, v.3, p. 433] .

It is amazing how the human mind is drawn to extremities and how difficult it is for it to judge calmly, thoughtfully while weighing all the pros and cons. The human mind is constantly afraid of losing the collected understanding of the world. How great is this fear, and how persistent is the unwillingness to understand that the One, who created our world and humans, will never turn His back on them. later somehow appeared the opinion about the step-by-step process of creation. The lord, composed of the imperishable, non-material substance, created amorphous matter, and then shaped all the objects of the world from it.

«All has been created by you from “nothing”, and not from your substance, but from the matter, also created by you, initially shapeless, but formed by you at the same moment that it appeared». Augustinus Sanctus [21, p. 739].

At times there appears a fascinating theory: The world is the materialized love and wisdom of God. In a way - materialized information, the source of which is God. The learned visionary of the 18th century Emanuel Swedenborg, who said:

«God has given me an opportunity to be a

spirit in the spiritual world and a body in the world of nature» [95, с. 379];

considered that:

«Everything in the universe has been created by the love of God and Heavenly wisdom of the Human God. The universe, in the great and the small, in the first and the last instance, is so full of love and the wisdom of God, that it can rightly be called the actual love and wisdom of God» [95, p.425].

But nevertheless, while humans knew so little about the world, their natural desire was to hide from uncertainty behind the phantom of wonder. However, there is hardly so much magic and miracles in this world as the number of beautiful tales about them. Both this and other worlds are ruled only by laws and the will of Creator. This Material world is explainable and understandable for humans, just as the non-material world is explainable and understandable for the creatures living in it. Moreover, a human being also possesses potential understanding of the higher world, if the level of his own spirituality is high enough. And, using a technical word, we can say: everything depends on the system approach. The Material world is a portion, a subsystem of a greater system called the spiritual-material world, with a universal set of laws. The Material world is a subsystem of a lower, derivative kind. If considered conditionally independent, it can be understood as self-sufficient, living by its own rules. However, upon closer examination, it becomes obvious that the relations of the Material world and the super-system are predetermined not only by the rules of its organization, but by the very sense of its existence.

Page 20: Technology of Creation Eng

20

II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?

An outstanding Russian theologist in the beginning of the 20th century Sergey Bulgakov wrote the following about this topic:

«An autonomous, withdrawn into itself, all-sufficient world is godless, atheism is its natural state. Of course, it does not mean that there would be no God in the world and the world would not reflect Him in itself as His creation – we are far from such absurdity and blasphemy; but the world is autonomous, it has an independent, self-governed so to speak, scientific-natural existence which according to the famous expression of laplace, does not need the hypothesis of God, and it is not possible to recognize a personal God in it without coming to Him, breaking through the world (transcensus) in a mystical, direct way of religion, by the boldness of faith. Only then the world comes alive, its dead mask disappears, laws of nature become thoughts of the Creator, beauty of the world becomes His robe, history – His true revelation» [25, p.173].

Nearly the same thoughts were expressed by the Russian philosopher of the same period Vladimir Solovyov. Meaning the divine world, he says:

«The reality of that world is, by perforce, incomparably richer than our visible world, the reality of that divine world can apparently be reachable for only those truly belonging to that world. But since our natural world is also unfailingly bound up with that divine world, since there is no, and there cannot be any insurmountable obstacles between them, some rays of light, some reflections of the divine world should penetrate our reality and constitute all the ideal matter, all the beauty and depth we find in it». [103, p.141]

Not knowing and not willing to know about something are insufficient grounds for denying it. If someone, who had never

seen snow, denied its very existence, this would not mean that the snow did not exist. Even if none of the people had ever seen the snow. Another situation: if a mentally ill person has visions, delusions, undistinguishable from the reality, than it is his true reality, irrespective of the opinion of others. The opinions that the material world is illusive, and that the spiritual world does not exist, are both incorrect in their very presentation. And some people’s lack or underdevelopment of spirituality is not a case against the existence of the spiritual world. In fact we know very little about the origins of the material world, and even less – about the spiritual world. The Material world is open for human cognition, although it can hardly be cognized fully. The cognition of the spiritual world is very difficult, if not totally impossible. It can be assumed that the spiritual world is larger and more complicated than the material one, that it has a multi-level hierarchical structure, inviolately obeys its own rules (we can feel their echo in the rules of the material world) has a complicated control system. Cyclicity is peculiar to its processes. It is inhabited, or even formed, by some phenomena (creatures) – bearers of intellect, information and will. Blessing, knowledge, beauty, love and harmony have great meaning in the spiritual world, as well as the law, which does not mean total absence of conflicts or a static position. The higher we rise to the Origin, Causa Causans, or to God the more indivisible seems to us the world. And also the other way, the lower we descend on the stages of hierarchy of the spiritual-material world, the more distinct become the features of separateness. The limit

Page 21: Technology of Creation Eng

21

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

for both is the same point – chaos. The material world comes to a state of chaos as a result of extreme internal separation, and the spirit of creation is born from chaos.Our material world is probably one of the stages of world view. we humans, feel that it is not perfect. Obviously the degree of separation is extremely important in it. Contradictions and unsolvable problems follow people throughout their entire lives and end with the greatest of all secrets – death. Blessings, granted by God hardly break into this world and people can feel it only in the best moments of their lives. from an extremely pessimistic point of view,

«Blessing is not compatible with the material body, surrounded by evil, pain and suffering, lust, anger, mistakes and obsessions. But the worst part is…that evil is taken for a blessing on Earth…» [22, p.39]

Be that as it may, a lot still depends on the individual, on what his/her regards are turned towards. If the person is looking up to God in his/her mind, then blessings can reach him/her easier. If the head is inclined and all thoughts are turned to the material, blessing is out of the question! Probably there is a measure of problems and complexities for each level of creation, and our world is hardly an exception. God grants every one of his creatures as much strength and as many opportunities as are required for survival, but does not forgive the sins of laziness and despondency. It probably would not be correct to say that our material world is bad, and that there are other worlds where life is easier and more pleasant. Any world brings its

own lessons and its own responsibilities. Any world is necessary and beautiful just because it is the creation of God. How and when has the world been created? what can science say about this? Here it is necessary to add one comment right away, one about such gigantic time spans, that the idea of believability loses any sense. The main idea is that worlds of all levels, including the world as a whole, are involved in a cyclic process of emergence and vanishing. Our civilization, being about 10,000 years young, makes up an inappreciable time span and cannot possess any experimental findings on this matter. Science asserts that the universe has been created or appeared as a result of the Big Bang 15-20 billion years ago. what kind of explosion was it, for what reason did it appear and what was its purpose – it is not known. The age of the Sun and of our solar system is about 5 billion years. The Earth as a geological body appeared 4.7 billion years ago. Human ancestors – the Hominid – appeared about 30 million years ago. The life cycle of a star, and consequently, of its planets with everything on them is 9-11 billion years. The life cycle of a Galaxy is unknown. How many times does the number of stars refresh in this cycle is also a secret. Stars form as the consequence of gas-dust cloud condensation, but where do these clouds come from is unknown to science. Almost nothing is known about the Metagalaxy – the galactic network. what is its life span? How many changes of galactic structure does it have to experience? Zero information. There is an estimation of its dimensions, average density and some

Page 22: Technology of Creation Eng

22

II. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE ORIGIN OF THE UNIVERSE?

other parameters of the Metagalaxy. for example, it is known that the Metagalaxy is expanding and that the gravity force is minor or non-existent. Black holes – places where stars collapse and kind of funnels which suck in matter appear – have also become a scientific fact. As well as the contrary phenomena – evidence of “superfluous” matter appearing when solar flares on the Sun burst. Very interesting are the processes in the center of the Galaxy, which is supposedly the source of the flow of matter… The basic theory about the origins of the universe rests on the hypothesis of the Big Bang, which supposedly produced all the proto-matter of the universe and gave it the initial impulse for movement. However, in the opinion of many scientists, this theory leaves many things unexplained.

«The model of a “hot” beginning explains the origin of chemical elements, their current proportions; however, it does not explain the formation of large scale space crowding or existence of quasar objects. And why is the universe homogenous on some scales and heterogeneous on other ones, what was the source for the expansion of space in the universe? The Big Bang model hardly explains the homogeneity of the observed universe on a large scale and isotropism of vestigal radiation» Dubnischeva T. y. [45, p. 239, 240, 243].

And where did the explosion itself come from, what kind of material exploded, by whom and for what purpose was it detonated – is not even asked. Anyway, one cannot be offended by science or complain about it. It is a young social institution of a still very young rational humanity living by its own, mainly

social, rules. People creating science, are subordinated to the laws of their society and are limited by these. Any step over the boundaries is punished, if not with fire, then with ostracism and loss of material resources. And the most powerful factor is that of self-censorship and overwhelming pietism towards the current paradigm which weighs upon all scholars. yes, objectively there are boundaries, beyond which starts the unknown, and there is a collective scientific cognition vector, which gradually extends those boundaries. But standing on the edge of the unknown is not within the forte of every person. The risks and the required talent are great, and the material outcome is, as a rule, negative. Nowadays «the window to the universe», opened by science, has approximately the following limits. The maximum time span in which science operates – several dozen billions of years. we consider the life span of the universe to equal 400,000 billion years. The minimum time span is 10-23

seconds – the fundamental time unit for the material world. Or the frequency of 1023 MHz. The actual «bottom» of the world’s time sliding rule is at the 1080 Hz or 10-80

seconds mark. The opinion of science about the maximum linear size (diameter of the Metagalaxy), 1025 meters, corresponds to reality. The smallest object of the universe is also known. It is the quark – 10-35 meters. However, experimental knowledge, based on perception by the human sense organs, even multifold intensified by technological tools can cover the range from 1021 to 10-19 meters, which is, in general not all that bad. Tacitly, but widespread, science holds to its opinion that humans should be

Page 23: Technology of Creation Eng

23

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

considered the only bearers of reason in the universe, until there is some evidence to the contrary. Daring, isn’t it? yes! Ten billion stars in each of ten billion Galaxies. Each star has several planets and only on Earth there appeared something intelligent. Quite a nice simplistic theory – the foundation of the world! But this is the logic of scientific cognition. As they say: «Don’t shoot the professor – he is playing the best he can».Moreover – be thankful to him. He is not playing so badly. He is still just very young. The reason for this mistake is godlessness. The scientific paradigm excludes God from the scenario of creation

of the world and human beings. And worse than that is today’s scientific paradigm.

«…the visible universe, or firmament, alighted by countless stars, being suns in their essence, was just a tool, by medium of which could the lands be created, and on them – people who could form the kingdom of heaven. with such rationale, a person of intelligence cannot imagine such a huge instrument to be meant for the creation of human kind only on our Earth.There are spirits, whose only occupation is the acquisition of knowledge.These spirits come from Mercury; they told me that there were lands, inhabited by humans, not only in our world, alighted by the Sun, but also beyond it, in the starry heaven, and those lands were countless» Swedenborg E. [95, p. 256-257].

Page 24: Technology of Creation Eng

24

III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE

III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE

So how is the great universal spiritual-material world, one component of which is our material world) constructed? A very strange thing: the older a hypothesis is – the more power it possesses. Probably the reason is the syncretism of the ancient human being and the world, in his strong bond with God. Again, the deepest idea belongs to Hermes.

«The universe is a living entity, comprising matter and soul» [22, p.50].

In fact, the notions of God, world and life are synonymous because they refer to approximately the same subject. The world structure is hard to understand for a human being, there are many engineering solutions, unknown to the average human mind, and thus not accepted by it. «your mind cannot embrace and heart cannot hold all that you see in the outer world» ferdousi [128, p. 384]

As always, an original vision about the structure of the universe is suggested by E. Swedenborg. Abstracting away from the specifics of the structure, he draws attention to its basic principle – each part of creation is included by its function in a single pyramid, in which the hierarchy of relationship goes from God to human beings and then from human beings to God. This is the way it really is.

«…everything created by God forms Devotion, and exactly in the same order, to

the same degree and in the same relationship, that it is to human beings, and through human beings to God from whom it originated» [95, p. 583].

In fact, very little has been written on the topic about the structure of the universe The main sources are Ancient-Hindu Vedas, Cabbala, and vague retellings of books (not quite clear which ones though) by E.P. Blavatskaya. Information on this matter in Judaism and in most other religions is fuzzy, mythologized and fragmentary. It is interesting that Jesus Christ had never touched upon this. John the Baptist devoted the first five lines to the general world view. wise Confucius even avoids answering all questions of his pupils regarding the organization of the spiritual world. If we select the most consistent and frequent details, we can get this outline: a) The world consists of a number of levels (worlds, plans, manifestations, etc.), with different degrees of spirituality and materiality; b) usually seven levels are counted, where the highest one is the Divine first Cause, and the lowest is our material world; c) In some specified sense, worlds of different levels are autonomous, kind of closed within themselves, live by their own internal rules, but this is true only from the point of view of someone «from within»; d) In fact, all the levels, all the things and spiritual objects are interpenetrated,

Page 25: Technology of Creation Eng

25

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

inter-connected with each other and form a single system with a multi-level management system; e) It is inherent for any of the seven worlds, and even any of their parts, to combine the material and the spiritual. There is a potential for spiritual ascension from our inferior earthly seventh material world, just as the highest, spiritual world has the potential for division and moving towards the material world; f) The world, the Big world, is constantly in motion. And this motion is undulatory. The single spiritual order, dividing and differentiating, «descends» to the worlds belonging to the material class, and then ascends back to a single spiritual order, whereupon follows the pause «for rest», when the external activity is stopped. After this the cycle is repeated; g) I do not know why, but since ancient times the prevailing opinion is that the more spiritual the world is, the better it is, because this way it is closer to God. But the levels of worlds do not make any difference to the Creator, He loves his creations equally. But the possibility to receive goodness and reach Harmony is hardly equal for the different worlds. But at the same time the material world gives humans such freedom of choice which neither Satan, nor the Angels have; h) It is very hard to imagine this, but probably it is really so: each, even the smallest, part of the world contains this whole world in itself. But it cannot be in a different way, as otherwise the world would not be eternal, infinite, spiritual and material at the same time. Just as each cell contains the scheme of the whole organism, each atom of the material world, each monad of the spiritual world contains surrogate characteristics of the

whole hierarchy of the worlds; i) And each object, be it a material object or a spiritual phenomenon, is influenced by the rest of the world and influences the whole world as well. Thanks to this, the world possesses harmony.let us stop at this point, as listing all the characteristics of eternity and infinity is above our strength. So, how does the general pattern of the seven worlds, forming a united spiritual-material world, look like? which worlds does it include and in which order? It is considered that the three highest planes of the world are so far from the comprehension of humans, that explaining them is senseless and even dangerous. It is only known that the highest, 1st world does not contain neither a thought, nor a figure, nor light, nor time, - nothing, but it is an emptiness which can create and devour the world. worlds of the 2nd and 3d levels prepare the appearance of the socalled 4th worlds of existence. Highest of the 4 worlds of existence is the world of prototypes, second one is the creative world, third one is the forming world, and fourth and last one is the world of shells, that is our own material world. The general pattern is this: from the initial spiritual state the world goes through stages, on which material characteristics gradually displace the initial luminescence and purity, i.e. spirituality, from which the material universe appears, than follows ascension from the material to the spiritual world. A person, reading about such things for the first time, can ask quite sincerely: how do you know about something which cannot be seen or sensed at all? why there are exactly seven world-stages, why such

Page 26: Technology of Creation Eng

26

III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE

an evolutionary scheme? And after all, can there be any kind of proof of all this? yes, there are proofs, and there are many of them. But let us examine the phenomenon of «Vision» first. Everyone has had a feeling of «revelation». It comes to us at the moments, when some kind of insight adds to visual impressions, and true, deep connection between objects opens to us and the meaning of events is revealed. Human eyes perform only a small part of the function of sight. They fixate outer shells of close material objects in the brain. The concept of «vision» is superior: it includes opportunity to perceive objects in their entirety, in interaction, in time; to see and assimilate their deepest sense at the same time. Not just «from all sides and throughout», but at the same time perceiving, what happened to the subject before and what will happen to it in the future, how and for what purpose it has been created, what is its destiny, when it began and when it will end. The human brain is considered to have a kind of rudimentary organ – a «third eye», which performed the function of «visioning» in the past, the function of direct connection with the world as a whole; but as humans become more and more material, this organ almost died out. However, there are people who preserved the ability to use their «third eye» in extraordinary circumstances. for a few seconds, sometimes only once in their life, they have a «vision». At such moments, a human, still earthly and material, gets an opportunity of seeing the Divine world, consisting of light, Omniscience, Plenum, Might, Joy and sense of flight. Or, according to Hermes Trismegistus, the world of «golden rays of inexhaustible

clarity» [22, p. 259]. In other words, from time to time some lucky people are given an opportunity to see beyond the shell of the material world. Nowadays these phenomena are described in literature and it appeared that many people have experienced this occult moment. This happened two times to me as well. It lasted only two or three seconds, but what seconds! All the witnesses agree that the most important impression in such moments is the feeling of being able to «cross the whole space of glowing world of light «.you get a feeling of joy, exultation, belonging to omniscience. At the same time you need complete readiness, maximum tension and concentration of efforts, feeling like a spring stretched to the maximum. The same is written in Theosophical works. «lights (lights of life) are constantly sparkling around the conarium, but when Kundalini, (the power, giving rise to light of spirituality) lights them up for a short while, the whole universe can be seen. The third eye opens even in deep sleep. This is useful for Manas (mind and moral conscience) which uses this, although we do not remember it» E.Blavatskaya [19, p. 555].

Many ancient legends tell about the moment, when free ethereal souls had to take shape, come into the human material shell for the first time. They had not only to suffer all the severities of a mortal body, but which is even more terrible, lose immediate contact with the spiritual Source that gave rise to them, refuse the happy life they had been spending with the gods, and furthermore, lose the ability to immediately see the spiritual world.

«Our eyes will not leave much space

Page 27: Technology of Creation Eng

27

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

for souls, not belonging to God, anymore. Through those wet circles we will, constantly lamenting, see the sky of our ancestors as very small; sometimes we will not even be able to see it at all. Poor creatures, we are doomed to lose the direct sight, as without light we cannot see anything – that is because these are windows that we have, and not eyes» Hermes Trismegistus [22, p. 177].

But still, the rare opportunity of momentary insight into the structure of the universe, is given to humans not by chance. Probably to wake up their atheistic souls, probably to support those being on the hard path of spiritual ascension, probably as a valuable gift. Such direct evidence gives almost no specific information about the structure of the world in our earthly understanding; however, they are signals for our conscience, letting us know that the spiritual world does exist, and contact with it brings us glory; that the Material world is perishable and secondary, that the law and Connection of things rule everywhere, that Omniscience is not a fiction, but an instrument of controlling the world. And many. many other things can be drawn from eye witnesses' account, especially if you think, compare and analyze, or better – love the God and His creation, because there is nothing more interesting, beautiful and informative. However, there is no point in idealizing neither the results nor the process of creation. In these are contained quests, mistakes, imperfections, successes and failures. The structure of the world is immense, magnificent, complex, ever changing, multi-dimensional and multi-systemic. Creative and destructive powers are always side by side in it; the main thing is that it does exist; its existence is not

mysticism and even not an absolute secret. Construction of the world on all seven, or how many are there, levels lives by its own (level) and general laws, and there is no witchcraft or magic in it, only strict order, still not perceived by humans. This order is set by God, and is totally clear and known to Him. A human, while being just a human, cannot totally behold it. Natural sciences have not formed a single concept of the structure of universe yet. This fact was formulated most precisely by V.I. Vernadskiy, who brilliantly combined encyclopedism - the ability to generate ideas, and high ethics of scientific thinking.

«The scientific world view is not a scientifically absolute vision of the universe – we do not have this vision. It consists of separate truths of science that we know, of opinions, drawn logically, as well as by studying material, historically mastered by scientific thinking, of concepts of religion, philosophy, life and art, which came to the science from outside» [28, p. 232].

There are many spheres of matter particularly in the microcosm (down to size of 10–19 m), macro world and mega world (up to the level of objects with size of 1021 m), in which science has accumulated understanding of many processes and phenomena, without the necessary system coordination, without deep insight into these processes and phenomena in the general system of the universe, no correlation with the non-material part of universe. No one has ever seen the Metagalaxy, an atom, its core, an electron… The structure of the unit of matter, its «building block» in all its manifestations – mass, energy, information, – is still unknown… Total

Page 28: Technology of Creation Eng

28

III. OUR KNOWLEDGE ABOUT THE STRUCTURE OF THE UNIVERSE

range of sizes in the universe spreads from 10–34.8 to 1025.62 m. As a matter of fact, in spite of being a scientist himself, the author must confess that science does have its faults, the aversion to admitting the limitations in its scope of knowledge, an ambitious inclination to claim omniscience. what a shame! It would be easier to move forward. Humans still have to learn

so much about the world view that it could go a long way. And when humans are mature enough spiritually to understand the other, finer worlds, they will discover themselves there in all their beauty, and this beauty, shown by humans, will please the Creator. However, these will not be flesh and bone human beings anymore, but in some degree parts of God.

Page 29: Technology of Creation Eng

29

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

IV. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT LIFE AND DEATH

The next question of insatiable human curiosity is what life and death are. Is there a goal, purpose and result? And the most important question of all is: what is the world – a piece of scenery, a machine or a living creature? Three higher Planes originating from the first Cause are very far removed from human logic. Most likely, no law or principle known to us can be applicable to them. Are there such notions as life, activity, goals and the very concept of «a concept»? However, we will not consider these just yet. we will discuss the four planes of the material and spiritual world, which include the material world partially and directly perceived by man, and the three higher planes, where spiritual entities – the prototypes of material objects exist. So what is this four-planed, material-spiritual world or universe, partially seen and perceived by us? we know the main features of the universe from many trustworthy sources. The universe is the world born and subject to constant movement: making, changes in quality and quantity. The universe is not self-sufficient – it takes into itself the Goodness and fohat (life force), coming from higher planes. The universe can return cleansed spiritual Beings to the Higher Planes. The universe consists of matter and souls, on the basis of which suffering and death are inherent to it, though it is beautiful and immortal, i.e. eternal. How can these qualities be combined? The four planes of the universe differ,

we may say, according to the percentage of their spiritual and material components. In the highest of planes the material element is only considered (intended), while in the lowest, on the contrary, the spiritual is almost entirely displaced by the material. we say «life» to denote the existence of a plant, an animal and humans, but we mean quite different things. It is evident that the notion of life can be applicable to any of its manifestations in descending or ascending lines of development but each time the very essence of life will differ more and more. The human mind gravitates towards definitions. Can we give a definition of such a concept as life? The answer is both yes and no. Everything we are surrounded with and made of is matter and spiritual phenomena. Both components are in constant movement and active formation. The essence of God, the Creator

«consists in the birth and creation of all things. And since nothing would exist without the Creator, so He would not exist if He would not create constantly in the air, on the earth, in the depths, in every part of the world, in the entire universe, in everything that is existence and non-existence. for there is nothing in the world which is not Himself…» Hermes Trismegist [22, p. 36].

Thus God is everything, and there is nothing beyond God – neither connection, nor quality, nor form, nor time, – as He is omnipresent and all-embracing. And now let us ask ourselves the following questions:

Page 30: Technology of Creation Eng

30

IV. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT LIFE AND DEATH

is there anything in the universe that does not go through a life cycle, and is death absolute?

«The entire world is a big God… He is profusion of life. And there is nothing in it…, which is not a living thing. Nothing dead is there in the world, and was not there and will not be …nothing dies but if something was composed it should be divided. living beings decompose, as they are composite. The process of decomposing is not death but separation of components. Its goal is not destruction but renewal. what is this life energy? Is it not movement? And what is unmovable in the world? Nothing, my son» Hermes Trismegist [22, p. 68].

Thus, everything is life, everything is the universe and everything is God, that is the concepts of God, life and universe have the same meaning while they only present different sides of the same phenomenon. So what is the world then and the universe – a living being capable of thinking and feeling? yes, exactly.

«The world… has its own perception and thought that differ from similar feelings of human beings... but they are stronger and easier. The world has only one perception, only one thought: create all things and partition them in itself …As a good sower of life, it renews its creations, reshaping them with its movement, gives birth to all life, contains all living beings, at the same time it is the place and the creator of life» Hermes Trismegist [22, p. 45].

The concept of life is much deeper than we could ever imagine. All things that we can see and which cannot be seen by us are just different manifestations of life. There are many forms and ways of life, but they all have certain universal features.

Emergence and destruction are inherent to any form of life. The first, main and obligatory property of life consists in repetition, through regeneration of an endless chain of interrelated circles – cycles, every one of them – birth, growth, death and disappearance. why should this order exist? Is there any explanation for it? yes, there is one explanation, and it is not so complicated. life is a form of world existence and that it looks just this way and not another is not accidental. It is because life is subject to a wider law, it is the result of a more covert reason, or antilogy as philosophers say. This antilogy consists in the necessity to combine unity and separateness. As soon as the first Cause starts to divide itself into independent parts (differentiated entities) the problem of the whole and the part emerges. The Part strives for independence and self-sufficiency intending to become the thing that gave it birth, i.e. the only and single first Cause. But that is impossible, for the first Cause was one, and parts were many and they are interdependent due to a certain necessity. The part cannot occupy an endless amount of spiritual or material space because there are other parts that prevent it from this. At the same time the whole, living in every part cannot stand limitation, it gravitates to unite parts into a harmonious whole that existed before partition took place. without partition, the world would not emerge, but any, even the most skillful partition always leads to imperfectness. And a complete perfection, the absolute can exist only as a form of a complete unity: without parts, without qualities, without time and space, i.e. without the world. what should we do then?

Page 31: Technology of Creation Eng

31

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

The divine solution to the antilogy has been found. It is life. Every object of this world, both spiritual and material, has to go through a life cycle of its own: it is born; it develops in its self, experiences contact and influence of other objects – selves, weakens and dies, having left its offspring and its Karma to the world. Every idea strives for world domination, every man thinks himself an angel or a demon…, and every brick wants to become the Dome Cathedral. And that is very good, but to each of them there is an allocated time, the time of their life. The part and the whole are absolutely opposed to each other. There cannot be an object that is at the same time a part of the whole and the very whole itself. Nevertheless, they have to be united somehow. Methods to unite particular things having a disposition not to combine (for example two mutually insoluble liquids) are quite well-known in nature and in human practice. This is the dispersion method, which is mixing of liquids until they turn into minute drops, the mixture of which is called an emulsion. In this way, we can prepare a mixture of water and oil. Emulsion has many of the characteristics of both of its components. But if the mixing process is stopped, the mixture will separate itself back into the initial liquids after some time. The alternation between life and non-life has some resemblance to dispersion. The period of life is the time when the separated part exists; this period is changed into the period of non-existence, when this part is in some united, non-separated state. Thus life is the way to combine separateness and unity. life is the form of

the world’s existence. life is the content and the sense of all that is done in the world. This analogy can be extended even more. In the ancient Hindu epos there is a wonderful legend about how the god Vishnu ordered the sons of the heaven and the dark demons to churn the cosmic ocean. The holy mountain was used as a churning staff, and the Great Snake Ananta played the role of a rope. The very analogy with churning is very exact, as it captures the main point: the repetition and the cyclic character of the process, rotational movement, a great number of repetitions of churning as the condition for the movement of life. An idea of a ring, a chain made of rings, and then rings made of chains and so forth lies in the basis of life. The cyclic character of the process, repetitions, series of repetitions, cycles of series of repetitions, etc are present in every activity and every process. Actually, the very concept of «time» we cannot express in any other way than by using cycles. A certain elementary cycle or its part can be used as a measuring unit. People took the period of the Earth going around its axis as a primary cycle. A one twenty-fourth part of this time is called an hour, and just a bit more than 365 of such cycles comprise one year – the time it takes the Earth to complete one full rotation round the Sun. Hindu sources provide us with quite a sufficient scheme for measurements of large time cycles [17, p. 89], based on the Earth year. The first cyclic unit – Maha yuga – includes 4,320,000 years and consists of four periods, different in their duration: Krita yuga – the brightest period – 1,728,000 years;

Page 32: Technology of Creation Eng

32

IV. WHAT WE KNOW ABOUT LIFE AND DEATH

Treta yuga – 1,296,000 years; Dvapara yuga – 864,000 years; Kali yuga – time of quarrels and suffering – 432,000. Maha yuga – one thousandth part of the Brahma’s day (day of the universe), that is why one Brahma’s day equals: 4,320,000·1,000 = 4,320,000,000 years. The calendar day of Brahma includes the night – the state of Pralaya, equal to the period of daylight, that is why it is equal to: 4,320,000,000·2 = 8,640,000,000 years. The year of Brahma is 8,640,000,000·360 = =3,110,400,000,000 years. The age of Brahma is one hundred times longer – 311,040,000,000,000 years. we will come back to the topic of large time cycles later, for now we shall turn to the main peculiarity of time, its relativity. Measuring time by cycles puts the result of the process into a direct dependence on the constancy of the cycle itself. The Earth calendar day being the same interchange of night and day was one and a half times shorter at the beginning of our planet’s evolution because the Earth had smaller weight and rotated more quickly. It is evident that if cycles can contract or stretch the same can happen to time. life is the way of existence of first Cause (the absolute) in the world, and the cyclic character is an attribute of all life processes. So what do we know of human life and life of the human soul?first of all, it is naïve to think that humanity is just an accidental caprice of evolution at one point of creation. let us cite a passage from V.I. Vernadsky once more:

«…many things indicate that life can be

found now not only on Earth but on other planets as well. we may consider it more than possible» [28, p. 416].

There were two trees in the Garden of Eden. One was the tree of knowledge of good and evil of which Adam tasted and for that he was banned from heaven, and the second was the tree of life that remained untouchable for the heavenly couple. This story suggests one simple conclusion. That man is mortal as long as he is far from God. In other words the way to the desired immortality lies through man’s turning to God. Again, the ultimate Hermes expressed it best:

«Man’s love for the divine Mind frees him from the mortal part of his nature and gives him hope for future immortality. you can see how large is the difference that divides the good from the evil! The one who has been lit up with godliness, religion, wisdom and worship for God can see the true sense of things as if he could see them with his eyes…» [22, p. 120].

Mankind will be granted immortality when people sincerely devoted to God appear.

«…God will put forth his new priest to whom all God’s words are revealed, and he will commence a trial of truth on earth for many a day... Heaven will triumph in his days, and the earth and the clouds, and the knowledge of God will spread across the earth, like sea water, and angels of God’s fame will delight in that…sin will stop, and the lawless will stop their evil deeds, and the righteous will find peace. Then he will open the heaven’s gate and take away the sword threatening Adam. And he will let the saints taste of the tree of life, and the saint spirit will be over them» Apocrypha of the Old Testament [29, p. 284].

Page 33: Technology of Creation Eng

33

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOLOGY OF CREATION»

Immortality and God-oriented ethics of man’s behavior are not just connected with each other but they are a single unity.Naturally scientific knowledge cannot see the attributes of the Creator and the subject of his Creation in the phenomenon of life, until the providential aspect of life is considered. Science cannot see this because it ignores God.

«To the last questions about life and death, good and evil, science today still cannot provide the answers, as it could not provide these in the past. Noteworthy is the fact that science as a concrete unity exists only as a complex of sciences, or even endlessly expanding scientific specialties. It is like a machine built from a great number of wheels or parts. The entire knowledge, the world mind, or the book of nature opens up to humankind only a few moments of its history, and every individual can only read some pages or even only some lines from that book, however strong his intellect may be. That is why the assumption that science can really solve all questions might be based only on the general belief in the power of science, scientific method and scientific mind, but this belief does not allow for an experimental verification.Thus science can neither replace nor abolish religious faith and cannot even defend its own existence against wanton skepticism without the silent or open admission of certain religious preconditions, namely faith in the objective

mind» S.N. Bulgakov [25, p. 256].

yet science has thoroughly studied many biological manifestations of the phenomenon of life. It has even accepted the postulate of abiogenesis according to which it acknowledges, «the living appears from the dead». A sign of life is the capability of biological objects to change, excite, grow, develop, reproduce, self-regulate and adapt to the environment in which they live. Achievements of genetics, the science about nature and ways of transferring ancestral features are especially interesting. Only one step separates them from laws of spiritual evolution of humans. for traditional science, the category of death is seen as the termination of biological processes as a result of the aging of a biological organism. And that is all. It does not mention any system function, ethical aspect, a transformation of the soul or contacts with non-material world… A human being dies, and it is all over. why he lived and who he was, how much good or bad has he brought into this world – all of these questions are not yet subjects of scientific knowledge. And this is unfortunate!

«I came into this world – is it richer because of it?And if I leave, – is that of any great loss to it?I wish that someone could explain, why I,Once born of dust, am bound to return there»

Such are the words of the unequalled Omar Khayam [54, p. 102].

Page 34: Technology of Creation Eng

34

1. HOW TO DESCRIBE THE THINGS, FROM WHICH THE MATERIAL WORLD IS MADE?

KEYWORDS: scale, metrics, classification,attributes of classification, parameter, multiplicity

Dear Heart! let's try to list and describe the things from which the world is made. Too hard, right? Actually it is not so difficult. It is necessary to list the largest categories of things and to show their most important characteristics. And we must start from the list of characteristics and their metrics. Metrics is a method of measurement and a way to present the results. The first parameter is the characteristic of size. A particle, an atom, a human being, a star. Everything has a size. And though it can fluctuate for each specific object, in comparison with the differences in size between classes of objects, these fluctuations are negligibly small and consequently the category of the size can serve as the basis for the classification of objects of the world. for the unit of measurement, to start with we shall use the meter. The second parameter is mass. This characteristic, as well as the size characteristic, can be measured and described for the majority of objects in the world known to humans. The simplest unit here is the gram. The third parameter derived from the first two is density. It defines the weight of one unit of volume of an object. By density it is possible to get an idea about the physical nature of an object. Density in calculated in grams per one cubic centimeter. The fourth parameter is time. Everything

in the material world, we will not talk about other worlds for the moment, happens through time. Everything has a moment of appearance, a life span and a moment of disappearance. The most universal unit of measurement is the second. The fifth parameter is frequency. It is related to time and means the quantity of oscillations - cyclic changes of state per unit of time. It is calculated in hertz. One hertz is equal to one full oscillation within one second. The sixth parameter is the quantity of elements entering into an object as a system. How many cells there are in a human being, how many stars there are in the Galaxy, etc. There is one more important parameter – the complexity of objects in the world. But this parameter as we shall see later, can be shown only after the analysis of the previous characteristics. In general the number of parameters and approaches to the description of objects in the world is boundless and depends only on the capabilities and interests of the researcher. Therefore we shall stay with the six parameters listed above. Now about the way we should build the scales of these parameters. The question is not easy. The scales should be compact, visible and readable, i.e. convenient to use. But the values of parameters of the micro and macro worlds differ very much. The size of an atom is 0.00000000001 m., and the size of the

Page 35: Technology of Creation Eng

35

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

nucleus of the Galaxy is 1,000,000 billion. m. Therefore the scientists studying the micro-world use a unit of measurement called an angstrom, comparable to the size of an atom, and astronomers use the concept of a light-year, proportionate to the dimensions of Galaxies. In our situation the most suitable is the logarithmic scale based on the factor of 10. This means that each subsequent division of the scale differs from previous one by 10 times. Two notches upward means a 100-fold increase, 3 notches downward means 1000-fold reduction. Such a gradation scale will allow the placement in one table of the largest and the smallest items that exist in the world. Opposite the points of the scales we will put the values of decimal logarithms which, essentially, show the quantity of zeros after the unit

in the notation of the size or another parameter, for example:

1,000,000 = 106 = lg106 = 60.000001 = 10–6 = lg10–6= –6

Please note, here we are talking about how to measure, and not about what to measure. This is not by accident. we do not know yet, what objects of the world to accept as representative, which it is possible to consider as typical examples, and which are modifications. All objects are still of equal value to us, and there is no basis to classify them. The natural grouping of the objects of the world by parameter scales should suggest the classification divisions and bring us further towards the laws uniting the world into a single system.

Page 36: Technology of Creation Eng

36

1.1. The scale of linear sizes

1.1. The scale of linear sizesKEywORDS: size, dimension, diameter, distance.

1025,62 m The biggest object known to us is the Metagalaxy. This is its diameter now, 15-20 billion years after its appearance.

1025,2 m The diameter of the Metagalaxy at the moment of its appearance. It is defined simply as: the recession of Galaxies multiplied by the period of existence of the Metagalaxy (10-15 billion years) and the derived path subtracted from today's diameter. This implies that during its existence the Metagalaxy has grown approximately 3.5 times.

1021 m The diameter of the largest known Galaxy.

9,5·1020 m The diameter of our Galaxy. Generally the diameters of known Galaxies are in the range from 1018 to 1021 m.

2,6·1019 m The distance from the Sun to the center of our Galaxy.

1018–1017 m The diameter of cluster of stars inside of the Galaxy.

3,1·1016 m 1 parsek is a unit of measurement of astronomical distances.

9,5·1015 m The light year is the distance which light travels in one Earth year.

1015 m The diameter of the nucleus of the Galaxy.

1,2·1013 m The diameter of the Solar system by the orbit of the planet Pluto.

7·1011 m The diameter of a super-giant star.

3·1011 m The diameter of the orbit of the Earth.

1010 m The diameter of a giant star.

1,4·109 m The diameter of the Sun.

108 m The diameter of a dwarf star. It turns out, that the size of stars fluctuates in a range from 108 to 7·1011 m. But here are not included the neutron stars consisting of atoms, missing electron shells.

1,2·107 m The diameter of the Earth. The diameters of the planets of the Solar system are in the range from 104 to 108 m. The diameter of the biosphere of the Earth is approximately equal to its diameter.

(4–6)·104 m The diameter of a neutron star.

1,6·100 m The average human height is 1.62 m.

1 m The length of the «wave packet».

10–4–101 m The dimensions of animals.

2·10–4–102 m The dimensions of plants.

0,9·10–2 m The gravitational radius of the Earth.

10–3 m 1 mm

10–4 m The average size of a cell. The cell size varies in a range from 5·10–8 to 5·10–3 m. Except for an ostrich's egg – 160 mm. The whole egg is one cell, and ancient giant pangolins laid eggs one meter in size and even larger.

5·10–5 m The size of a human sperm cell and of the majority of animals does not depend on the size of the adult, and this applies to the size of the nucleus of a female reproductive cell. And it is interesting, that a sperm cell head, which in a little smaller than the whole, after penetration into the female reproductive cell at first grows inside it to the size of 5·10–5 m., becomes equal

Page 37: Technology of Creation Eng

37

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

to the size of the female reproductive cell and only then merges with it, forming a new single nucleus, which is the actual fertilization. In the world all is secondary to the harmony of scale.

10–6–10–4 m The dimensional range in which biological objects gravitate to the spherical form with a single center of symmetry.

10–6 m The micron is a unit of length used in the description of microbiological objects.

5·10–8 m The sizes of viruses, formations which already possess a number of properties similar to living objects, but are more similar to robots, than to living creatures.

10–9 m The size of a molecule, the average size.

10–10 m The size of a hydrogen atom.

5·10–14––10–15 m

The sizes of the nuclei of atoms of various chemical elements.

10–15 m The maximum distance necessary for the retention of protons and neutrons in an atom nucleus.

10–15–10– 17 m

The range in the size of «strange particles».

10–19 m The dimensional limit of modern instruments for experimental scientific research. Subjects smaller than 10–19 m not only cannot be viewed on powerful electron microscopes, but still cannot be investigated even by indirect methods.

10–19–10–34 m A huge piece of the scale ladder in which it is possible to glance only by means of mathematic modeling. This area of 15 ten-fold steps is equal to

the range between the size of the nucleus of the Galaxy and height of a human being. There, inside of this area is the electron, whichno one has seen and whose nature is not fully understood, there is the nucleus of the electron if it exists at all, there is the photon – an elementary particle of light, there is also as much variety, as in the dimensional interval between the Solar System and the Metagalaxy.

1,6·10–35 m The so-called maximon is the minimal length of a material object calculated by M. Planck, having physical sense and capable of existing in the world of matter.

when it became clear to scientists, that in the material world there is a natural limit to the speed of movement of any object and this is equal to the speed of light, it became possible to also determine the limiting values of length and time. lowest possible dimension:

= 1,6158×10–35 mor 10-34,8 m.

The elementary time unit:

Тэ = е2/мэс3 = 10–23 sec.

The postulations of the relativistic theory formulated about a hundred years ago, have proved to be true in practice and are accepted by science. Therefore, Planck's sizes can also form the basis for serious scientific constructions and conclusions.

M hG /c3=

Page 38: Technology of Creation Eng

38

1.2. Mass scale

1.2. Mass scale

KEYWORDS: mass, weight, gravity.

1053 g The mass of the Metagalaxy3·1044 g The mass of the Galaxy.

1,2·1035 g The mass of a giant star. The mass of stars fluctuates in a range of 1032 – 1035 g.

2·1033 g The mass of the Sun. Practically the same value as the mass of the Solar System as the mass of the Sun constitutes 99.8 % of the mass of the Solar System

8·1031 g The mass of a dwarf star.

5,9·1027 g The mass of the Earth.

(5–9)·104 g The mass of a human being.

1,66·10–24 g The atomic mass unit – 1/2 of carbon mass С12 is accepted for calculation of masses of elementary particles in atomic and nuclear physics.

1,671·10–24 g The mass of an atom of hydrogen Н1. It is interesting that the atomic mass is less than sum of masses of the particles making up the atom. The difference occurs because the mass defect goes to the interaction energy.

1,670·10–24 g The mass of a proton.

5,5·10–28 g The rest mass of an electron. I do not wish to paraphrase a physics

textbook, but I will recap that the weight and mass differ or coincide depending on the speed of movement of the body. In the material world there is a limit to speed of movement of bodies that is equal to the speed of light in a vacuum which is slightly less than 3·105 km/sec. At speeds close to the speed of light, the mass is manifested through energy. So the weight (mass), the speed of movement and the energy appear connected to each other. The lower one goes down into the depths of the matter, the smaller value the mass has. Its place is occupied by energy; if one goes further away, the concepts of time and space are involved. They are connected in some non-separable way with the displacement velocity of a substance and its energy. well and what will be there if one goes further to the limits of matter? To the level of a real atom, an indivisible primary unit of the matter - the maximon? There, where no device created by human beings has yet been able to peek, there appears one more, the last, transition from the weight, energy, speed, space, time - to information. But it is too early to speak about this, dear heart

Page 39: Technology of Creation Eng

39

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

1.3. The scale of density KEYWORDS: density, specific gravity.

1018 g/cm3 The density of the substance of an electron (presumably).

1015 g/cm3 The density of the substance of atomic nucleus.

1015 g/cm3 The density of neutron stars.

106 g/cm3 The density of a «white dwarf» star.

1,2·101 g/cm3 The density of the substance of the nucleus of the Earth.

5,5 g/cm3 The average density of the Earth.

1,4 g/cm3 The density of the substance of the Sun.

1,3·10–3 g/cm3 The average density of the Earth’s atmosphere.

10–6 g/cm3 The average density of the Solar System.

10–25 g/cm3 The density of the Galaxy.7·10–31 g/cm3 The average density of

the substance of the universe (Metagalaxy).

Obviously, the further we go into the micro world, the higher the density. And vice versa, rising up the structural levels to larger objects, we see that the density falls down to insignificant values. The general range of values of density from the universe to the atom differs by 1046 times. And it is falls with 35 degrees of the dimensional scale. But this is not the limit. we do not know, how the density increases further as we go down into microcworld, as from the atom to the maximon there remain 25 degrees of the dimensional scale, and no one yet knows what is happening to density there. And now we will continue with you to make our first acquaintance with some «initial data». The next parameter is probably the most complex – time.

Page 40: Technology of Creation Eng

40

1.4. The time scale

1.4. The time scale

KEYWORDS: time, time periods, cycles.

Apparently, by virtue of the predetermined mortality given to humans, time as a category is difficult for us. Now, at the start of our journey with you, dear heart, only two concepts are accessible to us: time periods and frequency; as a matter of fact, they are one and the same, but for our initial investigation it is more convenient to separate them. Repeating processes with durations in excess of one second we shall call periods, and those phenomena which repeat one or more times within a second - frequency. let's go, and as always start with biggest numbers:

1022 sec The Age of Brahma - as the ancient Hindus named the entire life span of the world.

1–2·1017 sec 10-20 billion years - the age of the universe (Metagalaxy) as of today. How much life is given to it, no scientist knows. Though, in opinion of the ancient Hindus, the universe has thus far only existed for 0.000001 of its life span.

(4,7–5)·1016 sec The age of the Sun and the Solar System, including all the planets and Earth.

And what came before? from what and when have they arisen, and how much time did they need, to be created in their present form? People still do not know precisely. So far. yet while you are reading this book, they will probably already know.

10–23 sec The elementary particle of time. According to the calculations of M. Planck, processes of smaller duration cannot happen to objects of the material world.

But certainly there is also a non-material part of the universe. And does time exist there? Is there any way at all to define the beginning and the end, before and after, and not only in the material world, but also by and large in the universe? let it be inaccessible to humans, but to the lord it is, probably, necessary!

Page 41: Technology of Creation Eng

41

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

1.5. A scale of frequencies KEywORDS: frequency, fluctuations, waves, radiation, light, sound, Herz.

you probably know, that in the universe there are all kinds of oscillatory processes, i.e. repeating alternating movements of objects. undulating changes are an inherent characteristic of practically all objects and processes in the universe. fluctuations from the minimum to the maximum if they last one second or less are calculated in Hertz (Hz) – called after the scientist of that name.

1 Hz is equal to 1 fluctuation per second. If an object makes 10 fluctuations per second then its frequency is equal to 10 Hz.

10 Hz infrasound – the low-frequency oscillations which are not heard by the ear, but are very harmful to an organism.

5·102–104 Hz the range of frequencies perceived by humans. And a mouse, for example, can hear frequency fluctuations of 105 Hz.

104–109 Hz ultrasound used in engineering, can destroy concrete and metal.

5·106–109 Hz e l e c t r o m a g n e t i c fluctuations in the radiofrequency range (radio communications).

109 Hz the working frequency of computers manu-factured in 2004. Inte-resting, what it will

what it will be in your lifetime?

108–1011 Hz the Mwf range – microwave frequencies – electromagnetic fluctuations used in technology.

109–1013 Hz the frequency of hypersound.

1011–1013 Hz the frequency of fluctuations of an atom in a molecule.

1014 Hz the light visible by humans; more precisely this range is (0.4–0.72)·1014 Hz.

3·1015–1017 Hz ultra-violet radiation.

2•1018–1019 Hz X-rays.

1020 Hz gamma rays.

further knowledge of fluctuations is missing in the size of more than 20 orders. But certainly there is something there as well. Nature is continuous. There are no empty places in it. However, the blanks in our knowledge are aplenty. One pleasant fact: their number is constantly decreasing. However there is a bottom point in this line, the frequency of a maximon. The life span of a maximon cannot last longer than the time of passage of light through its section – 10–43 sec. A maximon exists

Page 42: Technology of Creation Eng

42

1.5. A scale of frequencies

in one point of space during this or even smaller time. It is not known, with what periodicity (frequency) it appears in the next point of space, but one thing is clear: a maximon exists in one point of the space for no more than 10–43 sec. frequency is such a characteristic for which, perhaps, it is not necessary to analyze ranges. Here we can speak not about 60 orders, but about absolutely incomprehensible numbers. The «longest» fluctuation is the term of recurrence of

the life of the universe, but how long this lasts, who knows! The most frequent fluctuation, right now I shall not say which one, is not less than 1081 Hz. However everything is not so dreadful. later we shall see that there is a technology for handling time which enables the removal of all problems no matter how little or great the time is. It is possible to move on the time scale. True, this is not allowed to humans…

Page 43: Technology of Creation Eng

43

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

1.6. The scale of quantity of elements forming things

KEywORDS: quantity, number, element, structure, part and whole.

what quantity of parts is an object composed of? Or more precisely: how many structural elements form a system? why this number, and not another? you will see, the systems are absolutely different, and the number of elements coincides! Not once, not twice, but many times. why? Because there is a reason, and it is necessary to understand it.

1010 (105×105) The number of Galaxies in the Metagalaxy.

1010 The number of stars in the Galaxy.

1014 (107×107) The number of cells in a newborn human.

4·1012 The number of nucleotides in a cell.

2·108 The number of sperm cells in one full-fledged ejaculation of a man.

1010 The number of neurons in a human brain.

1014 (107×107) Number of different kinds of cells in a human body.

1020 (1010×1010) Number of planets, able to sustain a biosphere in the universe (presumably).

105–107 Number of star clusters in the Galaxy.

102 Number of different kinds

of atoms (of chemical elements)

10n The number of different kinds of molecules and their components is practically limitless.

Strictly speaking, to be able to judge any law, the selection should be at least a hundred times bigger. But even this is not enough. There has to be some reasonable selection criteria for objects being examined. we have neither of these for now. Be that as it may, but then why do humans have five fingers on each limb? Perhaps to make us learn counting to ten and then invent the decimal number system after looking at our hands? for now, dear heart, we only instinctively feel, that among the rational numbers there are those to which the Creator paid special attention to:

• five and 105; • Ten, 1010, 1020; • Seven; • Twelve, six, three, one and 122 = 144. These are probably the most important numbers when it comes to combining parts into a whole.

Page 44: Technology of Creation Eng

44

1.7. Scale of complexity or level of organisation

1.7. Scale of complexity or level of organisation

KEy wORDS: complexity, functionality, parameters, structure, organization, synergy.

Complexity is an important term, but it is badly formalized. According to V. Dal’s dictionary, the etymological sense of complexity is an item composed of multiple parts, with complex and intricate interrelations, i.e. the stress is laid upon the structure, that it is composed of multiple and different elements. But what if two objects are made of similar components: for example a pile of bricks and a house built of the same number of those bricks? And what about two houses built of the same number of bricks? And one of these being comfortable and the other – not? what's to be done then? I found almost nothing on this subject. The closest is the two-word term «organization level» or the relatively new concept of «synergy». But none of them has taxonomy - units of measurement. However, a unit of measurement is not the goal in and of itself. It helps to arrange objects in a row, where they are placed according to incrementing parameters chosen as a criterion or aspect for examination. But objects can also be arranged another way – by comparing them with each other. Complexity is a multiple-aspect category. This means that the complexity of world’s objects can be observed through of prism of many facets and each section will bear some information. I suggest we consider the following three aspects: structural, functional and providential. These are

quite sufficient for arranging objects of the world in orderly cubbyholes of complexity. we will not consider the providential aspect, or Divine plan, for now – it will be revealed to us later; but the structural and functional characteristics are already available to us. There are a number of objects in the world of which can be said: this object was constructed of some other objects of lower complexity levels and it in itself is an element used in the construction of other objects of even higher levels of complexity. It is even possible to construct such a series:

Protons and neutrons → atomic nuclei → atomic nuclei and electrons→ atoms → molecules→ complex organic substances→ cell nucleus → cell → living organism.

Protons and neutrons form atomic nuclei. Atoms of the same kind in larger quantities represent elementary chemical substances. Atoms, combined in different ways, form molecules. Molecules in mass, i.e. in great quantities, form substances of organic and inorganic nature. large masses of elements and substances form cosmic bodies. Complex organic substances form cells.

Page 45: Technology of Creation Eng

45

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Cells, organized in specific ways, form biological objects – plants, animals, humans. It is obvious that the structural approach cannot be separated from the objective approach. Notably in a specific area: on the level of atoms and molecules. It is from these that the matter of the universe is composed, as it can be seen by humans. The amount of matter, concentrated in the same place, determines the size, rest mass and intrinsic energy of the object. The mass of the body is determined by the gravitational force, which in its turn influences the shape of the body and its interaction with surrounding bodies. It is interesting that with the growth in size (mass) of cosmic bodies up to approximately 300 km in diameter – the bodies have arbitrary shapes, but when the size increases to more than 300 km they become spherical. This is explained by strength of materials laws – the science dealing with the principles of resistance of materials to external loads. A stone or iron asteroid has its own strength, which preserves its initial shape, but it is also influenced by gravitational forces having vector structures, directed toward the center of gravity of the body. If the mass of the cosmic body reaches a diameter of approximately 300 km, and density is close to that of iron, these forces are equalized, and if size and weight increase further, the body starts to sag and cave in, assuming a spherical form as a result. further growth of the mass leads to a temperature increase at the center of the space object, and if the mass grows further there appear thermo-nuclear processes with emissions of energy and light into space. That is now a star. Another approach to the concept of complexity is the functional one. According to this, we will divide objects of the world by their functionality. let us ask of each object: «what can you do?». Protons and electrons in various combinations

can form about one hundred chemical elements. One hundred different kinds of atoms in various combinations can form practically unlimited amount of molecules and substances of the organic and inorganic world. Atomic nuclei, atoms, molecules form substances from which space objects can be formed. Cosmic bodies can generate the Metagalaxy, Galaxies, stars and systems of stars and planets. Planets, situated at a certain distance from their star, can sustain an atmosphere, create a hydrosphere and generate biological life. Such chemical elements as hydrogen, oxygen, carbon, etc. can form the so called organic molecules and substances, from simple to very complex ones, capable of managing oxidation-reduction processes and preserve their structure. Biological substances can develop into living cells, whose function is to survive and self-reproduce. Cells can form complex biological objects – from bacteria and protozoa to plants, animals and humans. Plants can process i n o r g a n i c substances, i.e. turn them into organic substances, and radically change the atmosphere and biosphere of a planet, preparing it to become populated by animals. Animals, feeding on plants and other animals that live in the biosphere, can evolve and give birth to Homo sapiens. Homo sapiens, living on the flesh of animals with vegetable side-dishes and brazenly making use of the biosphere and all the blessings of God's world, can live and consider themselves to be the masters of nature. But such is not the case. we do not know what the function of humans is yet. But we will certainly get to know this, and not some day, but very soon, towards the middle of this book.

Page 46: Technology of Creation Eng

46

1.8. Providentiality or scale of destinations

1.8. Providentiality or scale of destinations

KEY WORDS: Providentiality, predestination, course, target function, target, task, meaning, providence, determinism, hierarchy of functions and tasks.

The word «providential» means «foreseen by someone» and «specially intended for a definite purpose». usually such designs of things of the world belong to attributes of the Creator, Demiurge, lord (these words are almost synonyms). for now we can not draw the scale of world’s objects based on providentiality. It is not clear yet to us, what the world was created for, and we cannot judge the end-purpose each of its parts has. But! The very fact, the very character of providentiality shines through and glows in every object of the world. And let us seriously turn our attention to it. Once again, our favorite example with the pile of bricks and a beautiful cozy house built of the same bricks. In what, essentially, lies the difference? In the second case there was someone, who thought of destination (functions of the house), created its architectural concept, design and technology. That is, there had been a thought at the beginning and the first thing it formed was a function, the destination of the object. Everything in the world has its destination that is the reason each thing exists. Destination of things, i.e. their providential meaning, is the fundamental pillar on which the word is constructed. But there are many things we do not know the purpose of. And by no means do we know all the objects of this world. And we are unaware of many things of this

world. This is precisely why it would be so interesting to understand the overall design: then it will be possible to truly discover the most important thing about every, known or newly discovered, item. It’s just like in Mendeleev's table: for an element that has yet to be discovered, its basic characteristics are already known. for now we can only make some assumptions about the level of common sense and practical knowledge accumulated by humanity. Providentiality of things also shines through their hierarchical relations. we still do not know the whole hierarchical chain of functions, but part of this structure is comprehensible. Somehow, there appeared maximons, particles, electrons, protons, neutrons, atoms, molecules, i.e. substance of matter. A substance has two functions: а) creating space, time, heavenly bodies and energy, and consequently, - the conditions for existence and evolution of biological life; b) creating more and more complicated organic constructions – molecules, biological substances, and systems from these – and as a result, to generate biological life. Biological life builds complex bio-systems, in which the biosphere of the host-planet is intermixed with flora, fauna and humans. Obviously human beings are the providential task of biological life.

Page 47: Technology of Creation Eng

47

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

But what is the providential task of humans? That’s the mother of all questions. we are needed for something and will somehow be used for creation and prosperity of the next providential stage. And what were you thinking!? That we would be eating, drinking, propagating and solving crossword puzzles forever? No. The brain of Homo sapiens matures for a reason, and we are placed above living and non-living matter for a reason. Some very serious mission is planned for humans. But what kind of mission? By the way, please notice that we have already drifted from the simple and understandable characteristics of size, weight, density etc., - from the things which can be touched, measured and described. Complexity, function, providentiality, are different things, they cannot be touched. In addition to things, or subjects, there is a great number of processes and phenomena, happening to them in this world. life, death, thought, energy, interaction, laws of nature, the voice of conscience – these are all phenomena. Science and everyday awareness offer a great number of labels and euphemisms to denote the essence of these phenomena.

This is done out of necessity, in order to cover the gaping chasm of our ignorance of the most important phenomena of the world. Is there anyone who has the answers? Probably the One, who created the world? Maybe He is the one we should turn our eyes, souls and minds to?

«Our father, for the sake of our fathers, who hoped for you to teach them the laws of life, teach us as well (give us desire to follow your path and the strength on this path and mind to understand your path). Have pity on us and give our hearts (wicked by nature) an opportunity to understand, to hear, to learn and to observe all your laws (so unnatural for us) with love, (not forcedly, but consciously, for the sake of our loved ones – that is selflessly).» Cabbala [64, p. 110].

what is life and death? How do laws of the universe work? what is universal attraction? How is the visible light organized? what is an electric charge? what is good and evil? And fate? And luck? The world of phenomena is just as real and providential as the world of things. we will remember this, but will not go further for now. Everything in its own time, dear heart.

Page 48: Technology of Creation Eng

48

1.9. Which two scales to choose?

1.9. Which two scales to choose? KEy wORDS: Scale range, distribution, concordance of scales, law, heuristic potential.

To understand what an apple is, you can: 1) cut it and see what is inside; 2) make a chemical analysis of the apple; 3) Put a piece under a microscope and see the cells; 4) Bury it in the ground and see what comes up; 6) Eat it and enjoy. The last way sounds the most appealing to me. Maybe, dear heart, the most essential way to learn about the world and life is to just live your life in dignity (as best one can) and enjoy it?It turns out that the Ancient-Hebrew Cabbala even ranks pleasure and enjoyment almost as high as the purpose of Creation:

«…the Purpose of Creation is bringing joy and pleasure to creatures. Desire for pleasure is a vessel, and the soul gets pleasure according to its growing desires» [64, p. 22].

There is some kind of Ancient-Hebrew secret here. who has the desire, who gets pleasure and, most importantly, which of them is a vessel? Only one thing is clear: our pleasure will hardly be complete without understanding the structure of the world.The universe bears many properties, and each of them provides information that can be studied and described. But for us only two parameters are essential in order to draw a diagram on paper. The first,

the simplest and most understandable diagram. And then we will add other dimensions to it. Of course, the eight parameters we have analyzed cannot provide a full description of the world, but they provide enough excellent initial data. The first five scales are obviously concordant on the scale ranking. The scale ranking shows how many times greater is the value on this scale than its neighboring smaller one. Scale range is a relative value; it does not depend on units of measurement. we are going to measure the scale range in “degrees”, that is in increments of 10 times. One degree represents a 10-fold difference in size between objects, two degrees – 100-fold etc. Total scale range of the measurement scale is 60 degrees, included is that portion of the scale from an atom nucleus to the Metagalaxy which is 40 degrees. The scale range on the mass scale, taken within the interval from an atom nucleus to the Metagalaxy is 77 degrees. On the density scale from an atom nucleus to the Metagalaxy is 46 degrees. we only know the minimum period on the time scale; or rather scale of time spans, but the longest period – life time of the Metagalaxy – is unknown. But is there an end to the life of the Metagalaxy? So let us start from the age of the Metagalaxy at present. Then the scale of time spans has the range from 1017 seconds (age of Metagalaxy) to 10–23 (elementary unit

Page 49: Technology of Creation Eng

49

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

of time for the material world), i.e. 40 degrees. But if we use the maximum life span of a maximon 10–47 , the total scale range is 64 degrees. Please notice that the numbers 40 and 60 are repeated. we intuitively feel that they dominate. later you will see that this happens for a reason. It is interesting to analyze the character of the distribution of objects of the world over various scales. How are they placed on the scales of various metrics – uniformly or clustered in groups, - are there areas not occupied by them? The characteristic of the size scale is the uniform filling. There are no breaks or gaps in it, except for the microcosm. In other words, there is always an object that can be found for any size. However, (which is very important), each object of the material world has a certain size, or to be more precise, quite a fixed position on the scale plus some dimensional range, which intersects or makes contact with the linear size dimensional range of the next object. This law is especially obvious, if we compare the objects of Mega-universe: Metagalaxy – 1025 m; Galaxy –1020 m; Galactic nucleus– 1015 m; star – 1010 m; planet, star nucleus – 105 m. It is interesting that the size range of the spatial objects listed above has a distinct increment gradient - 105 m. And the intervals between these scale levels are filled with scattering dimensions of objects or their adaptations. filling up of the macroworld, where objects larger than an atom and smaller than a planet are located, is not so obviously distributed on the size scale. The whole world that surrounds us, from atoms

to humans, all the varieties of chemical agents of biological life, flora and fauna, fits just within the range of 10–10 to 102 m what concerns the microcosm, from the maximon to an atom, this large scale range from 10–35 to 10–10 has not been studied well enough to make the dependence between the kinds of objects and their position on the size scale obvious. At the same time it does not mean that there isn’t any or there cannot be such a dependence. Obviously size categories, the correlation of sizes of the world’s objects represent one of the fundamental categories of structure of the universe in its material part. The weight index takes up a huge range from the weight of the Metagalaxy, which equals 1053 g to the rest mass of an electron (10–28 g), i.e. the first one is 1081 times larger than the second. And that’s not counting the range from electron to maximon. But the very concept of weight in this world may be quite different from the one which exists in the macroworld. Density is an index, representing the correlation of mass and volume of a body. Density is intriguing because it obviously depends on the size of objects in the material world. The smaller an object is the higher is its density. Atom nucleus is 1015 g/cm3 i.e. 15 degrees heavier than gold, and the Metagalaxy is 10–31 g/cm3

i.e. 28 degrees lighter than air. However, neither weight, nor density can be used as basic system-forming concepts in the structure of the world – because they are derived. Time scale and frequency scale are subjects of same nature. If there are no objects and no events – there is no time either. But nevertheless, the temporal characteristic gives a mass of information in comparative analysis of processes and phenomena.

Page 50: Technology of Creation Eng

50

1.9. Which two scales to choose?

The category of time was obviously used by the Creator as one of the structure-forming factors of the universe. first of all, time is an all-powerful tool for the division of the world. Objects, living their life within one millionth of a second cannot be brought into line with objects which can live millions of years. Secondly, the notion of “frequency”, derived from time, is closely connected with the nature of information. Volume of information and the rate of its transfer directly depend on frequency. for now, dear heart, remember that “In the Beginning there was the word” and vaguely surmise that this information is the foundation of the world’s structure. Otherwise how would the whole thing work and not go to pieces? Thus time is a very important thing, but it is not quite clear how to deal with it. But it looks like this is not the thread we should be pulling to solve the tangle. After all, time is something secondary and derived, even though it is very important for the structure of the world. Time is inseparably connected with weight and energy in the material world and can transform into these for a reason. Quantity scale gives us just one message. But what a clear and distinct message! «Any considerable object of the universe consists of 1010 elements of which it is composed». This way or something like this. Regardless of the object’s size – Metagalaxy, Galaxy, a human, a cell… why not continue? why not use this feature to describe and classify elements of world structure?An all-powerful heuristic index: a) If an object consists of 1010 elements, it is a valid rung of the world order hierarchy;

b) If an unknown object is qualified as a rung in world order hierarchy, then its structure is composed of 1010 elements.And particularly interesting is the fact that objects and their elements line up into a chain, in which each inferior object is an element in the structure of a superior one: There are 1010 Galaxies in the Metagalaxy; There are 1010 stars in the Galaxy; There are 1012 cells in a human (newborn); Cell contains 1010 nucleotides; There are 1010 neurons in the human brain. And what about microcosm? from how many elements is an electron or a photon composed of? It is not clear how these fragments of order are connected with each other, but there is certainly some kind of law. Is there a single “ladder” of structural inclusion with rungs, which equal to 1010 elements? A scale of complexity, like that, can hardly exist. There is no such taxonomy as «degree of complexity», just as there is no complexity unit. However, we can find what we really need somewhere close to the concept of «complexity». If object «A» consists of structural elements «B», we intuitively say that «A» is more complicated than «B». Consequently, «A» is hierarchically higher and more complicated, and, at the same time, less stable than «B». Or the second type of relationship, when «A» consists of «B» nucleus and some periphery. Here «B» is an essential condition for the existence of «A», but properties of «A» can vary due to variation of its periphery up to its muting. And here «B» core is more stable than «A». And, finally the third type of

Page 51: Technology of Creation Eng

51

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

relationship: by its existence «B» creates certain conditions that is the environment necessary for the existence of «A». Then we can say that «A» exists thanks to «B». It follows from this that «B» can exist without «A», but «A» cannot exist without «B». And in this case «A», the superior and more complicated object, is less stable than «B». This approach includes concepts of function, levels, organization, synergy, structure, hierarchy and stability. These notions are applied not to everything, but to the key objects forming the world: atom, molecule, planet, star… It would be nice to shed light upon their full and exact list!

The functional-structural level of organisation is obviously the indicator, which can be used in the analysis of the structure of the universe. So, from all the scales listed above, let us choose the two which would help us go about creating a graphical diagram of the world order. fisrt of all, it’s the dimension scale ranking, and secondly, it’s the scale of matter organization levels. As for other scales and approaches, including the providential approach, they are none the less important and interesting. But we cannot start explaining the world starting with them. They are not on the «ends of the ball of twine», and if we pull these like threads too early the whole thing will get even more tangled.

Page 52: Technology of Creation Eng

52

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE

THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS KEY WORDS: scale, scale-measurement concept, increment of the scale ranking, basic scaling factor, evolutionary scaling factor, stability wave, focus of evolution, seed of the World Spirit, scale symmetry of the universe.

In the mid 1970’s there was a scientist, who noticed and started researching one, seemingly obvious, regularity. He noticed that sizes of objects, which form our world, take a strictly defined place on the decimal logarithmic scale. with an extremely high accuracy, a number of objects of the universe line up in a row, where each stage differs from the previous one in a magnitude of 100,000 times, or 105 times, or to the 5th order. Moreover, the total number of such objects is 13, and the length of the chain is 1060 – or 60 orders. The author of this important discovery is a Russian scientist, a person with a basic technical education, a researcher and philosopher Sergey Ivanovich Sukhonos [109]. He managed to describe the regularity of scale connections in detail. This Sukhonos, a man capable of impartial vision and comparing facts from widely different areas of knowledge, managed without trepidation, to bring into line all objects defining the structure of the world – from the maximon to the Metagalaxy. To be fair, I need to note, that back in the beginning of 20th century V.I. Vernadskiy had also focused attention on the category of size and, using his special intuition, called it the most characteristic feature in the system of reality.

«Sizes of natural bodies are not just indifferent phenomenon; but on the contrary, they are probably the most characteristic phenomenon in the system of reality. for living bodies, the range of these phenomena is quite large. from the first order with large chemical combination molecules, in the order of 10–6 cm parameters it goes to the large life forms – the plants and animals with a parameter of 104 cm. The range is 1010 » [28, с. 441].

Having studied the scale-measurement concept of S.I. Sukhonos, I saw many incontestable facts, serious analysis of these facts and very profound conclusions drawn from them. To cut a long story short, if my concept of the structure of the universe is based on any foundation, then a good half of this foundation is based on the regularities that were described by Sukhonos. I don’t think, my dear friend, that you will immediately rush to study the works of this outstanding author, thus I will explain only what I have taken from his ideas for my own model. first of all, as I have already mentioned, he compared the biggest and the smallest things in the Material world – the Metagalaxy and the maximon, and it turned out that the one is bigger than the other 1060 times, or by 60 orders, or lg1060 = 60. Moreover the unit of measurement is not important, be it a meter, a centimeter or

Page 53: Technology of Creation Eng

53

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

the maximon itself. To compare things in mathematics means to divide one into the other. If we imagine a thread, pulled from one end of the Metagalaxy to another, 1060 maximons can be placed on this line side by side. If we draw a line, divided into 60 equal sections on a sheet of paper we will get the scale ranking of the universe. The outer junction 100=1 is the maximon, the next one 101=10, i.e. corresponds to objects being 10 times bigger than the maximon, the next one 102=100 is hundredfold more than the maximon and so on up to the size of 1060 - the Metagalaxy. further it becomes clear that many structure-forming objects of the world, although having variations in size, in their average size occupy certain places on the scale ranking within a strictly fixed interval of 105, or lg = 5: Metagalaxy – 1025 m; Galaxy– 1020 m; Nucleus of the Galaxy– 1015 m; Star –1010 m; Star nucleus – 105 m; Human– 100 m; Cell nucleus– 10–5 m; Atom – 10–10 m; Atomic nucleus– 10–15 m; Electron (presumably) – 10–20 m; Electron nucleus (presumably) –10–25 m; Photon (presumably) – 10–30 m; Maximon – 10–35 m. Thus, the non-dimensional coefficient of 105 is present, and this is a known fact. uncertainty still exists in the extremely small objects which are cannot yet be reached by research, such as the electron, its nucleus and the photon, and if it is exactly these things that are represented on the scale or some other things are located here. further the author has noticed one

other interesting peculiarity. Objects in the known range can, at a certain stretch, may be divided into two ranges, nuclear and structural, moreover these interchange next but one, and therefore each range has the increment of 10 orders: atom nucleus and atom, star nucleus and star, Galaxy nucleus and Galaxy. It is obvious that the core of the system is always more stable than its superstructure – the system. An atomic nucleus can exist without electrons (neutron base) and remain an atom, but electrons without the nucleus are no longer an atom. further Sukhonos introduced the notion of “stability”. The vector of stability is in a perpendicular direction to the scale axis and has two extreme values: maximum for nucleus objects, and for system objects – minimum. As a result, a sinusoid curve with an increment of 10 orders aligns along the scale axis, on the peaks of which the above mentioned objects of the world are located: seven on one side and six on the other side of the scale axis (figure 1). Then the author divides the whole scale into 12 classes, at the intersection points of the sinusoid curve and the axis. further the author analyzes the way some real objects being among those that have been thoroughly studied by science, fill the scale classes, the way they transfer from one class to another, the way their stability changes, the way the structure of the systems changes from mono-centrism to poly-centrism with the change of place on the scale ranking, the way symmetry and form of objects fluctuate. It is obvious that a great number of scientifically established facts and phenomena fall on the scale ranking and behave according to its internal laws. Here are some of these.

Page 54: Technology of Creation Eng

54

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS

figu

re 1

. The

scal

e cl

assifi

catio

n of

obj

ects

and

forc

es o

f the

uni

verc

e

№C

lass

Fot

ons?

Ele

ctro

nsA

tom

sH

uman

bein

gS

tars

Gal

actic

s

01

23

45

67

89

1011

12

LgL,

сm

М-s

cale

�33

�28

�23

�18

�13

�8�3

27

1217

22

KE

RN

ELS

OF

ELE

CT

RO

NS

?K

ER

NE

LSO

FAT

OM

SK

ER

NE

LSO

FG

ALA

CT

ICS

STRONG

?

TH

EG

RAV

ITAT

ION

AL

TH

EE

LEC

TR

OM

AG

NE

TIC

TH

EW

EA

K

1020

1020

1020

MIC

RO

INT

ER

VAL

MA

CR

OIN

TE

RVA

LM

EG

AIN

TE

RVA

L

STABILITY

+27

ME

TAG

A;A

CT

ICS

MA

XIM

ON

SK

ER

NE

LSO

FC

ELL

KE

RN

ELS

OF

STA

RS

ВА

Page 55: Technology of Creation Eng

55

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

It is evident that all material objects have certain size and distinctive features, which allows distinguishing them among the host of other objects. for example, an atom has variations which determine the chemical element it forms, and in connection with this it varies in size. The same can be said about a star, as well as about any of the cosmic bodies, including the Galaxies. Molecules, cells, plants and many other objects of the material world fluctuate in size and type. The question is the following: how does the junction point, the border of dimensionally neighboring objects on the scale ranking, look? The author clearly shows that in the points of junction of two objects there are zones with the size of one order, filled with an object possessing combined characteristics, some hybrid, and tambour systems. Such structures separate the star nuclei from the stars, stars from Galaxy nuclei, Galaxy nuclei – from the Galaxies. The main conclusion is that there exist neither blank spaces nor impenetrable borders on the scale ranking. That is to say: the functional-measurement range of objects of the world has a continuous nature. The next important point is the center of the measurement scale – these are the objects with the size of 10–5 m, or 50 mm. Such objects as the female cell nucleus, male cell – spermatozoid, as well as spermatozoids of most of the animals fall exactly onto this size category. So the spermatozoids of a human, an elephant, fox and cachalot are practically equal in size. As you know, the gamete cell bears all the information on the structure and peculiar features of humans and animals. In the process of prenatal development the first fertilized cell forms by means of

division into 2·1012 cells, which constitute the organism of a new-born, and then the number increases to 1015 cells, which makes up the necessary volume of an adult organism. As a result, humans and animals travel on the scale ranking over a distance that is equal to one class (from sixth to seventh) or the distance from the center of the measurement scale (10–5) to 100 m. 100 m is 1 m, however after more detailed research the middle of seventh class corresponds to the size of 161.58 cm. In the author’s opinion, this size practically coincides with the average height of human beings. However, to the same seventh class belong two other kingdoms of biological life – plants and animals. Probably, 161.58 cm is the average size of all biological objects. In any case, the author presents us with that incontestable fact, that humans appear not just somewhere, but right in the middle of the scale ranking of the world, and he sees in this the basis for certain resurrection of ideas on the central place and special role of humans in the universe. There is nothing for us to do but to sincerely thank him for that. Studying the behavior of objects in the areas of intersection of the stability sinusoid and the scale axis, the author provides interesting computations with an example of planets in our Solar system. The point is that with their size, the planets of our Solar system fall on the border zone between class No. 8 «Star nuclei» and class No. 9 «Stars». That is exactly the 109.5 cm mark on the M-scale. why is Pluto, a member of the solar system, not gaseous, like the other planets of Jupiter group? The answer is obvious, if we look how the planets are located on the M-axis (figure 2).

Page 56: Technology of Creation Eng

56

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS

By the size parameter Pluto belongs to the class No. 8, where the planets of the Earth group are located, and that is the reason for its high density. Therefore, the classification of planets depends not on the degree of remoteness of their orbits from the Sun, but on their place on the M-axis. All the objects of class No. 8 – star nuclei and some of the planets are solid bodies, and all the objects of class No. 9 – stars and some of the planets are liquid and gaseous bodies. The next important regularity unites the phenomena of synthesis, fission and energy emission with the two characteristic stability points on the M-axis. The meaning of these dependencies can be understood from figure 3. The peaks of the stability sinusoid have a neutral position – the «saddle», in which object-systems can exist in relative stability. But a much more stable position is at the bottom parts of the sinusoid curve – the «depressions». Transfer from a «saddle» to a «depression» is performed by means of synthesis, and from a «depression» to a «saddle» – by means of fission. In both cases there is an output of energy. whatever we study – growth of a cell or the growth of a star, – in any class of the M-axis the same regularities are found. There are only two technologies of progress on the M-axis in the stability zone: with maintenance of integrity of the system (figure 4) and without maintenance of the integrity of the system (figure 5). The author provides numerous examples of this and also facts from different spheres of the natural sciences. One of these, relating to cytology, is shown in (figure 6). This requires no additional explanations. The next very interesting observation

is connected with the expansion of the universe. The author rightly believes that the expansion of space, taken by the Metagalaxy, is somehow connected with change of the metrics of this very same space. Or, in other words, the M-axis changes to some extent. The hypothesis is the following: The Metagalaxy at the moment of its appearance, and this was over 15 billion years ago, has had the scale ranking from a maximon to the diameter of Metagalaxy – 1060 times or 60 orders, and the scale structuring of the world has rested upon the crystal clear dimensionless coefficient of 105. Expansion with the speed, close to the speed of light, the Metagalaxy has grown, according to the author’s opinion, approximately 10-fold, and the M-scale started containing 61 division lines. In connection with this it is recommended to calibrate (mark, graduate) the M-axis on the basis of the two dimensionless coefficients. One is first-begotten and permanent - 105 and the second one, by the fact of the current increased size of Metagalaxy, i.e. 61:12 = 5.083, according to the diagram, shown on the figure 7. As a result two stability sinusoids are obtained – the one which existed at the time of creation of the world, and the one which is at work now. There is a shift between their peaks; it is small, but extremely important for explanation of the many phenomena in the history of development of the Material world. The point is that for 15 billion years the stability points on the M-scale have been moving and are still moving to the right. The Metagalaxy has increased over this period. Ordinates of all «depressions» and «saddles» of the M-scale have changed along with it, except for the ordinate of the maximon, which has been and stays equal

Page 57: Technology of Creation Eng

57

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

orbit No. Planet Size, cm Density1 Planets of the Earth

group Mercury 0,485·109 Solid bodies having

2 to 5.5 SGu2 Venus 1,210·109

3 Earth 1,276·109

4 Mars 0,679·109

5 Asteroid ring – remains of a planet which was not able to come into existence. why?

6 Planets of the Jupiter group

Jupiter 1,426·1010 liquid and gaseous bodies under 2 SGu7 Saturn 1,202·1010

8 uranus 0,490·1010

9 Neptune 0,502·1010

10 Pluto 0,640·109 Solid body approx. 2.8 SGu

figure 2. location of planets in our Solar system on the M-scale.(S.I. Sukhonos)

System half-wawe of macro bodies

MercuryEarth

Pluto

8 9,5 10 10,5 11

Klass 9

II

I

UranusJupiter

Star half wawe

М-axe

Lg L, см

Klass 8

8,5 9I

II2 .

2 .0,5

.

group of solid planets withdensity over SGU

group of gaseous planetswith density under SGUA scale periodicity equal toorders is evident

Page 58: Technology of Creation Eng

58

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS

figure 3. Stability points, synthesis and fission zones (S. I. Sukhonos)

a) “ ” ;Potential stability depression diagramm

E E E E E E E

F FS FS FS FS FS S

№0 №1 №2 №3 №4 №5 №6 №7 №8 №9 №10 №11 №12

Lg L m, с

М-axe�33 �23 �13 �3 7 17 +27

Depressions

М-axe

SB

EDS

PSPS

b tability points, synthesis (S) and fission (F) zones indicated;PS — “hole” stabiliy; SB — stable balance; S — synthesis; — E — energy

) SD division;

Page 59: Technology of Creation Eng

59

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Expansion Compression

1 2

М-axe

figure 4. Diagram of motion in the potential stability field with maintenance of integrity of the system: 1 — expansion of the

system; 2 — compression of the system (S. I. Sukhonos)

Synthesis Fission

1 2

М-axis

figure 5. Diagram of motion in the potential stability field without maintenance of integrity of the system: 1 — synthesis of the system; 2 — fission of the

system (S. I. Sukhonos)

Page 60: Technology of Creation Eng

60

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS

SF barrierА

М-axe

12

3

SF barrierB

М-axe

1

2

3

figure 6. Two types of cell fission (multiplication) process (S.I. Sukhonos) а) If a cell has a size smaller than the synthesis-fission barrier, than before fission it

initially grows (1-2) to the size, which exceeds the Sf barrier, then divides

(2-3) to the original size and further continues functioning with this size(3).b) If a cell in . b) If a cell in normal condition has a size larger than the Sf barrier, than before fission

it does not grow. The fission process takes place (1-2), and then “fragments” that have appeared grow to the initial normal

condition (2-3)

БВУ

ЭВУ

Expanding borderof the Metagalaxy

С0

10 с28

mStationary wave of evolution /2=, � 10

5,083

Base wave “the diapason”, /2=� 105

10 с�33

m

figure 7.Evolutionary and base stability wave. Characteristic stable points on the M-axis (dimensions) for the second ESw

depend on the radius of the universe. with the extension of the universe the second sinusoid, unlike the first one (BSw),

will stretch to the right, as a harmonica, and all the stable points, which it presets, will shift to the right along the M-axis. ESw -evolution stability wave BSw base

stability wave (S.I. Sukhonos)

Page 61: Technology of Creation Eng

61

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

to itself. This hypothesis perfectly explains a great number of events in the history of creation, but the initial numbers require some adjustment.

Size of the maximon (was and remains so)

10–34,8 m

Size of Metagalaxy– was at the time of creation 1025,2 m– is at present 1025,62 m Size of the M-scale:

– was at the time of creation 60 orders– is at present 60,42 ordersBasic scaling factor

– was and is 105

for n-class adopts the value of

10n·5

Evolutionary scaling factor – was at the time of creation 105

– at present (60.42:12) 105,035

Evolutionary scaling increment for each of the 12 classes is calculated by the following formula:

∆n= n·0.035

where n is the class number. Absolute value of the evolutionary scaling factor for n-class is 10n·5.035. But the numeric specifications do not prevent us from seeing the beauty and the meaning of the main idea of this point: the universe is evolving; the evolution vector is directed from left to right on the M-axis. The history of evolution of the universe is connected with the acts of creation, i.e. creating such objects of the universe, which have not existed before.

Acts of creation cannot be confused with the acts of birth, i.e. reproduction of already existing systems. The wave of acts of creation has moved and is moving now along the M-axis from the elemental to more complicated systems. The author calls this the place where the wave of creation acts and the M-axis touch the scaling focus of the creation process. In the part of the M-axis, where the focus of creation process has already passed, the optimal arrangement of objects of the world is found, and evolution is replaced with self-reproduction. Evolution of objects of the subatomic levels, atomic and molecular levels, has probably ended on the scale of the whole universe, and that was the first stage of evolution. At the second stage the evolution has been moving in the direction of mechanical building up of objects and the creation of cosmic bodies – from Galaxies to the planets. we can judge of the third stage only from the experience of our own planet. It is connected with the multi-stage evolution of biosystems and the parallel creation of the biosphere, which in its turn has facilitated this evolution. In the opinion of the author, the focus of evolution now are the social systems, comprising the societal scale, the biosphere, and on the universal scale – «population systems». Now the main task of evolution is the creation and processing of the «social level». It is hard to disagree with the author. wars, revolutions, incompetence of ruling authorities, imperfection of social institutions – how much evil and pain they bring to the world, how much wasted human energy, what harm to one’s soul and the whole planet!

Page 62: Technology of Creation Eng

62

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS

I have now recapped almost the entire book of Sukhonos, but there is one more, and perhaps the most important hypothesis – on the existence and nature of the non-material world. All things that the author talks about have a wave nature: the M-scale with fixed periodicity of junction points, stability sinusoid… The author proves quite convincingly that all the junction points on the M-scale, i.e. all the structure-forming objects of the world are the results of fluctuations between the extreme sources – maximons and Metagalaxy. By their character they are stationary waves in a four-dimensional space: three-dimensional physical space plus a scale axis as the fourth dimension. fluctuations in this space give rise to junctions – three-dimensional objects of the material world. There appears the new vision of a world order as the consequence of scale-harmonic resonance, in which values and functions of various tones can be analyzed. A fundamental tone is given by marginal points of the interval – maximon and Metagalaxy. This tone corresponds to a physical vacuum, in which there are no physical objects, but only energy and fluctuations. Just like this – energy without a carrier! we don’t understand everything in this world after all! The first overtone gives rise to a junction in the center of the M-axis with the size of about 10–5 m. These are objects, composed directly of maximons, and their size, as is known, is 10–35 m, thus the above-mentioned aggregates can number 1090 units of maximons, staying invisible and imperceptible for human being and all devices. Nothing prevents the assumption that

such «seeds of the world spirit» fill the whole volume of the Metagalaxy without exception and quite compactly, being the carrier and the medium of information of practically unlimited volume. It is interesting, that also 1090 of such «seeds of the spirit» can fit into the volume of the Metagalaxy. This is the Spiritual world in all its beauty!The second overtone – points of 10–15 and 105 m on the M-axis are the atom nuclei and star nuclei. Pay special attention: not photons – electrons, but at first – atom nuclei. The third overtone – points, corre-sponding to the dimensions of an electron and a star, etc, including the eleventh overtone, i.e. 12 harmonics with due account for the fundamental tone, give us the broad picture of the non-biological objects of the world, and the 120th overtone, in the author’s opinion, gives rise to the physical matrix of human beings. S.I. Sukhonos has granted us a new universal law of nature – the scale symmetry of the universe. Apparently, this law can be characterized as fundamental for the explanation of the construction of the world. Of course, both the author and we realize that the world structure does not come down solely to the M-axis. Stability vector, located orthogonally towards the M-axis appears for a reason, as well as the seemingly facultative speculations of the author about the place and direction of the complexity axis and dimensionality of the systems of the universe. In the author’s opinion, on the edges of the M-axis the dimensionality of structures of the universe equals zero, i.e. the maximon and Metagalaxy are zero-dimensional objects, i.e. points.

Page 63: Technology of Creation Eng

63

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

«from the micro-world, gradually, with movement along the graduated scale, the complexity of systems of matter accumulates, reaches a maximum in the center of the M-axis, manifesting itself through the fantastic variety of life forms, and then starts to gradually decrease, until it reaches the basic types of morphological variety in area of Galaxies, and then decreases impetuously down to linear structures, ending with a zero-dimensional object» S.I. Sukhonos [109, p. 114].

Right next to the middle of the M-axis, where the cell, or an adult human being, or biosphere (by the way, still not shown

on the M-scale), - that’s exactly where the author sets forth a perpendicular ending at infinity (figure 8) and practically states that this is the direction which further evolution of objects of the world will take, and the human and social systems will come closer to the Divine ideal.Here, my dear friend, I have reached the place of passing the baton, I would like to thank the author once again for what he has revealed to me, and will continue my search for the truth, now using my own strength and intellect, in as much as God grants these to me.

Page 64: Technology of Creation Eng

64

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF THE STRUCTURE OF THE WORLD. THE THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS

Dimensionalityof the objectsof the Universe

0

1

2

3

4

�33 �3 +28

М-axe

?

figure 8. Dimensionality of the objects of the universe rises as you move away from its scale

edges (where the dimensionality tends towards zero) and approaches to the Scale Center of the universe (S.I. Sukhonos)

Page 65: Technology of Creation Eng

65

3. THE MATERIAL WORLD – A SCHEME ON A NOTEBOOK SHEET

It would be desirable very much, my dear friend, to draw such a diagram on which all the material world and all its main parts would be shown. And that the basic laws of its structure would be seen and that the diagram would include both those things known to science and the still unknown part (dotted line), and thus this diagram would be simple, obvious and easily fit onto a notebook page… from the previous reasonings we discovered, that the difference between the smallest and the largest objects of the Material world is of 60 orders, i. е. one is greater than the other by 1060 times. we also discovered that to each interval, in the size of 105, there corresponds a precise and average size of structure-determining objects of the material world. well in any case, for the majority of these. The nuclei of these objects are subject to the same periodicity with a half-phase shift. It is also obvious that inside of the classes with a five order increment the same regularities repeat, irrespective of the class number or its place on the graduated scale. The processes of division, synthesis, absorption and liberation of energy, the correspondence of a nucleus and the structure concerning the same points of

a sinusoid, are invariable – irrespective of the class number.But it is also obvious, that the graduated scale is insufficient for an exhaustive systematization of objects of the material world. There are a number of system-forming objects which are either «superimposed» by their size on the others, or are absolutely not a multiple on the scale division of 105. Molecules and biomolecules are somewhere between the 5th and 6th classes and the 7th class – except for human beings, which seems to be occupied by plants and animals. They cannot be thrown out in any way, without them we wouldn't exist. The class allocated for the nuclei of stars, has the same dimensional borders, as the class for planets and biospheres. And in general the correct scheme is the one in which everything known to us is placed on shelves, there is a place for the unknown and there are no superfluous shelves. Therefore we search for the scheme of classification where any object known to us in the material world will easily enter. Apparently, it will be a scheme drawn on a notebook page…

Page 66: Technology of Creation Eng

66

3. THE MATERIAL WORLD – A SCHEME ON A NOTEBOOK SHEET

3.1. Five attributes for classification of the material World objects

KEywORDS: attributes of classification, a classification cell, class-forming objects.

To see a clear picture, i. е. an image on a plane, we need to have two orthogonal axes. On one of these the graduated scale will be placed, and yet on the second one something does not turn out so well. There are a lot of objects in the material world, and each one has its size, at least within the limits of one inertial system. But where to take the second attribute from, an attribute which is also equally inherent in every object? what is there in common between an atom, a human being, and a star? where is this attribute that equally exists in every object of the material world? This attribute does exist, but is expressed in a different degree and does not change its nature? Search though, as much as you want, you will not find it! Because, except for the size attribute, no other physical attribute which extends throughout the graduated scale, remains the same. In the transition from a microcosm into a macrocosm, and then into a megaworld, the parameters of weight, density, movement speed and any other physical properties lose their universality. But, as is well known, never say «never»! There is still a certain special parameter or attribute that is equally characteristic to every material object. The fact is that each material object has connections defining its place, value and origin in the system of the material world. The characteristic of an object is that it occupies a certain, strictly fixed place

of some magnitude which is already a property of self-classification of objects having multitude. Or, putting it more simply, in each object of the material world there are some features (attributes) which unequivocally put it in a certain classification pigeonhole. you will not confuse an atom with a star, a molecule with a plant, a human being with the Galaxy. Inventing the classification pigeonho-les is not necessary at all because they exist from the moment of God's plan; another matter is the understanding of what attributes were used by the Creator for the differentiation of classes. All in all, five such attributes can be found. The first attribute is scale-dimensional, and it has already been discussed. The other four attributes are represented as if they were facets of a uniform parameter and the hypothetical name «the functional and structural level of organization of the material world», in short – the level of organization. If you, my dear friend, come up with a more precise and easy name I will not object. Material objects occupying key places in the Creator's plan and in the construction of the universe are of primary interest to us. The scale of the organizational level with such an approach turns out to be discrete (discontinuous): as many system-forming objects that exist, there are so

Page 67: Technology of Creation Eng

67

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

many points on the scale. Between the system-forming objects are intervals. There are objects of a transitive kind. In this connection we shall divide all material objects into class-forming and those that are transitive (fig. 9, attribute 2). The next attribute is the physical nature of an object, again not the best name to use, but here is what it means. All objects of the material world are divided into three groups. The first group: non-organic substances of the material world – chemical elements and their compounds (except for organic compounds), a nucleus of an atom, an electron and all that is even smaller, including a maximon. The second group: aggregations from the nuclei of atoms, atoms, molecules, i.е. their congestions in local space; these are space bodies, from space balls in the size of 10-5 m up to planets, stars, Galaxies and the Metagalaxy itself. An ice asteroid and a star, billions of years letting out an unbelievable quantity of energy, as a matter of fact are the same. Their radical distinction is only in quantity of substance, mass: the bigger it is, the more active are the intra-nuclear processes which produce light and energy. The third group: biological objects, from the organic compounds and fibers up to human beings. Attribute No. 4 (fig. 9) describes the way of communication between the lower and higher standing material objects. If we look closely, it is possible to see, that all objects of the material world are built in some hierarchical chain. Those that are located below, serve as a building material or as a condition of existence for those that are at a stage above.

what is an atom made of? Of a nucleus and electrons. A molecule is a combination of atoms. Human beings, animals and plants are made up of cells, but animals and plants create the conditions without which human beings cannot survive. Attribute No. 4 shows three possible cases of correlation of subordinate with higher objects of the material world which we recently mentioned. The first case is «a nucleus and structure». for example: a nucleus of a cell and a cell, a nucleus of a star and a star. In these cases the higher structure basically is defined by a subordinate structure which plays the role of a nucleus. The second case is simpler, «an element of n+1 level completely physically consists of the elements of the n-level». A molecule is a combination of the sum of the atoms; the Metagalaxy is the sum of the Galaxies. In this case the role of construction or organization of the sum of the elements is especially important. Namely the method of their combination provides a new quality. The third case is similar to a corresponding «foundation and a construction on the foundation». The foundation without a house can exist, but the house without the corresponding foundation cannot. Humans eat vegetative and animal food, breath oxygen which comes from the flora and evolution of the biosphere. The biosphere, in turn, is impossible without its carrier – the planets – and without an energy source - a star (the Sun), i. е. without the center of the planetary system. And now at last, attribute No. 5 (fig. 9) is the function of the object in the hierarchical structure of the universe. Here the scheme is simple up to the zoologism.

Page 68: Technology of Creation Eng

68

3.1. Five attributes for classification of the material World objects

fig.

9. f

ive

feat

ures

dist

ingu

ish o

bjec

ts M

ater

ial w

orld

Sig

ns

dis

tinguis

hin

gO

bje

cts

Mate

rial W

orld

№1

№2

№3

№4

№5

Sym

pto

msc

ale

Funct

ional-st

ruct

ura

l featu

res

Siz

eO

nth

ero

leofth

esc

ale

Phys

ical n

atu

reO

bje

ct

The

rela

tionsh

ipbetw

een

neig

hboring

Obje

cts

Funct

ion

obje

cta

hie

rarc

hic

al

stru

cture

ofth

euniv

ers

e

Cla

ss№

0

10

10

м�

�3

53

2,5

Cla

ss№

1

10

10

м�

�3

2,5

27

,5�

Cla

ss№

2

10

10

м�

�2

7,5

22

,5�

Cla

ss-f

orm

ing

obje

cts

Tra

nsi

ent

obje

cts

Inorg

anic

subst

ance

mate

rial

World

Space

body

and

their

syst

em

Bio

logic

al

obje

cts

Cla

ss№

12

10

10

м2

2,5

25

Foundatio

n-

build

ing

on

the

foundatio

n

Ele

ments

-st

ruct

ure

ele

ment

Kern

el -

stru

cture

with

kern

el

Aggre

gate

leve

l ncr

eate

sso

me

new

qualit

ynece

ssary

tocr

eate

aggre

gate

sLeve

l n+

1

EvidenceClassification

ClassificationGroups

Page 69: Technology of Creation Eng

69

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The object of the «n» level exists owing to 100 % sacrifice of objects of the «n - 1» level and possibly to lower levels, and the object of the level «n» itself exists only for serving in the creation of an object of the level «n + 1». So, an integrated parameter is offered, the functional-structural level of organization. This means that structure-forming objects of the material world really do exist and really form three converging hierarchical chains – substance, space bodies and bio-objects. The point of convergence is in the field of atoms and molecules. Chains really have graduated or hierarchical structure: each object is a building material or a condition needed for the formation for an object of the next higher level. Each object is a step in the general structure, each one bears its function in the general scheme, and each structure-forming object steadily occupies the central place in its class (level). The levels in the aggregate form a scale of 12 classes. But this will become obvious a little later.

Something vaguely familiar is mentioned by E. P. Blavatskaya. Making comments on the concepts of nidan – cause-and-effect concepts of Buddhism, she draws attention to their number – 12 – and their hierarchical structure.

«Exoterically and esoterically there are twelve nidans, this is the fundamental doctrine of Buddhism. Also there are twelve exoterical Buddhist suttas, named nidans, and in each is provided with one nidan.Nidans have a double meaning. They themselves represent:

• Twelve reasons of sensual existence through twelve connections of the subjective nature with the objective, or between subjective and objective natures; • Interrelation of causes and effects.Each reason holds a consequence, and this consequence, in turn, becomes a reason. Each of them has as an upadha (base) one subdivision of one nidan and also some consequence, or a sequel»

[19, p. 560].

Page 70: Technology of Creation Eng

70

3.2. System-forming objects of the material World

3.2. System-forming objects of the material World

KEywORDS: an object of classification, a unit, a system-forming unit, a functional-structural level of organization, a natural body.

Now we shall nevertheless attempt to make a list of the basic material objects. The problem is not new. In their time a number of researchers already touched upon this question. V. I. Vernadsky wrote:

«It is convenient to use one logical concept in concrete natural sciences. This concept is all about a natural body. A natural body in a biosphere we shall call each object which is logically delimited from its surroundings and which has formed as a result of regular natural processes that occur in the biosphere or originate in the earth's crust. Such a natural body will be each rock (and all forms of its occurrence – as a batholite, a rod, a layer, etc.), any mineral (and all forms of its occurrence), any organism as an individual and also as a complex colony, biocenose (simple and complex), any ground, silt, etc., a cell, its nucleus, a gene, an atom, a nucleus of an atom, an electron and the like, capitalism, a class, a parliament, a family, a community and the like, a planet, a star and the like – millions of millions of possible “natural bodies”. As can be seen from the above examples, we distinguish here two categories of concepts. One concept is an answer to objects that really exist in nature and are not only a creation of the logic process: for example, a certain planet, certain ground, an organism and the like. And on the other hand, the concept which entirely or in the basic part is a creation of a complex logic process – the generalization of uncountable set of facts or logic concepts: for example, ground, rock, a star, a state and so forth« [28, p. 418].

And further in the same place:

«A human, the biosphere, the earth’s crust, the Earth, the Solar system, its galaxy (the island world of the Sun) are natural bodies indissolubly connected together» [28, p. 427].

This is very close to what we need. But, perhaps we should not include into the classification of material objects those objects and phenomena of the social order not having the attribute of size. within the limits of our research we shall include the system-forming objects of the material world the things which bear properties of size and structure. Neither seeking the approval of philosophers nor the applause of philologists, we shall name these aggregates, because their first distinctive feature is structure, participation in the hierarchical system of structurization, in the functional evolution on the basis of graduated hierarchy of structures. Eventually, these should somehow be named. On fig. 10 the grouping of basic (and some not basic) units of the material world is presented in attachment to the measurement scale. The graduated scale developed by S. I. Sukhonos and accepted by us with gratitude totals eleven full-size and two half-size classes (classes No. 0 and 12). The first five classes, from zero to the fourth one, are mono-objects, i.е. they include one system-forming aggregate, each with the following sizes:

Page 71: Technology of Creation Eng

71

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 10. Placement of units of the material world to the M-scale

№ of class

PHOTONS? ELECTRONS? ATOMS HUMAN STARS GALAXIES

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Lg L, mс

М-axe�33 �28 �23 �18 �13 �8 �3 2 7 12 17 22

ELECTRON’S CORE? CELL’S CORE GALAXY’S CORE

Sta

bility

+27

METAGALAXYMAXIMONS ATOM’S CORE STAR’S CORE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 12

М-axe

М-axe

10�35

10�30

10�25

10�20

10�15

10�10

10�5

100

105

1010

1015

1020

1025

�35 �30 ��5 ��� ��5 ��� �5 0 5 10 15 20 25

mL

g(м

)

Borders

of classes, m

10

�3

5

10

�3

2,5

10

�2

7,5

10

�2

2,5

10

�1

7,5

10

�1

2,5

10

��,5

10

��,5

10

�,5

10

�,5

10

12

,5

10

17

,5

10

22

,5

10

25

Peaks

sinusoid of

stability

�м=100,425

C S C S C S C S C S C S

F S

E E E E E E E

C

F S F S F S F S F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 110 12

C core

E energy

F fission

S synthesis

С structure

around core

Me

tag

ala

xy

Ga

laxy’s

co

re

Ato

m’s

co

re

(Ele

ctr

on

’sco

re)?

Ma

xim

on

()?

Ph

oto

n

Ele

ctr

on

Ato

m

mo

lecu

le

Bio

mo

lecu

le

Ce

ll’s

co

re

ce

ll

Pla

nts

An

um

als

hu

ma

n

8

Sta

r’s

co

re

bio

sp

he

re

Pla

ne

t

Gala

xy

Pla

ne

tsyste

m

Sta

r

Base material

aggregates

(are placed

at the peaks

of the sinusoid)

Some transitional

material

aggregates

(are placed

between

the peaks

of the sinusoid)

? ? ? ?

“Str

an

ge

pa

rtic

les”

Iso

top

es,

me

so

ato

ms,

nu

cle

ica

cid

s,

po

lyn

ucle

otid

e,

am

ino

acid

s,

lip

ids

Pro

rein

s,

viru

se

s,

ba

cte

ria

Sp

ace

ba

lls

Un

ice

llu

ar

pla

nts

an

do

rga

nis

ms

Po

pu

latio

na

nd

so

cia

la

gg

reg

atio

ns

of

pla

nts

,a

nim

als

an

dp

eo

ple

,a

ste

roid

s,

me

teo

rite

s

Sta

rsyste

ms,

ga

lactic

bla

ck

ho

les

Sta

rry

ho

st,

qu

asa

rs

Dw

arf

ga

laxy,

ga

lactic

syste

ms

Ce

lls,

ga

lactic

clu

ste

rs

Borders oh experimental knowledge

Wh

ite

dw

arf

s,

bla

ck

ho

les,

ne

utr

on

sta

rs,

pu

lsa

rs,

min

or

pla

ne

ts,

sa

tellite

s

№ of class

Page 72: Technology of Creation Eng

72

3.2. System-forming objects of the material World

No. 0 a maximon – 10–35 m;No. 1 (a photon)? – 10–30 m;No. 2 (a nucleus of an electron)? – 10–25 m;No. 3 an electron – 10–20 m;No. 4 a nucleus of an atom – 10–15 m.

The units of classes 1 and 2 have tentative names. Objects of such a size are still not accessible to experimental research and therefore hereinafter their names are given in brackets and with a question mark. However it does not prevent us from affirming that between the theoretically described maximon and the electron there are scaled steps which are occupied by certain quite real material objects. However, even with the electron all is still not so clear. what is it: a «ball» flying around a nucleus, or an «energy sphere»? It is understood that the electron is still 100 times smaller than the smallest object accessible to modern means of visual observation. In general the material world of the micro-level with sizes of objects less than 10-15 m is not only poorly explored, but is also extremely hard to explore. And the reason for this is probably the absence of an adequate scientific paradigm. yet I shall not go deep into this question and not afflict upon nuclear physicists the measure of my ignorance; but I shall risk assuming that many strange things of the microcosm can become clearer within the framework of our concept of the universe. Classes from Nos. 5 to 9 include several aggregates each. This means that to the central size of these classes two or more base material aggregates correspond. These objects obviously do not submit to classification in accordance to the scale

basis or submit only in the secondary level, and in the first level they answer to the functional-structural parameter level.

No. 5 An atom, a molecule 10–10 mNo. 6 Biomolecules, a nucleus of a

cell, a cell10–5 m

No. 7 Plants, animals, humans 100 m

No. 8 A nucleus of a star, a planet, bio-sphere

105 m

No. 9 A star, planetary systems 1010 m Classes No. 10–12 are again mono-objects

No. 10 The Galactic nucleus 1015 m

No. 11 The Galaxy 1020 mNo. 12 The Metagalaxy 1025 m

why is there such a set of system-forming representatives of the material world? why are there not more and not less of them? why are there these ones and not others? Perhaps, something should be deducted or added? I added and deducted ten times already, estimated this way and that way and it turns out that: 21 aggregates, one is the base (a maximon) and 20 derivatives kept constant within all schemes; there are no superfluous ones and also there are no empty spaces. The material world looks like that, as much I can understand it at the moment. Now let's have a look at how these base aggregates correlate among each other (fig. 11). The correlation of the type «a nucleus – structure» requires some explanations. «A nucleus of an atom –an atom», here is the classic case: this nucleus of a construction and periphery around the nucleus, and in aggregate it is

Page 73: Technology of Creation Eng

73

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

a construction with a strongly pronounced nucleus. «A nucleus of an electron – an electron» and «a maximon – a photon» these are two pairs which nobody has seen and they are only thought to exist. The basis to it is only the general rhythm of change of a nucleus and structure on the M-scale. «A nucleus of the Galaxy - the Galaxy», «a nucleus of a star – a star», these two pairs do not provoke objections.And the Metagalaxy according to the logic of the M-scale is a nucleus without a construction. what can that mean? In the opinion of M. A. Markov, the Metagalaxy as a whole plays the role of a point - a maximon for the following part of the M-scale in the size of 60 orders. And maybe the construction exists, but it is outside of the material plane and consequently is there no place for it on the M-scale? Most likely, this is so. we, my dear friend, must ask the question: «where does a maximon come from and where does the Metagalaxy disappear?» But let us wait a while. Regarding biological objects there is one nucleus - a nucleus of a cell. If it is a question of a sexual cell its nucleus is a nucleus of the future biological organism – a human, an animal or a plant; and if this means cells from which the organism is built up then in their basis lays the endocellular nucleus owing to which the cell lives and self-replicates. The second type of mutual relations among aggregates, neighbors in the hierarchy is the complete integration in which the construction of the higher aggregate entirely consists of aggregates of one or several lower levels. The nucleus of an atom plus electrons forms the construction of an atom. Maximons develop in a photon (this is an assumption).

Atoms of various kinds in various combinations form molecules and complex organic compounds (biomolecules). A nucleus of an electron and photons make an electron (this is an assumption also). Collectively the stars form Galaxies though other logic is also possible: the Galactic nucleus gives rise to matter, and of this matter the stars are formed which collectively form Galaxies. The metagalaxy is the sum of the Galaxies. who forms whom and how is still a question. The stars and their planets form planetary systems like the Solar one. An atom is the most striking representative of the material world. It forms all space bodies: nuclei of Galaxies, nuclei of stars, planets, their satellites and all the minute space bodies, down to space balls in a diameter of 10-5 m. The nucleus of a cell in a combination with complex organic compounds (biomolecules) forms a cell. Plants, animals, human beings consist of organic cells of different kinds and carrying out a lot of various functions necessary for life. The third and the last form of mutual relations is «the base – construction»works when the objects of the «n-1» level serve as life-support systems for an object of the n level although not being part of its construction. A maximon is a primary elementary brick of all constructions at all hierarchical levels of the material world, including the Metagalaxy, i.е. the material world itself. The maximon, most likely, bears in itself all information necessary for creation of the material world. As in the DNA of a sexual cell the code of the future organism is written down, so possibly, the maximon knows what the material world should be. Therefore the maximon is the main

Page 74: Technology of Creation Eng

74

3.2. System-forming objects of the material World

figu

re 11

. Cla

ssifi

catio

n of

the

basic

mat

eria

l agg

rega

tes a

ccor

ding

to th

e ty

pe за

phy

sical

na

ture

and

car

acte

r of c

orre

latio

n

Ph

ysic

aln

atu

reo

fa

gg

reg

ate

s

Re

latio

nsh

ips

be

twe

en

ne

igh

bo

rin

ga

gg

reg

ate

s

Co

restr

uctu

reE

lem

en

tsstr

uctu

re“

”B

asis

Co

nstr

uctio

n

Su

bsta

nce

of

the

ma

teria

lw

orld

Ato

m’s

co

reA

tom

()

Ele

ctr

on’s

core

Ele

ctr

on

Ma

xim

on

ph

oto

n(

)?

?

Ato

m’s

co

re

Ele

ctr

on

sA

tom

Ma

xim

on

s(

)?p

ho

ton

?

Ato

ms

Mo

lecu

le,

bio

mo

lecu

le

?’

Ele

ctr

on

score

?P

ho

ton

sE

lectr

on

Ma

xim

on

//

as

ge

ne

tic

da

tam

ed

ium

Ma

teria

lw

orld

Me

tag

ala

xy

-

Sp

ace

bo

die

sa

nd

the

irsyste

ms

Bio

log

ica

lo

bje

cts

Ga

laxy’s

co

reG

ala

xy

Sta

r’s

co

reS

tar

Me

tag

ala

xy

ma

teria

lco

reo

fn

on

-ma

teria

lstr

uctu

re?

Pla

ne

tsyste

mB

iosp

he

re

Sta

rsG

ala

xy

Ga

laxie

sM

eta

ga

laxy

Ato

m

Ga

laxy’s

co

re

Sta

r’s

co

re

Sta

r

Pla

ne

t

Sta

rs

Pla

ne

t

Pla

ne

tsyste

m

Bio

mo

lecu

leB

iosp

he

re

Flo

raF

au

na

Bio

sp

he

reH

um

an

Flo

ra

Fa

un

aB

iosp

he

re

Cells

Pla

nt

Ce

lls

An

ima

l

Ce

lls

Hu

ma

n

Bio

mo

lecu

leC

ell’s

co

re

Bio

mo

lecu

le

Ce

ll’s

co

reC

ell

Ce

ll’s

co

reC

ell

Ga

mic

ce

ll’s

/ch

rom

oso

ma

lco

mp

on

en

t/

Hu

ma

n

An

ima

l

Pla

nt

Page 75: Technology of Creation Eng

75

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

providing subsystem of the Metagalaxy. The next similar pair is the planetary system and the biosphere. The surface of the planet constantly receiving the necessary quantity of heat and light from the central star, at a combination of some geological and space conditions is capable to form the basis for the formation of the biosphere and to support its evolution as a carrier of the conditions needed for development of organic life. Biomolecules are the primary base of the biosphere. flora is the base of the living ability of fauna. The flora and fauna of the planet form the biosphere; and vice versa: the biosphere develops the conditions for evolution of the flora and fauna. And how human beings are so tied to the biosphere! Here is full and direct dependence! In the morning you got up from a wooden bed, breathed a full chest of air. where is this oxygen from? The plants gave it. Then you dressed yourself in flax, cotton, wool, silk. Had a breakfast of vegetables, fruit, bread, meat, milk. Put on leather shoes, adorned yourself with furs, went to the street, not being afraid of the hard ultraviolet rays through the ozone layer. Got into your car and drove on hydrocarbons. Beautiful! Human beings are on top of the pyramid of world-structure. And try to remove the flora and fauna: there will be no biosphere, there

will be no me or you either. These are all clear things. But an unpleasant and sobering question arises: maybe we are created not for our own pleasure, but for becoming the «base» of the next level of the universe? Perhaps, we are just ripening? for now! But at some time will someone begin to use us for the benefit of the general design? And maybe, already does so? So, there are basic aggregates of the material world, there are pairing communications between them. Division of the aggregates into three groups is obvious: substance, space bodies and objects of organic life. In addition the general hierarchical construction of the objects is seen through, is expressed in the hierarchy of functional-structural levels.According to attribute No. 5 fig. 9 the system-forming units of the material world are established one after another in an ascending order of the functional-structural level of problems and tasks of the material world solved by them, as a system. It would be desirable to somehow represent all that graphically. But at first it is necessary to imagine, what the hierarchy of the levels of organization of the material world might look like.

Page 76: Technology of Creation Eng

76

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

KEywORDS: a system, a subsystem, system levels, the graphic diagram of the material world

Now, my dear friend, the time has come for us to assume, that the material world is no other than a system object existing under the laws and rules of large and complex systems, and moreover, that the material world is a certain functional part, a subsystem of a system of a higher level which we will reach in due course too. And time a material world - a subsystem the beginning and the end of a chain which we will eat now incoming place with places with an bigger system, and us while can not confuse misunderstanding of that, whence has appeared the first level and what purpose is served by last level of the organization of a material world. us various degree of scientific awareness on objects of a material world also shouldn't stop. A variable degree of scientific awareness of the material world's objects also shouldn't stop us. Indeed, up to the present moment science hasn't offered us an image of the material world on scale levels varying from 10-20 to 10-35 m. The nuclei of planets and stars have also been poorly researched. we know almost nothing about the nature of Galaxies' nuclei and the structure of Metagalaxy. Nevertheless the experience, accumulated by science, and the knowledge of other objects of the material world give us grounds to regard it as a system object and to continue the research, using the methods of systems analysis and modeling.

The first model is illustrated on picture 12. System-forming material objects are formed up in two vertically converging chains. The two top ends embrace the aggregates of two types – the substance and cosmic objects. The lower joint part of the chains is filled with the aggregates, belonging to the organic life. Opposite each aggregate, on the left and on the right, you can see the name of its system and object function which characterizes the aggregate's main quality and its mission within the system's limits. The first aggregate in the chain of «Substance» group is a maximon. we only know for sure that its size is 10-34,8 m and that there are no smaller objects in the material world. without going into particulars describing maximon's possible characteristics, let's mention that it plays an essential role of the material world. As a result it acquires two fundamental qualities. firstly, it bears all the genetic information about the structure of the material world. Secondly, it is self-identical in time and space. In other words, maximon is completely similar to itself always and everywhere, i.e. it's absolutely invariable. Maximon is not a tiny bit of substance matter, it's not even the protosubstance, it's something of what the protomatter is made. The substance matter and its attributes probably emerge at the next three levels of functional and structural scale (so far

Page 77: Technology of Creation Eng

77

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 12. levels of organization of matter

Material worldgenetic information

-

/

/

The appearanceof material substanceattributes: energy, mass,motion, space, time,powers and ieractions

Basic set of substancephysiochemical properties

Physiochemical propertiesvariation

Control of chemical andmetabolic processes

Self-replication mechanism

Primary form of biological life

Autotrophy and photosyntesis

Heterotrophyand active mobility

Cogitation and workmanship

?

?

?

?

Maxi-

mon

()

?

Ele

ct-

ronic

()?

photo

nato

mnucl

Ele

ctro

nA

tom

Mol

ecul

e

Bio

-m

ole

cule

Cell

nucl

ears

Cell

Pla

nt

Anim

al

Hum

an

?

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Organic life

System objective function Su

bsta

nce

Leveln

um

ber

Meta

-gala

xy

Gala

xynucl

ears

Gala

xy,

star

nucl

ears

Pla

net,

star

Pla

net

syst

em

Material world - realization

/

/

The appearance of cosmicbodies, their evolution

and the formingof cosmic bodies systems

?

?

?

Conditions forbiosphere emergence

Bi

os

ph

er

e

Set of conditions for biologicallife emergence and evolution

Sp

ace

ob

jects

System obiective function

Page 78: Technology of Creation Eng

78

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

beyond the reach of scientific research). Energy appears, light flares, mass carrier emerges, as well as motion, space and time. Electrons and the prospective atomic nucleus are born. The forth level is the atom. Its function is to give the system the basic set of substances (chemical elements) with hard-set characteristics. Altogether the science knows 109 types of atoms. The fifth level is the molecule which attaches diversity to the qualities and characteristics of material substances. The number of atoms forming the compound may vary from two to a few thousand atoms of different sorts. The quality and quantity of the derivable substances are virtually unlimited Then the organic life sphere appears, but let's go back first to the zero level of the substance organization and look at the cosmic objects group. The zero level of the «cosmic objects» aggregates chain is occupied by Metagalaxy. It may seem a paradox, but Metagalaxy, in a system and object sense is a univariate object. It just exists or not, as well as a maximon. If maximon is a concept, then Metagalaxy is the realization of the concept of the material world. The next three levels, as well as the ones in the «Substance» group are poorly investigated by the science, nevertheless it is clear that cosmic bodies emerge there, evolve and form systems of different scale. The forth level is occupied by planetary systems resembling the Solar System. The system and object function of the planetary system is to create the conditions under which biosphere will emerge and evolve at least on one planet. Biosphere itself is quite troublesome. This object is too peculiar. A superfine

pellicle covering the surface of a planet, biosphere should have the appropriate combination of solar heat, cosmic cold, periodicity of axial rotation, the right axial tilt to the ecliptic plane and lots of other factors, determined by the celestial mechanics, geology and biological activity.Biosphere is the result of emerging of primary forms of biological life and the reason why the developed forms of life appeared, such as plants, animals and the human being. These forms, in their turn, caused biosphere to step further in its evolution. As a consequence, biosphere is the only object of the material world, which does not have any stable classification binding on the function and structural level scale. Originated in prebiotic mineral level № 5, biosphere was permanent in its evolution and now, being under pressure of human factor, seems to turn into some other form, obviously not the best one –technosphere and partly into noosphere, which corresponds to level №11. later we will see how it happened, and now let's go back to the transition from the molecule of the inert substance to biomolecule – the primary specimen of organic life. Biomolecules – level № 6 (pic. 12) – are complex molecular formations, showing ability to affect the chemical processes, in which they emerge and participate. At this organization level substance acquires the ability to control metabolic processes, to accelerate and slow down the course of chemical reactions and even to change their direction. Very complex and multifunctional organic matter appears: proteins, nucleic acids, nucleotides and other bioactive compounds. The next, seventh level – cell nucleus –

Page 79: Technology of Creation Eng

79

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

is a complex biological mechanism with the ability for self-replication. One of the major attributes of life – the ability to reproduce objects identical to the creator – is reso-lved with the help of cell nucleus. The eighth level – cell – gives the material world the first elementary organism. The cell as an independent organism is a primary form of biological life, but the cell as a biological building material gives birth to all the diversity of species, including plants, animals and human being. The ninth level provides substance with the qualities of autotrophy and photosynthesis, inherent in vegetative world. These qualities are essential for the fundamental change in biosphere and its preparation for the appearance and development of the fauna. The vital functions of animals are based on the oxidation processes in which the oxygen is derived with the help of chlorophyll and photosynthesis of plants. The tenth level – animal world -implements heterotporhy and the mobility of biological objects. An active intraspecific and interspecific struggle for survival helps to develop animals' mental capacity, preceding the next step in the hierarchy of substance organization. The eleventh level – human being – makes the substance cogitative and capable of workmanship. Here we should digress a little and again turn to the notion of «Evolution wave» introduced by S.I. Sukhonos. The thing is that at a certain moment each of the levels described was the utmost one. There were times when the substance was forming, cosmic bodies and their systems were developing, then, roughly replacing each other, the species of flora and fauna

were changing, and quite recently a human being was born. The age of the Earth is about 4,7 billion years. The biological life appeared nearly 3,5 billion years ago, and the first anthropomorphous beings endowed with signs of intellect – about 200 thousand years ago. The civilized man, like you and me, is obviously not older than 10.000 years. Hence, we can draw interesting conclusions. The evolution history of man as a biological species makes up 0.006% from the history of the biological life on the Earth, and the whole history of the civilized world constitutes an extremely short moment – nearly 0.00002% from the period of our planet's existence. Different steps of substance organization required various time periods for their evolution. But that's not the point. It is important that there are certain levels of the material world organization that have already been passed by the «evolution wave», where the units and their interconnections are already found and perfected, and there is an area where the evolution wave passes right now. you got me right – it is a human being. He is now ruthlessly twisted by the evolution wave. Quoting an anonymous minnisinger of medieval Germany:

«In the glory of light God definedThat reason, spirit and flesh Must harmonize» [87, p. 448].

So far a man treats his mind and workmanship as toys. like a child, he doesn't think about how and why he has got these abilities. He applies them to the detriment of himself, he can't control his

Page 80: Technology of Creation Eng

80

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

ambitions, he can't (and doesn't want to) be in harmony with the world. The evolution is omnipotent, and there is no reason to be afraid that it won't affect man. As well as on the previous levels, there will be different variants, unviable ones will be eliminated. Human species fully complying with the system and object function (yet unknown to us) of the level № 11 will be brought to the foreground and will form a firm base for the next and probably the last level of the material world organization.

«…having reached its intellectual step, life cannot go on without further structural development... in future we'll not only see the continuation of life, but also the superlife!» Pierre Teilhard de Chardin [126, p. 240].

The hierarchy of substance organization levels starts from the zero semi-level – maximon, which belongs to the substance only by half, and ends up with the twelfth semi-level, so far nameless – its forming aggregate which also belongs to the material world only partly. Indeed, it's difficult for you to understand and for me to explain. The world is not so complicated – I mean the general scheme – but it is self-secluded. All the levels and aspects are interrelated and transform from one to another. It's impossible to separate them and examine separately. It's easier for me: I've traced the whole scheme from the beginning to the end many times and I understood why each aggregate was given a definite and fixed position. But it's impossible to explain everything right away, that's why so far you'll have to accept something on faith, until the whole picture emerges.

Only then you'll be able to judge. Now let's try to supplement the scheme of aggregates' distribution according to the levels of substance organization with pair bondings (pic. 11). Thus we'll be able to see if the structural connections between units coincide with the hierarchy built on the basis of system and object function. The result is graphically demonstrated at the pic. 13. Maximon is the primary construction element and material. In some way, yet unknown to the science, it produces photon (?) and electron nucleus (?), and they produce electron and atom nucleus. Then something clears up slightly: an atom is formed by a nucleus and atomic shells. The chemical compound of atoms forms molecules - the substance units with an unlimited set of physical and chemical characteristics. further the substance evolution follows two paths: qualitative and quantitative. The increase in the number of atoms in one place results in the formation of cosmic bodies – from cosmic dust to stars and planets. Atoms, as it is seen on the scheme, constitute the substance of the nuclei of Galaxy and stars, form Galaxies, stars, planets which in the aggregate form the Metagalaxy. The pair «planet-star» is an essential prerequisite for the formation of biosphere, which is a thin pellicle on the surface of a planet with favorable conditions. Complex molecular formations appear, such as biomolecules, then cell nucleus and the cell. As an independent primary biological unit the cell takes part in the process of biosphere formation initiated by the first organic substances – biomolecules.

Page 81: Technology of Creation Eng

81

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 13. Structural connection of units on the background of their organizational hierarchy

Maximon

Atom nucleus

( )?Photon

( )?Electron nuclears

Human

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Galaxy nucleus

Spirituality subject

Metagalaxy

Galaxy

Star nucleus

Planet

Star

Fauna

?

?

?

??

Planet system

SUBSTANCE COSMIC BODIES

BI

OS

PH

ER

E

01

23

45

67

89

10

11

12

BIO

LO

GIC

AL

LIF

E

MA

TE

RIA

LW

OR

LD

OR

GA

NIZ

AT

IO

NS

LE

VE

LS

nucleus-structureconnection

elements-structureconnection

“base-construction” connection

Рис. 13. Структурные связи агрегатов на фоне их организационной иерархии

Page 82: Technology of Creation Eng

82

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

As a construction element of plants and animals, an organic cell, together with complex organic substances, forms the organisms inhabiting biosphere – flora, fauna and the human being. Note that the characteristics and structure of biosphere and its inhabitants are inseparably linked.If we look at the 12* level from the structural point of view, we can make the following assumption. firstly, human is not the last link in the material world evolution chain. Secondly, human must become a basis and lay the foundation of the 12th level unit. So far, since we are people, we are unable to understand or explain the essence of this aggregate. Just like a dog, even the most clever one, can't explain the essence of man. The aggregate of level 12 (let's call it «spirituality subject») can extend the structural line of human being or biosphere. These units are both in the active area of the evolution wave, they haven't yet taken shape, and both come right up to the 12th level limit. Aggregates № 0 and № 12 are frontier by definition. It means that their sense can be understood only when the connection between the material world system and the higher-order system becomes transparent. Then we will see the origins of maximon and understand the purpose of «spirituality subject» № 12 fostered by the material world.Now, having the picture of basic material units distribution on a caliber scale and on a matter scale, we can logically build a two-dimensional graph and see how all the material world specimen will be distributed there (pic. 14). 13 squares across and 13 squares down. The square numeration from 0 to 12 complies with the class numeration.

Scale classes are located horizontally: one class has a range of 2,5 orders astride the center. The interval between the centers of classes is 5 orders, i.e. there's a 100000 times increase to the right and a 100000 decrease to the left.There are 21 basic units in the material world field, excluding the hypothetic «suprahuman» aggregate presumably located within the 7th class which is less likely, within the 8th or, one. Most aggregates are located right in the centers of classes on the measure scale. According to their dimensions four aggregates – molecule, biomolecule, cell and planetary system – take up the intermediate position between the centers of the neighboring classes on the measure scale. The scale classes are filled with aggregates in the following way. There are no void scale classes. There can be from one to three (or four) aggregates in one scale class. There are eleven filled squares located vertically on the functional and structural level axis. Each square contains from one to four aggregates, and there's one conventionally void square in the class № 12. The object located there, by definition, exceeds the human being. It's difficult to understand and describe something that you haven't seen and that surpasses you in complexity. finding ourselves on the 11ш matter organization level and having acquired thinking ability, we are bound to understand the structure of the lower levels. Only after analyzing this and using the scientific extrapolation method, we'll be given the right to grasp the essence of level № 12. In fact, we'll be able to enter this level, otherwise our existence

Page 83: Technology of Creation Eng

83

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

? ?

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

12

1110

98

76

54

32

10 Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucleus

Star nucl.; Galaxy

( )?Electron nucleus

Maximon

( )?;Photon Atom nucl.

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

( ?)Spirituality subject

Biosphere

Planet system

Planet; Star

Organizationlevelaxis

Scale axis

12

1110

98

76

54

32

10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

figure 14. Basic material aggregates distribution in the coordinates «scae — functional-structural organization level»

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

12

11

10

98

76

54

32

10

( )?Electron nucl.

Maximaon

( )?;Photon Atom nucl.

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

( ?)Spirituality subject

Organizationlevel axis

Scale axis

Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucleus

Star nucleus Galaxy;

Biosphere

Planet system

Planet; Star

12

11

10

98

76

54

32

10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

fig. 15 A graph connecting the centers of basic material units’ classes

Page 84: Technology of Creation Eng

84

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

wouldn't make any sense. The organization level axis is discrete by definition, that's why there are no such system-forming aggregates that are placed between the centers of squares (levels). However, beside system-forming aggregates, there are also transitional units. Moreover, the overwhelming majority of material objects are transitional ones, in the terms of scale and organization level. They are apparently placed along the lines, connecting the centers of the system-forming units' classes. As a matter of fact, the graph on pic. 14 clearly resembles a complex sinusoid or a surge of the oscillogram. Only one «floating» object makes an exception - the biosphere. The thing is that all the other aggregates were developing according to the following scheme: «I develop some new quality, then, at some point I cease being myself, turning into some other object». This is a traditional quantitative and qualitative transition. The biosphere follows a different path. In the process of evolution the biosphere is changing in its structure but its function remains the same – it serves as a placental system, ensuring the birth and development of biological life. later we'll examine this phenomenon more profoundly. And now let's state that the planet's biosphere, while staying in the 8th class on the M-scale, evolves from the 4* to the 11th (probably, to the 12,h) class on the organization scale.There's one more inaccuracy on the scheme, (pic. 14). The frontier classes contain frontier aggregates or objects. If an object is located on two frontiers, like maximon and Metagalaxy, then only a quarter of it belongs to the graph. If an object is located merely on the frontier line, like class № 12 on the organization level

axis, then it belongs to the material world only by half. Therefore, zero and twelfth classes on both axes should be graphically represented with an outer frontier passing through their centers. The thing is that the M-axis doesn't have the material area with objects smaller than maximon and larger than Metagalaxy. There are also no objects more elementary than maximon and Metagalaxy on the organization axis. And in the material world there's nothing more highly organized than unit № 12 So, let's make the axes calibration more precise and connect the centers of classes using straight lines, taking into account the structural bonds defined earlier (pic. 15). The freaky result that we have is a sort of a skeleton of the required graph. Broken lines are not inherent to the world and are not aesthetically beautiful. On the contrary, we know from experience that the world is unlimited, it has no sharp bounds, it consists of smooth lines and gradual flows of quality, forms and sense.let's go back for a while to the initial scheme (fig. 10). The main characteristic of the M-scale is the pitch with 105-fold periodicity. The corresponding characteristics of material objects are: the «nucleus-structure» correlation, the paramount ability for division and synthesis, the energy excretion and absorption in the structure formation processes. The main thing is that these phenomena oscillate around the M-scale according to the undulatory laws. The world is woven from waves – in the ordinary and in a figurative sense. The picture that we have now is the scheme of a complex sinusoid, of an undulatory line reflecting the patterns of organization

Page 85: Technology of Creation Eng

85

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

and scale relations between the objects of material world. let's replace the straight lines on the graph with sinusoidal curves and we'll finally get what we were looking for – a graphic scheme of the material world in the coordinates «scale-organization«. Pic. 16 – a graphic model of the material world which shows the area of the material world objects (units) in the coordinates «dimensions -organization level». Everything that exists in the material world is located on one of the curves of this graph and nowhere else. The graph provides the necessary and sufficient information on contents and structure of the material world elements. It displays all the structure-forming elements – units, their functional and structural hierarchy and their distribution on the basis of scale and dimension. De Chardin followed a similar path in his research. However, he considered the degree of consciousness as the major characteristic. from the inert matter to the cogitative matter – the human being.

«… we've followed, in the line of ascent, the consecutive progress of consciousness in the forming matter. Having reached the peak we can now look back and try to grasp at once the general order in the line of descend. Indeed, the inverse verification provides the key evidence of the perfection of harmony» [126, p. 228].

The «organization level» charateristic includes consciousness, the display of reason and spirituality by the subjects belonging to the higher levels of matter organization. Only the combination of such organization characteristics as measure and level gives us the opportunity to build a viable model of the material world structure. All the other attempts were ineffectual. As it turns out later, the graph is obviously close to the object of modeling and reflects a number of its essential regularities, i.e. possesses heuristic possibilities and can serve as a virtual instrument for further penetration into the mystery of Creation.

Page 86: Technology of Creation Eng

86

3.3. The material world as a uniform large system

figure. 15. Graphic model of the material world

11

10

98

76

54

32

112

0

Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucl.

Star nucleus

Sta

rAtom nucleus

( )Electron nucl.

Maximon

( )Photon

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Plants Flora�

Animals Fauna�

Human

( ?)Spirituality subject

Biosphere

Planetsystem

Pla

ne

t

Gal-axy

Scale-dimensional

scalescale

�М-

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

lcla

sse

s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 12

10�34,8

10�29,8

10�24,8

10�19,8

10�14,8

10�9,8

10�4,8

100,2

105,2

1010,2

1015,2

1020,2

1025,2

-34,8

-,8

29

-24

,8

-19,8

-14

,8

-9,8

-4,8

0,2

5,2

10,2

15,2

20

,2

25

,2

System-formingaggregates dimensions,Meter

Lg(м)

11

10

98

76

54

32

112

0

Fu

nctio

na

l-str

uctu

ria

lle

ve

lo

fm

att

er

org

an

iza

tio

n

The number of material worldaggregates

by

conventional materialand transitional

:1/4+1/4+ 1/2+19 = 20

193

Numbers andfrontiers of scaleclasses1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 12

C S C S C S C S C S C S

Interchange of nuclei “N” and structures “S”

D S

E

D S

E

D S

E

D S

E

D S

E

D S

E E

Directions of

division D

synthesis Sand energy

excretion E

“ ”,

“ ”,

“ ”

��

C

?

?

()

complex biologicalsubstances

Page 87: Technology of Creation Eng

87

4. GRAPHIC MODEL OF MATERIAL WORLD

well, alright, we have at last drawn a simple scheme on a notebook page, well what next then? yes, something in it has been correctly observed, but there are some obvious and essential shortcomings.If it is still somehow possible to agree with the axis of scale, the axis of organization actually has no metrics. where is the unit of measurement for the level of organization of matter? If a molecule composed from atoms is considered as a class higher than an atom, why is the Metagalaxy composed from Galaxies considered a class below in organization? why on the organization axis there are as many classes, as on the axis of scale? for reasons of symmetry perhaps? And the set of so-called system-forming objects? why these and not others? Especially it is not clear with the nuclei. yet the atomic nucleus can existas an independent object, but how about the nucleus of a cell? Stars? Galaxies? And then, why above human beings in organization there is only one class? And maybe there is none, – who can know this? Some of the objects from a maximon to an electron are fully beyond the

framework of experimental science, and we know very little about the Metagalaxy. This is not a model, but an empty picture. yes, my (hi soul, probably it is so. unlike prophets and those who have seen God I did not hear a voice from above. Illumination and understanding of essence of things visited me naturally when the quantity of accumulated facts made their internal motive obvious. Probably, all is arranged differently but why in the further researching the graph of the material world we are allowed to go with confidence to the next system levels and in the end to see logically the finished scheme of the universe? The time immemorial problem of knowledge: to understand the composition of the system as a whole it is necessary to understand the composition of its parts, but the composition of the parts can be understood fully, only after having understood the composition of the system as a whole. Believe me: the lord has created me and you with the confidence, that we can understand His design to become assistants in its execution.

Page 88: Technology of Creation Eng

88

4. GRAPHIC MODEL OF MATERIAL WORLD

4.1. Graphic features of the model

Division of the world objects into those which are bigger than human beings and those that are smaller is known for a long time. The things comparable in size with the human concern the macroworld. The megaworld is called everything that is bigger, although the prefix «mega» has mathematical sense of 106 times. And everything that is smaller is called the microcosm, although this prefix also means six orders, but with a minus - 10-6 times. It seems nobody has established exact and standard borders of the three worlds.following S.I. Sukhonos, let's divide the axis of scale and the whole graph into three parts by 20 orders (fig. 17). Then the microcosm will occupy the range from the maximon to the atomic nucleus, the macroworld – from the atomic nucleus to the star nucleus, and the megaworld -from the star nucleus to the Metagalaxy. I do not know, whether it is necessary, but it seems desirable to count how many aggregates form each of these three worlds. we'll agree that into the sums both fractional and whole parts will enter.If the aggregate lies on the border of the worlds a half is counted for everyone and if in the grid's corner, as the maximon and the Metagalaxy, - then by 1/4. In the result it is found that the microcosm consists of 3.25 aggregates, the macroworld – of 10.5 aggregates, and the megaworld – of 5.75 aggregates. More than a half of the aggregates – 52.5% – fall on the macroworld. Probably it testifies that the macroworld

is the most complex and important part of the system of the material world. But this is from the area of assumptions. However there is a firm scientific fact confirming the assumed division of the material world on the M-scale into three equal parts. Physical science has studied and described the forces (they are called interactions) which are shown between the objects of the material world at various scale levels. It was found out that space bodies submit to gravitational laws. Scientists know how these laws work, but what the nature of this force is - is still not known. The macroworld is managed by electromagnetic interactions. Here the laws are described in detail even better, the nature of electricity is more or less clear, but the nature of magnetism is so far still not clear. A third kind of force operates in the microcosm – inside the nucleus and at lower scale levels, up to the maximon. Regardless of the fact that nuclear power stations work and nuclear bombs are being tested, there actually is no theory yet about interactions for objects of the first four classes of the M-scale. And there is no adequate name for such forces. Therefore I will conditionally call these the subatomic forces. for the sake of justice it is necessary to mention that precisely in this field the most considerable and expensive research is being done, and I believe that in 100-150 years the microcosm and its interactions

KEywORDS: microcosm, macroworld, megaworld, forces and interactions

Page 89: Technology of Creation Eng

89

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

figure. 17. Decomposition of the model of the material world on the scale axis

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110

11

10

98

76

54

32

112

0

Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucleus

Star nucleusS

tarAtom nucleus

( )Electron nucleus

Maximon

( )Photon

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

( ?)Spirituality subject

Biosphere

Planetsystem

Pla

ne

t

Gal-axy

Scale axisClasses

Organizationlevel axis

max A max E max G

0 0 0 0

Dominance

of subatomic forces A�

Dominance of the electro-magnetic forces Е�

Dominanceof gravitation forces � G

20 orders 20 orders 20 orders

20,14 orders 20,14 orders 20,14 orders

At themomentof creation

At themoment

Co

ord

ina

tes

of

the

axe

М-

10�34,8

m 10��4,8

m 105,2

m

10�34,8

m 10��4,66

m 105,48

m

MICROWORLD MACROWORLD MEGAWORLD

1025,2

m

1025,62

m

1/4+3+1/2=33/4Of the agragate

+8+1/2 =101/21/2 +1/2+1/2+1/2+ =53/41/2+1/2+1/2+4+1/4+

18,75%Makes 52,5%Makes 28,75%Makes

12

Interactionforces

Of the agragate Of the agragate

Page 90: Technology of Creation Eng

90

4. GRAPHIC MODEL OF MATERIAL WORLD

will enter into school textbooks. But the most interesting thing is that it is now fully and authentically known what the size of material objects is on which action of electromagnetic forces stops and action of subatomic forces begins. In other words, science knows the point on the M-scale where the border between micro- and macroworlds passes. It equals to 10-14,66 m. This is the exact radius of action of the so-called «strong» interaction which many times exceeds all other kinds of forces including electromagnetic ones. If to consider that the exact size of the maximon is 10-34,8 m, and overall the M-scale consists of 60 orders and is divided into three equal parts, the border between the micro- and macroworlds must be at the point of 10-14,8 m. A divergence in the size of 100,14 is evident. A very interesting divergence. let's assume, that at the moment of finishing of creation, and the duration of the act of creation was practically instant by human measures, the Metagalaxy had the size 60 orders greater than the size of the maximon, i.e. 1025,2 m. However science has proven that the universe constantly expands with the speed close to the speed of light – the «red shift» effect.It is logical to assume that the border between the micro- and macroworlds is also displaced and the received divergence in the 0.14 order is the result of the «red shift». But why then not count also the values of other boundary points on the M-scale and to establish what they were in the beginning and what they have become now! The following is revealed. The border between the micro- and macroworlds was at the moment of creation at the mark of

105,2 m, and now occupies the point of 1014,66 m. The displacement has made 100,14 orders on the M-scale. The border between the macro- and megaworlds passed through the point of 105 m on the M-scale, and now occupies the point of 105,48 m. The displacement has made 10 ~ orders.The external border of the megaworld or its size made 1025,2 m at the moment of creation, and now has grown to the size of 1025,62 m. The displacement on the M-scale has made 100,42 orders what corresponds to the physical increase of the size of 2.62 times. Knowing the increase of the linear size of the Metagalaxy and the speed of this process, one can't help counting the time which has passed from the moment of creation until today, i.e. the age of the Metagalaxy. This comes to about 15 billion years which approximately coincides with the opinion of modern science. The points of transition of interactions are interesting. There, where the border between the micro- and macroworld lies, two interactions are met. Two kinds of forces: subatomic (so-called strong interactions) and electromagnetic forces. Owing to change of scale and mutual counteraction, these forces decrease as they approach the border dividing them and are equal in value close to the point 10»1466 m on the M-scale. Electromagnetic forces behave similarly in meeting with forces of gravitation at the point of 105,48 m of the M-scale. It is logical to assume that the maximum domination of each of the three forces falls to the middle of the corresponding intervals, i.e. on the 2nd, 6th and 10th classes of the M-scale.It seems to be really this way. In the

Page 91: Technology of Creation Eng

91

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

macroworld the maximum domination falls on the aggregate – the nucleus of the cell which, as a rule, exists in fluid environments, in suspension, poorly feeling the gravitational pull, but completely depending on the electrochemical, electromagnetic and electro-physical interactions. And if to take the biological objects located in classes 7 and 8 – from plants to the biosphere they substantially depend on gravitation and the natural phenomena generated by gravitation. In the scale center of the megaworld «nuclei of Galaxies» are placed. This object unfortunately has been very little investigated until now, but our scheme allows us to assume that exactly there, in the center of the 10th class, in full and classical cleanness the gravitational laws prove, and probably the channels are deployed there by which the maximons come to the material world and the first steps of synthesis of proto-matter are made. Perhaps, not casually the center of the 2nd class with the object conditionally named «an electron's nucleus» is so symmetric to «the Galaxy's nucleus». As the processes of formation of the substance proceeding on micro-levels exists not somewhere in emptiness, but in quite concrete points of the universe: in stars, Galaxies, and first of all in their nuclei. In this connection it is worth turning our attention to the complete similarity, to be exact the symmetry, of the sinusoid of the microcosm with the bottom (on the axis of organization) sinusoid of the megaworld. It is also interesting that the centers of the micro-, macro- and megaworlds include only one aggregate each, which is generally characteristic for the points of extremum of functions. The top point of

the curve is always one. And the last assumption concerning forces. They hardly ever coincide on the vector. More likely in any placing of one against another they appear directed differently, to be exact – oppositely directed. And if so, on the borders the sum of their action is equal to zero. Most likely, the maximons and the Metagalaxy, extreme external points do not make an exception in this sense. In a sense these objects are all the same. If the maximon bears all information on the material world and serves for it as a unique and universal building material, the Metagalaxy is a realization of the «project», and is created finally from the maximons. If to assume that the points of the maximon and the Metagalaxy join, then the areas of domination of their forces - subatomic and gravitational also join, and their sum in the place of contact is also equal to zero. Something to think about. Now let's look what will happen if we look at our diagram from one side, from the side of the axis of the level of organization (fig. 18). There's also food for thought here!from the zero until the fifth classes inclusive is located lifeless matter. Here the substance of the material world gradually ripens. And in the left part of the diagram the evolution of «aggregates» of substance from a maximon to an atom and a molecule is seen through, and in the right part – various space objects created from this matter. It is possible to assume that the «aggregates» of substance and space objects are created in parallel-consistently by a certain uniform technology. The basic, larger part of the life cycle of the stars is known to science, and it is really a stage-by-stage process with

Page 92: Technology of Creation Eng

92

4.1. Graphic features of the model

figure. 18. Decomposition of the model of the material world on the axis of organization

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 12

11

10

98

76

54

32

11

20

Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucleus

Star nucleus

Sta

rAtom nucleus

( )Electron nucleus

Maximon

( )Photon

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

( ?)Spirituality subject

Biosphere

Planetsystem

Pla

net

Gal-axy

Scale axis

Matter of the materialworld and its attributes/information, energy,mass, space and time/

Elementary formsof biological life

Vegetablelife

Animallife

Intelligentlife/

?/Spirituallife

Classes

Cla

sses

Non-liv

ing

matter

Liv

ing

matter

Bio

logic

alm

ort

allife

Super-

bio

logic

al

imperishable

life

Organizationlevel axis

Page 93: Technology of Creation Eng

93

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

duration of 7-10 billion years in which one phase of a substance's condition is replaced by another from the moment of occurrence of the star until its collapse. But this is not so bad. Obviously, before the substance takes the form of chemical elements (atoms) familiar to us and their compounds (molecules), it passes the stages of proto-matter and proto-energy. At the zero level, there where the maximon is located, possibly the information is seen only or nearly so; at the following levels all attributes of matter known to us are formed: energy, mass, space, movement, time. later we will return to this question many times. The second half of the axis of organization - from the 6th to 12th class –is occupied by live matter. The 6-11th class also shows evolution of biological life: 6, 7, 8 – elementary mono-cellular, further on the 9th - plants, 10th -animals, and at last the 11th, yet not quite finished, – «the wreath of creation» – human beings. unlike plants and animals human beings carry out the function of a reasonable life, until now people have not realized all the potential of their intelligence. About the 12th, boundary class it is possible to speak purely in speculation, relying on the general logic of the scheme.Each following class on the axis of organization relies on the previous scheme, but it bears an absolutely new quality, generates such property of matter which was not present at the lowest levels. wasn't present or almost wasn't? Some plants have the traits peculiar to fauna. And among the animals there are some kinds of traits which closely come to the border of reasonable life. The human occupying the 11th class

is the bearer of the reasonable form of biological mortal life. The nature of reason itself is universal. The universe is rational from the beginning to the end. As much the science dug in the body of the universe, it will never face something deprived of sense, or with something special, not included in the general fabric of the logic of the universe. Hence, the reason can serve as a high-grade tool of acquaintance with the world, and including with that higher than human beings, and generally any levels of its organization. But reason, ratio in the universe system is only a means, a way of execution of tasks and purposes of another, non-material level. As everything in the world, transition from a aggregate of the 11th level to a aggregate of the 12th level occurs gradually, through development and perfection of the aggregate of the lowest level, through some transitive forms, and further, already to the 12th class, - again through evolution up to the aggregate No. 12 (we'll name it conditionally '4he subject of spirituality»), which, as the maximon and the Metagalaxy, borders on the non-material world and thus half belongs to it. It is possible to assume that the aggregate No. 12 is the phenomenon of super-biological, imperishable life, the subject of spirituality, the bearer of spiritual life. And on this we'll stop for now. Here only the biosphere remains without comment. An interesting result is given by the section of the model of the material world on the scales' centers (fig. 20). If to trace perpendicular lines through the center of the scale ranking and the center of the scale of the level of organization, then the graph will be divided into four equal parts. On the drawing they are

Page 94: Technology of Creation Eng

94

4.1. Graphic features of the model

marked for convenience with letters of the latin alphabet. The aggregates which have fallen into the same part, concern the same group according to their purpose. A – subjects of substance. В – space bodies and their systems. С – biological automations (viruses, etc.). D – subjects of biological life. Parts A, B, D include the overwhelming majority of aggregates of the material world which are distributed in them approximately fifty-fifty. Part С is almost empty. Generally, it is possible to notice, that the whole graph is as if displaced from the center of the axis of scale to the right towards the megaworld by one class. In this sense it is interesting to pay attention to the aggregate which is at the level of the middle of the scale ranking - this is the cell's nucleus. what is the nucleus of a cell and what sense does it bear in the chain of evolution of the matter from the maximon to the hypothetical aggregate No. 12 (the subject of spirituality)? As is known, the nucleus is an obligatory part of a cell in the majority of mono-cellular and at all multi-cellular organisms. Separated from the cytoplasm of a cell with a capsule, the nucleus bears in itself the basic mass of the genetic material of the cell which supervises its vital processes, and first of all is responsible for reproduction of the cell organism as a whole. It does not matter what size an adult organism reaches. The sexual cell of a human, a fox, a whale and an elephant practically have the same size (4-5)·l0-5 m, i.e. closely approach to the center of the 6th class or, if expressing more considerably, is in the scale center of the material world.

The fact itself is remarkable. Biological life and the human beings appear from the scale center of the universe. It is quite reasonable to think in this connection, that the material world is created for the sake of biological life, to be exact - for the sake of the evolutionary chain of biological subjects: – plants, animals, human beings (and the subject of spirituality?) where to human beings the second by importance role is given. As for displacement of the diagram to the right, this is a consequence of ontogenesis and growth of organic subjects as the adult organism in its size is more than a cell's nucleus by approximately 105 times, i.e. exactly by one class on the M-scale. The middle of the level scale of the organization passes through the aggregate «Bio-molecule». It is that object of matter which divides it into the live and lifeless nature. It's also a rather important differentiating line. A little more information can give quantitative analysis of distribution of the aggregates of the material world on the axes of scale and organization level (fig. 21). As seen, from the diagram on the scale axis, the maximum of aggregates falls on the 7th and adjoining to it from the 5th to 8th. Most likely, this is a consequence of the central position of the center of the scale axis. The micro- and megazones of the scale axis, possibly serve as the necessary and vital base for the macroworld where the most important events develop and the magnificent building of biological life is built topped with reason, over which even higher shines the spirituality aura. The center of the maximum of aggregates is obviously displaced to

Page 95: Technology of Creation Eng

95

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 19. Decomposition of the model of the material world simultaneously on the basis of scale and organization

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110

11

10

98

76

54

32

11

20

Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucl.

Star nucleus

Sta

r

Atom nucl.

( )Electron nucl.

Maximon

( )Photon

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Flora

( ?)Spirituality subject

Pla

net

Scaleaxis

Classes

Org

aniz

ation

levelaxis

Coord

inate

son

the

axis

М-

Fig. 19. Decomposition of the model of the material World simultaneouslyon the basis of scale and organization

12

23/4 33/4

3 3

41/2 21/2

41/2 ( ?)SPIRITUALITY SUBJECTS

BIO-SYSTEMS

SPACE BODIES

SYSTEMS OF SPACE BODIES

THE NUMBER OF MATERIALAGGREGATES CONTAINED

PROTO-MATTERinformation, mass,

space and time/

/

SUBSTANCE

BIO-OBJECTS

Cla

sses

Human

Fauna

Cell

BiosphereCell nucleus

Planetsystem

Gal-axy

Page 96: Technology of Creation Eng

96

4.1. Graphic features of the model

fig. 20. Section of the model of the material world on the centers of the scalesFig. 20. Section of the model of the material World on the centers of the scales

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 110 12

11

10

98

75

43

21

12

0

Metagalaxy

Galaxy nucl.

Star nucleus

Sta

rAtom nucleus

( )Electron nucl.

Maximon

( )Photon

Electron

Atom

Molecule

Cell nucleus

( ?)Spirituality subject

Biosphere

Planetsystem

Pla

net

Gal-axy

ScaleaxisClasses

Cla

sse

s

Organizationlevel axis

А В

6

Subjectssubstance

(6 3/4) Space bodiesand their systems

(6 1/4)

6

Large-scale centermaterial world

Biomolecule

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

Biologicalautomations (1)

Subjects of biological life (6)

Orr

ga

niz

atio

nsca

lece

nte

r

Page 97: Technology of Creation Eng

97

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

the beginning of the axis of the level of organization – to the second and adjoining classes to it, and the minimum, on the contrary, is displaced to the opposite part of the scale where the level of organization is at maximum. Probably, there where substance is born, space bodies are built and their systems are formed, there necessarily the variety of aggregates is great. But the higher the level of organization of the matter is, the more is required the concentration of forces and attention of the founder. The specific variety of fauna of the Earth is less, than of the flora, and human beings are single-specific creatures. Even stronger, probably, is specialized specificity of the superhuman spiritual being. The interesting result is obtained if we count how many aggregates fall on each half of the axes. On the first half of the axis of scale 7 3/4 aggregates fall, and on the first half of the axis of organization 13 aggregates. for the second half of the axes almost a symmetrical inverse variant is characteristic. On the axis of scale there are 12 1/4, and on the axis of organizationare 7 aggregates. Certainly, there is an explanation for this. what is the explanation? I don't know.

Now, my my soul, let's pass from the formal-graphic research to more detailed and substantial consideration of the model of the material world. let's divide the diagram into four zones for convenience and possibility to increase the image scale (fig. 22). Our purpose is to see more in detail how real objects of matter lay down on these curves, and not only system-forming aggregates, but everything that is between them and that should, by the idea make gradual, qualitative transitions from one to totally another qualitative object of matter. Is it so? Are there any border, joints, and qualitative leaps between the objects of adjoining classes lying on one curve? So, let's search for the seams and joints in the design of the universe! And there we'll understand, from which parts and how the material world was assembled. And what? Imagine such an analogy. To take a competent worker from the 15th century, some arbalester, to give him a steam locomotive or a steam car invented 300 years after his time, the tools to create theconditions. He will disassemble, assemble and even where necessary, will improve. Maybe, we can also do the same? whatdo you think? If, of course, to give him a steam locomotive and not a computer.

Page 98: Technology of Creation Eng

98

4.1. Graphic features of the model

fig. 21 Distribution of aggregates of mater of matter by the classes of scale and level of organization

Organizationlevel axis

Scale axis

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 110 12

1/4

6

111/211/2

331/23

21111

1/4

MetagalaxyMaximon

( )Electron nucl.

( )Photon

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

Biosphere

Pla

net

Sta

rStar nucleus

Gal-axy

Galaxy nucl.

Planetsystem

Atom nucleus

Electron

( ?)Spirituality subject

713

73/4 121/4

11

10

98

75

43

21

12

06

1/21

1/21

2

2

2

4

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

Page 99: Technology of Creation Eng

99

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 22. four conditional pars of the graphic model of the material world for detailed consideration

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 12

11

10

98

76

54

32

11

20

Metagalaxy

Sta

r

( )Electron nucl.

Maximon

( )Photon

Atom

Molecule

( ?)Spirituality subject

Planet system

Pla

ne

t

Gal-axy

Micro world

Organicworld

Mega world

Macro worldthe inorganic part

Galaxy nucl.

Atom nucleus Star nucleus

Biosphere

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Electron

Human

Fauna

Page 100: Technology of Creation Eng

100

4.2. Microcosm

4.2. Microcosm

we have to begin again from the most little-known to science part of the M-scale – from a maximon to a nucleus of an atom. On fig. 23 the area of the graphic model of the material world that we are interested in is represented. At the left the M-scale in two units of measurement is given. More to the left – the column of numbers from 0 to 22 corresponds to the values of the size expressed through the size of the maximon in logarithmic calculation with the basis of 10, i.e. Ig (MH). Or more simply: the numbers mean the degree of the number 10 multiplied by the maximon as a unit of length.The right column of the figures along the vertical M-scale with the sign «minus», the value of the decimal logarithm of the number of meters. So, for example, the center of class No. 1 on the maximon scale has the value «5», and on the meter «-30». However both those values are approximate. The maximon measured in meters gives non-integral decimal fraction and some quantity of characters after the comma are truncated which leads to an error. To express the size through the maximon itself as a unit of length is possible, but all the same it will be needed to pass to metric expression that will cause error. But the matter is not even in this. The M-scale itself as was mentioned earlier, is changeable. The universe, expanding, changes its dimensions. During the period of its existence from the moment of the Big Bang, to be

exact - silent and instant occurrence of the universe nearby 15 billion years ago, the Metagalaxy has increased in diameter by 2.5–3 times, to be exact – from 1025,2 m to 1025,625 m. The Metagalaxy increase is realized through the so-called recession of the Galaxies. It means, that the structural elements of the world themselves – a maximon, an atom, a star, a Galaxy – do not change their size. But their linear position relative to the sinusoid of stability. The size of the atom from the moment of creation has not changed, but the borders and the center of the class «Atoms» have been displaced.Everything would be good, if the classification was but a really objective fact not dependent on us. The sinusoid of stability shown in the right part of the drawing precisely corresponds to the grid of classes. These are 12 segments on the axis of scale, each of which equals to l\j of the actual modern size of the M-scale: six segments on which the division processes dominate, and six segments where synthesis dominates. The sinusoid tops, whence the division and synthesis originate, are called points of saddle stability. These points correspond to the centers of classes and, hence define their borders – 2.5 orders to the left and to the right on the M-axis. If the material aggregate at the moment of the world's creation is near the class center, for example to the right of it in the synthesis zone its creation proceeded

KEywORDS: microcosm, a maximon, recession of Galaxies, quantum of space, quantum of time.

Page 101: Technology of Creation Eng

101

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

23.

Mic

row

orld

1)

2)

Exa

ct

co

-ord

ina

tso

fcla

sse

sd

isp

lace

me

nt

of

sa

dd

lep

oin

tso

fsta

bili

ty

��

Energ

y

Sinthesis Division Sinthesis Division

Energ

y

Weight

Density

Quantity

Timeorfrequn-

cies

Energ

y

12

3

lx

g(M

)lg

(m)

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14 13

12

11

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

�13

�14

�15

�16

�17

�18

�19

�20

�21

�22

�23

�24

�25

�26

�27

�28

�29

�30

�31

�32

�33

�34

Class

Maxi-mon

№0Class№1Class№2Class№3Class№4

�35

0

М-s

cale

Fo

ton

?

Bord

er

of

skile

dknow

el-

edge

Kern

elofato

mnuclo

nm

1,6

. 10

��15

pro

ton

neyto

n+

)

Ele

ctr

on

Mx

Scale

ofth

eorg

anis

ation

level

Giv

es

rise

ele

crt

om

agnetic

inte

raction

Weig

htofre

st

buthe

has

avelo

city

oflig

ht

whic

hhis

weig

ht

kg

=0

10

��52

from

kg

tokg

1,6

. 10

4. 1

0

27

25

10 /с

15

gm

3

98%

Weig

ht

ofU

niv

ers

e

9,1

. 10�

31

kg

10 /

18

gcm

3

10�

8sec

tim

eof

em

issio

na

quantof

light

10�

��

sec

Ele

menta

rtim

eunit

�=

0

� �

34

,83

4,8

�3

2,2

82

5

�=

0,0

35

� �

29

,76

52

9,8

�2

7,2

47

51

�=

0,0

7� �

24

,73

24

,8

�2

2,2

12

5

�=

0,1

05

� �

19

,69

51

9,8

-17

,17

75

�=

0,1

45

� �

14

,65

51

4,8

Kernelofatoms

Strangeparticles

Kern

elo

fele

ctr

on

?

Maxim

on

mm

1,6

. 10

=10

��

35

34,

8

Page 102: Technology of Creation Eng

102

4.2. Microcosm

thanks to a processes of synthesis, connection of parts into the evolution of the universe the grid of classes has moved so that the point of saddle stability has moved over the object and appeared to the right of it, the object appears in the division zone. The synthesis processes become forbidden to it, and the division processes - real and even inevitable. But a similar collision can happen only with the aggregates precisely getting to the zone of displacement – ∆ which as seen from calculations on fig. 23, isn't large. The lowest points of the sinusoid of stability are also some kind of a dead zone where the tendencies of synthesis and division counterbalance each other, and the exit of the object from this zone is accompanied by energy output. Transition points (the sinusoid's middle) correspond on the M-scale to the points of borders of classes, and for the objects of the material world, these are small areas of the so-called vestibule type. The objects occupying these are equally remote from the system-forming aggregates of adjoining classes and bear in themselves a mixture of their qualities. usually the boundary, transitive systems occupy on the M-scale areas of not more than one order. And nevertheless it is necessary to talk once again about the value of the mechanism of displacement of the grid of areas of synthesis and division. Thanks to this phenomenon the process of evolution of the material world is realized. Priorities in the processes of creation of the substance vary, the epochs of star formation are interchanged, the Galaxies evolve, transformations in biological life and biosphere evolution happen. Possibly, elf and the mechanism of the future end of

the evolutionary process and will be once capable to complete the life cycle of the material world with the same inevitability with which it was once begun. The aggregates occupying the microcosm, very little is yet known about these. Two of them, an electron's nucleus and a photon, have conditional names. Nobody has seen the electron either, and about its size in academic publications is dryly told that: «It ha the size less than10-18 m» . Strictly speaking, an atom's nucleus has no final theoretical description. A hundred years has not passed yet since it was discovered, that addition to a proton in the nucleus there is also a neutron, and what else is placed there and how it is arranged there – there's still no clear picture. Nuclei of atoms occupy a range from 10-13,5 m to 10-15 m. Objects of smaller sizes – »strange particles» from 10-15 to 10-17,5 m – just finish the area of experimental knowledge of the microcosm. It is known, that the mass of an atom's nucleus makes 99.9 % of the mass of the entire atom and comes to 10-27 kg. likely not much, but the size is such – 1.6·10-15 m, therefore the density of the nucleus makes 1014 g/cm3. That is a one centimeter cube like that used in a game of dice, made of nuclei of atoms, will weigh 100 million tons. you cannot roll these! The mass of the universe is 98% composed of the mass of atom nuclei. All processes of formation of the stars, space bodies and their systems directly depend on gravitational forces and are inseparably linked with the mass of the world substance. An electron, about which it is known even less, has the size of 10-20 m, mass of 10-31 kg and an absolutely fantastic density of 1018 g/cm3.

Page 103: Technology of Creation Eng

103

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The unit forming class No. 2 on M-axis with the conditional name «electron nucleus», in general is unknown to science. But, logically, it should exist in series with system forming M-scale units. The unit «photon» is a quantum of elec-tromagnetic radiation, including light. Science delicately avoids the question on size of a photon, but rather confidently asserts that it moves with the speed of light and has mass to the order of 10-52 kg. It is the photon, in particular, that gives rise to electromagnetic and, probably, gravitational interactions. It is also known, that quantum (photon) emission of light lasts 10-8 seconds. At speed equal to speed of light, the path covered by a photon, or length of light «straw», appears equal to be 1 m. for the size of a photon it is quite a big path - all the same as though man displaced from edge to edge of the Galaxy. About maximon it is known, that its size 10-34,8 m is the smallest size admissible by material physics. The general theory of relativity combines gravitational interaction with metrics of space-time. In other words, space and

time, according to theory of relativity, consist of absolutely small pieces, more finely than fine. Compton quantum of space-time corresponds to minimum wave parameters. Its length is 10-34,8 m, and period – 10-43 sec. Space quantum and time quantum correspond to these sizes. In other words, there are no objects of size less than m and process shorter than sec sec. in the field of material world. «In microscopic section of the world one heptalliointh part of a centimeter is the measure of a proton and there is the same reality filled by content, as ten-billionth part of a second, when the atom of polonium, passing through atom of bismuth, gives atom of lead. Each of these atoms in this insignifi-cant time interval gets its most complicated, sharply varying structure, exhibits its natural movements.In this microcosm phenomenon of our bot-tomless consciousness we approach the divi-sion of our personality: how many uncon-scious and conscious experiences do each of us go through in hairbreadth, in an instant! There are instants in everyone's life, when it is obviously and definitely admitted» Ver-nadsky V.I. [28, page 515].

Page 104: Technology of Creation Eng

104

4.3. Macroworld – inorganic part

Macroworld in its inorganic part (fig. 24) begins with the second half of class No. 4 the atomic nucleus. The size of nuclei depending on the kind or atomic weight varies in range from 10-15 to 10-14 m. The following unit – atom, as it is known, consists of a nucleus and electron shell. Its size is defined by diameter of these shells which nobody has seen, and is from 10-12,5 to 10-9 m. The size of atom exceeds the size of its nucleus ap¬proximately by 100,000 times (105), however there are conditions at which the atom loses its electron shells and there remains only its nucleus. A similar condition of matter, arising under influence of ultrahigh temperatures and pressure is referred to as plasma. In conditions of plasma, the size of atoms is equal to the size of their nuclei. In the boundaries of habitual physical conditions atoms in mass represent chemical elements, i.e. elementary substances. About 100 kinds of atoms are known to science. The distance between separate atoms is adjusted by parity of kinetic and potential energy. At small distances matter is in a firm or crystal condition. At greater distances in the liquid phase and at distances even more in gaseous state. The essential influence on modular conditions is caused by temperature and pres¬sure.A majority of atoms (chemical elements) show chemical activity, i.e. ability to enter with each other into different chemical reactions and form molecules of complex substances with new properties. The elementary molecules can develop two to

three kinds of atoms. But sometimes tens of kinds of atoms participate in reactions. And the same kind of atom repeatedly participates in designing various parts of a complex molecule. Moreover, some variation, because of the variable number of the neutrons comprising their structure that influences physical characteristics of substance, while preserving chemical properties, is peculiar to atoms. Such atoms – isotopes, -being a part of molecules have given rise to an even greater variety of complex substances. Chemically pure water can have tens of versions on the molecular structure: «…complexity of the structure of all sorts of water, in the beginning associative, then in-evitably leading to electrolytic decomposition of its molecules and. at last, the physical and chemical difference of its molecules, owing to existence of several hydrogen and oxygen has been revealed –in a limit of 18 different combinations and if we consider the possible associations of molecules and their electrolytic disassociation, then hundreds of varying in structure chemically pure water» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 425].

And nevertheless atom is the basic building unit of inert matter. The universe is basically built of atoms of hydrogen and helium. How durable is the atom? what is its life duration in comparison with lives of a star or the Galaxy? «It is found out, that for each kind of atom there is a certain period of their life. On an average each atom exists, maintaining a cer-

KEywORDS: macroworld, atom, molecule, minerals.

Page 105: Technology of Creation Eng

105

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

24.

Mac

row

orld

— in

orga

nic

part

Lg

(M)

xL

g(m

)

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32 31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24

23

22 21

20

19

18

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 �1

�2

�3

�4

�5

�6

�7

�8

�9

�1

0

�11

�1

2

�1

3

�1

4

�1

5

�1

6

�1

7

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

lsca

le

23

45

Mass

Density

Quantity

Timeor

frequen-cy

1)

2)

Exa

ct

co

ord

ina

tes

of

cla

sse

so

ffse

to

fsta

bili

tysa

dd

lep

oin

ts�

En

erg

y

En

erg

y

Synthesis Division Synthesis Division

�=

0,1

45

� �

14,6

55

14,8

�12,1

425

�=

0,1

80

� �

9,6

29,8

�7,1

075

�=

0,2

15

� �

4,5

85

4,8

�2,0

725

�=

0,2

50

0,4

5,2

2,9

625

�=

0,2

85

5,4

85

5,2

Pla

nets

:10

gsm

10/�

6

3

2

Inte

rste

llar

ga

s gsm

10

/�2

43

Ato

ms

:10

gsm

10/�

6

3

2

Ato

ms

ftom

kg

tokg

1,6

. 10

4. 1

0� �

27 25

Mo

lec

ule

Class№5Class№6Class№7

М-s

ca

le

Nu

cle

us

of

sta

rP

lan

ets

Mid

dle

of

M-S

ca

le

Co

sm

ic

ba

lls

Ato

m

Atoms

Ato

mic

nu

cle

us

Ato

mic

nu

cle

us

Micrometeorites

Meteorites

Asteroids

300km

Boundaryofappereance

ofspherocityofcosmicbodies

Molecules

QuantityofAtomsinonemolecule

fromto:

2105

Class№4

En

erg

y

Class№8

Page 106: Technology of Creation Eng

106

4.3. Macroworld – inorganic part

tain structure, strictly for a certain period. The minimum average period of existence for ThC1, considered now as one atomic form of the chemical element polonium, is equal to a little hundred billionth part of a second. This number cannot be considered as finally established. But for other form of the same polonium, for atoms RaC1. it has been estab-lished precisely: these atoms, each on an av-erage, exist for around three millionth part of a second. On the other hand, the greatest measured average duration for a chemical element – for thorium: its life is near about 50 billion years. for all other chemical elements, except for the highly radioactive, the average life is much more. for heavy elements, proceeding from thermal effects, is roughly estimated to be 10l7–1023 years» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 485].

If one is to consider that life cycle of Metagalaxy hardly exceeds 4·1014 years, then it is possible to not worry about atoms. A majority of atoms, including hydrogen and helium, have a half-life period more than life of the universe. The quantity of atoms in one molecule fluctuates from 2 to 105. It is obvious, that variety of molecules is incomparably more than for hundred initial atoms -chemical elements. The number of kinds of molecules is practically indefinable. However there exists division of matter into two kinds: organic and inorganic, or, otherwise, minerals. Cosmic bodies are constituted from atoms and minerals, and organic substances are used for construction of bio¬logical objects – plants, animal, man, and biosphere. The mass of atom depends on its nuclear weight and fluctuates from 1.6·10-27 kg to 4·10-25 kg, and density in comparison to the nucleus is absolutely insignificant – from 102 to 10-6 g/cm3. The molecules,

approximately, have the same density.The evolution of mineral material of the universe comes to an end on atoms and inorganic molecules and begins the con-struction of cosmic bodies. In other words, atoms and molecules col-lected in large number in one place of space, form gas, liquid or solids. Cosmic gas clouds consist of dispersed molecules or atoms of gas. The liquid fraction in conditions of cosmic vacuum does not exist.from solids, the finest cosmic objects are micrometeorites. They occupy the di-mensional ranee from 10-8 to 10-2 m. Meteorites occupy the dimensional niche from 10-2 m to 1 m. larger cosmic bodies – asteroids – can be in size from 1 up to 105 m. A special place among small cosmic bodies is occupied by cosmic balls – spherical formations of diameter ranging from 10-5 to 10-4 m. It is interesting to note, that this size, corresponds to the geometrical center of the M-scale. The origin and reason of sphericity of cosmic balls is unknown to science until now. Micrometeorites, meteorites and asteroids look as improper form of stones or whole blocks, splinters of some unknown rocks. They are basically made of iron, stone, and ice. Their orbits in the Solar system run between orbits of Mars and Jupiter that gives the basis to assume the reason of their occurrence as cosmic accident that occurred with a planet, which had once occupied its place in the Solar system. At the boundary of macroworld in the center of class № 8 are located two full-fledged cosmic units – nucleus of a star and planet. To not repeat, we shall speak about them, when we shall study the

Page 107: Technology of Creation Eng

107

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Mega-universe. But the boundary of macroworld is inter-esting in one more unique feature. It is particularly her, there passes an invisible distinction at the mark 105 m, up to which cosmic bodies have a casual form and after which get the form of a sphere. As it has already been said, at about the mark of 300 km space bodies become a sphere irrespective of the material they are made of. The reason of this phenomenon, in our opinion, is very simple. under laws of resistance of materials for each

kind of material there is a certain load above which the material collapses. An increase in dimensions of cosmic bodies is accompanied by increase in their weight and force of gravitation directed towards the center. Natural iron or stone (minerals) out of which the cosmic body is made, on an average have such resistance to destruction, which does not exceed the forces of gravitation of the Starting from this size, force of gravitation pulls down minerals, evens roughness and brings a cosmic body to the form of a sphere.

Page 108: Technology of Creation Eng

108

4.4. Mega-universe

4.4. Mega-universe

As is known, atomic hydrogen and helium constitute more than 90% of all matter that forms large space objects, like stars, gas fogs, nuclei of Galaxies, etc. The space between stars is filled up with rarefied gas, dust, magnetic fields and space radiations. The architecture of the Mega-universe is more convenient to examine from the maximum unit of M-scale – Metagalaxy (fig. 25). In modern understanding Metagalaxy is a denuclearized, weak structured cosmic formation of insinuate form, having, pos-sibly, a cellular structure and consisting of 1010 Galaxies. It is possible to assume from this that Metagalaxy had increased by 2 to 3 times during its existence. The increase had taken place and is continuing to take place due to recession of Galaxies. The total mass of Metagalaxy is about 1050 kg, and average density is lighter than the lightest – 7·1031 g/cm3, that being by seven orders less than the density of interstellar gas – 10-24 g/cm3. Interstellar gas, on an average, is distributed so, that on one cubic centimeter there is one gas atom. And if density of Metagalaxy is to be considered, then one atom of matter is on a volume hardly more than one cubic meter. At the same time distances between adjacent Galaxies are rather insignificant. If the size of Galaxy is taken as equal to one millimeter, then the nearest Galaxy will seem to be at a distance only 10 cm,

and the size of the whole Metagalaxy will constitute about 100 m. for Metagalaxy gravitational and moreover electromagnetic forces are almost insignificant or are totally not felt. The number of Galaxies comprising it is more likely constant, than dynamic. The unique and universal movement peculiar to Metagalaxy is the recession of galaxies in it. The question, what is outside Metagalaxy, is ontologically incorrect. Metagalaxy is a material world with peculiar attributes like space, time, movement, mass, and forces of interaction. The sources of attributes are units of the material world. There, where there i-universe is no material world, there are no attributes of it. Something else may be there, but the habitual properties of matter are not present. from the point of view of organization or, more precisely, definition of the place of Metagalaxy on the scale of organizational level it is the zero point. Metagalaxy like the maximon rests at the beginning of the organizational scale and represents a zero-dimensional object. It means that for creation there are only two states of Metagalaxy: either it is, or not present. More differentiated functions are not assigned to it. It is possible to say the same about maximon. Both units occupy half the class both on the M-scale, and on the organizational scale. And if one is to assume, that maximon is the carrier of genetic information about the material world, then Metagalaxy is an embodiment

KEywORDS: Mega-universe, Metagalaxy, Galaxy, stars, planet, planetary system.

Page 109: Technology of Creation Eng

109

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

25.

Meg

a-un

iver

se

Energ

y

Syntesis Fission Syntesis Fission

Energ

y

Energ

y

Mass

Density

Quantity

Timeor

frequency

1)

2)

Exact

coord

inate

sofcla

sses

offsetofsta

bili

tysaddle

poin

ts�

Lg

(M)

xL

g(m

)

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52 51

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42 41

40

39

38

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3

Class№10C№11 lass

М-s

ca

le

Class№8Class№12

Me

tag

ala

xy

4,2

10

=1

0�

х25

25,6

25

mm

Stellarclusters

Dwarfgalaxies Quasars Stars

Galacticblack

holes

Stellarsystems Whitedwarfs“” Blackholes

Neutronstars

inclpulsars .

Nu

cle

us

of

sta

r

Nucleusesofstars

Sta

r

Su

n

Dis

tance

betw

een

str

as

Sta

rm

ate

rial

com

posed

of

10

м

98%

Н,Н

е

16

“”

Ou

rG

ala

xy

Ga

lax

y

Ga

lac

tic

nu

cle

us

Galacticnuclei

Galacticsystems

Galactic

Nucleusof

metagalaxy

Pla

ne

tary

sy

ste

ms

Merc

ury

Venus

Eart

hM

ars

Plu

to

Planets

Com

positio

nF

e,O

,S

i,M

g

Planets

Neptu

ne

Jupiter

Satu

rnU

ranus

10

50

kg

3. 1

041

kg

10 /

�25 3

gsm

Inone

clu

ste

r

sta

rs10

5�10

7

7. 1

0/

�31 3

gsm

10

10

ga

laxie

sin

ga

laxy

М-

Ag

eo

f

Me

tag

ala

xy

ye

ars

1,5

2. 1

0�

10

1

10

rota

tion

in

years

8

2: 3

10

.30

kg

10

г/см�

6 31 2

10

rota

tion

inyears

х2

10

29�10

32

kg

10

10

sta

rsin

gala

xy

10

20

sta

rsin

Meta

-gala

xy

2. 1

030

kg

1,4

г/см

3

�2

г/см

3

�2

г/см

3

10

23�10

26

kg

5,5

г/см

3

6.E

art

h kg

10

24

Neutr

on

sta

rg

sm

10

/1

53

10

60

Nucle

ons

inN

S

Pla

nets

inM

eta

gala

xyin

clu

-din

gw

ithB

iosphere

10

,

10

21

20

Puls

ars

from

Hz

toH

z

3. 1

0

3. 1

0

27

7

4,7

. 10

9years

�=

0,2

86

5,4

85

5,2

7,9

975

18,0

675

�=

0,3

920,5

920,2

�=

0,3

210,5

210,2

13,0

325

�=

0,3

55

15,5

55

15,2

�=

0,4

25

25,6

25

25,2

23,1

025

01

23

4

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

lsca

le

Dis

tan

ce

be

twe

en

ga

laxie

sm

=1

022

Cluster

ofgalactic

Class№9

Me

tag

ala

xy

life

circle

~b

illio

nye

ars

40

00

00

Gala

ctic

L.C

.40

000

bill

ion

years

Page 110: Technology of Creation Eng

110

4.4. Mega-universe

of this information, and zero and the twelfth half classes of the M-scale is one whole. Then the M-scale is looped back and the relativity concept of the sizes of material objects gets some theoretical substantiation. However, to say that Metagalaxy is not absolutely structured would be incorrect. In the process of movement downwards on the M-scale to the level of 1024 m we encounter the so-called cells of Metagalaxy, viz. niches, or emptiness not occupied by Galaxies.In the bar from 1022 up to 1023 m there can be found clusters or condensation of Galaxies and even galactic systems. The dimensional dispersion of Galaxies is rather insignificant – only of two orders: from 1021 to 10l9 m.Dwarf Galaxies (10l9–1018) are singled out in a separate class by astronomers. Our Galaxy is one of largest – 1021 m. The mass of Galaxies on an average is 3·1041 kg, density – 10-25 g/cm3, i.e. about 1 atom on 10 cubic centimeters. However, the density by section of the Galaxy is non-uniform. Galaxies represent lentiform congestions of stars and star gases, rotating around the central nucleus. The nucleus of the Galaxy – 1015 m – is five orders less than the size of Galaxy. Most likely, nucleus of the Galaxy is source of matter, forming a star and other bodies of the Galaxy. from the nucleus of our Galaxy hydrogen of mass one and a half times more than mass of Sun is thrown out annually now. Even if one is to consider this intensity constant during the existence of Galaxy it turns out, that its nucleus has left a building material for 1.5 billion stars. And in the whole of Galaxy there are only

10 billion stars. It is easy to assume, that during the first period of activity, when emission from the Galactic nucleus was by one to two orders greater there took place initial star formation. The theory of Galactic nucleus is practically absent. And the reason for that is simple – the answer to the question is unknown: where from matter and energy come to the Galactic nucleus? Actually the answer exists, and is not such a complex one, but it is behind the frameworks of today's scientific paradigm. Therefore it is not accessible for the time being. Science has already recognized the possibility of transformation of mass to energy, and vice versa, at speeds close to speed of light, space and time can also be compressed and stretched from zero to infinity. «"Space", "time", "mass" and "energy" in modern physical models should be relative to an equal measure. They are commensurable by values G and С (gravitational constant and speed of light» Chesnokov C. [2, page 99].

Meanwhile the most important category in this series is missing: «information» and its source. The size of nucleus of the Galaxies is from 1013 to 1017 m. In the center of the nucleus is observed a brightly shining nucleolus of size lower than the nucleus by two-three orders. Temperature and pressure inside the nuclei of Galaxies are huge. Eruption of dense gas clouds from the nucleus at times resembles an explosion. The speed of the proceeding gas reaches thousand kilometers a second, and is accompanied by powerful electromagnetic radiation and release of gigantic energy. The volume of

Page 111: Technology of Creation Eng

111

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

singular emissions in some nuclei consists of tens and hundreds of solar mass. Around the Galactic nucleus are located aggregates of stars, sometimes in the form of shapeless clouds, sometimes in the form of spiral formations. Stars appear as a result of condensation of gas which emanates from the Galactic nucleus. The life cycle of a star has been studied in detail, and we shall return to it again, when we shall consider the model of material world in dynamics. If a star is equated to one millimeter, the size of a poppy seed, then the average distance between stars will constitute about one kilometer, and the size of Galaxy – 10000 km. actually, the average size of a star is 1010 m, distance between stars – 1016 m, and the greatest linear size of Galaxy - 1020 m Stars differ by their nature and sizes. Black holes, neutron stars, pulsars are unique space bodies consisting only of atomic nuclei of atoms without elec¬tronic clouds. Their density – 1015 g/cm3 – is practically equal to density of atomic nucleus, and sizes – from 103 to 106 m –can be less than the sizes of planets and nuclei of ordinary stars. Thus the neutron star consists of a huge number of – 1060 –nucleons. The white dwarfs (from 106 up to 108 m) together with black holes and neutron stars make a group of stars in the final part of their life cycle. Actually young stars occupy the dimensional niche from 108 to 1012 m. As a matter of fact, a star is a cosmic body made of gas, compressed to a sphere by forces of its own gravitation. Mass of a star is 1029–1032 kg, and density – 1–2 g/cm3, i.e. a little denser than water. However this is average density. The density increases in the bowels of stars, and temperature

reaches tens of millions degrees. As a result there is a thermonuclear reaction of transformation of hydrogen to helium or helium to car¬bon, and the star becomes a powerful and constant source of energy, radiating light and heat continuously during 7–10 billion years. The substance of stars by 98% consists of hydrogen and helium. How and when other elements are got is not quite clear. But it is somewhere closer to the star's nuclear oven. Possibly, the star's nucleus is this oven. However almost nothing authentically is known about the nuclei of stars. Not knowing the exact sizes of nuclei of stars, we can only assume, that it lies within the limits of class № 8, i.e. from 102,5 to 107,5 m. Besides to the eighth class are related cosmic bodies accompanying stars, viz. planets and their satellites. It is necessary to emphasize at once, that modern science does not have an opinion regarding existence of planets at other stars, except for the Sun. It is considered, that though the Sun, an ordinary by many parameters average star of our average and quite ordinary Galaxy has ten planets with satellites, it represents an exception among 1020 stars constituting Metagalaxy, because of the presence of planets. The probability of a similar judgment is defined by number 10-20. The possibility of our originality, we shall directly say, is insignificant. More likely, it is to the contrary. Rarely does a star have any planets revolving around it, and a planet – its satellites. Planets (we shall understand hereafter under this concept also their satellites) fall in the dimensional range from 104 to 108

m. Objects of smaller size are asteroids or smaller planets. And everything that is less

Page 112: Technology of Creation Eng

112

4.4. Mega-universe

than 300 km in diameter is not spherical in form and is not called «planet». Planets consist practically of all the chemical elements, but a major part of their mass is iron, oxygen, silicon and magnesium. Our Sun has, at least, nine planets and one ring of asteroids between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Quite reasonably it is considered, that a ring of asteroids are the remains of a planet, which had collapsed for some reason. Probably, as a result of collision with a meteorite that flew from interstellar space. But the probability of such collision is low. Probably there is another explanation connected with M-scale and expansion of the Metagalaxy.It has been already said that planets of the terrestrial group plus the extreme planet of Solar system Pluto have density more than 2 g/cm3 and, as a matter of fact, they are solids. And planets-giants of the Jupiter group are gaseous, and their density is below 2 g/cm3. And these two groups of planets by their sizes occupy on the M-scale two areas divided by a point of transition on curve (half wave) of stability. This point has a value 107,9975 m. obviously planets that exceed this point in size are in a gaseous or liquid modular condition, and planets which are less in size, exist in the form of solids. The critical point during the existence of Solar system has changed its place on the M-scale. Its initial coordinate was 10 m. If one is to assume, that the unhappy planet by its size was hardly more than 107,7 m and, accordingly, had a density less than 2 g/cm3, i.e. was liquid or gaseous, then in due course the critical point «has crept» through its dimension and the planet has appeared in the field, where the density

should be above 2 g/cm3. The process of its consolidation has begun i.e. compression. Thereof its diameter has decreased, that the constant twisting moment has caused an increase in speed of rotation around its own axis, and the planet, already having become iced-iron-stone, has been torn off by centrifugal forces and swept as a belt of asteroids along its orbit. It is possible to tell more about known planets, that their mass oscillates from 1023 to 1026 kg, density – from 0.7 up to 5.44 g/cm3, and distribution of density is non-uniform. The temperature and density sharply increase to the center of planets. A majority of planets and large satellites have atmosphere. Planets in aggregate with a star, around which they rotate, represent a planetary system. It is known to science, that our star – Sun – exists about 5 billion years, and planets, in particular the Earth, – not more than 4.7 billion years. It is logical to assume, that during the moments of origin and fading of a star, planets do not exist. But the stable condition of a star constitutes 80-90% of time of its life cycle. Therefore we have the right to assume, that not less than 80% of stars in the Metagalaxy, namely 0.8·1020, have planetary systems. In comparison with a star and more so in comparison with the size of external orbit of the last planet, the own sizes of planets are very small. If the Earth is taken as a millimetric grain, then Sun will have a diameter of 109 mm, the distance to it – 11.6 m, and diameter of the orbit of the extreme planet – Pluto – will constitute 1 km.The mass of planetary systems is close to mass of the central star and accordingly lies in the range (2/3)·1030 kg.

Page 113: Technology of Creation Eng

113

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The size too can be specified presumably, by analogy with Solar system and taking into view the dispersion in the sizes of stars – from 1011 up to 1014 m. About density of planetary system it is possible to judge differently, depending on how to consider its volume: if, as a sphere with diameter of the extreme planet, then density constitutes about 10-6 g/cm3, if, as a cylinder of the same di¬ameter and height to the size of Sun, then 10-5 g/cm3. The rotation time of planetary system about its axis, if to judge by the extreme planet, depends on its orbit. Pluto – the most remote planet – does a full turnaround of the Sun in 247 terrestrial years. At that Sun has a period of rotation about 30 terrestrial

days. Planets in planetary systems get light, heat, radiation from their central star. Intensity and density of the stream of energy depend on affinity to the star, inclination of its own axis of rotation of the planet to the ecliptic plane and from the period of rotation of the planet. The Earth is the third planet from the Sun, inclination of its axis is 23,45°, and frequency of rotation is 365 rotations for one rotation around Sun. The Sun radiates 3.8·1020 Mw energy. from this energy the Earth's share is half of billionth share – 1.9·1011 Mw that quite suffices existence and evolution of biological life on our planet.

Page 114: Technology of Creation Eng

114

4.5. The Organic World

In due course, not so long ago, it was considered, that living beings are born only from living beings. Therefore such a dichotomy was established: the inanimate nature consists of minerals or inorganic compounds and molecules, and animate matter consists of organic compounds and bio-molecules. There was as though an impassable division between the animate and inanimate nature at the lowest molecular level. However, in the 50s of XX century it was found out, that if through a mixture of hydrogen and hydrogen containing compounds electric charge (in nature -lightning) was to be passed, then some kinds of organic acids and amino acids are formed in quite a natural way, and in an oxygen free environment, like what the Earth's atmosphere was 4.5 billion years ago, more complex organic compounds are also synthesized – amino acids, organic acids, sugar, basic nitrogen… It is interesting to note that bio-molecules and organic compounds can be found in the structure of meteoric matter.There is a characteristic splash on the graphic model of material world, where objects of the organic world are quartered.At the base of this pyramid lies the biosphere and bio-molecule, man stands at the top, while above there is yet unknown half-biological, or super-biological object with the conditional name «subject of spirituality» (fig. 26). Bio-molecules and biopolymers are

high-molecular compounds containing chains of repeating links. Thousands and even millions of identical molecular structures are joined together. Biopolymers by natural selection and extremely long search of trials and errors «have learned» many remarkable things: to influence the oxidizing and reducing chemical reactions taking place in them, to combine into coacervate drops, to isolate from the external environment by a membrane, to maintain and improve its internal structure, to replenish energy through adoption of elements from the external environment and discard to the external environment products of exchange. They have developed ability to reproduce its own matter and maintain structure at mechanical division into parts, for which purpose the DNA matrix mechanism was used, and further had shown ability to reproduce. It took 750 million years for formation of the elementary denuclearized cell prokaryotes. They were heterotrophs, i.e. absorbed more primitive organic compounds. Heterotrophs have oxygen-free metabolism, ineffective from the energy point of view, and moreover leading to exhaustion of the Ocean's waters, where biological life is born and where heterotrophs soon have nothing to eat. Then autotrophs – organisms, capable of synthesizing organic substances from inorganic matter – appear and start spreading all over. They use solar energy

KEywORDS: Organic world, biosphere, Ыо-molecule, biopolymers, DNA, cell, animate and inanimate, plant, animal, man, super-biological object.

Page 115: Technology of Creation Eng

115

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

26.

Org

anic

wor

ld

Fission Synthesis

Mass

Density

Quantity

Timeor

frequency

1)

2)

Exa

ctco

ord

inate

sofcl

ass

es

offse

tofst

abili

tysa

ddle

poin

ts�

Org

an

iza

tion

leve

l sca

le

67

89

10

111

2

Fission Synthesis

�=

0,2

15

� �

4,5

85

4,8

�=

0,2

5

0,4

5

,2�

�=

0,2

85

5,4

85

5,2

�=

0,1

8� �

9,6

29,8

�7,1

075

�2,0

725

2,9

625

Lg

(M) x

Lg

(m)

41

40

39

38

37

36

35

34

33

32 31

30

29

28

27

26

25

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 �1

�2

�3

�4

�5

�6

�7

�8

�9

�1

0

Class№6Class№7

М-s

cale

Class№8

43

8

42

7

Bio

mo

lec

ule

s,

Bio

-ma

tte

rsM

ore

tha

nm

illio

ns

varie

ties

10Vir

us

es

Ce

lln

uc

leu

sB

ac

teri

a

Bacterial

Mid

dle

of

sca

leМ

-

Sizeofgerminalcellofaman

inanejaculation2.10

8

Bio

sp

he

re

Biologicallife

Plants

species 350000

Pla

nts

Th

ea

re nu

cle

otid

ein

ace

ll1

01

0

Un

ice

llu

lar

org

an

ism

s

An

ima

lsH

um

an

Animalsmillionsspecies 1-2

Eart

h’s

bio

mass kg

ofdry

matter

or

ofE

art

h’s

mass

-10

10

15

8�

Bra

in

cells

10

10

New

born

cells

2. 1

012

2000г.61900г.1,61000г.275

billionpeoplebillionpeoplemillionpeople

Bio

sphe

reex

ists

billi

onye

ars

3,5

Manonespeciesthreeraces

10 ��0,2

Ab

ove

bio

log

ical

sub

ject

of

spir

itu

alit

y

Un

ice

llula

rp

lan

tse

xist

for

bill

ion

yea

rs3

,8

Ce

llE

ne

rgy

Adult

cells

10

14

Cells

Page 116: Technology of Creation Eng

116

4.5. The Organic World

and photosynthesis for getting vital organic compounds. Through photo catalysis hydrogen sulphide is oxidized to sulfates. The free hydrogen formed reduces carbon dioxide to carbon and water, out of which are constructed organic matter further necessary for life. The following step is fission of water through photosynthesis with the purpose of extracting free hydrogen for synthesis of organic molecules. It is interesting to note, that oxygen, remaining as a byproduct goes to the atmosphere. Thereafter, there appeared the ability to assimilate carbon dioxide, which had saturated pre-biological atmosphere of the planet, and it also assisted in changing the structure of atmosphere, viz. to reduction in content of carbon dioxide and rise in content of oxygen. The so-called cyanic-bacteria-cyania were the first elementary organisms, which, using photosynthesis, made the atmosphere oxygen containing.Oxygen under the action of Sun's ultraviolet radiation formed an ozone layer in the atmosphere, capable of absorbing rigid short-wave radiation and therein created protection for complex organic compounds and opened the path to their unobstructed improvement. The oxygen-containing atmosphere made it possible for living organisms to use highly energetic oxygen type of metabolism. Organic compounds and elementary organisms, being born and dying, serve as the basic source of chemical substances and elements, which would have not appeared in such quantities from chemical processes in inorganic nature. Processing minerals to organic, oxygen and into complex chemical compounds, organic life has built itself a house – biosphere, which covers the whole surface of the planet,

including ocean, land and atmosphere.

«98,6% of mass of the physically accessible layer of Earth is made of only eight chemical elements: 47% – oxygen, 28% – silicon, 9% – aluminum, 5% – iron, 4% – calcium, 3% – sodium, 3% – phosphorus, 2% – magnesium» Bondarev V.P. [24, page 269].

During evolution prokaryotes denuclearized cells – became complicated, and included in its structure aerobic bacterium capable of functioning inside the cell-owner, producing energy or other vital functions. Thus, the nucleus of a cell, responsible for processes, taking place in a cell, was gradually formed. There appeared eukaryotes – nuclear cells. when bacterium resembling filaments were attached to the eukaryotes they managed to form an organism capable of movement in liquid environment, the task of search of food and movement was facilitated with the view of protection. Approximately thus appeared predecessors of the present elementary organisms, and the first step, in grandiose ladder of evolution of plant and animal worlds, was laid. Bio-molecules, bio-substances, bio polymers, fibers are all building materials or, more precisely, building blocks for bearers of biological life. They are rather not blocks, but specialized, very complex structures, capable of executing certain tasks: collect and accumulate energy from external sources, manage chemical reactions, accumulate or remove certain chemical elements or substances, collect, accumulate and transfer genetic information, etc. The most elementary structures from biomaterials are viruses. It is yet a cell and not a nucleus, but already something independent, consisting of nucleonic acid

Page 117: Technology of Creation Eng

117

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

and a capsule. Viruses are capable of active self-reproduction, live exclusively inside a cell, using its resources, can cause illnesses of organisms at the intracellular level: something like a latent electronic destruction mechanism -as a pyrotechnic charge under the pilot's seat of a military plane, which in case of emergency can be blown by command from ground. The sizes of viruses are from 10-8 to 10-7 m. The next representative of the elementary is bacterium. The size is from 10-6 to 10-5 m. This unicellular denuclearized organism multiplies by division, is mobile, autotrophic – lives through inorganic sources of carbon, is capable of living both in the oxygen environment, and without oxygen. Actively participates in the formation and destruction of minerals, is one of the central agents in circulation of matter in nature and formations of the biosphere. The following unit is the cell nucleus. It is a compulsory part of unicellular and without exception all multicellular organisms. Its size is from 10-6 m to 1 mm. The nucleus is concentrated with genetic materials, necessary for reproduction of similar cells by the cell, and also mechanism of control over ability of the cell's vital functions. It is interesting, that the sexual cell of man, as well as many animals, consists practically of a nucleus and is of size about 10-5 m that corresponds to the center of the bar. Although an adult is to five orders more, but the genetic package with information about man is precisely in the scale center of the universe. It sounds as a compliment. However, the truth is there, as said earlier, the sexual cell of a cachalot, fox and even an elephant is placed.

«The principle of compactness, inherent in cell metabolism, is especially expressed in the structure of DNA. for example, DNA of a man's ovule weighs 6·10-12 g and thus codes properties of all proteins of man» Bondarev V.P. [24, page 358].

In general, everything is all right with compactness in the structure of a cell. The DNA double string on which all structure and psychological essence of the future man are written down, has length of about two meters, but is so thin, that it can be placed in a cell of size several hundredths part of a millimeter. A cell is an elementary living system. It can exist quite successfully by itself (unicellular). And can be a part of multicellular organisms – animals and plants. The structure of a cell consists of a nucleus with full genetic code of a cell, and a cytoplasm with floating, as the cell itself in the primary ocean, organelles and other structures responsible for all the processes of cell's vital functions. The science about the structure of a cell – cytology – in detail provides the structure of a cell, mechanism of its vital functions and has developed enough ideas about its evolution. In the context of our task there is no necessity to state the basic provisions of cytology. for us following positions, firmly and for a long time ago accepted by scientists-cytologists, are only important.Cell is a living biological organism built from complex biological compounds, consisting of bio-molecules, and on its basis are compounds from atoms and molecules of inanimate nature. A cell is an elementary, simple living organism and, by virtue of it, is the carrier of the following properties distinguishing the

Page 118: Technology of Creation Eng

118

4.5. The Organic World

animate from the inanimate. Metabolism – ability to metabolism with the purpose of acquiring energy and restoration of expendable cells and matter. unlike inanimate nature consisting mainly of oxygen, silicon, iron, magnesium and aluminum, living organisms consist 98% of carbon, oxygen, nitrogen and hydrogen formed in complex biological molecules – polymers: nucleonic acids, fibers, polysaccharides and fats. The metabolism is carried out through food and breath. Autotrophy – ability of some plants, through photo catalysis of sunlight, to create from water and atmospheric gases all nutrients necessary for them. Heterotrophy – ability of mushrooms, bacterium, animals and man to eat organic substances and, owing to fermentable disintegration. receive energy and necessary elements from them. Breathe – same form of metabolism uses oxidizing-reducing reactions as the source of energy. Self-reproduction and vital-life cycle – ability to generate copies of self, which go through a repeating life cycle: birth, growth, attaining sexual maturity, reproduction, bringing up posterity that is characteristic only for animals, ageing, death. Heredity and variability – a mechanism, on the one hand, fixing the accumulated specific attributes, and on the other hand providing adaptability to the changing conditions of living environment. Irritability and self-control – ability to react energetically to external influences and react selectively on them. The reaction of an organism to changes of environment is subordinated to the law of self-preservation, which is based on the mechanism of self-control. The organism does automatically

all that is necessary for neutralizing external destructive influences. life cycle of various cells in an organism has a huge dispersion by time of half-decay of atoms. «There are 1014 cells in the organism of man. In some tissues the number of cells remains a constant during the life of an organism. In these tissues, rather less differentiated cells divide, whose reserve is self supported, and one of the daughter cells is differentiated. for example, in man nearly 70 billion cells of intestinal epithelia and 2 billion erythrocytes perish daily. Quite differentiated cells make the cell cycle in many other tissues and then division of a cell cannot be completed to the end, but limited to doubling of chromosomes; or does not begin at all, and the cell leaves the cycle at a certain moment. Some nuclei do not enter into a cycle during the life of a differentiated cell (neurons, fibers of skeletal muscles), thus life expectancy of a cell corresponds to the life of an organism. The minimum life expectancy of a cell (intestinal epithelia) of man is 1-2 days» Bondarev V.P. [24, page 359]. At an early stage of evolution (it is probable, that it was two with superfluous billion years ago) unicellulars divided into seaweeds, which gave rise to the line of plants, and into elementary, from which subsequently animals originated.And somewhere 570 million years ago, when naked minerals of the Earth began to be covered by soil, there appeared animals and plants. Plants are an isolated group of objects of the organic world, and they occupy the ninth class on the organizational scale.The living, mainly multicellular organisms, autotrophs, forming minerals, atmospheric gases and sunlight in organic compounds, appeared on Earth not less 3.8 billion years

Page 119: Technology of Creation Eng

119

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

ago and at present total 350,000 varieties.with rare exception, plants do not move during the life cycle because roots go into the earth. However for plants the static ontogenesis is made up by the rather dynamic phylogenesis of the species. Classes and types of plants constantly expand, move or decrease their area, occupying either one or the other territories of the planet, following the change in climatic conditions and evolutionary processes taking place in the biogenesis.Plants serve as the determining factor of existence and vital ability of animals and man. Plants give them food, habitat, oxygen to breathe, medicinal products. Plants also give man dress, fuel, building materials, and minerals. Plants have played the main role in formation of the modern biosphere, and first of all in creation of the oxygen atmosphere of Earth. If suddenly plants cease to be, herbivorous will become extinct and then predators. There will be neither meat, nor vegetables, nor cereals, nor fruit. Man will be left only with salt as food. without plants animals, and man cannot exist. The Earth's surface warmed by Sun for billions of years enables a multitude of biological objects to be born, live and die. In the course of their life they participate in complex chemical reactions and leave behind them products of exchange and their own remains. Expressing it more delicately, in general, my soul, you understand, what covers our once naked stony planet as a thick layer. «At last, in the external shell – in the biosphere – a significant mass of its matter is captured and collects in living organisms, changes under the cosmic energy of Sun. The

mass of biosphere should be to the order of 1024 g.» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 100].

As a result a superficial fertile layer of soil - humus forms on land, and in the world. Ocean – a planktonic film on the surface and a ground film at the bottom is formed. «The planktonic film is an important part of the biosphere mechanism, despite its thinness just as an important part is the ozone shield with insignificant ozone percentage.Its area equals hundreds of millions of square kilometers, and weight should be expressed by numbers of the order 10l5-1016 tons. Planktonic and ground films cover the whole of the hydrosphere. If the surface of a plankton, maybe, in general, is close to the ocean surface, i.e. it is equal to 3.6·108 km2, then the surface of the ground film should exceed it considerably, as it follows all the complexity and all irregularities of the ocean bottom relief Vernadsky V.I. [28, pages 156-157].

Actually, the whole area of man is completely located in the biosphere. The boundaries of biosphere are wide enough. firstly, it is a spherical surface covering the whole Earth, including land and ocean. Secondly, it extends upwards from the Earth and into depths of the planet. Spores of plants in the stratosphere and gas with oil in the bowels are signs of the presence of biosphere.

«from the geoid level biosphere stretches upwards to the borders of stratosphere, and getting to it; it hardly probably reaches the ionosphere – the terrestrial electromagnetic vacuum just being covered by scientific consciousness. Below the geoid level the living substance penetrates into the stratosphere and on the top areas of the metamorphous

Page 120: Technology of Creation Eng

120

4.5. The Organic World

and granite shells. from the view of planet it rises 20-25 km above the geoid level lowers on an average to 4-5 km below this level. These borders in time vary in places, on small durations extends far behind them. Apparently, at sea depths living substance should penetrate to places deeper than 11 km, and their existence deeper than 6 km has been established. In the stratosphere we just experience penetration into it by man, always inseparable from other organisms – insects, plants, microbes; and thus the living substance has already gone 40 km upwards from the geoid level and is fast lifting up» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 246].

The whole biological chain from a bio-molecule to man is based at a certain place – in a thin layer of contact of the atmosphere with the surface of our planet. The name of this layer is biosphere. It is not all that simple with it. Biosphere is not present, if there is no biological life, and biological life is impossible without a biosphere. If we remove biosphere, there will remain only anaerobes, the elementary and worms, living without free oxygen. And if we remove plants - animals will die, structure of atmosphere will change, ozone layer will disappear and the biosphere will cease existence. Biosphere is a continuation of the mineral world of the planet and, certainly, is an inanimate phenomenon; and on the other hand, it integrally includes everything animate, including man, and moreover it defines life and death of all living things on the planet. Processes of self-regulation act on biosphere, the evolutionary process is present, taking place in a certain direction, and if definition of objectives is not monitored, then in any case, the unconditional predetermined, program oriented nature are being monitored. The biosphere possesses a most powerful synergetic potential. To manage

and find balance on such complex processes, as energy interchange of planet and atmospheric surfaces, cycling of substances in nature, forming and preservation of biocoenosis. «Sun has radically reworked and changed the face of Earth; the biosphere has been penetrated and captured. To a great degree biosphere is an exhibition of its radiations; it composes the planetary mechanism, turning them to new varied forms of terrestrial free energy, which radically changes the history and destiny of our planet» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 43]. The biosphere, obviously, demonstrates a number of attributes of animate intelligent being, but on a number of other attributes it is a product of a mineral-cosmic origin and phenomenon of inanimate nature. The conclusion arises by itself. The biosphere is in a providential location, the meeting point of animate and inanimate nature and serves as some kind of a placenta for the origin and development of biological life. like the woman who carries a child, the biosphere carries life, protects it, creates all the necessary conditions for life, but also receives from biological life all that is necessary for self-maintenance and development. And, as is known, it is impossible to change the meeting point, the surface of planet with density above density of water, with sufficient, but not a superfluous stream of energy from its star, with a cycle time and inclination of the axis to ecliptic, giving a uniform stream of external energy and billions of years stability for evolution.Here it is my soul, life in Space. The number of such places, so are the centers of life. Any thinking person will come to

Page 121: Technology of Creation Eng

121

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

such conclusion.

«I am convinced that this life will cover not only our planet, but also that, which in the Bible is named as the new sky and new earth. I am convinced that such a complex being like man, his organism, should be prepared for enormous quantum of processes, which takes place in the immense universe. In order to create one intellectual being, apparently, it was necessary to start such a big uranium boiler as our Galaxy, and may be, our entire universe» A. Men [73, page 83].

On our chart biosphere is placed between the 7th and 8th classes of the organizational level. The location was obtained by projection of the biosphere value on the curve formed (fig. 26) on the bar scale. The size of biosphere is constant and equal to the size of planet – the carrier of biosphere. A quantitative estimation of biosphere can be given through volumetric or total mass of organisms and bio-matter. However bio-objects 50-90% is made of water, and therefore a more adequate estimation through weight of dry matter. The total biomass of the planet Earth's biosphere constitutes 1015 kg of dry matter, or 10-8 part of planet mass. The age of modern biosphere of the Earth is not less than 3.5 billion years, and its formation began more than 4 billion years ago. The Earth before the biosphere looked entirely different from what it is today. Naturally there was no vegetation and animals, as well as soil and humus. There were stones and not oxidized minerals. The atmosphere constituted of methane, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulphide, and there was no free oxygen in it. It was impossible to

breathe there, in addition active volcanic and tectonic activity of the young planet. whoever happened to be in places of volcanic activity could imagine fumaroles, geysers, streams of sulfur, streams of lava, black ash rains, hot hydrogen sulphide lakes, stench and shudder of earth, a real hell. In an evolutionary sense biosphere had since long passed the formation stage and is in rather a stable phase of existence. Only man with his technogenic problems of growth brings discord to the biosphere equilibrium. On hindsight at evolution of biological life, it is shown with evidence the orientation towards increase in complexity of biological objects, and not any, but, namely in the direction of development of the first system, consciousness and reason. «Among the infinite number of forms, where complication of life is dissipated, differentiation of nervous substance is segregated, according to the prediction theory, as a significant trans-formation. It gives evolution orientation and thereby proves, that it is meaningful» Teilhard de Chardin [126, page 152].

«It is only possible to regret (and be surprised), that, in spite of clarity of the facts, consensus does not yet reach that recognition, that "the galaxy" of vital forms draws in detail (as admitted by us) a wide «orthogenetic» movement of deactivation in a direction of greater increase in complexity and consciousness» Teilhard de Chardin [126, page 146].

The plant kingdom and evolution of biosphere have stimulated development of the animal kingdom. Animals, unlike plants, are capable of moving, they are heterotrophs, being fed

Page 122: Technology of Creation Eng

122

4.5. The Organic World

exclusively with organic food, viz. plants or other animals comparatively weaker and lesser in size. The animal kingdom is also basically represented by multicellular organism; however their variety is several times greater than plants and reaches 1.5 to 2 million species. Multicellular animals on land appeared nearly 800 million years ago. An active mobile life, struggle for survival, necessity of interaction served as the cause of development of the rudiment of psychology in animals, abilities to perceive, accumulate and transfer elementary information necessary for preservation and evolution of the species. The most «advanced» species of animals form the group of primates, the predecessors of man. Primates are mammals, five-fingered, plantigrades, have seizing limbs, a big brain. a developed ability to communicate through a set of gestures and sounds, inclined to flocking and complex social methods of self-organization. They appeared on Earth more than 14 million years ago. Nearly 5 million years ago there was a division of primates into two kinds – monkeys and hominids (predecessors of man). The reason of the division was bipedalism, which freed the front limbs of hominids that in turn, after 3 to 4 million years allowed future man to master fire and rudiments of labor activity. Though anthropogenesis is far from complete, especially its initial stage, nevertheless it is possible to consider that doubts in the animal origin of man have been overcome. Today's science agrees with the evolutionary theory of origin of man from the bowels of the animal kingdom. That, certainly, was.

In our chart man occupies the 11th penultimate class on the scale of organizational level. Remaining an animal by his physical nature, man possesses a set of unique properties unknown to previous stages of the organizational level. first of all, they are analytical capability, consciousness, abstract thinking and presence of speech. As a matter of fact, all these are one and the same – reason. Secondly, they are man-made capacity and definition of objectives. As a result, it is the transition from adaptation to life environment to adaptation of environment to his needs. The ability of social arrangement of man is also included here. And thirdly, a not yet dominating, but existing ability of man to ethical behavior, overcoming the animal instincts of envy, enmity, egoism through unique mechanisms of morals, reasonable self-restriction, morals and feeling of self-respect given to man. Or, to say in other words, the abilities of hearing the voice of the Creator and ability of following Him. unlike the plant and animal kingdom, man has not yet passed the culmination of his development. The evolutionary wave on our planet is now in two areas -in the field of the social structure and in the field of morally-ethical establishment of man as a species, as a unit on the organizational level scale. It is not by accident that human population is growing by leaps and bounds, possibly, getting nearer to some limit unknown to us. About 1000 years back there were 275 million of us, and by 2000 it was 6 billion and this with absolute monopoly in species. Man has no specific contenders. One species and three races are insignificant for incest.

Page 123: Technology of Creation Eng

123

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The lord has given us the ability to think. It is possible to assume, what else will man be, but know exactly where the winding path of evolution will lead us is only known to the Creator. The phenomenon of man for us, people, is the most important and intriguing mystery of the Creator. By our biological origin we are animals. And often we are convinced that it is so. «Man combines all animals in him», – quite fairly remarks John Donn [46, page 71]

By the way, another such remarkable idea is attributed to him: «It is our business to correct and restore everything, to which string of understanding has been lost». [46, page 72] On the other hand, such gifts of the Creator as consciousness, reason, freedom of moral choice, authority over nature, religious judgment of the world, lead to the thought, that: «…the link between divine and natural world is man» Soloviev V. [103, with. 143].

Moreover, a belief is born, that man can be not only a link, but also should be the link and has been created especially for it. «And man as one, who belongs to both the worlds, by acts of intellectual contemplation can and should touch the divine world and, being still in the world of struggle and free floating anxiety, enter into contact with the clear images from the kingdom of glory and eternal beauty» Soloviev V. [103, page 141].

what for is this communication, how it should be carried out, what particularly should man do is yet unknown, but the whole meaning of appearance of man as result of evolution is in carrying and developing spirituality in him. «…every incorrigible materialistic person is a mortal Man, a living automatic device, in spite of him being bestowed with a big brain power», – wrote Blavatskaya, and my applauses to her [19, page 485].

The exclusiveness of abilities, sharp difference from the living world, and absence of competing analogues in the beginning led man to the idea of similarity to God, that the universe has been created for him and in his sake. However the infantile sicknesses of anthropocentrism, having gone through sobering experience of social disasters and impartial analysis of scientific knowledge gradually has come to naught. «Refusal from self-confidentanthropocentrism and opening of Space life of the last decades, should affect significantly man's claims of being master of the world and manager of any life, subject of the mono-dictatorship that defines ways of world's development. But anthropocentrism received an unexpected reinforcement from modern astrophysics, which has formulated the so-called antrophic principle, according to which the Earth has seemed to be structured under parameters of man and so if the value of one of fundamental constants had been different, human life would have been impossible. In practice the assumption, that it is not the universe that tuned to man, but man could have been generated in a unique, narrow corridor of strictly defined conditions. Really, in fact in case of "imperfection" of the universe (i.e. impossibility in development of intelligent life in it), it was simply impossible

Page 124: Technology of Creation Eng

124

4.5. The Organic World

for anyone to fix it. But the universe has unlimited time. And sooner or later there casually appears a combination favorable to us. Then there we appear and are surprised of the universe's perfection. Therefore, man should be considered not as a crown of the whole universe, but as one of the stages of its total evolutionary process. In this respect closer to the truth was not west with its traditions of rationalism and anthropocentrism, but the East with its integrity and cosmicality, including man in the inseparable system of nature as a component part. Nevertheless man is not simply a part of the world, but a part that has realized the whole and capable of including in him this whole at an ideal level. The consciousness acts as the planetary factor, enabling the establishment of new attitudes of mankind, as a uniform organism with Space that can give the process of self-organization in nature a targeted feature, and instead of the position of either anthropocentrism or cosmocentrism approve synergism of man and Space» Samokhvalova V.I. [2, page 53]. The transitory role of man becomes more and more obvious. The lord has created us for providential purposes, not known to us yet. All that was before us were made, so that we appeared. And we are needed for advancing further the Creator's plan and then move aside or become His assistants. «Man is not the center of universe, as we innocently believed, but, is much more beautiful than the vanishing skyward top of a great biological synthesis. Its man, and only he, who was the last to appear in time, the most fresh, the most complex, the most iridescent, multi-colored from the consecutive layers of life. Such is our fundamental vision» Teilhard de Chardin [126, page 231].

The aggressive settling of man on the planet's surface, full domination as

species and scientific-technical progress have led some thinkers to the conclusion on the regeneration of biosphere to a «noosphere» – an association of consolidated thinking people, and as result - the advent of some collective Intelligence. «…geologically we experience at this hour segregation in the biosphere of the kingdom of intelligence that changes radically its shape, and structure, – noosphere. The word «noosphere» and the corresponding concept has been created by E. le Roi in 1928» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 380].

The advent of noosphere is put in one row with the deep processes of evolution of Space, the Earth, life and biosphere.

«"Explosion" of scientific idea in XX century has been prepared by the whole past of biosphere and has the deepest roots in it structure. It cannot stop and go back. It can only be slowed down in its rate. The noosphere is a biosphere advanced by scientific thought, that had prepared for the gone hundreds millions, can be billions, of years process, which created Homo sapiens faber, is not a short-term and passing geological phenomenon. Processes, having been readied for many billions years, cannot be passing, cannot stop. Hence it follows, that the biosphere will inevitably pass anyhow, sooner or later to the noosphere, i.e. that in history of people, occupying it, there shall take place events, necessary for this purpose, and not contradicting this process» Vernadsky V.I. [28, page 277]. The theory of a noosphere does not appear as absolutely indisputable for us. More likely, the basic object of evolution will be the ethical perfection of man, every living person on the Earth. But the known drawing together of people on the basis of revolution in communication facilities is being made in full conformity with the

Page 125: Technology of Creation Eng

125

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

prediction of Vernadsky V.I.:

«This process – full settlement of biosphere by man – is caused by the course of history of scientific thought, inseparably connected with speed of relations, with successes in techniques of movement, with the possibility of instant transfer of thought, its simultaneous discussions everywhere on the planet» [28, page. 261].

However there will pass some time, and the peak of an evolutionary wave will pass further on the scale of the organizational level as it had once passed above all previous units of the material world, and will reach an extreme, twelfth point of the scale of organizational level.The unit placed there is unknown to us, moreover it cannot comprehend the person in full. As it is impossible for the cleverest animal to describe the human essence, so it is not allowed to us to know what is this above the biological subject created on the basis of that, what man will become, when his evolutionary maturity ends.

«we after death – 1 have trust in it –shall again become imperishable particle of the conceiving light, which flows over the universe.» Guberman I. [35, page 124].

This is Igor Guberman, a poet and bearer of Russian-Jewish wisdom. He is not a philosopher, but, unlike any philosopher, is capable of accommodating in a tetrastich the best philosophical treatise without the slightest detriment to meaning. And nevertheless, why then, beyond the boundaries allocated to man in the class № 12 scale of complexity of the world?

Though we are unable to perceive it, but to suppose it is not forbidden. Even the dog has a certain idea about its owner and about people in general. All the more man: he has been given reason, and reason is there or it is not. As a computer, which can be either of an old design, low-power, or modern, highspeed, it essentially is the same machine. Similarly intelligence for both man and the Creator is of the same nature. It means, we have an opportunity of comprehending the most complex things, be it in the most general form. The unit № 12 is at the border, at the extreme right point of the organizational level scale; it means, this unit only in half belongs to the material world, and another half is outside of it. The same for the extreme elements: at the left -maximon and the Metagalaxy made of maximons.If the unit № 12 by half does not belong to material world, then: • at first, it has an above biological nature; • secondly, not losing communication with biosphere as the point of its origin in the material world, it is capable of being integrated into some other, non-material world and exist there in parallel. Besides, it is possible to assume, that important characteristics of unit № 12 will be spirituality and morals, since at these points, in particular, passes now the peak of evolutionary wave above man -the unit of a previous level on the organizational scale. But assumptions are assumptions, therefore everything that is on the chart more to the right of man, we shall draw with a dotted line.

Page 126: Technology of Creation Eng

126

5. SYNERGETIC MODEL OF THE MATERIAL WORLD

until recently it was considered, that nature strives to level, make even, and reduce to a common denominator everything that differs from standard. The temperature is leveled, pressure reduces to an average value, moun-tains fall to ruin, all that is created by man from natural materials with time converts back to them. The law of entropy, i.e. irreversible dispersion of energy and decrease in complexity and orderliness of the systems, rules over the world. The principle of entropy, quite appli-cable to thermodynamics, has been applied to the arrangement of the world. That, altogether, is incorrect. The mountain, certainly, collapses, but in fact it had once emerged from something. And only in the 70’s of XX century it has been scientifically proved that there are in nature cases of «occur-rences of the order from the disorder». Synergy, a new scientific direction, is the study of similar cases. The basic idea of synergy is the possi-bility, and under certain conditions, even inevitability, of origin of order and organization from disorder and chaos as a result of self organization. This approximately takes place as fol-lows. The initial system works at the usual order. functioning processes, infinitely repetitive, focused on constant or poorly varying external conditions take place in it. However there comes the moment when environmental conditions start to vary considerably. The system ap-proaches

boundary of its adaptive ca-pacities and begins to lose stability. This instant is referred to as the bi-furcation point. At the bifurcation point the system becomes susceptible to fluctuation viz., perception of sig-nals, capable of playing the role of positive reverse communication, i.e. affect the system in such a way that it applied new, more perfect opposing mechanisms to the hostile environment. Surplus of various fluctuations, which are «not noticed» by the system in usual conditions, at bifurcation points is perceived and is capable of generating the next round of system self-improvement and even its transition to a qualitatively new condition, i.e. generate a higher level of self-organizing system. Synergetic evolution of nature’s sys-tems is now a fact obvious to science. At present it is only possible to guess why and with what purpose the system evolves from the bottom to top horizons of synergy, but it is already clear how it occurs. It is possible to list the basic technological mechanisms of evolution: • ability of systems to accumu-late useful fluctuations during innu-merable iterations of working cycles, so as to use them at the necessary in-stant; • iteration of existence of the systems itself - finiteness of the life cycle and simultaneously the capacity to self-reproduction; • morphological adaptability that allows divide the system, get united into several systems or complicate its own structure, depending on necessity; • ability to choose, correct and rank

Page 127: Technology of Creation Eng

127

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

as per value optimization criteria during adaptation; • infinite ramification of the sys-tem development ways, practically in the mode of complete overrun of all possible choices and subsequent sifting of viable choices of systems through natural selection; • presence of an evolutionary wave – period, when formation of the system takes place very sharply and ends in location of a viable solution. Then comes the period of stability, when the system confidently handles its functions and reliably protects itself from the hostile external environment; • nesting principle of systems –structural connection between differ-ent

synergy level systems has been built on the principle of the Russian nested doll (Matryoshka). A higher organizational level system includes or regulates a system of lesser synergy level. Our graphic model of the material world should also be commented in terms of synergy. for the time being, we have before us a set of base units of the material world, organized by criteria of size and level of organization. To me, my soul, I would like to show you their synergetic interrelation, how the uniform and continuous evolutionary path from maximon to man looks like, etc.

Page 128: Technology of Creation Eng

128

5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter

5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter

Most likely, man is more foolish, than he could be. There is an impression, that the lord created a hundred watt lamp, but reduced the voltage in the circuit by five times. Because of this the filament hardly illuminates the bulb. But there are cases, probably by mis-take, when a man comes to the world with abilities, surpassing several times the allowed abilities. william Shakespeare is an eternal puz-zle. He obviously, intuitively pos-sessed the omniscience accessible to angels.In his last play «The Tempest», there are such words, inspired by light of Divine wisdom, about the nature of material things:

« … how these easy dreams, So too magnificent palaces and towers,Topped by clouds, and temples,And the terrestrial sphere sometimewill disappear, and as clouds, will vanish.we ourselves are created from dreams…»[129, page 722].

The evolution of material world begins with maximon. Once again I remind: it is for certain known about maximon, its size is equal 10-35 m - the minimum wave length, capable of existing in the material world, and its life period is 10-43 sec. Our opinion is in that maximon is semi-material base element of the material world and the full genetic code of material world, together with all its units is contained in maximon.

An incomprehensible brief flash of maximon executes two functions - bears the building program of the material world and serves as a build-ing material of the first, smallest «nested doll» in the hierarchy of units of the material world. well here the moment has approached for the first unpopular revelation. It is time to explain, what can and should be the nature of maximon. It is still early to speak, whence it, why, when and by whom it was cre-ated, but it is already necessary to say, how it is arranged. To you, my soul, already, probably, is clear, that now it will be about the non-material world. Man reasonable as a species, is extremely young. The picture of the universe has opened only a small part of it to him and, certainly, this nearest, easiest conceivable part is the material world. But to consider that the universe ends with the material world is naivety and a gross error. we are not surprised by the fact that sound with frequency 21,000 Hz, inaudible to our ear, is perceived by mouse, that darkness for a human eye is not darkness for a cat. There are enormous worlds or parts of the universe, which are not directly perceived by our sense organs, however they exist and are no less important for organization of the universe, than the part visible to us. Imagine a cube of dice, a three-dimensional, volumetric figure with six equal sides at right angle. let the size of a side be equal 10-35 m, the minimum Planck

KEywORDS: maximon, Hypermatrix, flash, invariance of max-imon, program of building the material world.

Page 129: Technology of Creation Eng

129

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

wave length (fig. 27). Now we shall start adding similar cubes to the three sides and build a design externally similar to Rubik’s cube, only the size of its side should be equaled 1025 m, i.e. to the size of the Metagalaxy. And may be, our cube should be more, with reserve for recession of Galaxies, or we shall assume the ability in it to self in-crement as required. And now we shall destroy the cubes, but we shall leave the hidden volu–metric grid limiting their places. Thus: the object is not present, but the place remains. The Cheshire Cat has left, but its smile remains. let's call this invisible, im-perceptible for man as the unchanging design of a Hypermatrix. It is banal enough, but suits by implication. So, the Hypermatrix fixes all the places without exception, where maximons can arise and repeatedly live their short life. The cell of a Hypermatrix corre-sponding to a cubic expanse with side equal to the size of maximon can be in two states either empty or filled with maximon. we shall name these states accordingly as passive and active. In the active state the cell of a Hypermatrix «is filled» with a form of energy unknown to us, this is exhibited in the form of fantastically high frequency fluctuations. In 10-43 seconds these fluctuations suc-ceed in transferring information not only about the design and method of functioning of the material world and all its units, but also about the current condition of that chain of objects into whose structure the given maximon at the moment is included. The first part of the information we shall name genetic, and the second - operative. Their frequency characteristics are

different. we shall not say for the time being, whence this information is received and how control signals and feedback are built, but it is clear, that such questions necessarily will arise and it will be necessary to find intelligible answers to it.Simply accept as a hypothesis, that maximon is a flash bearing certain en-ergy and some considerable volume of information. Spatially the flash is localized by boundaries of the Hypermatrix cell. The flash energy does not go beyond the Hypermatrix cell. Probably, information on the fact of flash is transferred to adjacent cells. It is very important to remember that the size of a cell, duration of the flash, content of genetic part of information is absolutely invariable with relation to location of a cell in the Hypermatrix. That is, in any location of a Hypermatrix any cell gives birth to absolutely identical flashes – maximons. The operative part of information does not change the universal and standard nature of maximon. firstly, its volume is vanishingly small in comparison to volume of the genetic information, and, secondly, working frequency, used for its transfer, is below by many orders. As it has been already said, the flash continues for 10-43 seconds. After it has ended, some time should pass for the cell in order to restore the ability of making the following flash. what this interval is can be only assumed, but, most likely; it cannot be less than 10-43 seconds – the period of the flash itself. Time of information accumulation is usually more than the time of its transfer. Obviously, there is an interdiction on more frequent mode of flash occurrence

Page 130: Technology of Creation Eng

130

5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter

fig. 27. Maximon and Hypermatrix

Мxа

аа

а=10�35

m

А. Мхspice occupied by one maximon �

Мx

10 М =10��

х25

m

10 М =10��

х25

m

В. 10Hyper matrix cells Maximons hold Metagalaxy� �180

С. Flare displacement — Maximon along cells of hyper matrix (along a straight line)

Мx

Мx

Мx

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage n

. . . . .

Cell numbers

1 2 3 4 . . . n

Time of Flare glow sec

Interval between Flaers in adjacent cells

Cell restoration time

10

0

10 сек

��

47

47

n

Мx

Speed of Flare “run” equals speed of light

Page 131: Technology of Creation Eng

131

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

in the same cell. It is possible to assume, that the mechanism of ex-pansion of the universe has been cre-ated exactly with this purpose. All objects in the universe move in sets of trajectories, but in relation to the motionless Hypermatrix their dominating trajectory is from center to the periphery, and speed of movement is comparable with the speed of light. A similar order excludes the necessity «to illuminate» one and the same cell of a Hypermatrix without interruption. If cells adjacent to each other are sin-gled out from a row of the Hypermatrix, located on one line of length of 300,000 km, and serially «switch-on» the flashes, starting with the first cell, one after another, then the «spark» will run over all of the line in a second. This is the limit of speed of movement of objects in a material world. Most likely, cells can «switch-on» only in series and without misses. One has completed work, the adjoining switches on. The variation in speed of «recession» «spark» on the chain is reached due to delay in switching the following cell. One has completed work and the following joins with a lag, as a result the «spark» runs its path more slowly, with lesser speed, but the total energy of the process in unit time also falls. It is already clear to you: a set of large number of flashes maximons, lined up definitely, gives rise to the first complex unit of the material world – photon. I remind: units of the first and second classes in the science bar are not de-scribed yet, and the names «photon» and «nucleus of an electron» have a conditional nature. But it does not at all stir our belief on existence of cer-tain units in corresponding

points of the graphic model of a material world. The number of maximons, forming a photon, most likely is 1010, by analogy to other M-scale units known to science. Do you know my soul, how the image tube, screen of the first TV is arranged and how an image appears on it? The glass screen inside is covered with numbers of tiny luminescent dots. If you direct an electronic beam to this dot, it is lit and is visible and if removed, it ceases to be visible. A special device drives a beam from point to point along a line, running, line after line, the whole screen, and one more device regulates the beaming force during the moments of its passage of each dot, somewhere more strongly, somewhere more poorly and somewhere will switch it off. The ray travels the whole screen very quickly 24 times a second. Our eyes possess inertia of perception, and for them the screen is seen as a shining dynamic picture. I do not know, whether I have helped you or only have confused more, but the structure of a material world is similar to a volumetric TV, if one such existed. And may be it has already been created? Hyper matrix is a volumetric screen. Cells are phosphor grains, capable of being substantiated in the form of flash of maximons according to the signal of external operating program. flashes of maximons are organized in such a manner that they give rise first to a photon, and then, one after an-other, more and more complex units of the material world. At the same time the lowest level unit comprises of all the properties and potential for the inevitable creation of a unit of the following, higher level of

Page 132: Technology of Creation Eng

132

5.1. Maximon – information, giving rise to matter

organization. As a result it will turn out, that all objects of the material world - from photon to man and stars - with all physical parameters and laws of ma-terial world are some kind of volu-metric image, sliding along a Hypermatrix with speed, close to the speed of light. Strange? Improbable? Didn’t we subconsciously go to this? you remember:

«In the beginning there was word, and the word was with God, and the word was God» [Joh. 1 : 1].

The thought and reason predominating over matter, define its existence. But how has it been engineered? It appears, very simple: matter has been directly created, combined, built from information. As a result matter is that, what thought, which

generated it, is and if there is no thought, there is no matter. «… Space and time with all its laws, defining their interaction, are coded in the energetic impulse itself. If it is not contained in the energetic impulse evolved to a maximum movement, then there should be some orga-nizer of this construction, besides an inge-nious one, as it is necessary for him to rather minutely adjust all laws of interaction. who is he, this architect? God? But even to God such a work is beyond his power... Anyway, in allocating the candidature of God, I invo-luntarily affirm the idea, that energy of a quantum at its maximum speed carries all parameters of the universe and laws defining their development» [50, page 23] Zerkin N.V.

look my soul; he has almost come to the same conclusion, as we have. To him it is «energetic impulse», to us – «maximon», but the idea is the same.

Page 133: Technology of Creation Eng

133

5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter

well, what a name has turned out for section 5.2. It is understandable: syn-ergy is not a simple thing. If you drop a cup, it will break and will cease to be a cup. All complex things with ease roll to the simple and initial. But how is it possible for nature to manage uphill complexities, how the simple and lowly organized add to something more complex, higher organization? with a cup everything is simple - it is made by man. He is clever, skilful. well, and who made man? Molecule? Atom?Perhaps, God? No. Or almost no. The material world is able to build itself and is made with inevitable ability to evolve, without foreign intervention in laws of matter. The matter is made with ability of self-creation. we understand evolutionary processes with difficultly because they take place in another time scale. Our life period and all vital rhythms of man are many times less than the duration of evolutionary processes in the animal world and moreover in the world of inert matter. But in fact it is a question of percep-tion and nothing else. A man to a but-terfly-day-fly seems to be constant in the age sense, and human life - simply infinite. But we shall, for now, leave the prob-lem of time bar and shall try tracking only the evolution of material world from origin of the first maximon till date. The birth and evolution of inert matter or substance of the material world begins with maximon (fig. 28). The flashes – maximons, «running»

over the expanse of a Hypermatrix create the volumetric-physical image-phenomenon of the first material object - photon. what is this - a volumetric picture or a physical object? They are both. The dichotomy «substance-energy», habitual to us, is absent at low levels of matter. Both the properties exist side by side and are capable of self-replacement. The corpuscular-wave theory, as well as theory of relativity takes it origin from here. How many blinking dots, skittering in space on Hypermatrix cells, does one photon create – I do not know. Per-haps, 1010 pieces, maybe, as much, as many maximons can be placed in a sphere of diameter 105 maximons. And maybe, only one maximon is consistently shining during 10-43 sec-onds at the required points of the Hypermatrix, tracing a photon. I know nothing save, that as a result a rather steady material formation - unit of the first class on the M-scale, possessing its own physical properties, which are distinct from properties of maximon, and capable of interaction with ones similar to it, result.Here it should be noted, that there is no and there cannot be static units. The same photon is the photon’s volumetric image, with all its material properties, constantly updated, equal to itself and moving in the Hy-permatrix expanse. The only thing, which the universe is not rich in, is statics. Statics is not present.Perhaps, statics is the secret of nonexistence. Material projections of photons fly in

KEywORDS: Synergy, maximon, units, geo-placentary systems, design reliability of the material world.

Page 134: Technology of Creation Eng

134

5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter

fig.

28.

Birt

h an

d ev

olut

ion

of n

on-o

rgan

ic m

atte

r

PLANSOFEXISTENCEOFINORGANICMATTER

Geo-placentarysystems

Systemsofcosmicbodies Cosmicbodies Matter

Attributesofmatter

Planets

Magnetosphere

Lithosphere

Pla

ne

tca

pa

ble

of

ha

vin

ga

tmo

sp

he

re

Atmosphere(ofcarbondioxide)

Oxygen-Nitrogenatmosphere

Hydrosphere

Inte

rve

ntio

nin

sta

nt

of

org

an

iclife

Biosphere

Inte

rve

ntio

nin

sta

nt

of

ma

n

Noosphere

Animosphere

Me

tag

ala

xy

Ga

laxie

sa

nd

sta

rfo

rmin

gG

ala

xie

s

Sta

rs

10

10

“”

So

lar

syste

ms

Sta

r,its

pla

ne

tsa

nd

sa

tellite

s

Ma

xim

on

Ph

oto

nE

lectr

on

Ato

mM

ole

cu

leC

he

mic

al

co

mp

ou

nd

Inorg

anic

com

pounds

Org

anic

com

pounds

10

10

. . .. . .

Info

rma

tio

nE

ne

rgy

Ma

ss

Inte

ractio

nfo

rce

()

Sp

ace

Tim

e

Gra

vita

tio

Ra

dia

tio

nP

lasm

a

Ch

em

ica

le

lem

en

tsa

nd

the

irco

mp

ou

nd

sin

diffe

ren

ta

gg

reg

ate

co

nd

itio

ns

Co

sm

icd

ustG

lob

ulsSta

rsPla

ne

tsa

nd

the

irsa

tellite

s

Su

pe

rn

ew

sta

rs

Wh

ite

dw

arf

s

Ne

utr

on

sta

rs

Bla

ck

ho

les

Aste

roid

s

Co

me

ts

Sm

all

co

sm

icb

od

ies

Co

sm

icd

ust

Inte

rste

lla

rg

as

Ra

dia

tio

n

En

erg

y

Ga

sse

s

Page 135: Technology of Creation Eng

135

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Hypermatrix space and interact with each other, showing the propensity to form units of the subsequent level. But how does it take place? Photon is not simply a sum of a certain quantity of maximons. Certainly, photon has a complex internal arrangement, design. Most likely, photon is more complex than a maximon to the same degree, as man is more complex than a cell or a cell than a bio-molecule. under the scheme they are divided into two organizational level classes. The internal arrangement of a photon gives it the opportunity and energy for interaction with ones similar to it. But how is their interaction arranged, how they «see» or «feel» each other? It can be assumed, that photon as a whole is constantly scanned by the part forming its maximons, which trace its dimensions, location, internal processes and transfer this information -»energy» to the external Hypermatrix environment. Actually, these signals are the «forces» of interaction. Each unit has a universe; each thing of the material world has its own informative-energetic aura, connecting them with all other objects of the universe through the absolute infor-mation-energy conductor - Hyperma-trix. The unit of each organizational level is arranged in such a manner that it holds in it the opportunity and need to interact and create units of a subsequent level. Thus units of the subsequent electron level scale, atomic nucleus, atom and molecules are built. In parallel the familiar attributes of matter – information, energy, mass, force, space, and time appear. At the moment, when evolution cre-

ated atom and elementary chemical compounds, there was a division of its trajectory into quantitative and qualitative vectors. The inert matter began to grow in the first case quantitatively and form cosmic objects, and in the second there took place the process of complication of matter with the aim of origin and development of biological life. Growth in volume of inert matter at localized points of the future Me-tagalaxy was accompanied by the phenomena of gravity, energy, radiations, appearance of plasma, collection of gases and space dust in globules, their growth and formation of stars. By the way, science in detail describes evolution of stars and effective stage of completion of their life cycle, confirms it with scores of ob-servations, but for some reason has neither an explanatory theory, nor practical observations of the process of birth of stars. It is proved, that a star is a gaseous cosmic body, where under action of forces of its own gravitation a nuclear reaction of transition of hydrogen to helium takes place with the release of huge quantity of light and heat to the surrounding Space. In due course, after 5-10 billion years, when the nu-clear reserve is exhausted, stars of relatively small mass are compressed and turn into white dwarfs, while bigger stars at compression are not in a fit state to hold the external mantle, and it blows up with a huge light ef-fect. Such cases occur rather often and for some reason, contrary to any logic, are referred to as a super new stellar flash. well, what about it: a lot in this world carries the name, reverse to its nature. why do they name a star during the moment of

Page 136: Technology of Creation Eng

136

5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter

end of its life cycle as super new? And why maximon, lesser than which nothing is present, is not named a minimon? Perhaps, because it maximum small? After explosion the remaining nucleus of stars, smaller in size turn to neutron stars, and those that are bigger to black holes. we even do not want to imagine what takes place with planets and satellites and everything that had arisen on them. However we can assume, that for the remaining 4-5 billion years people of the Earth will come up with something. Stars, by what means they appear, however, are not created anywhere, but in definite areas of the world space - in Galaxies. Probably, in their centers, probably, from gas and dust, which scatter from the center of the Galaxy? One to two percent of dust and gas are condensed in satellites of stars - in pla-nets and the bodies rotating around the planets – their satellites. Planets rotate around its star at varying distances from it and around its own axis, exposing most part of its spherical surface to light and heat. At first, some time is spent on stabilization of the system - may be, some hundreds millions of years, but thereafter during billions years the central star and planets exist in a rather stable mode and nothing disturbs the origin and smooth course of evolution of biosphere on one or the several planets. All in the world is related, and how many analogies and, moreover, typical decisions are there cannot be counted. well what to it: the founder is not a magician and knows the price of a successful engineering solution. If a reliable solution principle is found for any task, then a good

engineer will use it in all related cases. The foetus in a woman’s womb, and in any mammal, is protected by a spherical bubble. It separates the child for the time being from the external world, creating inside the mother’s body a local environment necessary for survival and development of the foetus. A planet is the place of possible birth of biological life. Spherical in its form, the planet is sur-rounded by a number of various spheres. At first the completely non living magnetosphere – magnetic cover of the planet; then the lithosphere - land, terra firma on which we walk; atmosphere –thin layer of the gases held by planetary gravitation; hydrosphere – the world’s ocean. «Barysphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere, at-mosphere, stratosphere. This basic structure could vary several times and become complicated in some details. But in general it should be formed as such from the very beginning. This structure served as the starting point for geochemical development…» Teilhard de Chardin [124, page 72].

when all this is warmed by heat of the central star, fed by active volcanic activity of the planet itself and is accompanied by lightning discharges, then with inevitability complex organic compounds appear, capable of chang-ing the atmospheric structure and with the help of elementary microorganisms generate the biosphere. The biosphere, in turn, serves as a pla-centa for origin and evolution of various forms of biological life. How this occurred on Earth is now known to science more or less clearly (fig. 29). Nothing, well literally noth-ing, does prevent assume, that the same takes place

Page 137: Technology of Creation Eng

137

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

on planets of 1010 stars of our Galaxy and planets of 1020 stars of the Metagalaxy, and, probably, not once. Thus, we remember about the coacervate drops in the warm waters of the world ocean and how under influence of electric discharges (lightning) well-formed complex or-ganic compounds synthesize from them, how they combine, break up, acquire ability to retain themselves, manage processes of oxidation-reduction, and as a result unicells are created. At this earliest stage of biological life division and formation of two empires - vegetative and animal takes place. for a long time all life existed only in water, the plants in the form of sea-weeds, sea animals – sponges and coelenterates. And further as per the flow chart on fig. 29. To tell the truth, I do not love very much, neither worms, nor insects, nor even fishes, but it is necessary to accept, that they are our primogenitors or distant relatives. As noted fairly by P.T. de Chardin, evolution «…on the way to progress, makes billions and billions of attempts. This method of trial tatonnement in combination with double mechanism of duplication and inheritance (allowing accumulate and im-prove more and more the once found favorable combinations of the individuums involved in the process) generates extraordinary set of living progenies, which form that which has been named as «tree of life» « [124, page 314]. There are many schemes of evolution of the animal world. Each author as he can, draws the schemes, covering hundreds of millions and even billions years. It is evident from them, how life gradually got across from water to land and to atmosphere, how some kinds came back to the initial sphere of its habitation, how the

animal world developed and became more complex, and more recently, appeared primates, Hominids and in the end man.It had already been for long noted by many researchers, that the whole evolutionary game of biological life is directed towards development of nervous system and intellect: «… every form of instinct in its own way aspires to become «reason»; but only on the human line (for external and internal reasons) the operation was successful to the end» Teilhard de Chardin [124, with. 173].

with the advent of man and in the process of his specific evolution –genealogy – the geo-placenta has widened. The biosphere has become an object of technogenic expansion of man. It changes to a great extent, and this gives the basis to consider, that there has arisen a new socio-technogenic plan of the geo-placenta - noosphere. The respectable, world famous scientist, academician V.I. Vernadsky placed human reason and its possibilities very high, but, in my opinion, he paid mankind an unde-served compliment, connecting the activity of modern man with reason. Skills and reason are different. for the time being man brings more harm to the planet, than advantage. Reason without ethics is not a blessing, but a vice.

«Vivification of the universe, created by God is the highest purpose, and man was incu-bated into the universe with this purpose, but he still executes this purpose very badly and takes very little participation in this execu-tion» A. Menn [73, page 80].

Probably, when man shall learn regu-late his ambitions by moral consid-erations and correlate the direction of his activity

Page 138: Technology of Creation Eng

138

5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter

fig.

29.

Birt

h an

d ev

olut

ion

of b

iolo

gica

l life

on

Earth

BRITHANDEVOLUTIONOFBIOLOGICALLIFE

Spiritualplan

Animo-sphere

Socio-technogenic

plan

NoosphereAtmo-sphere

Landmass Water

Biosphere

Nature’splan

Organicmatter

Proteins

Bacteria

Unicelluar

Protozoa

Plantlife

Animallife

SpongesCoelenterates

ArthropodsChordates

Wa

terw

ee

ds

Wa

terw

ee

ds

Mammalians

Didelphics

Placental

Primates

Hominids

Le

pid

op

tero

n

Bird

s

Wa

ter

ma

mm

alia

ns

Ara

ch

nid

s

Inse

cts

Amphibians

Reptiles

Flo

atin

ga

nd

bird

s(n

on

-fly

ing

)

Spiritualman

Ethnicalman

Skilledman

Intelligentman

Ro

tife

rs

Te

rre

str

ialp

lan

ts

Ca

rtila

gin

ou

s

Fis

he

s

Cyclo

sto

me

sL

an

ce

lets

Ech

ino

de

rms

Tu

nic

ate

s

Wo

rmlik

es

Civilizedman

Page 139: Technology of Creation Eng

139

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

with the Divine Plan, then there will arise animosphere, V.I. Vernadsky, – last geo-placentary shield with a spiritual nature. The last because, having mastered it, man will ripen for regeneration to a being of the following super-biological level of organization… Thus, the conclusion or basic idea is the following. One unique element serves in building the material world in all its diversity. Maximon is a flash of energy, wave impulse, limited by volume of a cube with sides 10-35 m and duration of 10-43 seconds, in turns occupying the adjacent cells of a motionless Hypermatrix, creates units of the material world of all levels of com-plexity. Carrying the full genetic code of the material world, maximon directly forms not only the first the lowest in organization unit, but transfers it the ability to create units of subsequent levels. The structure of unit of each level from 1st to 11th includes programs of

unit formation of the following level of organization. within limits of the material world laws of material world only operate; in it there are neither miracles, nor magic. But the material world itself, with its laws has been conceived and designed outside it. It has been con-ceived very cleverly and minutely. Despite the indescribable complexity in design, its reliability is amazing. It is absolute. There are a number of mechanisms that level any deviations from the set scheme of operation. My soul! you have already under-stood who we are, you and I? we are the Divine idea! we are woven from Divine idea, and all of the material world is from the same material! But how gracefully it has been made: the idea is only at the base of the design, at the junction of the material and non-material worlds, and thereafter – full independence in development within the limits of laws of matter.

Page 140: Technology of Creation Eng

140

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

In order to get butter from milk, it is necessary to take a flat wooden spatula (dasher) and shake (churn) milk with it for quite long, until the first pats of butter appears; then the process will continue more quickly and soon all fat from milk will be churned to one pat of butter, if, certainly, it is non-skimmed milk. Creation of the world is something similar to process of churning. It had been noticed by Indians in high an-tiquity. The synergetic act is unique, but, as all unique, has its unpleasant reverse side: synergetic jump from the lowest to higher degree of organization takes place seldom and only under the con-dition of a large number of repeated attempts - iterations.It is necessary to churn milk with a dasher monotonously and for long that at some time, probably, butter appeared. T ime of maturity of synergetic transi-tion, time of evolutionary processes connected with it are not matched with time - lives of one live being. for many evolutionary processes of a million years is nothing, a brief instant during which nothing changes. Nature pays a long, very long time for the opportunity of self-development without extraneous intervention. But how is this quantum leap upwards arranged? How can it occur, if you exclude intervention from the outside and any mysticism? Synergy has a mechanism, rather – a combination of several technologies.

first of all, the process flows practi-cally under conditions of unlimited number of iterations. Tests without any visible success are repeated prac-tically infinitely.Secondly, we shall consider the action of «law of total enumeration of versions». Thus, we, at our own risk, shall name following regular pattern. Nature in each of its aspect, in every corner of the material world infinitely sorts out combinations of things and phenomena, putting them either this way or that, until it will not sort out all conceivable variants. And what is interesting: process of sorting comes to an end only when all variants have been passed. The third moment is elimination using the principle of viability. And, it operates not only in animal or plant kingdom, but also in inanimate nature - everywhere the more viable and steady supersedes the less stable and more vulnerable. The fourth circumstance is the genetic factor. Each unit is arranged such that it carries in itself two opportunities of development excluding each other to the following, higher stage of organization. One opportunity is the ability to create almost unlimited in variety number of more complex structures of absolutely any form and with new functions. The second opportunity is connected with primary presence in the genetic code, an image or design of the unique «correct» solution, adequate to the nature of units of the subsequent level of organization and

KEywORDS: synergy, churning the world, total enumeration of versions, states of balance, evolution of the material world, specific human evolution, morality, spirituality, awareness.

Page 141: Technology of Creation Eng

141

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

general logic of the material world. The material world is given the full freedom to design units and sort variants of their modifications, and in the genetic code of a maximon there compulsorily exists a «necessary» solution, - but not in details, but only in the basic characteristics. Those of the casual solutions, which are felt by congruous or close to the necessary solution, from the point of view of system, at once appear as most adequate both in relation to the medium and to the system and, as a consequence, more vital. And at last, the fifth property of syn-ergy mechanism is the contactless control over observance of interests of the supersystem. Here again, my soul, it is necessary to mention the area about which it will probably be possible to tell a little later. Material world is only a subsystem in the system of the universe, and its purpose and tasks are in the hierarchical subordination to tasks of the universe. At the same time material world is independent and made with full freedom within the limits of laws of its structure. The right and possi-bility of self-development is the most important attribute of a material world. Started once through maximons, it builds itself from simple units to com-plex, depending only on information incorporated in maximon. There is no puppeteer, who would set in motion the material world and di-rectly managed it. yes, the puppeteer is not present, strings are not present, but the problem of management and realization of final interests of the supersystem is present, and there is a mechanism of its solution. How can such a thing exist? without problems! Oh, the Creator is wise! Management is made through

situations of the states of balance. where the Buridan’s ass should go, when from both of its sides and equally spaced are identical heaps of hay? what dice to choose, if both have been thrown with one number? The states of balance of competing systems is a rare case, but it means «rare» at million iterations and billions years of evolution. The states of balance is exclusively in the sense that at this moment all laws and rules counterbalance each other and thereby are nullified. The choice or exit from the situation can be any; either casual or expedient, freedom of system thus is not broken. Varying the exit vector from states of balance, the supersystem quite effectively realizes its tasks without violating freedom and independency of subsystems. from the moment of creation and till the present minute, the material world is in a continuous self churning; the process of Creation was, is and shall be. Till now you and me, my soul, tried to understand, that which had been created and that from where it origi-nated, and now we draw attention to the time aspect. How long ago and in what sequence were the things sur-rounding us created? we shall, for now, not go deep into the problem of metrics of a time axis, ap-point scale for time and produce other similar subtleties; we shall simply accept today as zero on the line representing a time axis and then eve-rything, that is to the left, is the past, and everything, that is to the right is the future. According to different sources, the age of the universe is from 15 to 20 billion years, therefore we represent on fig. 30 a line, where on the right we mark «0», and

Page 142: Technology of Creation Eng

142

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

on the left - «20 billion years». Just in case, though the act of Creation most likely took place about 15-17 billion years ago. four stretches of five billion years on this chart separate today from the in-stant of creation of the universe. five billion years ago our Sun was formed, and after some 300 million years was formed the Earth - one of the planets of the Solar system. In order to consider in detail the basic events which have taken place for the last 4.7 billion years of the history of the Earth, we increase the scale to 1:100000000 years (fig. 30). However this scale is so great, that the moment of appearance of the ancestor of man 4 million years ago practically merges with the zero mark. Therefore we for the second time increase the scale to 1:2000000 years, then the schedule covers the period of about the last 100 million years (fig. 30). In order to track evolution of man as a species in detail, it is necessary to in-crease the scale to 1:40000 years, and we have considered the stretch of history for the last 2 million years (fig. 30). And the final increase in scale up to 1:1000 years allows see the stretch of history for the last 10 thousand years during which, in the scientists’ general opinion, civilized man existed and ac-tively developed, viz. modern type of man, like you and me (fig. 30). well here again we have not managed without scales. It is otherwise impossi-ble. Our civilized history in comparison even with history of the Earth is painfully short and cannot be viewed in a microscope. The differ-ence equal to 5·105 times is close to the resolution of an electronic mi-croscope. According to the theory of astronomer

f. Khojyla, to which he relates with a known share of skepticism, and modern scientific perceptions, the universe, or the Metagalaxy, arose in unison in a fraction of second from a uniform center (of unknown size) as a consequence of Big Bang. This took place not less 15 billion years ago. That, which blew up, was yet impossible to be named matter: it did not have the basic attributes of matter - mass, space and time, but was very strongly heated and bore a huge charge of energy and light. Then, having scattered and having cooled down, this something formed substance, dust, gases and, basically, two elementary elements: hydrogen and helium. Two billion years passed in formation of the first stars and their constella-tions - Galaxies. If one is to depend on the theory of maximon, offered by us on the theory of origin of matter and graphic model of the material world, then such a script, more likely, is possible. The act of creation begins with origin of the centers of generation of maxi-mons. These centers are points in space, corresponding to the location of nucleus of the future Galaxies. The supersystem transfers to the future material world only two things: max-imons, carrying energy and informa-tion on the disposition or topography of receipt of maximons. All the rest is subordinated exclusively to laws and forces of the material world.The first procedure of synthesis of matter is the formation of photons from maximons, and from them nucleus of the Galaxies. It has been already said, that the term «photons» is conditional. what is this formation; I do not know, but something in size 10-25 m and two levels above in

Page 143: Technology of Creation Eng

143

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

30

Tota

l tim

e ax

is de

com

posit

ion

of th

e m

ater

ial w

orld

�5Т

Orig

inof

Earth

�10

�15

�20

bln.

year

s�4

,7

Orig

inof

Sun

Orig

inof

Uni

vers

e

?. .

. .. .

. .?

0

Т�4

,7bl

n.ye

ars

Scal

e:po

int

year

s1

=10

000

000

0

0

Т�1

00m

ln. y

ears

Scal

e:po

int

year

s1

=2

000

000

0

Т� 2

mln

. yea

rs

Scal

epo

inr

year

s: 1

=40

000

0

Т�1

000

0ye

ars

Scal

e:po

int

year

s1

=1

000

0� A

spr

esen

t

Last

20bi

n.ye

ars

Last

4,7

bln.

year

s

Last

mln

year

s10

0

Last mln

. yea

rs2 La

st 000

year

s10

Page 144: Technology of Creation Eng

144

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

organization, than maximon. Perhaps, they are enigmatic superstrings, which elementary particles consist of. The next step is synthesis of «nuclei of electrons» - again a conditional name; then elementary particles, nuclei of atoms, which form plasma, formation of stars from plasma and as a result registration of Galaxies, as structures consisting of these stars. The following, fourth step is the final formation of stars, planets. The fifth step - planetary systems and biosphere. Thereafter one after the other there passes eight steps of evolution of inert matter from a molecule to the genetic unit «subject of spirituality». Such a script appears to us to be the most logi-cal. But we shall continue consideration of the time aspect. The time axis segment, equal to age of Earth (fig. 31), covers 4.7 billion years, from the moment when the bundle of cosmic gases and dust began to be formed to a spherical body and form the unique structure of the solid core, surrounded by a layer of molten iron in the shell of a solid mantle. About 200 million years has passed on all this tapping. Somewhere in this time interval there occurred a serious cosmic accident on our planet. The Earth was hit by an enormous asteroid that pulled out a significant part of substance from Earth and carried it out to the near-Earth space. Combining under force of gravitation, these fragments formed our satellite - Moon. However the separation impulse has not faded out to the end. with every year distance to the Moon from the Earth increases by 4 cm. The geological history of our planet

began 4.5 billion years ago. Volcanic activity, weathering and erosion, sedimentary accumulation, squeezing and compaction form magmatic, sedimentary and metamorphic types of rocks. During the first 100 million years the primary oxygen-free atmosphere and the primary ocean of the Earth were formed.The ocean was formed 4 billion years ago, but there existed no single green leaflet, nor any small insect. The na-ked planet, permeated with the smell hydrogen sulphide, gurgling mud fu-maroles, fountains of hot geysers, underground rumble and tremor of solid ground, hot lava and ashes dimming the light of Sun and the grey-red sky and atmosphere unsuitable for man. About 3.5 billion years ago the first unicells were formed in the ocean, not yet plants and not animals, and began the first stage biological evolution of duration 1.5 billion years. As a result 2 billion years ago there appeared the first plants – seaweeds in the ocean. Then things began to develop more actively: all kinds of prehistoric water fowls occupied the ocean already after 500 million years. for a long period of 700 million years organic life did not wish to leave the warm ocean to an unfriendly land. But you can’t escape from fate, moreover, by this time owing to bluish green seaweeds oxygen began to appear more and more in the atmosphere. And soon, after 350 million years, high plants occupied all land after which say after 50 million years the atmosphere became standard and became what we see it today. If one is to increase the scale and ex-amine in detail the last 100 million years (fig. 32) then right at the end of the scale

Page 145: Technology of Creation Eng

145

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

31 T

axis

segm

ent e

qual

to a

ge o

f the

Ear

th

4,7 bln. years

4 bln. years

3 bln. years

2 bln. years

1 bln. years

0

Formation of terrestrial globe

Beginning of geological history of the Earth

Oxygen free atmosphere

World’s Ocean

Simple unicellular organisms

First seaweeds

First animalsnatatorial( )

First land animals

Seed plantsModern atmosphere

Human

Прош

лое

Буд

ущее

Т

Sca

le100

mln

.ye

ars

:Phanero

zoic

Paleozoic

Mesozoic

Caenozoic

CR

YP

TO

ZO

IC

AR

CH

AE

NP

RO

TE

RO

ZO

IC

Page 146: Technology of Creation Eng

146

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

near to today's time, literally not more 4 million years ago, we shall notice the first attributes of our appearance in the material world. It was then that the first upright pri-mate – hominid appeared. «Ancient Indians specify a different period - more than 18 million years, but what does it, in essence, change?» Blavatskaya E.P. [15, page 203].

There is such a technique even in some contemporary animals to stand on hind legs, extend by a column and thus more successfully monitor the conditions. This is especially useful in conditions of tall grass in the African savannas, whence we come from. It is useful also in searches of subsistence. As a result there arose an interesting side effect: the forelimbs became not so necessary for movement and became incompletely used. 2 million 200 thousand years passed. During this period the hominid had learned to use free forelimbs for a lot of needful affairs, grown wiser and began to be referred to as «the skilled man». Another 200 thousand years passed, and man became anthropo-logically and by appearance quite the same, as we are now!Man is imperfection itself in com-parison with the functionally specialized representatives of the animal world. without canines, claws, bare skinned, physically weaker than many animals surrounding him, he had only one advantage, viz. the ability to think. whence such mutant came from is not understood clearly to the end. This unique ability developed for about 1.5 million years (fig. 33) for the primeval

man and when about 200 thousand years ago there appeared «rational man», then he started the total colonization of all climatic belts of the planet, and nothing could stop him anymore, neither the weather conditions, nor wild animals, paucity of nature. Intelligence prompted him how to survive in any conditions. And absolutely a small stretch of his-tory – 10 thousand years - the Earth carries on it an absolutely unknown earlier attribute - «civilized man». The basic attributes of civilization - statehood, army, religion, culture. How young is mankind! look, my soul, all «dateless antiquity» on fig. 34. what does this stretch mean in comparison with billion years of evolution of biological life on Earth? And what does it mean in comparison with the whole history of material world? Simply funny! However, the categories big and small applied to time are as relative, as application to linear sizes. The small can be much more complex, important and different, than the big! The insignificant segment of history of the last 10 thousand years is for some reason many times richer in events, than 3 million years of previous specific human evolution. Imagine, my soul, such an image: world’s dasher (forces of creation) makes as though two simultaneous movements. Cycles of life and death of individual people - rotation of the dasher about its axis – takes place approximately at the same rate, as one million years ago. This repeating process as you know is referred to as ontogeny. Another matter is the speed of the dasher’s big circular movement, giving rise to new species of man - phylogenesis.

Page 147: Technology of Creation Eng

147

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

32.

Tax

is se

gmen

t of t

he la

st 10

0 m

ln. y

ears

80 mln. years

60 mln. years

40 mln. years

20 mln. years

0

Т

Scale

mln.years

:2

PH

AN

ER

OZ

OI

C

AG

EO

FA

MM

AL

S

Skilled man1,8 mln. years ago

AG

EO

FR

EP

TIL

ES

Cre

tac

eo

us

pe

riod

Pa

leo

ge

ne

pe

riod

Ne

og

en

ep

erio

d

Qu

arte

na

rya

nth

rop

og

ep

erio

d(

) Upright primate-homindid4 mln. years ago

Page 148: Technology of Creation Eng

148

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

fig.

33

T ax

is se

gmen

t for

the

last

2 00

0 00

0 ye

ars

16 000 years

1200 mln. years

80 mln. years

400 mln. years

0

Т

Scale

000years

:40

PH

AN

OR

ZO

IC

AG

EO

FA

MM

AL

S

Skilled man

Modernanthropologic man

Appearance ofintelligent man

Settlement of theEarth byintelligent man

QU

AR

TE

RN

AR

Y(anthropogenic)

Page 149: Technology of Creation Eng

149

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

for such a turn during millions years there is a qualitative change of species. In the similar cycle are included - origin, development of species, quantitative growth, territorial expansion, replacement of preceding species, domination in relation to competing species and then gradual curtailment, surrender of positions under the impact of the subsequent, more perfect species. At the same time change in species of man basically takes place along the line of genetic adsorption. All essential achievements of the previous species are included in the expanded list of properties and possibilities of the following species. Having become civilized people, we in fact have not lost bipedalism, neither skills of work, nor ability to phonic communication. The science about the origin of man – anthropology – has made detailed representation about the stages of man’s evolution from apelike ancestors to the contemporary «king of nature». Though a lot of very important points remain unclear, the most important things have been dis-closed and understood. Man is a product of long and complex evolution of animal world. The unique species features of man - speech, work activity, reason, and sociality - are ob-tained and developed during the natural development process. Man possesses such abilities that are not present and have not been with any other species in all the history of development of biological life on Earth. It does not mean evaluation of their quality or degree of their utility, but their originality is unconditional. Man continues to evolve, and rate of evolution is steadily progressing, and interval between occurrences of new species is rapidly

decreasing. The rate of species formation of man takes a burst like nature, if one is to examine history of evolution of man as a whole. The rate of phylogenesis, once based on periods in millions of years, now nears closer to periods comparable to life expectancy of a separate person, aspiring to be balanced with rate of ontogeny. Involuntarily there arises the assump-tion, that somewhere absolutely in the near future there is that point, where according to the Creator’s plan should reach «homo» in order to finish the species evolution, occupy the system applicability and pass above his head evolutionary wave of the following, last unit of the material world. So, where is that species chain that connects our animal ancestor with us - intelligent and civilized? The remains of a monkey, which lived about 30 million years ago, similar to man, were found in Egypt. It is shown in fig. 35 under No. 1. Similar animals were found by anthropologists in Africa in geological deposits 20 million years old – No. 2, and in Asia and Europe similar finds are aged 10 million years – No. 3. These animals are similar to certain contemporary monkeys, which basi-cally lived on trees, and moved on the ground on four legs - paws. They were the predecessors of primates - anthropoids. further there is a blank in the anthropological data of length 5 to 10 million years. Somewhere nearly 4 million years ago there appears anthropoids i.e. Australopithecus - upright hominids. On the scheme it is Nos. 5-9, 11, 12. Eating basically plant food, they were animals, but only, perhaps, with sepa-rate anomalous for animal’s devia-tions. The

Page 150: Technology of Creation Eng

150

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

fig.

34

T ax

is se

gmen

t for

the

past

10 0

00 y

ears

Т

America

Spi

ritua

lman

�11

�10

�9

�8

�7

�6

�5

�4

�3

�2

�1

0

Slavic people andRussia

Beginning of Europiancivilization

Jesus Christ

Mor

alm

an

App

eara

nce

ofci

viliz

edm

an

Upp

erE

gypr

ian

Kin

gdom

Bab

ylon

and

Ass

yria

Lydia, Media, PersiaRome

CarthageChina

Exodus of Jews from EgyptPentateuch

Phoenicia

Mycenae, Greece

Sca

le:

100

0ye

ars

Page 151: Technology of Creation Eng

151

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

teeth of an Australopithecus were covered with enamel that prolonged its life; it walked on back foot and its free forelimbs possessed grasping abilities. However, starting from the period nearly 2.5 million years ago, there appeared a competitor to Australopithecus viz. hominid of species homo. Half animal-half man, it was cleverer than Australopithecus hоmо No.10, 13, 14, was able to use fire, used meat in food, possessed rudiments of speech and, the main thing, and actively used man-made instruments for protection, hunting and arrangement. And the gifted artist of those times conceded little to a contemporary art-ist. Not having gone through next glaci-ations and interspecies competition with homo, Australopithecus disap-peared a million years ago from the face of Earth. Homo, occupying the area, actively developed (No. 15 and 16) and 600 thousand years ago gave a lateral branch of development (No. 18): no more a monkey, not an animal, but a humanoid - the Neanderthal man, named in honor of the place of first find in the Neanderthal valley in Germany. He possessed developed speech, rudiments of religion, had pro-pensity to fine arts, occupied Europe and Asia. However nearly 30 thousand years ago he was completely superseded by cleverer Homo sapiens with reason, who came from Africa. The appearance of Homo sapiens is dated to 200-140 thousand years ago, and the place of appearance - southern Sahara. Moreover, analysis of DNA shows that this species converges to one foremother, progenitor of all people, who lived 200 thousand years ago. from anthropological point of view modern man is Homo sapiens, a man of

intellect. So, this species appeared too in Africa nearly 120 thousand years ago, about 100 thousand years ago started the beginnings of settlements in Europe, Asia and other parts of the world. Approximately 30 thousand years ago modern man became a mono-species, relegating aside Neanderthals and Homo sapiens and has confidently occupied the leading position in the world of biological creatures. However, on this the evolution of species has not only terminated, but has begun to unwind with increasing acceleration. And this fact demands special consideration. How and why do the rate of species evolution of man changes? I suggest my soul, conduct micro-research on this account and find out the main rule. let's put cycles of human species on the time axis (fig. 36). The cycle of existence of a species begins from the moment of appear-ance of a new species, and then there is the period of expansion of the area of dwelling of the species, its quanti-tative increase and expansion of the occupied territory. Natural restrictions thus can be the opportunities of getting food, climatic conditions, geological limitation of space, inter species competition. The never ending evolutionary process constantly gives rise to new species and subspecies, until there appears a competitive variant. from this moment starts the partial or full replacement of the old species and occupation of the area by a new species. Thereafter the scheme repeats. During change of species for man, unlike animals, there takes place ac-cumulation and summation of the specific mastered advantages. Any departure

Page 152: Technology of Creation Eng

152

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

fig. 35 Genealogy of Modern Man

№12

Aegyptopithecus

Egypt( )№1

Proconsul

( )Africa№2

Afropithecus

Africa, Asia, Europe( )№3

Australopithecus

anamensis№5

№4Ardipithecus

ramidus

Australopithecus

afarensis№6

№7Australopithecus

bahrelghazali

( )Eastern Africa

(Africa)

№9Australopithecus

aethiopithecusAustralopithecus

afarensis

( )Southern Africa

( )Ethiopia

( )Africa

( )Eastern Africa

Homo

( )Africa№10

№8

№11Australopithecus

robustus

( )Southern Africa

Australopithecus

boisei

Homo

rudolfensis

( )Southern Africa

№13

Homo habilis

)(Eastern Africa№14

Homo erectus

( )Africa№15

Homo heidelbergensis

( )Africa, Europe№16

Homo sapiens№17

№18Homo

neanderthalensis

HOMO

SAPIENS SAPIENS№19

30 000 000

years ago

16 000 000

20 000 000 years

10 000 000 years

Gap in

anthropology

5 000 000

10 000 000 years

3 900 000

4 200 000 years

3 000 000

4 300 000 years

2 500 000 years

1 500 000

2 100 000 years

1 800 000 years

1 000 000

2 000 000 years

1 000 000 years

300 000

1 800 000 years

140 000

200 000 years

30 000 years

ago

Tilltoday

yearsago120 000

?

D i s a p p e a r a n c e o f N e a n d e r t h a l s

D i s a p p e a r a n c e o f A u s t r a l o p i t h e c u s

30 000

250 000 years

700 000 years

1 000 000 years

1 400 000

2 300 000 years

2 300 000

2 600 000 years

3 000 000

3 500 000 years

4 400 000 years

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

2 500 000 years

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

30 000 years ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

ago

Page 153: Technology of Creation Eng

153

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

towards specialization of species withdraws man from his basic species defining features – capacity to think. The accent to any other side reduces survival rate and competi-tiveness of the new species. look yourself how the accumulation of species qualities took place and you will be convinced in it. As it has been already said, the erect primate - hominid - possessed bipedal-ism, enamel on the teeth and seizing properties of the forelimbs. Having appeared 5 million years ago, he for the first time met a real competitor after 3 million years - a competitor by intellect. Man, who appeared 1,8 million years ago, skilled, had learned to make instruments for hunting, war and ar-rangement of everyday life, had a undeveloped speech, used skins of animals for protection against heat and cold, organized primitive dwelling in caves, where on walls he depicted himself and animals. A mere 200 thousand years ago ap-pears Homo sapiens. It is in his prac-tice to use fire, rich speech, division of labor, making dresses from animal skins and leather, rudiments of medi-cine, first steps in religion and morals - totems and taboo, use of meat in food, collecting and cultivation of cereals, rising cattle, display of graphic art, and elements of social arrangement. The subsequent species - civilized man - begins his history 10 thousand years ago and now completely occupies all conceivable area of man on the planet Earth. what has increased and what forms the species portrait of a civilized man? – Institutes, born with ability to think, viz. the state as an institute of social

system, religion, law, army, education and scientific activity, economy, medicine, art and culture. The technological, material basis of the new sharp progress during the last 10 thousand years was the discovery by man of the opportunity to extract ore and melt metal. Copper, lead, iron have equipped the human being in such an unprecedented way, that to talk about any competition from animals is ruled out. The invention of the alloy of iron-carbon mix has given rise to steel - the basic constructional material of today's civilization. The question on materials, used for the needs of man, is actually settled. Modern technologies are in a condition to create practically any material with properties set in advance. with processing and formation of materials too there are no problems. Everything, that it is necessary for man to make from inert matter, is already being made or will be soon made. Such is the result of infinitely long struggle of man with living sur-roundings, with material nature of the material world. However there are the things of other nature poorly connected or nearly not connected with inert matter. Their value for the universe is huge, and for human evolution they are even more significant, than the whole previous path. for last three millennia have appeared three things, each of which has given rise to a new human species. The first: formal rules of moral norms, ethics and morals have generated a moral man. The second: comprehension of monotheism and the spiritual primate above material has generated the spiritual man.

Page 154: Technology of Creation Eng

154

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

fig.

36

Chr

onol

ogy

of h

uman

spec

ies c

hang

e

Sca

le1

:50

00

0ye

ars

Т

III IV

Inte

llig

en

tm

an

�II

2000year

8000years

�200000years

�900000years

�1,8mln.years

tomln.years

frommln.years

3

5

Ho

min

idu

pri

gh

tp

rim

ate

��

I

IU

prig

ht

prim

ate

IIS

kill

ed

ma

n

III

Inte

llig

en

tm

an

IVC

ivili

ze

dm

an

VM

ora

lm

an

VI

Sp

iritu

alm

an

VII

Kn

ow

led

ge

ab

lem

an

Ap

pe

are

dm

ln.

ye

ars

ag

o5 1

70

00

00

ye

ars

20

00

00

ye

ars

10

00

0ye

ars

33

20

ye

ars

20

00

ye

ars

At

pre

se

nt

Ho

mo

ne

an

de

rth

ale

nsis

HO

MO

SA

PIE

NS

SA

PIE

NS

Au

str

alo

pith

ecu

s

HO

MO

Au

str

alo

pith

ecu

s

Ho

mo

sa

pie

ns

Т

Sca

le1

:25

00

ye

ars

IVIn

tell

ige

nt

ma

n�

III

II

�200000years

�200000years

�100000years

�8000years

2000year

Т=0(РХ) ..

Т

Mo

ral

ma

n�

V

Sp

irit

ua

lm

an

�V

I

Sca

leye

ars

1:2

00

Kn

ow

led

ge

ab

lem

an

�V

II

2000year

Т=0(РХ) ..

�1320years

III

Civ

iliz

ed

ma

n�

IV

�8000years

La

st

5m

ln.

ye

ars

las

t

ye

ars

20

00

00

La

st

ye

ars

80

00

Page 155: Technology of Creation Eng

155

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The third: beginning of the practice of total knowledge of man has generated the informed man. It turns out, that four kinds of human beings now coexist: civilized man, moral man, spiritual man and in-formed man. But it is possible to look differently at things. The increase in the rhythm of occurrence of new spe-cies, leading to their imposing on one other, probably, testifies approach of mankind to such a point, such a mo-ment, when man is to undergo radical and final species changes resulting in practical conformity with plan of the Creator. Analyzing the dynamics of reduction in interval between occurrence of new species and considering approximate duration of existence of species, it is possible to assume, that this point on the time axis is somewhere between the years 2200 and 2300. However, this is neither scientific, nor a responsible assumption. with much greater confidence it is possible to assume, that in the his-torically near future measured by hundreds of years, a whole bouquet of new specific qualities will collect, aspiring to join in one time point and cover all human population. The near future of mankind seems almost transparent, where «immemorial» problems of mankind - death and immortality, good and harm, admission to integration into the control system of microstructure as “adult boys” are solved.The technological precondition of such serious breakthroughs will obvi-ously be the penetration of science and practice into the bottom scale of floors of the material world - from the atom and electron to maximons inclusive - and mastering oscillatory processes with frequencies of at least to 1040-1050 Hz will be abundantly

clear. However I have been carried away and have told nothing about the three last human species (fig. 36). what is a moral man and why the date of appearance of this species is so exact?Any new species carries in itself a cer-tain essential antithesis of the previous species. The power and novelty of the civilized man were and remain in the ability to build mechanisms, regulating human living and human activity. The state, law, army, education, science and even religion in the part regarding its material arrangement - all these are exclusive mechanisms of external restriction and compulsion of the individual. I shall designate my attitude at once: a similar component in the management of man and human society is inevitable and necessary, until man is a mortal, biological being. But man during evolution of his spe-cies comes up with his reasonable head from the viscous depth of laws of animal life, where all is legal for the sake of preservation of self existence and existence of the species. The head seems to be in the kingdom of reason and ethics, and the body remains in the power of physiology and animal instincts. The abilities of reason of speech gen-erate consciousness, reflection and, at last, necessity of moral choice at definition of behavior strategy. The Old Testament Tree of Good and Evil gives us simple and clear «history of the question». As soon as man departed from animal syncretic unity with nature, before him appeared necessity of an independent moral choice on conduction of any action and even inactivity. The knowledge of good and evil means providing the ability of moral estimation

Page 156: Technology of Creation Eng

156

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

and impu-tation in man’s duty of making a moral choice. An interesting law: each step on the evolutionary ladder, on the one hand, displaces us from the Creator, from the initial point of creation, and on the other hand, allocates him with features and even functions of the Creator. My soul, does it not direct you to some simple ideas? what is the Creator building on the basis of yesterday's semi animal man? The term ethics originating from the ancient Greek «ethos» is a habitual usage, which was used by Heraclitus, subsequently has been put into scien-tific usage by Aristotle. Then Cicerone translated it into latin as «moral». Russian equivalent of these synonymous terms - «morals», from the root «customs»; these terms in other languages are approximately constructed in the same way. Nevertheless in language usage all three terms - ethics, morals, customs, - adjoin, languidly transferring each other accents in shades of value. Though for man the need existed in a moral choice initially, but comprehen-sion of this fact and more so the ability to formulate the rule of self-restriction, which everyone should carry in him and follow them without external compulsion, came to mankind not long ago. In history nothing occurs suddenly. Each specific change matures gradually, through many attempts and displays, but in memory of people is fixed one, often the brightest fact on which the historical count is made. 1320 B.C. - Exodus of Jews from Egypt. In due course in 1800 B.C., escaping from draught, Jews at the invitation of Pharaoh resettled in Egypt.

A crucial significance thus had the assistance of «the right hand of the pharaoh» - Joseph, son of Jacob, founder of the people of Israel. A young, beautiful and, importantly, wise Joseph was traitorously sold by his brothers to the passing merchants into slavery to Potiphar, the captain of bodyguards of the Pharaoh. But Joseph's beauty and decency allowed him to rise quickly to the position of the first adviser of the Pharaoh. In the beginning the Jews in Egypt lived not bad, but in 480 years the situation changed, and Jews were subject to heavy slavery as to not pose a danger to Egyptians. And here then occurs a rare for history super active explosion. All the people, to the last person, agree to throw their dwellings and leave for the desert, where there is neither habitation, nor food, nor even water. Imagine! with small children, with old men to absolute uncertainty: they had in fact not wandered for already five hundred years. And for what sake? for the sake of freedom from slavery – slavery external and internal. for the sake of freedom.And now imagine, what can transform in a similar situation a crowd into people, a nation. It is in fact not an army in a campaign and not a country, where the person is attached to a place and property. Only rules of self-restriction to which everyone voluntarily follows. Moral laws - or death. Three months had hardly passed from the forthcoming 40 years of wander-ings in the desert, then Moses, an 80-year god-inspired organizer of the Exodus, at mount Sinai transferred to the Israeli people the Ten Com-mandments, most part of which, in essence, are ethical rules.

Page 157: Technology of Creation Eng

157

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

1. Do not worship any gods, except for the lord. 2. Do not worship idols (do not wor-ship images). 3. Do not use the name of the lord in vain. 4. work six days, rest on the seventh. 5. Respect father and mother. 6. Do not kill. 7. Do not commit adultery. 8. Do not steal. 9. Do not commit perjury. 10. Do not wish you not belonging. Since then 3 thousand years have passed, but nothing can neither be added, nor removed to the six last commandments, which define the moral choice of a decent man - the moral man. A clear head and deep expert about problems of ethics, professor Guse-jnov A.A. [38] considers, that a mod-ern man holds in him three natures: moral, social-cultural and natural (animal-biological).Their direct correlation with species of «the moral man», «the civilized man» and the previous species of semi animal primates is obvious. So, though the moral man is for the present not distributed everywhere and has not fully mastered the ethical stan-dards, but evolution has sparkled a new, following side. Morals are rules of self-restriction of man, directed towards suppression and control of animal part of his nature. But how much is this important and how much is this inevitable, this ani-mal part? There is no doubt that evo-lution leads to reduction in man the value of animal component and growth of spiritual component. The world, where man lives, is full of hatred, the reason being inadequate

consciousness and behavior of man himself. while evolution has not lead man from the animal condition to the point of his systematic, providential purpose, the world is opposed to man’s incompleteness and punishes him. The world in its basis is spiritual, and man, even the moral man, in his basis is still a material animal. But there comes the moment, when it is let known to man that spirit is above matter, that spirit reigns over matter and man. God-inspired commoner Jesus Christ, in effect, preached the primate spiri-tuality. I’m the light in the world. who follows me shall never go to darkness, for light, bearing life, will always be with him». [In 8 : 12]. «light bearing life» - it is none other than Divine spirituality of the world. The task of people is to transit from life in categories of matter and flesh to spiritual assimilations with the Creator. «you judge all by flesh, and I do not judge anyone. If I judge about something, then My judgment is true for I am not alone, and the father who has sent Me, and I are to be judged together» [In 8: 15-16].

The sense of Jesus’ mission consisted in informing people on the Spiritual beginning, and when leaving, leave in his place another Consoler - Spirit of the Truth, Spirit of the Sacred. Henceforth the primate of the spiritual beginning in the world will define life of people.The last words uttered by Christ to his pupils, summed up his mission in the material world. «I have told it to all of you, so that you

Page 158: Technology of Creation Eng

158

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

found peace through Me. you will suffer in the world, but take heart: I have won the world» (In 16, 33). So it would be desirable, my soul, to say on this theme more, but to that the turn will come in the book. In this or in another.But all the same it is necessary to say already now about man as a phe-nomenon of the world’s evolutionary process. The evolutionary process, having created man, itself has undergone sudden transformation. Evolution has in some measure «been humanized», has entered man and has by necessity transferred a part of its functions.«Man, - by the successful expression of Ju-lian Huxley, - opens, that he is not anything other, than the evolution, which has recog-nized itself» Blavatskaya E.P. [18, page 227].

Thus, with the advent of conscious-ness, with development of intellect, before man opens more clearly his providential role in the world. what does it consist in?I. Kant considers - in becoming happy. «The final purpose of mankind consists in the highest moral perfection, which is attained by means of man’s freedom, thank to which man gets the ability to the highest happiness. God could have made people perfect and happy. But then such condition would not have risen from the immanent principle of the universe. The immanent principle of the world is freedom. Purpose of man consists, hence, in achieving the maximum perfection through freedom. God wishes that we not only be happy, but we also made ourselves happy» [55, page 221].

yes, freedom and happiness of man are good things, but will it not be too much to create a universe for the comfort of man? Perhaps, the other way round, man should do something? «The Creator has not finished creation of our world. Its addition to the complete, whole

is assigned to us. However sour a fruit is during maturing, such we see our world. Its correc-tion is our task and purpose. The compensa-tion is the pleasure (taste of the ripened fruit). In human power it is to influence only on him and on nothing external. Therefore correction is possible only by self-improvement of everyone» Servitude [64, page 95].

The conception about evil as an imma-nent property of the world is one of the many errors. Malice is a con-sequence of inadequate behavior of man in the world. Its basis is godlessness and unwillingness to follow moral restrictions in reply to desires which are given birth by animal instincts and human ambitions. It is the inability to resist the cele-bration of Vanity fair.

«you know, that the life imminent is enter-tainment and game, both flaunting and boasting among you; and competition in multitude of property and children are like a rain, growth from which delights infidels; then it withers, and you see it as yellow; then there is the straw, and in the last - strong punishment, and pardon from the Allah, and goodwill, and life imminent - only deceptive use» the Koran [61, page 382].

It is known: «As we harm ourselves, the enemy will not decide to harm us» Shota Rustaveli [94, page 166].

How much evil has been done and how much is still to be accomplished. Perhaps, the lord punishes us a little. But, I think, it is not possible to overcome stupidity by force and rudeness.

«On the world if to look absolutely calm,then you see in softening weariness,there are not enough that damnations are

worthy,

Page 159: Technology of Creation Eng

159

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

But more - sympathy and pity».Guberman I. [35, page 506].

The exit and solution of the problem has been known for a very long time. Ancient Indians have opened to us, that the world order and morals of man are connected inseparably. «The word “Dharma” comes from the San-skrit “dhar” (to support). It is responsible for the general order (the invariance principle of a model) and preservation of the model [world] in integrity …Dharma is unity of world order and morals of man … on the centrifugal vector, takes place riddance of spirit, whose energy gradually, in process of distancing from the center, «mortifying», turns to matter (the main idea of advaita) … matter can be named the lowest form of spirit … If to imagine the return movement say from pe-riphery to the center, it is easy understand, that the share of spiritual will increase and share of matter will decrease. Moral in that case represents a bridge from time immemorial connecting the world of matter and consciousness» Eminova S.M. [132, page 6, 7].

you do not study morals; it is ob-tained, leaning on one’s own internal need. Pythagoras had said:

«Do not look after about getting great know-ledge: from all knowledge the moral science, maybe, is the most needed, but you are not trained in it» [110, page 89].Imperfection of man and, the mainly, unwillingness to see one’s imperfec-tion and the unwillingness to over-come is the source of evil.«… light has come to the world, - speaks Jesus, - but people have loved darkness more, rather than light because their business were malicious; for everyone, doing mali-cious, hates light and does not go to light that his business because they were malicious were not

convicted, and those acting under truth goes to light that its business because they in the God were made» [In 3: 19-21].

All our business is doomed in the end to failure if their essence was contrary to the lord; and, on the contrary, the most improbable plan and business will come true, if in their basis is the Divine light.

«… to people, obeying the command of the lord God and not daring to break laws, all is possible over expectation and the reward for them from God is future (after death) plea-sure, on the other side, to people receding from exact execution of these commands, equally the easy becomes insuperable and turn to inevitable destruction all that, for what they had undertaken as something un-doubtedly good» flavy I. [118, page 6].

well, and now about that human kind which is born today before our eyes. It is a question of information tech-nologies: computer networks, data-bases, systems of accumulation, processing and transfer of informa-tion. whether few any inventions have been conceived by people? why in-formation technologies are represented as so important? The matter is that, as we shall see it a little later, the universe in an overwhelming part is connected not with substance and not with inert matter, but with handling of information. And matter is one of the forms of existence of information. from the moment of the beginning of computer expansion, man becomes the consumer of information streams on various questions of the world surrounding him. The awareness changes in a radical way, efficiency and quality of deci-sions taken increases, and, what is especially

Page 160: Technology of Creation Eng

160

5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the World

important, the relative den-sity and weight of moral factor decrease on choice of solution variant.

«And suddenly may be in nature is organizedAbsolutely another, And not from here we leave, But we come back there? «. Guberman I. [35, page 510].

As a result there is a far-reaching chain of consequences. Radical expansion of knowledge about the world finally brings man to knowledge of the universe, to understanding the technology and idea of the Creator’s works. from here is the following step: the blind or intuitive

belief gives place to understanding the nature of the Creator, brings to division of responsibility, partnership in His affairs and gradual integration with spiritual essence of the Creator. As the invention of iron served as the cause of many technological and social innovations, which have generated as a result the modern civilization, and information technologies, possibly, will serve as a footpath on ground floors of the scale, will allow to pass three-four levels, reach the natural elementary base of universe – maximon and may be pro-vide the right to man to understand and, maybe, even to participate in affairs of creation.

Page 161: Technology of Creation Eng

161

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

How are time, space and material objects related? It is considered, that they do turn almost one into another!Not simple, oh how time and space are not simply arranged! In complete emptiness as though they really are not present, or are present, but as much as you want – endless and without limit. It still somehow can be understood. But number? The simple count! what problems can be there with it? Here am I, and here is my friend, a cheery fellow and cynic. we have each before us a mug of beer. He sipped it, and I inopportunely got lost in thoughts: «what stock of beer do we have? Is it simple to count, if we approach the question strictly in a formal way?» first of all: what is meant by beer and in what units it is to be counted - bottles, cans or in liters? whether to consider a bottle with nonalcoholic beer as beer? And that pack of costly beer that is hidden in the anteroom for tomorrow's meeting with favorite woman, - to count it or not? The identification problem of objects that are to be counted exists, and it cannot be avoided. while I counted, my friend had drunk the beer; it means, by one beer it had become less. The neighbor from above dropped in, evaluated the situation with a sharp eye and took a sip from my mug. She always was skilful at guessing the moment when it is has already been poured, but

has not been drunk yet. what to do now? Should I count my mug or not count it? what if we were not at home, but at the conveyor of a beer factory? How many hundreds of bottles would it be necessary to add during this time? And how many would have already been taken to the shops? Possibly, the count duration should be much lesser than the rate of current changes in quantity of objects to be counted. And that open can, which is for the second day kept at the window, would someone finish drinking? I doubt it. The count time of objects should be much lesser than the life cycle period of objects to be counted. My neighbor finished drinking my beer and, swerving her hip, left! My friend too left somewhere above. why did he not take leave of me? And where has tomorrow's packing disappeared?! And if beer, similarly to maximon, appeared and disappeared in time equal 10-

43 seconds? It would have been impossible to count or drink it. It means that each object has its time range, and the one who counts it should be in one and the same time range with it. well and certainly, there should be spatial borders of the problem statement. My wise true friend is at present climbing the stairs. The beer, which he promised to bring, is not yet on the table, but is already in the house. Here he rings the doorbell. Is

KEywORDS: time, space, taxon, space-time taxonomy, logarithmic time scale, life cycle, self rhythm, time sensitivity threshold, object, maximon mould of material object

Page 162: Technology of Creation Eng

162

5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

it time to count his beer or still early? – Hi! Have you brought the beer? – I changed my mind. with beer there

is no end of trouble. we shall better drink vodka.

– A good idea! And I have decided to change the paradigm - now I shall consider only that, which has been drunk!

– To change so be it! Marry, and wife will count you all! My soul! It is clear to all that it is necessary to measure short processes and phenomena by short periods of time, and the long by longer periods. It is senseless trying to find in the structure of time any gradation. The time scale is absolutely smooth, as any scale. Nothing disturbs us imagine infinitely decreasing or infinitely increasing values of time. Nothing does prevent us shift to the logarithmic form of representation of the time scale with base 10n seconds (fig. 37). why? On our diagrams, space is also represented in common logarithmic metrics. Thus it will be easier for us to establish relation between time and space.But for now look at fig. 37. It has turned out to be a beautiful scale. Somewhere in the middle is the mark 100 seconds, equal to one second, further each step is an increase or reduction by 10 times. The diagram is the same, as on the scale axis of sizes. By itself the time scale has no restrictions, but if creation is not finite, then it certainly is cyclically limited. The Creator has in store innumerable set of time cycles, frequencies, rhythms, waves and other ways periodic repetition of processes, which are to be repeated, viz. from palpation of human heart to pulsation of the Metagalaxy. But it is obvious, that among them are the longest and shortest periods. That part of the

universe, which seems as slightly opened to our understanding, is within the limits of 95 degrees on common logarithmic time scale. The longest period constitutes about 1021-1022 seconds. It is of the order of hundreds of thousands of billions years, the least period - 10-73 seconds or frequency of 1073 Hz. Pay attention, my soul, the basic part of the scale is in the zone of fraction of a second. There is one interesting point - 10-23 seconds on the scale, almost symmetric to the maximum point. This is an elementary time unit. As it has been already said, the sense is such, that in the material, physical world there can be no phenomenon or processes, which in time is shorter than 10-23 seconds. However the design of universe is manipulated only by a small part in forms of inert matter. A greater part of it is non-material, and this non-material part is multi-tiered, has a complex hierarchical structure and all throughout consists of information. And where there is information, there are frequencies. The more the information and more the speed of its transfer, the greater the frequencies required. At the top of the hierarchical pyramid of the non-material world frequencies of the order of 1073 Hz are most likely necessary. Details, as always, will be later. But let us return to counting the stocks of beer. failure in the attempt to strictly formalize the process of counting directs to some conclusions. A. The count object and subject should be close to each other by the dimensional-scale attribute. B. The count object, subject and method should belong to one field of scale-time. C. The count procedure can be

Page 163: Technology of Creation Eng

163

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 37 Common logarithmic time scale, lgt, sec

100 000 .. 10 3,1 1014 21хbln. years years sec

10 000 ..... 10 3,1 1013 20bln. years years secх

1 000 ....... 10 3,1 1012 19bln. years years secх

100 .......... 10 3,1 1011 18bln. years years secх

10 ............ 10 3,1 1010 17bln. years years secх

1 ............... 10 3,1 109 16bln. years years secх

100 ............. 10 3,1 10mln. years 8 15years secх

10 .............. 10 3,1 107 14mln. years years secх

1 ................. 10 3,1 106 13mln. years years secх

100 000 ............. 10 3,1 105 12years years secх

10 000 ................ 10 3,1 104 11years years secх

1 000 .................. 10 3,1 103 10years years secх

100 ..................... 10 3,1 102 9years years secх

10 ....................... 10 3,1 101 8years years secх

1 ......................... 1 10 лет 3,1 10year х 0 7х sec

1 .................................... 2,6 10mounth х 6 sec

1 ....................................... 8,6 10day х 4 sec

1 ............................................ 3,6 10hour х 3 sec

1022

1021

1020

1019

1018

1017

1016

1015

1014

1013

1012

1011

1010

109

108

107

106

105

104

103

102

Lg t, sec

102

101

100

10�1

10�2

10�3

10�4

10�5

10�6

10�9

10�12

10�15

10�18

10�23

10�43

10�53

10�63

10�73

1 6 10minute secх 1

1 ; 1aec Hz number ofoscillations per second

Millisecond Hz; 103

Microsecond; 106 Hz

Nanosecond Hz; 109

Picosecond Hz; 1012

Femtosecond Hz; 1015

Attosecond Hz; 1018

Elementary unit of timeHz

;1023

Re

gio

no

fn

on

-ma

teria

ltim

e

1043 Hz

1053 Hz

1063 Hz

1073 Hz

4 bln. years years sec00 000 .. 4 10 1,2 1014 22хх

Page 164: Technology of Creation Eng

164

5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

successful, provided that the count object, subject and method are related to one and the same dimensional-time field of the material world. Here at once there is an internal excitement: what are these dimensional-time fields? Do they exist? where are their borders? Is it delirium? No, it is not delirium. Only time should be connected with space, to be exact with specific units forming hierarchy of the material world. Pay attention, my soul, to each unit, and in general to a material item, some time characteristics are inherent. Here are the most important of them. life cycle – Тl.c – time from appearance to disappearance; includes birth, active part, formation and end. Self-rhythm – Тs.r. – duration or frequency of the basic life sustaining oscillatory process Temporary sensitivity threshold - Рt - a very small time period, that its exception or addition practically does not change the characteristic self-rhythm. The observations accessible to us show, that all three parameters are mathematically connected.

Тl,c. = Тs.r.×1010;

Тs.r. = Тl.c.×10–10

Рt = Тs.r.×10–2

The time of system life cycle accommodates in it nearly 10 billion of its self-rhythms, and the sensitivity threshold usually constitutes one hundredth of time of self-rhythm. Now it is necessary to understand the space-dimensional gradation for the purposes of defining the space-time

structuring of the material world. Strictly speaking, it is possible to choose gradation on 12 classes of the dimensional scale or any another multiple of taxonomy to it. However pay attention to the hint given by the Creator. Along the M-scale passes the wave of stability (fig. 38) and lies on it in exactly six full fluctuations. fluctuations are a function of time. One sixth part of the M-scale - 10 orders – a beautiful and typical number for the Creator. Contra-indication is also not visible, therefore we shall accept division of the M-scale into six equal parts, in the centers, with the following units: Galaxy, star, man, atom, electron, and photon. we have to define the life cycle time for the six listed units. Then we have to enter these values on the logarithmic chart «size - life cycle» in the coordinates «size - time». Thereafter outline the dimensional and time borders of the areas surrounding the centers found, and, thus, build a graphic picture of space-time fields of the material world. let's begin by filling the matrix of values. Initial data are very scant. four out of thirty parameters are more or less precisely known. life cycle of a star = 1017 sec. Self-rhythm of man «inhale-exhale» = =~3.4 sec. Self-rhythm of atom = 1011-1013 Hz. life cycle of maximon - 10-43 sec As the corresponding dependences are known to us, we can fill other parameters on four of the six lines. further we construct the chart axes lg (m) / lg (s) and enter the four points described. Other points are obtained by the method of mathematical analysis or by

Page 165: Technology of Creation Eng

165

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

simple graphic extrapolation. As a result on the chart we get six points - the centers of required fields - and two extreme points corresponding to maximon and the Metagalaxy. The points obtained are subordinated to a uniform mathematical function and precisely enough lie on a uniform curve of the second order. let's mark on this curve the points of intersection with the borders of six allocated classes on the M-scale. for this purpose we shall draw horizontal lines from corresponding points on the M-scale. Through the obtained points of intersection we shall drop perpendiculars to the time axis. As a result on the logarithmic chart «Size-time» a chain of rectangles is formed that represent the space-time field, into which the material world is divided. Each rectangular contains specific objects of the material world. The top and bottom parts of the rectangle correspond to the dimensional borders, and left and right - to time borders of the objects’ life cycle. The picture has been obtained, what further? what information can these squares carry, diagonally strung on some curve? yes, relatively autonomous regions of the material world have been obtained.figuratively expressing, the object, subject and rate of count organically fit in the given field, and it means that beer within the limits of each field can be counted and drunk without problems. Inside each space-time field there exists or dominate laws and rules, and all processes and events take place in its own specific rate. And on the contrary: laws and rates of one field are poorly suitable or do not suit

at all the other field.Every square that we got is nothing other than a taxon or taxonomic category of the material world. And taken together they give us the complete taxonomic classification of the material world in the space-time aspect.Now, my soul, let’s go through these newborn taxonoms. There are interesting things, but even more black holes not accessible to my understanding. let's begin with the middle. Biological taxon covers all biological objects from the cell nucleus to the biosphere. The dominant unit defining the primary goals of taxon is man. Possibly, the role of dominant in the future will be passed to unit by the «Subject of spirituality». The dimensional range - from 10-5 up to 105 m. Self-rhythm – inhalation-exhalation of man – 3.4 seconds. life cycle of man is somewhere in the range from 80 to 600 years. you feel, how we do not gather additionally! The threshold of time sensitivity is to the order of the one 100th part of a second. The complete range of life cycles for objects inhabited by taxon is from several days to 1 million years. what does it mean? I do not know. Perhaps, it is periods with the inclusion of life cycles from bacteria strains to the time of change of biological kinds, and evolution of biosphere? And may be, the life cycle period of the «Subject of spirituality»? Everyone can have a peep at the law, and here try it to decipher it! The next one down the M-scale is atomic taxon. The self-rhythm of atom is known precisely enough - it is the frequency of own fluctuations of atom in molecules. It is in the range from 1011 to 1013 Hz. The dimensional range of a taxon is from 10-15 to 10-5 m, which is close to reality as it includes objects from

Page 166: Technology of Creation Eng

166

5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

the atomic nucleus to the bio-molecule. The sensitivity threshold is around 10-15

seconds. The segment occupied on the time scale is from one micro second to about several days. what does it mean, I do not know. There are isotopes of atoms with a half-life period of insignificant part of a second, but there are atoms, for example hydrogen and helium, capable of existing billions of years. Electronic taxon covers objects in size from 10-25 up to 10-15 m with the life cycle range from one micro second up to 10-21.2 sec.Average value of self-rhythm of electronic taxon as per calculations constitutes 10-23 seconds that as you remember, corresponds to an elementary unit of time. It is interesting! It turns out that it has not been casually impossible to define for electron, its place and energy in one point of space. life cycle of an electron by calculation is 10-13 seconds. what is it? Perhaps, it is the frequency of rotation around the nucleus of an atom? Anyway, the number coincides with the bottom limit of self-fluctuations of an atom in a molecule. Is it by accident? The sensitivity threshold is 10-25 seconds. The range on time scale is from 10-21 to 10-6 seconds. Photonic-maximonic taxon includes the finest units in size from 10-35 up to 10-25 m. On the time scale it occupies the segment from 10-43 to 10-21 seconds. It is a big segment to twenty with superfluous orders, besides a big part of the segment is behind a threshold of elementary time unit, i.e. everything, that takes place in this taxon though is done for the material world, but, most likely, is still invisible and imperceptible to material perception. The units, photon and maximon, forming

part of the taxon strongly differ from each other. The photon, possibly, has life cycle to the order 10-31 seconds, self-rhythm – 1041 Hz, time sensitivity threshold – 10-43 second. And for the maximon the same size, 10-43 seconds, constitutes the life cycle, self-rhythm – 1053 Hz, and time sensitivity threshold – 10-55 seconds. fantastic numbers! And it is not the limit! we, my soul, are only approaching the non-material part of the universe, and there absolutely other speeds and volumes of processing and transfer of the information are required. you wish to understand the Creator’s plan - be ready to accept things above your understanding. Eventually, you and me are from biotaxon, and wish to understand, how the other five taxons of the material world are arranged and That world which rules over them. The percentage of abstract or totally unclear things will only grow further. It is possible to ask from the lord about one thing in our desperate voyage: to understand at least in the most general terms the meaning of creation and our place in it.we still have two more taxons left. The stellar taxon covers space bodies, and primarily the stars. The dimensional range of units is from 105 up to 1015 m. It occupies the time interval from 1 million up to 100 billion years. Actually the star on an average lives a life cycle for (10-15) billion years. However it is necessary to say that active part of life cycle of a star is more likely known as (8-10) billion years, and nobody knows how long it takes for a star to be formed and for how the remains of a star live, viz. the white dwarf or black hole. More precisely, I do not know that someone knew. The

Page 167: Technology of Creation Eng

167

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

self-rhythm of stars is as per calculations, about one year, and the time sensitivity threshold is one day. Perhaps, to the expert on solar rhythms it says something and maybe not. Apart from other, it is necessary to take into account that the calculations resulting here at the best can be qualified as approximate. I simply do not have either the opportunity, or time for a serious mathematical analysis. All this, my soul, is sphere of your action. Galactic taxon has appeared the most surprising. It covers the greater systems of space bodies - Galaxies and the Metagalaxy with size ranging from 1015 m up to «limit» – 1025 m. And it is known. But as to time characteristics the chart has shown absolutely unexpected things for me. we, my soul, know, that our Sun approximately is in the middle of star sequence both by dimensions and radiation capacity that the planet the Earth is somewhere in the middle between orbits of other planets of Solar system, that our system exists nearly 5 billion years and that it will exist approximately for as much, that our Galaxy together with all the Metagalaxy appeared nearly 15 billion years ago and consequently, continuing the logic, we can expect, that life cycle of the universe is somewhere in the middle of its path and as a whole constitutes may be 30, may be 50 billion years. It is although huge numbers, but somehow is still clear. However calculations show a completely different order of numbers. The galaxy lives approximately for 3200 billion years. Its self-rhythm is three hundred twenty years, thus «beats its heart», and the temporary sensitivity threshold is 3 years. It turns out, that we are living right at the beginning of life cycle of

Galaxies; we have passed 15th billion from 3200 billion years. Converting to a good human life we turn out to be not older than a three-month baby. I did not think of it.Even more improbable is the business with Metagalaxy. Its life cycle somewhere is around 1021.6 seconds, which corresponds approximately to a period of 400,000 billion years. The self-rhythm accordingly is about 40,000 years, and the sensitivity threshold is 400 years. what is here to say! Again repeatedly you feel such insignificantly small before the person of God. And again the idea comes that the lord is great. Each time He appears even bigger and more majestic, than we thought. However I have already encountered somewhere similar figures. well certainly, they were repeatedly mentioned in her works by Blavatskaya E.P. [17, page 90]. Referring to the Secret doctrine Indian Brahmins, it specifies three esoteric cycles, which are very close to our calculated values: Day of the Brahma, year of the Brahma and Century of the Brahma.

Calculated sizeof life cycle(l. c.)

Indian esoteric cycles as per Blavatskaya E.P.

l. c. of the Metagalaxy400,000,000,000,000 yrsor 1021.6 sec.

Century of Brahma311,040,000.,000,000 yrsor 9.67·1021 sec.

l. c. of the Galaxy3,200,000,000,000 yrsor 1020 sec.

year of the Brahma3,110,400,000,000 yrsor 9.64·1019 ~ 1020 sec.

l. c. of the star10,000,000,000 yrsor 3.1·1017 sec.

Day - Night of the Brahma8,640,000,000 yrsor 2.68·1017 sec.

Page 168: Technology of Creation Eng

168

5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

fig. 38. Space-time taxonomy

M a t r i x o f m e a n i n g s

Sizerange

fromm

to m10

10

15

25

from mto m

1010

5

15

fromm

to m10

10

� 5

5

1

fromm

to m10

10

� 5

5

2

1�

fromm

to m10

10

� 5

5

3

2�

Mathema-ticdependan-cyon thescaleTlg

T l.c. Lifecycle,sec

1,24 10400 000

х22

sec

bln. years

103200

20sec

bln. years

3,1 1010

х17

secbln. years

3,1 10100

х9

years

10 : 10�1 3�

sec

10�13

sec

10�31

sec

10�53

sec

Т =Т 10

l.c.s.r.х

10

Т s.r.Self rhythm

Duration,sec

Frequency,Hz

1012

sec

years40 000

10320

10sec

years

3,1 10

1

х 7

secyear

3,4 sec

10 : 10�11 13�

sec10 : 10

11 13

Hz

10�23

sec 1023

Hz

10�41

sec 1041

Hz

1053

sec

Т .:1s.r sec

Pt

Thresholdof time

sensitivity

109,6

secyears400

101

8sec

years0

105

secday

10�2

sec

10 : 10� 3 51 1�

sec

10� 52

sec

10� 34

sec

10�55 sec

Pts.r.

102

Time scalerange

fromsec

tosec

10

10

18,4

22

fromsec

to10

10

13,2

18,4sec

fromsec

to10

10

4,8

13,2sec

fromsec

to10

10

4,8

6�sec

fromsec

to10

10

6

21,2sec

fromsec

to10

10

21,2

43sec

Dominantunit

Metagalaxy

Galaxy

Star

Man

Atom

Electron

Photon

Maximon

1020

1015

1010

105

100

10�5

10 10�

10 15�

10 20�

10 25�

10 30�

Galactictalon

Sellartaxon

Biological taxon

Atomic taxon

Electronic taxon

Photon-maximonic taxon

10 3�4 10 31� 10 3�1 10�1 0 109 1017 1022 Lg(sec)

Time

Logarithmic graph Size time“ ”�

fromm

to m10

10

�5

5

10�43

sec

Heart beat pulse or

inhalation exhalation

��

Т =s.r

10

l.c.10

Scale

1021

010 35�

1025

Lg(meter)

М

10 3�2 sec

Ele

menta

ryunit

oftim

e

DS

E

SS

E

DS

E

DS

E

DS

E

DS

EE

Direction

of

div

isio

n

pro

cess

D

synth

esis

Sand

energ

y

rele

ase

E“”, “

”,

“”

� �

Sta

bili

tyw

ave

Page 169: Technology of Creation Eng

169

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

of the material world

M a t r i x o f m e a n i n g s

Sizerange

fromm

to m10

10

15

25

from mto m

1010

5

15

fromm

to m10

10

� 5

5

1

fromm

to m10

10

� 5

5

2

1�

fromm

to m10

10

� 5

5

3

2�

Mathema-ticdependan-cyon thescaleTlg

T l.c. Lifecycle,sec

1,24 10400 000

х22

sec

bln. years

103200

20sec

bln. years

3,1 1010

х17

secbln. years

3,1 10100

х9

years

10 : 10�1 3�

sec

10�13

sec

10�31

sec

10�53

sec

Т =Т 10

l.c.s.r.х

10

Т s.r.Self rhythm

Duration,sec

Frequency,Hz

1012

sec

years40 000

10320

10sec

years

3,1 10

1

х 7

secyear

3,4 sec

10 : 10�11 13�

sec10 : 10

11 13

Hz

10�23

sec 1023

Hz

10�41

sec 1041

Hz

1053

sec

Т .:1s.r sec

Pt

Thresholdof time

sensitivity

109,6

secyears400

101

8sec

years0

105

secday

10�2

sec

10 : 10� 3 51 1�

sec

10� 52

sec

10� 34

sec

10�55 sec

Pts.r.

102

Time scalerange

fromsec

tosec

10

10

18,4

22

fromsec

to10

10

13,2

18,4sec

fromsec

to10

10

4,8

13,2sec

fromsec

to10

10

4,8

6�sec

fromsec

to10

10

6

21,2sec

fromsec

to10

10

21,2

43sec

Dominantunit

Metagalaxy

Galaxy

Star

Man

Atom

Electron

Photon

Maximon

1020

1015

1010

105

100

10�5

10 10�

10 15�

10 20�

10 25�

10 30�

Galactictalon

Sellartaxon

Biological taxon

Atomic taxon

Electronic taxon

Photon-maximonic taxon

10 3�4 10 31� 10 3�1 10�1 0 109 1017 1022 Lg(sec)

Time

Logarithmic graph Size time“ ”�

fromm

to m10

10

�5

5

10�43

sec

Heart beat pulse or

inhalation exhalation

��

Т =s.r

10

l.c.10

Scale

1021

010 35�

1025

Lg(meter)

М

10 3�2 sec

Ele

menta

ryunit

oftim

e

DS

E

SS

E

DS

E

DS

E

DS

E

DS

EE

Direction

of

div

isio

n

pro

cess

D

synth

esis

Sand

energ

y

rele

ase

E“”, “

”,

“”

� �

Sta

bili

tyw

ave

Page 170: Technology of Creation Eng

170

5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material World

Similarity is evident. The conclusion arises by itself. The teachings of ancient Brahmins deserve the most intent attention. Such a dense point of contact is hardly coincidence. But it is necessary to dig deeper a lot over there. I have a rather not simple attitude to Blavatskaya and her books. Having read through practically all her works, I have not yet understood two main things: whence all this information and why such eclectic form of presentation, which excludes the opportunity to make general idea about the subject? what purpose is pursued in her works? To show the author’s knowledge and understanding of certain latent truths, which are not allowed to be known to the reader? what is it - inability or unwillingness to structure information? But one should not ignore her works. There one can find rather vague, but extremely interesting treatments on the history of man’s appearance on Earth. The idea of ethereal man, noumenal world, special role of the Moon in history of man’s appearance, history of change and evolution of human races - for certain there is a fair share of truth in them. However, my soul, it again is that case, when you should take upon yourself a part of the research, which I am not capable of conducting any more. I will not accomplish it in time. Another life is required. The task for you is formulated thus. It is necessary to find and study the primary sources of Brahmin esoteric doctrines and impose it on our vision of world. The result should increase the measure of adequacy of our representation about the arrangement of the world. I do not doubt, and you do not doubt, - you will succeed, in fact you are I, and I am you. we are manifestation of the same

soul, which has been granted with the ability to perceive. Thus, before us is the majestic picture of the full range of existential taxons of the material world. Their spatial and time borders are known, but it is not known, how man can see, what takes place inside. Biotaxon is the only one that is accessible to our direct study. why? Because the observer – man under existential characteristics is appropriate to biotaxon. In other taxons the scales of space and time are different. for their adequate perception the observer should possess different existential scales, corresponding to taxon. Than that is easier! If it is necessary to fix the flight of a bullet on a film, the frame frequency is increased by one thousand times. If we wish to see, what is happening with electrons on the electronic shell of the atom, the subject of observation should have dimensions to the order of 10-20 m and self-frequency about 10-23 Hz. Too small an observer? It is not at all. It is as much greater than the maximon, as much man is bigger than atomic nucleus. The counter of beer bottles should in scale be proportional to the bottle, and its life period and time of calculation should be in scale proportional to storage and drinking time of a bottle of beer. In order to understand, how the units, forming the taxon, are organized, to trace their life cycle and regulate them, we need subjects of monitoring and control, having dimensions and self-frequency equal or close to it. The idea, in general, is clear and basically logical, but the task is where to get such counters: with one size of that of an electron, and the other in size of a star

Page 171: Technology of Creation Eng

171

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

or the Galaxy. Think a little, my soul: is there a problem? what is your opinion, items of the material world dangle in Space without control as liked by anyone? And all roll, where the curve will take it out? It does not seem to be so. No. The Creator knows about each thing, at each moment of time, absolutely everything. But what is the technology how it is done? Most likely, it is very simple through information moulds of things made from maximons. Imagine any object - atom, man, or any man-made thing; let the whole of their volume be as if impregnated by an invisible very rare «gas» consisting of

maximons. They completely repeat the appearance of the item and its structure. It is a copy, collecting information on everything that takes place with the subject and it is the channel of transfer of information on the item, because maximon and the designs from it directly communicate with the hyper-matrix. It is natural, that the maximon mould has the same sizes and same self-rhythm, as its prototype. And the hyper-matrix is capable of perceiving signals of any frequency, from any existential taxon. Therefore our task consists in learning to hear the maximon frequency, and it will open us secrets of all taxons of the material world! And no microscopes are needed!

Page 172: Technology of Creation Eng

172

5.5. Boundaries of the material World

well, it is time, my soul to sum up the first results. we have proceeded from that the material world, a part of the universe where we exist, has been created not by magic, but through some technology basically comprehensible to human understanding. Moreover, some laws, rules and technological methods of creation have been studied already for a long time and are applied by people in their activity. Our attention had been directed on material objects and, accordingly, on research of the material world, although we gave and we realize that the universe consists of something more, that is not the world of matter. Our nearest target is to define the material world. what does it mean - to define some object? It means, at least, the following: to correlate the object with wider and already known concept, to describe the borders and purposes, to list the structure forming elements and the scheme of their interaction, and also the scheme exchange of resources of object with the medium.well, it seems that we are in a condition of answering these questions. It is necessary only to give the definitions a brief and presentable form. The material world is a big, open, complex system with mechanisms of self-creation, self-regulation, optimization, hierarchically structured, serving as a subsystem of a higher level System –

world order, created by means of this supersystem, receiving from it necessary resources, working for the purposes of the supersystem yet unknown to us, subordinated to general control from the supersystem, cyclically created and destroyed by the supersystem both at various hierarchical levels, and as a whole. well like a patent formula! And how convenient to criticize! All the weak points are clearly visible. But it is easy to make corrections. Please, supplement, specify, and change the formulation. I agree. It is without insults and ambitions, for the sake of truth. Improve the definition! The material world - probably, like any complex thing - can be measured by many metrics, and under each metrics boundary values can be found, where it will fit well into. Theoretically it is so, but for some reason we have managed with you to find only three parameters, suitable for measurement: size, time and level of organization of matter. Three transparent, interconnected parameters. It is already quite good. Are there more metrics, how many of them, what are they? The question is open. It was found out, that our metrics are in inseparable link with a set of structure forming elements (units) of the material world and the method of their interaction. It is established… what it, which I have again blurted out, is! from a strictly scientific point of view nothing has been established. All these are semi-scientific assumptions. The whole

KEywORDS: three-dimensional taxonomy of the material world, definition of the material world, functions of taxons.

Page 173: Technology of Creation Eng

173

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

book is one big hypothesis. The offer of a new paradigm is a new vision of the world order. It is not any more a fantasy, but is not yet science. It has been already poured, but is yet to be drunk. All is delicate, very delicate! you, my soul, and my benevolent reader, know about it and forgive me on use of stylistics of scientific research among normal human speech. And we do not need a non-benevolent reader. let him write for himself a book and read it as he likes. let him rejoice. Thus, «it is established», that the material world consists of 22 structure forming units, 2 out of which the maximon and the Metagalaxy belong to matter by a quarter and 1 - the subject of spirituality – by half. Notably nobody had ever seen four of the 22 units: they are maximon, hypothetical photon and electronic nucleus and the subject of spirituality. About maximon it is only known, what it should be in size, and what should be its maximum life cycle. Strictly speaking, nothing about the Metagalaxy too is known. It is so big, that it is not visible. However it size can be defined theoretically. Practically the discovery of S.I. Sukhonos of the size-scale rhythm of units of the material world does not attract any doubt. Also the functional-structural hierarchy of objects of the universe is quite obvious. Two connected metrics - the size and level of organization - have allowed construct the distribution chart of system forming units of the material world. (who has forgotten, can go back to fig. 16.) Spatially-organizational panorama from 144 squares has been so different in

scale, that for the person, occupying only a square in it, it is completely not simple to understand it. A thoughtful analysis during receipt and counting of beer lead us to the obvious fact: for each scale of the linear sizes there should correspond a certain time scale, time intervals. It has appeared, that time of existence - life cycle of the Metagalaxy is by 65 orders greater than life cycle time of a maximon. It is also a considerable range. As a result of all searches it has been possible to find three interconnected parameters of the material world. It is absolutely quite good. Three metrics - three axes. Three axes - a three-dimensional picture! we draw three projections of taxons of the material world (fig. 39). Beauty, but is clear only to the draftsman. Axonometry is the three-dimensional space image; clear to all (fig. 40). Here it is the image of the material part of the universe which cannot be seen human eye, but which is open to the Creator’s vision.The whole material world is not less than six taxons. In principle, a more fractional division is probable, up to 144 taxons, but division by less than six taxons is not acceptable. Each taxon has quite concrete borders on the three key parameters: size, time and level of organization (fig. 41). Moreover, there are three additional parameters, necessary for describing taxon: frequency of self-rhythm, threshold of time sensitivity and threshold of size sensitivity of the units forming the taxon. Self-rhythm and life cycle size, as a rule, are in the ratio 1 to 1010. The threshold of time sensitivity, i.e. the time segment is practically not felt by the unit by virtue of its small value usually constitutes

Page 174: Technology of Creation Eng

174

5.5. Boundaries of the material World

0.01 of its self-rhythm. The threshold of dimensional sensitivity as per our approximate calculations cannot be above 10-12 from the unit dimension. Thus it was possible to make the table of boundary parameters of taxons of the material world (fig. 41). To who it is not boring, can have a look. The taxons of the material world look like bricks, which hang in the air, drawn on the borders of size, time and level of organization. Each «brick» has its task. «Bricks» do not have common volumes, but there are points of adherence, which passing through the edges, parallel to the axis of level of organization. Photonic-maximonic taxon is responsible proto-matter. In it deep outside the threshold of material time – 10-23 seconds – takes place processes of preparation of matter in its pre-material kind. It is not so pure an idea, not yet noumenon, but not yet material object - neither weight, nor size, neither speed, nor path, nor time in material understanding is yet present. unless only at the edge, where taxon enters the zone of material time and borders with the following taxon. Electronic taxon - here the electrons and other subatomic elements of the atom and atomic nucleus are formed. These units already bear all physical attributes of objects of the material world; however they are not yet chemical elements, and so not yet material substance. Nuclear taxon – here the chemical elements and molecules from them are formed. This is inert matter - substance of which the material world is made of. Here the bio-molecules and their units down to cellular structures and cell nucleus are born. These are already building

material with other property that goes to construction of biological objects of the universe. Biotaxon – region of the highest classes on the organizational level scale. Here the biological life from the lowest level up to plants, animals and man is born and evolve. And the biotaxon is crowned in full conformation with the law of negation by a certain super-biological being. Something that on one part is in the material biological world and on the other part it is a non-material object. And it is similar that for this sake of this point, for the sake of this boundary unit has been constructed all the complicated design of the material world. from other, right side the biotaxon is supported by two «bricks» – star taxon and galataxon. As a matter of fact, both these taxons are responsible for space bodies out of matter, which is born within the limits of three first taxons of the left side. Galataxon defines topology of the Metagalaxy and structure of the Galaxies forming it. Here in the centers of Galaxies appear maximons; proto-matter and sub-atomic elements are formed. In all such centers, as always, are 1010. The Creator loves this number. I also like it. Thus in the nuclei of 10 billion Galaxies proto-matter is synthesized first of all, then sub-atomic elements of matter and, at last, full-fledged atoms, basically hydrogen and helium, which then scatter in space and are cooled. Crystals, gas, dust are formed out of them - in general, all types of finely dispersed substance, which already is object of action of gravitational forces. Starry taxon – here the atomic galactic dust is condensed in congestions, compressed in nuclei of the future

Page 175: Technology of Creation Eng

175

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

39

Taxo

ns “

size-

time-

leve

l of o

rgan

izat

ion”

in o

rthog

onal

pro

ject

ion

Galacticnucleus

Звезд

а () Photon

Electron

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Human

Biosphere

Planetarysystem

Pla

ne

t

Gala-xy

�30

11

10

98

76

54

32

112

0

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

lcla

sse

s)

(12

?

?

Metagalaxy

Stellarnucleus

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cellnuclear

Atomnucleus

() Electroncells

Maximon

�20�1001020

(?) Subjectofspirituality

Lg

(me

ter) �35�25�15�551525 �30 �20 �10 0 10 20

Lg

(se

c)

�35 �25 �15 �5 5 15 22�40�43

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

l

To

pv

iew

�30

�20

�10

01

02

0

Lg

(se

c)

�35

�25

�15

�55

15

22

�40

�43

Lg

(me

tr)

Sid

ev

iew

Fro

nt

vie

w

Fro

nt

vie

w

To

pv

iew

Lg

(se

c)

Lg

(me

tr)

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

l

№6

№5

№4

№3

№2

№1

№1 №

2

№3

№4

№5

№6

№6

Ga

lata

xo

n

№5

Ste

lla

rta

xo

n

№1

Ph

oto

nic

-ma

xim

on

taxo

n

№2

Ele

ctr

on

icta

xo

n

№3

Ato

mic

taxo

n

№4

Bio

taxo

n

Page 176: Technology of Creation Eng

176

5.5. Boundaries of the material World

fig.

40

Mat

eria

l wor

ld in

taxo

nom

y

123456789

1011

12

3,5 c l a s s 0

Galaxon

Звездныйтаксон

1cla

ss

7,5

cla

ss

Biotaxon

7cla

ss

12

cla

ss

7cla

ss

2cla

ss

Atomictaxon

1cla

ss

3

cla

ss

Ele

ctro

nic

taxo

n2

cla

ss

0

cla

ss

photo

n-m

axi

monic

taxo

n

Log

time

scale

Lg(s

ec)

10�4

3sec

10�2

1,2

sec

10�6

sec 104

,8sec

101

3,2

sec

101

8,4

sec

102

2sec

10�3

5m1

0�25

m

10�1

5m

10�5

m

105

m101

5m

102

5mL

og

size

scale

Lg(m

)

Organizationlevelscale

(12) classes

Page 177: Technology of Creation Eng

177

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

41 M

ater

ial w

orld

taxo

n bo

unda

ry p

aram

eter

s

Taxo

ndesc

riptio

nU

nits

form

ing

taxo

nS

izes,

mLife

cycl

era

nge,se

cO

rganiz

atio

nal

leve

l cla

sses

from

to1

12)

Self-

rhyt

hm

sec

,T

hre

sho

ldo

fsi

zese

nsi

vity

m,

from

tofr

om

tofr

om

tofr

om

tofr

om

tofr

om

to

Photo

n-

maxi

monic

taxo

n

Ele

ctro

nic

taxo

n

Ato

mic

taxo

n

Bio

taxo

n

Ste

llar

taxo

n

Gala

ctio

n

Maxi

mon

Photo

nE

lect

ronic

nucl

eus

,(

)?,

()?

()?

,,

Ele

ctro

nic

nucl

eus

Ele

ctro

nA

tom

icnucl

eus

Ato

mic

nucl

eus

Ato

mM

ole

cule

Bio

mole

cule

Cell

nucl

eus

,,

,,

Cell

nucl

eus

pla

ntce

llanim

als

Bio

sphere

man

spirirtu

al s

ubje

ct

,,

,,

,(

)?

Sta

rnucl

eus,

Pla

net,

Sta

r,P

laneta

rysy

stem

,B

iosp

here

,G

ala

ctic

nucl

eus

Gala

ctic

nucl

eus

Gala

xyM

eta

gala

xy

,,

10

�35m

10

�25m

10

�3s

410

�21

,2s

02

10

�3s

51

0�31,2s

10

�5

5s

10

�3

3,2s

10

�4

7m

10

�3

7m

10

�2

5m

10

�1

5m

10

�2

1,2s

10

�6s

13

10

�31,2s

10

�16s

10

�3

3,2s

10

�18s

10

�3

7m

10

�2

7m

10

�1

5m

10

�5m

10

�6s

10

s�

��2

71

0�16s

10

�5

,2s

10

�18s

10

�7

,2s

10

�2

7m

10

�17m

10

�5m

10

5m

10

���s

10

13,2s

712

10

�5

,2s

10

3,2s

10

�7

,2s

10

1,2s

10

�17m

10

�7m

10

�7m

10

3m

106

4,s

10

1,2s

10

8,4s

10

3,2s

7,5

11

018,4s

10

s13,2

10

5m

110

5m

10

5m

110

5m

21

0s

18,4

10

22s

03,5

10

8,4s

10

11,6s

106

4,s

10

9,6s

10

3m

10

12m

Th

resh

old

of

time

sen

sitiv

ityse

c,

Page 178: Technology of Creation Eng

178

5.5. Boundaries of the material World

stars, heated up again up to very high temperatures, atoms drop the electronic shell under gravity, and start the thermonuclear reaction. Planets and their satellites are formed in parallel, star-planetary systems are built, like our Solar system. On an average each Galaxy consists of again the same 1010 stars and for each of the 10 billion stars there is set of planets, which accompanies it during a greater part of the life cycle. On those planets, where mass, speed of rotation and temperature balance of the surface are successfully combined, are formed the atmosphere, world ocean and biosphere. The presence of bio-sphere is the first step and potential opportunity for evolution of biological life. Biosphere and biological activity serve as the reason and catalyst of synthesis of complex chemical substances and their compounds. Thus, the starry taxon is connected with atomic taxon, and both of them from two sides prop up biotaxon, where somewhere on 11-th floor we are there with you, my soul. All is fine. It is a remarkable picture. A known logic is present in the arguments. who knows it is so or not so? To check it up is complex

now. But even if the hypothesis which has been rolled out before us is true, all the same it is incomplete, not self-sufficient. The universe is not settled by the offered scheme. The borders of the material world have been found, but beyond them there should still be something or someone. what purpose is served by the material world? who has created it? Or at least who has thought about it? what is a maximon with its genotype of matter? what is beyond the borders of material world? from where are energy and energy resource of the universe formed and where do they go? what is this subject of spirituality in 12-th class of the organizational level? The list of questions can be continued. Answers are not yet available, but one truth comes up in all the severe evidence. we have reached that side, where the area of existence of the material world, native and clear to us, comes to an end, and should find an entrance to such an area of the universe, which is absolutely unknown to us and consequently can be named for now only through opposition – non-material world.

Page 179: Technology of Creation Eng

179

6. NON-MATERIAL WORLD

Now I know both where the entrance is and how to enter the non-material world. But how much effort and time had been spent in order to understand it! And who I was then, in the beginning, and how much have I changed now? How long has it been? 25-30 years? It has been more! And all this time something had been taking place with the soul. Perhaps, long disinterested searches for truth - mandatory condition for access to understanding radiant truths of the world order? But why then is this book, my soul, what for you need my experience, if the entry ticket is a catharsis of everyone’s soul? However, there is also another side to the problem. Perhaps, only the purity of soul is not enough. The non-material world is a rather complex engineering structure. Anyhow, it is not simpler by any means than the material world. There are neither drop of mysticism, nor gram of magic, and there are its own laws, own rules, own design, and own technology. It is a whole science.But has this science be discovered by everyone for himself really anew like the self-educated child prodigy? The lord protects us from our stupidity and moral immaturity. The path to understanding world order is the path to omnipotence, to the Absolute, unconditional omnipotence, next to whom immortality and omniscience are no more than regular accessories from the category of technical means. The conclusion is simple. Development of man as a species is made of two

components - moral-ethical and scientific-educational. The lord keeps watch on that, that one component does not break away too much in development from the other. Any serious mismatch is a danger to survival of the species and contradicts the purposes of the system. People on an average (including the author) are much sillier, than could be by the objective potential capabilities of human brain. why? It is because the Creator does not allow us to be cleverer, until we learn to respect each other and our father, the Creator, so that we do not kill each other and ruin the whole universe. So, my soul, the problem of your moral-ethical maturity is totally your personal problem, and only the lord knows the measure for it. And regarding technology and design of the universe, they can be open for everyone, who is interested in knowing it. Therefore I shall tell you about all that has opened before me. And let your merits before the lord provide Him the basis to unblock your ability in understanding that, which has been discovered before you, and give you the strength and wisdom to discover something for those who will be after you. And nevertheless, my soul, in the beginning I shall lead you to places of my long search of entrance to the non-material world, because even the human embryo passes through all stages of the evolution of species. And it will be not harmful to you in understanding the results. It is a small retrospection – only a few pages.

Page 180: Technology of Creation Eng

180

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

If the material world is our native house, then the non-material world has been entirely and completely created by the lord for the lord. It is possible to enter there, only if you are let in. But it is there that all secrets of the material world, life and death lie, there truth is. And that is why we wish to get there.

«Show me, Oh lord, your paths,teach me your way.lead me to your truth,My God, my Savior,Every day I rely on you». [14. Psalm 24: 4-5].

And truly, try to find the entrance to non-material world! Nobody in the course of history of mankind has found it, and you try to find. It is not that simple. But in actuality such cases existed, and were not one. It was found out, but people did not apprehend it. Or there was no sanction to apprehend. The first thing that once came to my mind was to rely on the units of the material world. Their composition had been found out; obviously, they should somehow intersect with the non-material world; here you have to find, where this intersection is. It should be said, that the idea in itself appeared later to be correct, but I approached it in a rather primitive-mechanical manner. I argued thus. There are units of the material world, about each of them it is known, with what other units it adjoins and interacts. let me try

to present them in the form of children's cubes and add them on the floor by joining. Every research passes through the stage of children's games. The first magnifying glasses were on sale at fairs as a toy. A figure similar to letter Т (fig. 42) was obtained. The first association was Тeos, the first letter from His name. Beautiful, but the entrance to non-material world did not open. One more illustration to the formation of the material world was got. Biological life, reason and spirit given birth by it, originate from inert matter, but are opposed to it and located along the perpendicular. It is already known. And what is further there? The two-dimensional scheme «level of organization - size» has obviously not helped us. Perhaps, this scheme has some other measurements? Say for example, freedom and need. for different units there are absolutely their different measures. let us admit that man has such measure of freedom, that to a majority it is a burden. And to some it is not. And does the star or atom have freedom or not? It seems they have, but only a little and, most likely, not the same by quality, as man has. But it is there. That is why stars are not similar to each other that are why any atom has an isotope – variants of design. On the top of mechanical unrealized freedom is at the molecule. And if so, then the variety of molecules is practically infinite. And if it is thus, the variety of designs from

KEywORDS: reflectivity of the worlds, freedom and necessity, path, truth, life, noumenal world.

Page 181: Technology of Creation Eng

181

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 42 Connecting units of the material world, two dimensional installation

MATTER

SUBSTANCE SPACEM

axim

on

()

Photo

n

()

Ele

ctr

onic

Nucle

us

Ele

ctr

on

Ato

mnucle

us

Ato

m

Stellarnucleus Star

Galac-tic

nucleus

Meta

-gala

xy

Mole

cule P

lanet

Bio

-m

ole

cule

Cell

nucle

us

Cell

Flo

raF

auna

Man

Subject ofspirituality

Bio

sphere

Org

aniz

ation

level

Size

BIOLOGICAL

LIFE

INTELLECT

SPIRIT

ABOVE

BIOLOGICAL

LIFE

Gala

xy

Planetarysystem

Page 182: Technology of Creation Eng

182

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

molecules potentially is even more. And so on along the ladder of the universe’s units. Obviously, each unit exists in some part in the necessity zone, and some in the freedom zone. In short, to the flat image (fig. 42) I would attach a third axis «freedom – necessity». A terrible thing has turned out, similar to tail of an air plane (fig. 43).There, where necessity is brought to naught, freedom begins. If the sum of these values is taken as one, then different units will have different displacement from the zero mark. The Maximon and Metagalaxy completely are in the necessity zone. All other units of the material world, except the subject of spirituality, belong in part to freedom, and in part to necessity. The subject of spirituality completely lies in the freedom zone, adjoining only by one of its side to the reference mark necessity plane. In general it is an absolutely nonempty picture. There is something to reflect upon, but it is the key to some other door, not that, which we are in search now. However it is high time now to discuss a little about the category «freedom». Somehow the freedom phenomenon, it seems, is penetrating the whole universe. In the material world - in man - it plays a huge role, but, maybe, even more is its role in the non-material world. Spirit, freedom, moral choice, and purpose of man - relation of these concepts has been for long obvious to the bright human minds. «God comes to us without violence. God always speaks in a whisper. He always calls us. If you hear a loud voice, persevering, anguished it is not God’s voice, it is human voice, even, if it speaks about something sacred, if it forces us (I mean the voice in the

internal, spiritual sense of the word). Since we are each an eternal jewelry to the Creator. This pearl is the spirit, image and similarity of the Divine.And spirit without freedom is nothing. And that is why, guarding the freedom of each soul, the lord comes to the world in such a way, that man had the right, as well as the freedom to turn his back towards Him or with open heart» A. Men [74, page 25].

The measure of freedom, given to man, is phenomenally great. Only God has more of it. And freedom by nature is such a thing, which, once given, is not that simple to take it away.

«God cannot force anybody, As he made man, By placing a part of his spirit, And with it the free-will of freedom»I. Guberman [35, page 123].

freedom has another side – responsibility for actions and decisions. All the biblical history of mankind begins from the moment of entrusting man the responsibility of choice between good and bad. «The specificity of freedom is only in that man can make a choice between decisions – correct or erroneous, and in the latter case destruction awaits him. It means that freedom of choice is completely not the right to irresponsibility. On the contrary, it is a heavy moral burden for, being in society, man answers not only for himself and the posterity which has not been born yet, but also for his group, friends, fellow tribesmen, for the ancestor’s heritage, for well-being of descendants and, last, for ideas forming his culture and even ideals, for whose sake it is worth living and not a pity to die» l.N. Gumilev [36, page 632].

If there is the theme of moral choice, then, obviously, there appears the theme

Page 183: Technology of Creation Eng

183

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 34 Connecting units of the material world, three dimensional installations

0

Subje

ctof sp

iritu

ality

Fre

edom

Nec

essity

Bio

sphere

Pla

net

Fre

edom

Nec

essity

Org

an

iza

tio

nle

ve

l

0

Size

Planetary system

Max

imon

(

)

Pho

ton

(

)

Ele

ctro

nic

nucleu

s

Ele

ctro

n

Ato

mic

nucleu

s

Ato

m

Ste

llarnu

cleu

s

Sta

r

Gal

actic

nucleu

s

Galax

y

Met

agal

axy

Molecule

Biomolecule

Cell nucleus

Cell

Flora

Fauna

Man

Organizationlevel

Page 184: Technology of Creation Eng

184

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

of reward and punishment depending on correctness of the choice. Either in this or in that life, but it will be necessary to report and receive requital.

«when the hand turned to sunset,feelings suddenly start to visit, That spirit is rented to us,And it is better to return them without spots».I. Guberman [34, page 108].

Or here, even more precise:

«years will fly as a fast fallow deer, will cover flesh with layer of loam, And God-father with a mighty hand To my soul on… е will give»I. Guberman [35, page 165].

Here I apologize to the reader for citing a poem, as though lexicon is inappropriate for our conversation. But the absence of division between low and high is one of the most interesting paradoxes of the universe, and the poet I. Guberman is given the exclusive gift of its understanding. All the same what is this – non-material world? where is it - is it impossible to ask? Since the concept of space is an attribute of matter. And is it possible to ask, what is it made of? Or what is its design? Or how it works? Also is impossible? Perhaps, it is not there? In fact, neither to touch, nor to see it is impossible. But what of it, even in the material world of things, which man can never see and touch, even by virtue of it being small or, on the contrary, formidable. But here one joint between that and this world has been highlighted as a result of our last discussions. we have established, that maximon carries in it all genetic program of the material world and that this program is not created in

the material world, and comes from the outside. whence? who creates it and how? what for? where and when? How long has this been lasting? How long it will be so? who had decided? who had thought it up? who had created? Based on the array of questions, truth is somewhere near. So it is here we shall dig! If the material world had been created according to a certain plan, it means, it is the Embodiment to which idea preceded. It means the material world is the material interpretation of a certain non-material idea – noumenon of the world. It is not a drawing and not a description. It is a model or, more likely, the original of non-material property, meant for material incorporation in the world of matter. The material world is preceded by its idea – the noumenal world. It antedates in two senses, initially, when the idea already existed, but the embodiment had not begun yet, and constantly, when any event in the material world is preceded by an event prototype in the noumenal world. But if idea is the noumenal prototype of material world, then there is someone, who had conceived and created it. who? The answer in general had been known since ancient times: Demiurge, the Creator is a certain step in the hierarchy of Divine forces, responsible for construction of the universe. At the same time, I think, not only for the project, but also for realization and for support, including in the plan of the material world. well certainly, there is the highest step in the hierarchy of Divine forces, from where the initial impulse originates and gives birth to Demiurge. The vast citation from Plotin supports us in the similar assumption:

Page 185: Technology of Creation Eng

185

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

«It is possible to consider as proven, that from Initial there should form the other life, since he is the almighty force, an inexhaustible almighty. The proof of it can be that even things lying at the lowest stage of life, nevertheless possess productive forces. we shall also note that origin process of things does not go on an ascending, but on a descending line, so the further it goes, the more the plurality, whereas the (any) beginning at each step always possesses a greater simplicity, than that which originates from it. Therefore creator of the sensual world cannot be the sensual world itself, but only mind and the noumenal world; similarly the originator of the mind and noumenal world cannot be neither the mind, nor the noumenal world, and the beginning is even more simple, than that and the other. A lot happens not from a lot, but from that, which is not a lot, and this is because, if that life, from which mind originates, was in itself a lot, then it would not have been the first beginning, and it would have taken us to go still above to the beginning of the really unique, which would exclude from itself any plurality and would be to the utmost simple, that is absolutely simple. But how can the plural, universal mind arise from this absolutely simple beginning, which itself, is obviously, not a mind? If one is to admit that the mind lives such life in blessing, and besides always similar, viz. continuous and unchangeable, then it means, it does not search for anything outside itself as to itself prevails, – prevails because it not only contains all real in itself, but also is one with it. That is why life is the most blissful, complete, perfect, clear as in it all is the soul, all is the idea and nothing that is deprived of soul and thought» Plotin [82, pages 57, 58].

But, if everything is so, it is logical to put forward some more assumptions. A mirror-like similar non-material world should be added to the material world. In total these two worlds will completely represent the universe. we shall name the extreme points of these worlds as their «alpha» and «omega», and they

correspond to the subjects of spirituality: God - in the non-material world, subject of spirituality – in the material world. «I am the Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last» (Open 22: 13).

It turns out thus: the lord comes, creates the world and its crown - man. He creates by being dissolved in them. And man, collecting the best in him and joining together the best from all people, gives rise to the updated God.Something similar can be read in E.P. Blavatskaya's works:

«Remember the doctrine: Human soul, the lowest Manas, is an unique and direct intermediary between the individual and Divine Ego. That, which goes on to formation of the individual on this Earth, called by the majority wrongly as individuality, is the sum of all its mental, physical and spiritual characteristic features, which, being embodied on the Human Soul, create man as a result. Now, from all these characteristic features, the clean thoughts are the only one that can be embodied on the highest, immortal Ego. It is made by the Human Soul that again plunges into its essence, into the source-father, mixing up with the Divine Ego during its life and reuniting with it entirely after death of the physical person … Only that, which is worth of the immortal God inside us and identical by its nature with divine quintessence, can survive, for in this case it is its own, i.e. Divine Ego, «shadow» or emanation, which rise to him and are absorbed by him again into itself to once again become a part of his own Essence … Thus, from that individual, who was, only his spiritual experiences, memory of everything that is good and noble, together with consciousness of «I», merged with consciousness of all of other personal «I», preceding it, - survive and become immortal. There is no individual or separate immortality

Page 186: Technology of Creation Eng

186

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

for terrestrial peoples outside of that Ego, which animates them. This Highest Ego is the unique carrier of all alter egos on the Earth». [19, pages 486, 487].

Pierre Teillhard de Chardin too arrives at the idea of future synthesis of the best human individual consciousnesses into a unified consciousness and formation of a qualitatively new consciousness from this of a renewed spiritual being at the point «omega» that will correspond to completion of the evolutionary cycle: «Apocalypse is the revolution of equilibrium, separation of the consciousness, which eventually reached perfection, from its material matrix, henceforth in all its force have the opportunity to be based in the God-omega» [126, page 295].

Thus appears the through classification of plans of the universe, where reign: Demiurge - Idea -Embodiment - Subject of spirituality. Each plan needs to be named, in accordance with its function, and the basic technological difference. It is time to draw the scheme (fig. 44). In the Gospel from John it is told about the case, when Jesus explains the direction to the dull apostles: «I am your path, truth and life» (In 14, 6). He is the Messiah, the Divine messenger, preached the Kingdom of God. In our terminology it is the non-material world. Probably, the words path, truth, life are keys to understanding the structure of the non-material world. They go well as names for plans of the universe.God is the path, defines whether the world is to be or to not be, and also its life vector. Demiurge is the truth, the generator of laws and rules of the universe, the builder and the judge. Idea – life, noumenal world – model,

the cliché, a matrix for duplicating inert matter in 1010 Galaxies and biological life in biospheres of 1020 planets of the Divine world. Plotin considered noumens as manifestation of the highest reality:

«…it should be agreed that knowledge and truth should be inherent in mind, and to noumens - reality, and that knowledge of the essence of each thing is accessible to mind, and not just knowledge of qualities by which only the image or trace of the item are given to us, instead of the item as it is in itself and in which our subject does not merge with the object, does not constitute one with it… Thus, the mind, noumenal essence, truth - all these, in our belief, constitute one and the same being, which is more obviously, a certain great divinity, and more precisely, not other than a certain divinity, and all the set of those divine essence, in which it vouchsafes open its life. But although this essence (mind) is, undoubtedly, the divinity, it is only the second divinity, which opens to us before we are honored to contemplate the first God, who is still above…» [82, pages 71-73].

Anything of the material world includes something that cannot be accommodated in the world of matter:

«…essence of life is not reduced to all significant that we know about» G. Pomerants [83, page 25].

Any material item and man including, at all the seeming variety in its basis originates from a certain ideal matrix - noumen: «The corporal man originates from an ideal man, who, being the only man, produces set of human individuals, and all of them equally are the essence of people just because something identical imposes one and the same imprint. And it means that man-in-him, as

Page 187: Technology of Creation Eng

187

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

44

The

uni

vers

e - s

un o

f the

mat

eria

l and

non

-mat

eria

l wor

lds

12

34

57

89

10

11

12

61

23

45

67

89

10

11

12

UN

IV

ER

SE

No

n-m

ate

ria

lw

orl

dM

ate

ria

lw

orl

d

0

Sp

irit

ua

lb

ein

gII

De

miu

rge

Ide

a

Em

bo

dim

en

t

Min

era

lw

orl

d

Bio

log

ica

lw

orl

d

Pla

nt

wo

rld

An

ima

lw

orl

d

Ma

n

Pla

no

fu

niv

ers

eo

nth

eo

rga

niz

atio

nle

ve

la

xis

“”

Wo

rkin

gfr

eq

ue

ncy

Pla

nP

AT

H1

“”

Pla

nT

RU

TH

2“

Pla

nL

IFE

3“

Pla

n4

“”

WO

RL

D

Div

isio

nin

tosyste

mfo

rmin

g

un

its

an

dta

xo

ns

take

s

pla

ce

insid

ep

lan

10

73H

z

10

63H

z

10

53H

z

10

43H

z

Sp

irit

ua

lb

rin

gI

� �

Page 188: Technology of Creation Eng

188

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

every noumen and all of their integrity, is not located in the multitude (separate things), but, on the contrary, (this visible) the multitude is contained in that super-sensual world or, more truly, as though is settled around it» Plotin [82, page 176].

And in the end, the world, the material world in all its structural levels – from the space bodies consisting of plasma and minerals, up to man and above human essence. At the same time the subject of spirituality belongs both to the plan «world», as well as the plan «path». The peculiarity of the world of matter is in its remoteness from the Creator, in its almost full self-sufficiency. It has been only created and received the rules of the game, the games of life. Thereafter it develops and lives as it wants. But there is a requirement: the face of the world should be turned to the Creator. Then it is good to the world. But we shall return to the layout on fig. 44. Plans in horizontal partitioning are laid well on the completed axis of the organizational level, and on the vertical are built in logical hierarchy of joint subordination or even management. we get something in the form of a ring: from God from the plan «path» down matter to man, then the subject of spirituality and rise again to the plan «path». In total, the hierarchy has four floors. Here again Swedenborg insists that man is the crown of creation, created for communication, for transition from matter to God:

«That people are in essence such subjects and that they are in essence Divine perception, as though from itself, it has already repeatedly been proved. Through this connection the lord is inherent in any creation; for all that is

created has its purpose in man; why the service of all that is created ascends on degrees from the last up to man and through man - to the God-Creator» [95, page 483-484].

for certain there is some considerable sense in accumulation of the feat of human soul, in overcoming the internal evil, poured in man. No, neither the private and not individual nature has such victories. But human morals in some sense are a phenomenon of the level of universe. for some reason it is quite necessary to the system. «… streams of souls, ascending upwards … create an immortal treasury of human souls» A. Men [73, page 80].

The religious thought has long known truth. Prophets, Christ, Apostles appealed for rescue of the world through rescue of the soul of each man. S.l. frank briefly formulates this idea thus:

«So the rescue of soul and responsibility for rescue of the world form a continuous united double unity in religious task, facing each human individual» [120, page 140].

If we consider, that the basic operating frequency for the bottom plan «world» is the frequency of maximon – 1043 Hz, – and recollect the standard discrete increments for world order as 1010, then the working frequencies of three higher levels are equal to 1053, 1063 and 1073 Hz. why not? you have the protest feeling growing in you? you do not agree? look, how this paragraph is named. There is search, sifting of ore. A static outline is obtained, where the hierarchy and subordination of elements are visible, but, certainly, there is no information on the

Page 189: Technology of Creation Eng

189

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

activity process. I am eager to understand how it all works there. Here we shall try to draw it (fig. 45). According to our human perceptions, God is eternal, immortal and absolute, and life, by definition, is transient. It can be, and may not be. Hence, the concepts above life and non-existence are equal to God. He is something, capable of give birth to everything. He is the complete indelible, zero-measurement. He is freedom, which has been not limited by his own first action. He internally is not differentiated, similar to Himself, the Carrier and Source of unified resource or universal potential for creation of everything that He shall want to create. He decides, to be or not to be to the universe and He defines the Path to it. frequency of information signals on the plan «Path» is not less than 1073 Hz. The mechanism forming Truth – laws of construction and functioning of noumenal and the material worlds is started through life. The plan «Truth» is controlled by Demiurge - second stage of the spiritual hierarchy with frequency 1063 Hz. The truth emanates Blessing – a certain code of instructions on how and what to do correctly. The blessing forms the basis of construction of noumenal world, drawing the outline of life in the material world. The main feature of the plan «life» is that subjects and objects of creation of the noumenal world are not separate. In general, at this level the division is rather conditional from our human point of view. Spiritual agents of the plan «life» (in theological lexicon they are referred simpler - Archangels) freely pass from the role of subject to the role of object, lining up and perfecting the design of noumenal world, whose working frequency is 1053 Hz. It can be said about Angels that

independent of whatever stages of the world order they are related, these are spiritual subjects, laden with a certain function and some degree of freedom for its best execution. The witness and eyewitness of the non-material world E. Swedenborg says: «Angels, no less than man, have will and reason. Their reason gets life from the heavenly light, since the heavenly light is Divine truth and consequently Divine wisdom; their will gets life from heavenly warmth, because heavenly warmth is the Divine blessing and hence Divine love» [95, page 81].

Obviously, Swedenborg for a while in some sense himself became an Angel, otherwise he could not have seen anything.

«…Man cannot see through his eyes items located in the spiritual world … In turn the angels and spirits cannot see anything in the natural world» E. Swedenborg [95, page 382].

The guardian angel of man is given to everyone and is capable of helping to cross life, if man himself aspires to go along the paths of the lord, but the angels cannot do anything against the silliness and evil of the convinced atheist: «… Angels of all kinds of societies are sent to people so that they protect and divert from bad feelings and thoughts and inspire them in the process of free acceptance of kind feelings; through these infusions and setting aside bad intentions, whenever possible, angels manage in some way affairs and actions of people. Being inside man, angels, so to say, live in his feelings: more close to him, how much he lives in blessing on truth, and away from him, if he his life away from blessing. But all these duties of angels are executed by the lord through angels, for angels execute them not for themselves, but

Page 190: Technology of Creation Eng

190

6.1. How I searched for the non-material World in the wrong place and in the wrong way

fig. 45 Interaction of the universe plans

Plan function

Source of being

Being

CR

EA

TI

ON

1

2

3

4

Inte

gra

tio

nv

ec

tor

Inte

gra

t io

nv

ec

tor

Being

Welfare

“ ”Life

Мх

“ ”World

“”

Subject ofspirituality

Masters

GodHz/10 /73

Demiurge/10 /63 Hz

Spiritualagents

of noumenalworld

Hz/10 /53

Spiritualbeing

of the materialworld

Hz/10 /43

“ ”Path

“ ”Truth

Sub

ject

Objec

t

Noumenal

world

Inertmatter

Livingmatter

Spiritleading

forces of thematerial

world

Idea

Embo-diment

PlanNo.

Material

world

Page 191: Technology of Creation Eng

191

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

at the behest of the lord» E. Swedenborg [95, page 237].

All the three plans – «Path», «Truth» and «life» are the worlds, consisting entirely of thought, and from nothing more. Only streams of information, their processing and creation of designs for their processing and transfer of information. How all these are arranged without physical medium? I do not know. Perhaps, in the non-material world there is something that carries out similar function? for certain it is. And it carries out perfectly. Such frequencies are not reachable on material medium. The noumenal image is packed in maximon and with its help crosses the border of material world. first the lifeless matter is created, from it the space bodies are created, then on parts of planets arise geo-placental spheres and life arises. fundamental spiritual forces of the material world (in church terminology – angels) look after the whole process. They, as though, do not interfere, but, operating through the casual mechanism, supervise the event. As a result in due course the business reaches the appearance of man and then the following above biological

unit of the universe – the subject of spirituality, who steps over the border of the material world and goes towards one of the plans of the non-material world, and may be, directly to the top, to the plan «path». May be to the initial «path» or, maybe, to something new? The completion of a full cycle entails some change in quality. Omega is some way differs from alpha? In what and why is this difference, if it is? The outline is not so good, only assumptions. The engineering concreteness is absent. It is more an illustration to the theological treatise. It is a weak outline. Blind, random searches have very low probability of success. It should have been understood a long while ago. The scheme is not worthy of a decent designer.we searched not there and not so, though not without advantage. In fact, my soul, we are engineers. So let us approach the problem as an engineer. what we have seen in the material world is an open complex system, having common points with an unknown super system, without which it cannot work. It is here that we should search. And hereafter build all the argument only in terms and concepts of a systems analyst.

Page 192: Technology of Creation Eng

192

6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system

My soul! Are you not bored? Then let’s go further. let’s now get into such wilderness, where nobody has ever been. There will be no citation. Everyone knows that systems can be in hierarchical joint subordination. One is subordinated to the other, at the bottom is the last, on the top is the most important, but in all cases there is someone, who had conceived and created the main system, and there is an even more important manager, who ordered to create the main system and gave money or some other resources for it. The Universe is such a system, where everything goes into, including the Creator, and the manager, and resources. Moreover, all this is made of one incorporeal material. It is the question about an essentially new or, probably, type of self-closed systems unknown to me, and which is made of actually the system and its periphery. By periphery it is understood all subjects and all mechanisms, thanks to which the system appears, functions, leads to the set purpose and ceases its existence. Or one more definition: periphery covers all the causes and effects of system activity, and there is nothing related to the system outside its periphery. My soul, once again I shall say that a similar statement of the problem was unknown to me, therefore allow me to say,

how I imagine it, this same periphery. we look at the diagram in fig. 46. In the center is actually the system, consisting of two interacting parts: the noumenal world and the material world. Around it is the periphery, providing the purpose, technology and control. Although in the center a concrete complex system is specified, the periphery is given in the most general way regardless to the subject of system. On the left is the beginning of all beginnings – the system customer, a certain subject of intelligence and source of all resources, without exception, in which the motive and plan are immanently inherent for attaining a certain purpose, using system as the means. The customer has a certain universal mono-resource and, releasing it, starts the mechanism of creation of periphery and system. The Creator of the system is formed first. He devises how to arrange the periphery and how to arrange the system itself. At first He builds the hierarchy of purposes, functions and tasks, defines the structure of periphery and the system. And at last, chooses ways of functioning, combination of strategy and tactics of administrative decisions that provide optimum promotion in achievement of the criterion function. Besides the Creator remains the direct conductor of a universal resource which,

KEywORDS: totally self-closed system (TSS), customer, Creator, universal resource, periphery of TSS, vector of influence, initial plane of the vector of influence.

Page 193: Technology of Creation Eng

193

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

46

Stru

ctur

e of

a to

tally

self-

cont

aine

d sy

stem

Perip

hery

ofa

tota

llyse

lf-co

ntai

ned

syst

em

Initi

alun

iver

sal

reso

urce

Uni

vers

alre

sour

cefe

atur

e�

DIS

TUR

BAN

CES

Sour

ceof

dist

urba

nce

�th

esy

stem

and

perip

hery

itsel

ves

Syst

emcu

stom

erSy

stem

crea

tor

Res

ult c

orre

spon

ding

toth

ein

itial

mot

ivat

ion

ofth

esy

stem

Cus

tom

er

Cor

rect

ion

ofta

ctic

sC

orre

ctio

nof

stra

tegy

Man

agem

ent t

actic

s

Purp

oses

, fun

ctio

ns

Man

agem

ents

trate

gySy

stem

law

s

Блок

мони

тори

нга

Man

agem

ent

appa

ratu

s

:“

Syst

emN

oum

enal

Wor

ldM

ater

ial W

orld

Ope

ratio

nco

mm

ands

Mon

itorin

gbl

ock

Page 194: Technology of Creation Eng

194

6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system

flowing through him, is cast in forms of elements of periphery and units of the two worlds. The basic elements of periphery are system laws, management apparatus and monitoring block. The system laws are description of its structure and regular operating procedure. There it is said, what should turn out as a result of system work and how it should manage by itself in order to get the set result. The monitoring block monitors the real system condition, which always differs from that stipulated by the system laws. The reason is that the system, ratio of its parts, interaction of information streams gives a number of by-effects unwanted for basic purposes of the system. These disturbances lead to system deviation from the regular operating mode. The monitoring block constantly measures the current condition and compares it with the regular condition. A divergence is found out as a result. It is analyzed and evaluated. In case, if the divergence is significant, information on it is transferred to the management apparatus, where commands are formed and sent to the system, which in turn corrects the system state of affairs and rectifies its work to the required part. If any deviation repeats regularly, then something is not so in the tactics or strategy of management. And then the management apparatus sends commands to correct something in the technology of management. The system is so arranged, that within certain boundaries it can support itself, save and lead in the set direction. However freedom incorporated in the system and the inevitable disturbances can get it into such mode, from where it cannot come

out on its own. Especially in case of such situations, external management is needed. The system works, consuming the customer’s universal resource and as a result issues something, for the sake of which it had been created. This something answers the basic customer motive and goes directly to him, gradually replacing the universal resource, which is constantly spent. It is logical to assume, that something, being born from the system, is basically the same resource, but with some different quality Change in quality of resource takes place thanks to system qualities through which it had passed. Thus it is possible to judge about the customer’s primary motive. for a totally self-closed system, the need for periodic renewal of the universal resource with the help of circulating it through self-created systems serves as the basic motive. In dynamics it is approximately like this. The customer possesses a sufficient universal resource and decides on system, that it is time for it to be! The Creator is then generated, who devises, how to build the system and as how to operate it. The Creator’s idea, supported by the customer’s universal resource, becomes embodiment. The system starts to work and issues the customer universal resource-features, i.e. a resource with some increment of quality. The resource-feature gradually takes the place of the initial resource until it completely will not replace it. Then, it is possible that after some break, the cycle repeats. And still, at the same time, the class of totally self-closed systems includes only one system, only one copy – the system of universe. why? It is by definition. you remember, it was said, that similar systems

Page 195: Technology of Creation Eng

195

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

comprise in them all that is necessary, and outside the system there is nothing, that could influence them. But in the world there is the law of interdependence. Each thing influences the other and experience counter influence of things of the world. from here the conclusion: a totally self-closed system cannot exist in two and more copies, and there is nothing, which it would not cover. Accordingly, it alone, the unique covers all in the world, and the only freedom, allowed to it, is the freedom to be or not to be. My soul, it seems, that the engineering-system approach justifies in solving the riddle of universe. The outer darkness has slightly thinned and it is possible to view something. At first, at the center of the outline (fig. 46) are the material and noumenal worlds, each representing the mirror reflection of the other. Thus two points - maximon and Metagalaxy - are located in the “mirror” plane (fig. 47), something like a playing card. The game of Gods is a sacred lila. The idea and embodiment are the two sides of a uniform complex system - the central part of a totally self-closed system. Each unit, each point of the graph of universe experiences simultaneous influence in several directions, or, more precisely, planes. I do not know how to better name these influences. It is something defining the existence and functioning of the system units. There are no forces present. Perhaps, it is information? So there is all the information. It is possible to say about these influences, that they influence units of both the worlds and that they are directed specifically in relation to the object. Here and perfectly! we shall name them as vectors of influence.

The vector of influence «being» defines: to be or not to be of the object? give life or take it away? when to be born and when to die? what tendency prevails now? The vector of influence «universal resource» feeds each creation of the Divine world, fills it with vital force, leads to blossoming, maturity and fades, when the predetermined term of life comes to an end. Equally covers all things of that and this world, and also the Creator of the system and system periphery. Vector of influence «scale of sizes» sets the scale harmony of objects of the universe, dividing them into 60 tenfold orders and on 12 stages - ranges. Strangely enough the scale is related to objects of the noumenal world. The vector of influence «level of organization» defines the 12-stage taxonomy of noumenal and material worlds, establishing their hierarchy and structure. The scale and organizational vectors in aggregate give the functional coordinates for each thing of the universe. The vector of influence «management» directly influences objects of the universe, if their activity comes in contradiction with the system purposes. The vector of influence "management" breaks up into three basic parts - standard, reflection and actually management commands. The standard is the law, description of the regular, calculated condition that, what it should be. Reflection is the operative information on real condition, which always differs from the calculated in some way. Tracking the mismatch is referred to as monitoring. And at last, the management commands are the influence on system with the purpose of bringing it to the regular condition.

Page 196: Technology of Creation Eng

196

6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system

fig. 47 Idea and embodiment - two sides of the one complex system (universe plane)

11

10

98

75

43

21

12

6

11

10

98

75

43

21

12

06

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 126

12

34

56

78

910

11

12

01

23

45

67

89

10

11

12

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 110 126

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 110 126

S c a l e c l a s s e s

S c a l e

Ge

ne

ra

ld

ir

ec

tio

no

fp

as

sin

gth

eu

niv

er

sa

lr

es

ou

rc

e

Idea

Enbodiment

Customer ?

Noumenalunits

Universalunits

Materialunits

Result ?

Co

mp

le

xi

ty

cl

as

se

s

Page 197: Technology of Creation Eng

197

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

If you, my soul, are a «system analyst», forgive me for truisms. But I, in fact, cannot know, who you are by profession; may be, you grind lenses as Benedict Spinoza, and think about high values. May be, you photograph half-naked maidens for the covers of glossy magazines. It is also a good occupation. My business is just in case explain plainly everything, so that it is clear to anybody. And one more vector of influence is time. It is a specific vector; it exists only as a derivative of the second order, through influence on other vectors of influence. Obviously, in the non-material world too there is time, which may be a little bit different, than in the material world, but queue, sequence exists there also, «earlier» and «later», «more quickly» and «more slowly»… The life and death of being alternate in time. The stream of resources varies its capacity too in time. The scale of linear sizes depends on the run effect of Galaxies, expansion of the universe also, certainly, in time. Management consists of set of cyclically repeating procedures, system stabilizing parameters in time. Even the level of organization of objects of the universe is subject to influence of the evolutionary wave passing above it, also a function of time. In general, it is clear, that each thing of the universe is propped up from different sides by a whole bouquet of vectors of influence. But how is it to be imagined? Is there any order? whether it is possible to represent all this more precisely, than on the outline in fig. 46? I will not trouble you with stories about my long searches. yes! Certainly it is, yes. And now, and further there will be rather simple and clear schemes - illustrations to explanation

of world order. It is because the lord thinks in clear terms. If the universe plane (fig. 47) is considered as the diagonal plane of a cube, to be exact of two cubes placed diagonally, then all vectors of influence will find a place (fig. 48). Two cubes, located diagonally with its sides, position the directions of vectors of influence, thereby giving a schematic space idea about the periphery design of a totally self-closed system of the universe. why the vectors of influence are located in space so, and not differently? you try somehow differently - nothing will turn out. The arrangement corresponds to their internal logic. The design base is the universe plane, consisting of the noumenal and material worlds. Through these worlds passes the unidirectional vector «universal resource» along the trajectory from the noumenal to the material world - such is the sequence of events: first the project, then its embodiment. In the same direction is located the evolution vector of units of the universe. The bidirectional vector of influence «level of organization» starts from the zero line of organization scale, connecting both the noumenal and material worlds, and its rays are directed towards the opposite extreme points of the universe plane. The unidirectional vector of influence «scale of size» also is located in the universe plane, but is perpendicular to resource and organization vectors. The boundaries of its influence correspond to values from maximon to the Metagalaxy. Thus, three vectors of influence interact in the universe plane – resource, organizational and scale. Their interaction is subordinated to the time vector of influence that finds its reflection in the sequence and direction of evolutionary

Page 198: Technology of Creation Eng

198

6.2. The universe – a totally self-closed system

fig. 48 universe plane and vectors of influence

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

Vector of influence

“Universal resource”

Vector of influence

Being non being“ ”�

B e i n g

N o n b e i n g

Ma

na

ge

me

nt

Ma

na

ge

me

nt

Unive

rsepla

ne

12

Vecto

rofin

fluence

“Org

aniza

tion

leve

l”

Noumenal world

Material world

UN

IV

ER

SE

PL

AN

E

Vector of influence

Being non being“ ”�

Vector of influence

Scaleof

size“ ”

Vectorof influence

Management

Evo

lutio

n

vecto

r

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Page 199: Technology of Creation Eng

199

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

process. As a whole they create units of the two worlds and fill with them the universe plane. The bidirectional vector of influence «life-nonexistence» is located on the vertical. from above, near the place where the source of a universal resource is located, come being, life, existence. from below, the opposite value of this vector comes towards – nonexistence, death, termination of existence. At each point of the universe plane there is life and death; their sum is always constant and equal to unit. But during each moment of time the proportion of life and death varies. During the moment of birth it is almost only life, and during the moment of death is almost only death. The vector of being is necessary to switch on and off the units of the universe. Perpendicular to the vector «being-nonbeing» is located the vector «management» is located. Its task is to hold vital functions of units in the regular boundaries. Management is a vector of complex composition, consisting, at least, of three sub-vectors – standard (law), signal of actual condition (monitoring) and actually the management signal. Their orientation may coincide or be directed against, depending on the degree of a mismatch of regular and real condition. My soul, pay attention, something similar to the sketch of a design has been got. Two cubes: one – noumenal world, and the other – material world. These worlds are located on a single diagonal plane, and around them the planes of vectors of influence, through which, and may be from, something comes to units of the universe that gives life to all the system. To our perception only the material half of the universe plane is accessible. The rest, invisible part of design is information. Can such a thing be possible? why not? Ask any programmer (if you are not a programmer), what takes place in a

computer in order that a simple and clear image appears on the display screen. There are designs from matter and designs from information. Both of these and others are created by someone. The Creator, in essence, is one – Demiurge, and his small copy – man – also a product of Demiurge. Information designs are not bound by restrictions, which are inevitable for matter; therefore they can be much more complex and varying, than any material design. Complexity of information designs practically has no limitations, if the question on nature of element base, on information carrier is dropped. This problem in the universe order has been solved somehow, and we shall proceed from this. we shall return to it later. The real restriction of the sizes and functional opportunities of information systems can only be their purpose. However complex the purpose, an information system can be always created based on it, capable of realizing it. So it is, but we do not know anything about the purpose. why the world was created? Do you know? I do not know, but would wish to know. In the non-material world, there are answers to the questions whence we came and where we shall leave. There, I think, no questions are present: any soul is integrated in the information field, which is the continuous answer. But our soul needs an answer already in this life, as necessary for the polar explorer to reach the pole, as for the climber to ascend to Jomolungma, as for the geologist to drill the earth’s mantle. well, what is strange here, God, we are your children. But, probably, there is only one way for the mortal person to experience during lifetime the idea of creation: it is necessary to recreate the scheme of world order with such degree of constructive accuracy that the scheme itself prompted, what the final point and purpose of the universe system is.

Page 200: Technology of Creation Eng

200

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

KEy wORDS existence plane, non-existence plane, material world control plane, noumenal world control plane, alpha point, omega point, monitoring plane, periphery of the noumenal world, periphery of the material world, key section, diagonal 7/12.

One more ascent to the top, where the understanding of world order opens up. One steep, but last ascent. The layout of the material world as well as its mirror duplicate-ancestor the noumenal world has already started spreading under us. But above and around us is the most complex design of the system periphery. Here it is all that gives rise and forces the universe system to function. If the periphery is indeed arranged as shown in the key diagram (figure 49), then a more detailed drawing should be got. let us take the bottom cube – material world – and let’s try to depict it in detail (figure 50). The diagonal plane is occupied by the diagram of material world aggregates. On the top is the existence monitoring plane. Information on the current situation of existence of the material world aggregates comes here. At the back is the control monitoring plane, where information on the real functioning of material world aggregates is reflected. Both the monitoring planes do not have thicknesses as if. It means that they are required only for reception and further transfer of information and are not intended for any analysis and processing of information. Question: what information? well, it is obvious, information from material world aggregates. It is so, but three aggregates of the diagram do not completely belong to the material world. Maximon, Metagalaxy and subject of spirituality are

not mere material aggregates. Maximon and Metagalaxy are in equal capacity aggregates of the noumenal and material worlds, but the subject of spirituality along with its material nature can exist outside matter, by the way outside the noumenal world. Somewhere in an altogether different and unknown world. An interesting design feature follows from this. The twelfth class of the organizational level axis is not an object of monitoring. Moreover, it is not an object of control as well as an object of influence vector «Existence – non-existence». That, which is in the 12th class of material world, is only genetically connected with matter. By definition this class has half-volume. The second half is absent. At the threshold between the 11th and 12th classes the aggregate begins to lose its material features, and acquires some other properties. To the moment of reaching the boundary of the 12th half-class the aggregate acquires 100% properties of beyond-material object. The material world control plane and the non-existence plane limit our cube on the front and bottom side. Their function in the design of periphery is considerably complex. They include analysis elements comparing the reference with the actual condition and output of commands. These planes occupy a thickness in the cube corresponding to the semi material 12th class in the organizational level scale. In

Page 201: Technology of Creation Eng

201

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

49.

Spa

tio-p

lana

r circ

uit p

erip

hery

of t

he u

nive

rse

Univ

erse

plane

Sca

le-s

ize

bo

un

da

rym

in�

A

F

D

EL K

J

E

K

N

H

A

B

E

K

N

J

DA

B

G H

M

IL

CF

A

B

D

C

A

B

G

F

G H I

E JFD

C

M

L

E

H

BG H

M

C

N

K

NM

L

K

N

J

I

M N

KLE J

G

H

A

B

Sca

le

leve

l

Org

anizatio

n

Managem

ent

Being Nonbeing

Managem

ent

Inte

ntio

nN

ou

me

na

lw

orld

Em

bo

dim

en

tM

ate

ria

lw

orld

Co

ntr

ol

of

the

no

um

en

al

wo

rld

AB

HE

No

um

en

al

wo

rld

EH

NK

Ma

teria

lW

orld

No

nb

ein

gd

ark

ne

ss

de

ath

,,

Ke

yp

lan

e7

/12

Dia

go

na

l7

/12

Co

ntr

olo

fM

ate

ria

lw

orld

Mo

nito

rin

gfu

nctio

nin

g

Exis

ten

ce

mo

nito

rin

g

Sca

le-s

ize

bo

un

da

rym

ax

7\1

2

7\1

2

7\1

2

7\1

2�

Exis

ten

ce

ligh

tlif

e,

,

F

D

Page 202: Technology of Creation Eng

202

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

fig. 50 Empty place at the junction of planes

Fu

ctio

nin

gm

on

ito

rin

gp

lan

e

Material

World

control

plane

12

34

56

78

910

1112

0

11

10

98

76

54

32

112

012

E L

T K

“”

Emptyplace

Dia

gonla

7/1

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

E

L

H

M

T

K

N

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Dia

gonal 7

/12

“”

Emptyplace

Metagalaxy

Maximon

(

)

Electronic

nucleus

(Photon

Atom

Molecule

Biomolecule

Nucleus of a cell

Fauna

Man

Pla-

net

Galaxy

Galaxy

nucleus

Planetary

systemAtomnucleus

(

?)

Subject of spirituality

Star

nucleus

Ma

te

ria

lW

orld

Electron

Star

Existence

monitoring plane

Non-existence

plane

Page 203: Technology of Creation Eng

203

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

short, see figure 50, and you’ll understand what I mean. At the corner between the control plane and existence plane an “empty space”, a narrow long parallelepiped, of square cross section and of length equal to the whole bar, is formed. Obviously, this is no “empty space”, but on the contrary, a very important. what better place for the receiver of result of system action? According to the law of symmetry, in the noumenal world (upper cube) at the same corner in the 12th class should be a similar «empty space» between the existence plane and control plane of the noumenal world. what a better place for the Originator and Creator of the system?But we shall return to the basic periphery design planes. four planes control the link between the noumenal and material worlds (figure 51). The existence plane carries in it the creation mechanism of the universe. This mechanism has a standard three element structure from standard, set of technological methods and structures for data analysis and synthesis of commands. Similarly, in principle, the other three control planes are organized. However the content of reference, technology and control commands is dictated by the control object and therefore, of course, it is individual for each plane. The laws of existence in the mechanism of universe creation are addressed to aggregates of noumenal world, define to which aggregate, when and where should it be in its structure. The technology of creation of aggregates offers a set of methods and rules of creation of noumens – noumenal aggregates. The data analysis and command synthesis function

will provide the opportunity to monitor the real situation of noumens and control their birth and existence. Expressing figuratively, the creation mechanism is responsible for statics, viz. how many players should be in the noumenal world field and when they should appear. It is another matter, who should run where and in general do what. The noumenal world control mechanism is responsible for this. There laws are described by conventional functions of each noumen. who should execute what function and how to interact with one’s neighbour. The management technology is accordingly sized. All target levels and system tasks, strategy and tactics of attaining them are laid in it; on the whole, all that is needed for each noumen to do what is required, there and then, when required. The control commands are formed accordingly and their results monitored. Thus the typical scenario of the system’s operation in standard mode is completely played in the noumenal world. All aggregates from the noumenal man to maximon are balanced and are ready to be transferred for deployment in the material world. The Maximon and Metagalaxy belong to the noumenal and material worlds in an equal degree. Being in the centre of the zero class on the organizational level scale, they may exist in both that and the other world. The periphery of material world is mirror reflection in relation to the periphery of noumenal world, both in the context of location of control mechanisms and the gist of their action. In general, in contrast to noumenal aggregates, which are created in accordance to some primary intention and

Page 204: Technology of Creation Eng

204

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

fig.

51

Exist

ence

and

con

trol m

echa

nism

s

Noum

enal

World

contr

ol

mechanis

m

Law

softh

enoum

enal

World

Data

analy

sis

and

com

mand

synth

esis

analy

sis

Noum

enalW

orld

contr

ol

technolo

gy

Technolo

gy

ofdis

mantlin

gand

recyclin

gth

eU

niv

ers

e

Data

analy

sis

and

com

mand

synth

esis

analy

sis

Law

sof

non-e

xis

tence

(Death

)

Mechanis

mofdis

mantlin

gand

recyclin

gofU

niv

ers

e(N

on-e

xis

tence)

Mate

rialw

orld

contr

olm

echanis

m

Law

softh

em

ate

rial

World

Data

analy

sis

and

com

mand

synth

esis

analy

sis

Mate

rialW

orld

contr

olte

chnolo

gy

Univ

ers

ecre

ation

technolo

gy

Data

analy

sis

and

com

mand

synth

esis

analy

sis

Law

sofexis

tence

life

()

Cre

ation

mechanis

mofth

euniv

ers

eE

xis

tence

() M

ate

r ialw

ol r

d

Em

bodim

ent

(

)

11

0

11

12

12

Noum

enalW

or l

d

I nt e

nt i

on

(

)

Page 205: Technology of Creation Eng

205

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

then only are tested and set in the noumenal world with the purpose of harmonizing the system, the construction of aggregates in the material world is initiated by a genetic program, built in the maximon, and every subsequent aggregate appears thanks to the properties of aggregate at the previous level. Self-creation is built inside the structure of aggregates of the material world, and this factor needs some balancing mechanism. Such a role is entrusted on the non-existence mechanism, whose task is the operation of dismantling and reclamation of the material aggregates. However hard it may be to understand, but death for material objects is as much important as birth. The change of existence and non-existence is a single mechanism, lying at the basis of arrangement of the material world. The laws of non-existence, laws of completion of existence in the material form are the reverse side of the laws of existence and life. Non-existence also has its technology, its methods for taking out the aggregate from the condition of material being, its dismantling technique and reclamation of any object, from a photon and atom to plants, animals, man and even spiritual beings. Besides, the condition of existence of life on our planet is the result of 3 billion years of history of life and death of the representatives of flora and fauna. It is thanks in particular to non-existence’s work that ozone layer, soil, atmosphere and mild climate appeared on the Earth, and the most important – evolution of species, that created us. The non-existence mechanism, as in the previous cases, has an analytical component and is capable of forming

signals, controlling the processes of ageing and death. As has already been said several times, the aggregates of the material world are autonomic. In life they are lead by the genetic code and the freedom of self choice. External control is absent by definition. Such is, apparently, the Creator’s vision. Otherwise what is the interest – a lifeless toy; who needs it! It has also been said, that there are higher system purposes and one should not go far from it. That is why freedom is limited, it should not threaten the system integrity and should not hinder attaining the choice criterion. In this context there is the mechanism to control the material world, acting through incidental category at moments of system equilibrium. In this mechanism is the collection of laws of the material world and the technological methods of control, and the structure of analysis and synthesis of control commands. The aggregates of the material and noumenal worlds are in a condition of constant monitoring and exchange of signals with the control planes. Signals go on both sides. And the most important is, there is a constant, active exchange of information between homonymous aggregates that are in the noumenal and material worlds. The noumen brings information about it to the material aggregate, thanks to which it functions. And, in turn, the material aggregate informs its noumen on the results of embodiment. The feedback path arises and monitoring channels are needed for it. To solve this task an existence monitoring plane and control monitoring plane is foreseen in the periphery design.

Page 206: Technology of Creation Eng

206

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

Their mechanism is the same in principle. Information on the present condition of aggregates of the material world (figure 52) is on the right side of the plane, located in the material world plane, and projected as a mirror reflection on the left part of the monitoring plane, and then goes over to the noumenal prototype of the aggregate and then is projected on the existence plane, where information is compared with law, deviation is analyzed, evaluated and in case of need a corresponding correction signal is generated. Besides the noumen, material aggregate or non-existence mechanism may serve as destinations. The system monitoring plane functions similarly (figure 53). let us not overburden you, my dear, with repetition. look at the picture, everything is so clear. let’s proceed forward. It’s time to show you the general view of the universe’s periphery (figure 54). Some reasoning in the beginning. Did you notice by which place forward are we moving up to the top and source of universe? yes, let’s keep quiet. The answer sounds obscenely: back to front, bent, on all four, by touch. uphill. Otherwise it is impossible. It is the inventor who sees forward and upward. But we are acting the role of finder of alien inventions. we are touching each detail and all the time are looking back to see how it is applied to the already understood part of the system. All the time we are dependent on that which has been understood and jump start from it, relying on the internal logic of the comprehended. Thus we go up crabwise uphill, pushing off from logic. How do you like such a method of scientific comprehension of objective reality? we are on the other

hand pioneers! This is not yet known. In the beginning we drew the graph, depicting the aggregates of the material world. Then we put the mirror reflection of the noumenal world, which precedes it. Then we built the existence and control mechanisms, thanks to which, the noumenal world and its embodiment – the material world exists and functions. Now it is necessary to find out the Person, who conceived and created these mechanisms, and then that Person, who created their creator. Do you remember, when we analyzed the arrangement of a totally self-isolated system, it became known that there should an originator, alias the absolute system source. There should also be the creator, alias the inventor, developer and curator of the system. It is necessary to search it. Somewhere in our design there is a legitimate place for this and that (figure 54). The «alpha point» is the top part of the noumenal world diagram, from where the universal resource originates. Is this not the system originator? And that very «empty space» between the existence mechanism and control mechanism planes of the noumenal world ideally adjoin with them, and this probably is the system creator – Demiurge.

«…the first beginning is not separated from all things and is not contained in them. There is no such thing that may own it; on the contrary, it owns everything without exemption. It is also the well being of all things, because they and the existence get from it, and they exist as much as they are in contact with it, – some this way and the others differently, and that is why some of them are better than the others, in particular how some are nearer and the others away» [82, page 84].

Page 207: Technology of Creation Eng

207

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

52

Plan

e fo

r mon

itorin

g ex

isten

ce

Regio

nofth

em

ate

rial w

orlf

Toth

enoum

enal

aggre

gate

Info

rma

tion

on

the

curr

en

tsi

tua

tion

of

exi

ste

nce

-n

on

-exi

ste

nce

of

the

ma

teria

l wo

rld

ag

gre

ga

te

E

H

C

D

L

M

12

34

57

89

10

11

0

12

61

23

45

78

910

1112

6

Regio

nofnoum

enal w

orld

Fro

mth

em

ate

rial

aggre

gate

Page 208: Technology of Creation Eng

208

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

Noumenal worldregion

Material world

region

From the material aggregate

J

I

E

H

C

F

To the noumenalaggregate

Information on the currentfunctioning conditionof the materialworld aggregate

fig. 53. The plane of the monitoring operation

Page 209: Technology of Creation Eng

209

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

And welfare is that substance (would like to say: «that matter»), from which the alpha builds the whole universe. The deepest, uttermost basic «matter-cause-life», from which angels, maximons and people are made. All except that, which is at the point «omega».

«[Alpha] is foremost welfare, as it is the cause of the most intellectual meaningful life: the omnipotent from whom originates life and thought, the cause of substantiality of all existing is an unique and absolutely simple, as it should be for alpha» [82, page 85].

The originator – «alpha» – created Demiurge, Demiurge created periphery, periphery created the noumenal world, and the noumenal world created the material world. Then what is the second «empty space» below at the corner of the material world’s periphery. what is the point «omega» symmetrical to point «alpha». It is the same as the top corner, only at the completion of the life cycle of the whole system. The system in fact had been set to some target, served to some given result. well, this result is accumulated in the lower block, and then on completion of the system’s work, merges at the point «omega», which are simultaneously both the end result and its receiver. Then it can be supposed that «omega»is the same as «alpha», but enriched with experience or at least by emotions, obtained as a result of passing through the system. Throughout we get that it is man, who through his transformation, through some spiritual change at the end of infinitely large number of trials (iterations) should serve in synthesizing the eternal being at the point «omega». By being born, overcoming evil in oneself and giving the

world one’s moral achievement at the cost of one’s human motality. How precisely Platon noted:

«…birth is that fraction of eternal life and eternity, which is given to a mortal being» [80, page 117].

In such case the birth of a man is to be seen as attendance to work, or even more – as the conscription to an existing army, to the front, to line of fire, with inevitable demise in the end. How dismal it is. In any case, such is the logic of the system. But, apparently, only thus it is possible to raise the spirit for creation of a renewed celestial being at the «omega» point.

“Then the purpose of the celestial plan as regards the evolution of man becomes clear: Man passes through evolution in a physical body to feel better the separation – this allows him to better feel self-consciousness and come to that in order to deeply feel freedom and love. This is possible only in the space-time world, similar to ours. In this case it is understandable that self-consciousness, acquired by man thanks to separation during incarnation, inevitably is lost, when he returns to the spiritual world after death, since this world is not spatial and is timeless. There man can no more differentiate himself from others, and it means that he loses perception. Hence it is necessary to return to the Earth in order to continue his evolution” [66, page 38].

Here it should be noted that the idea of existence of some center, where the positive products of ethical efforts of mankind converge, belongs by right to Pierre Teillhard de Chardin. He was the first to name it as omega.

«In order that the failure threatening us

Page 210: Technology of Creation Eng

210

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

fig.

54

Des

ign

of th

e un

iver

se’s

perip

hery

. Exi

stenc

e m

echa

nism

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Fu

nctio

nin

gm

on

ito

rin

gp

lan

e

Up

pe

rsca

lelim

it

Exis

ten

ce

mo

nito

rin

gp

lan

e

Ma

teria

lW

orld

co

ntr

ol

me

ch

an

ism

Accu

mu

lato

ro

fre

su

lts

of

syste

mo

pe

ratio

n

En

dre

su

ltre

ce

lve

ro

fre

su

lt

No

n-e

xis

ten

ce

me

ch

an

ism

Ma

teria

lw

orld

syste

mp

erip

he

ry

No

um

en

alW

orld

syste

mp

erip

he

ry

Lo

we

rsca

lelim

it

No

um

en

alW

orld

co

ntr

olm

ech

an

ism

Syste

mC

rea

tors

12

Cu

sto

me

ra

nd

Syste

mso

urc

e

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Exis

ten

ce

me

ch

an

ism

Noum

enal

World

Mate

rial

World

12

Page 211: Technology of Creation Eng

211

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

transformed to success, in order that plot of human monad was set up, it follows, continuing our knowledge to its final limits – and this is enough – agree and accept the reality of existence and irradiance already at the given moment this enigmatic centre of our centres, named by me as omega, which is necessary not only for guarantee of some vague existence in the future or closure and equilibrium of space-time» [126, page 274].

Although, of course, the expression «Alpha and Omega» itself as applied to the lord has been known to us from the Revelation:

«Said the Seated on the throne: behold, I create all new. And he tells me; write; since these words are true and accurate; And he told me: It has been accomplished! I am the Alpha and Omega, the beginning and end; I shall give the thirsty water of life from the source gratuitously» [Revelation 21, 5, 6].

«Alpha», as we remember, is not only the originator, but is also the universal resource. The complete and final resource. He is all without remainder, and only he goes to create the periphery of the system itself. The system is a modification, reincarnation of the universal resource, and it means, the originator himself. In the end, when the resource is exhausted, the periphery and both the worlds collapse, vanish, and the final point «omega» gains its full potential for the next cycle. May be, it rests a little and repeats the cycle. Thus, we have already the whole panorama as if open. But there is one more design feature, which should be examined in detail. It has been already said of the intuitive perception of many people as regards some numbers. The numbers 7, 12 and 144 will

help us to get to the place of contact and transition from man to the non-material world and elements of its periphery. The points «alpha» and «omega» lie on the universal plane at the top of graphs of the noumenal and material worlds, and the line joining it passes through the centre of the seventh class of the scale. Since this scale has 12 classes, then it is possible to give a conditional name seven twelfth – 7/12 – for multiples. we shall name in an analogous manner the line, joining the points alpha and omega. we obtain not a very simple line. The beginning and end. The system’s initial and final points. The key axis of the universe, the Divine diagonal is the diagonal 7/12. The lord has a lot of beautiful names; a lot of beautiful things are beside His name. Pythagoras thought that the number 7 is ruler of the world (divine), requiring a special worship [110, page 85]. Thus, 12 classes on the size bar and 12 classes on the organizational level scale. In all there are 144 fields, on which the scheme of the material world lies. The matrix for the noumenal world adjoins right against it, also 12×12 = 144.The clairvoyant Swedenborg claims:

«...the number 144 implies all blessings and truths as a whole…» [95, page 49].

In the Bible we twice encounter the description of the Heavenly temple and the Divine throne, and in both the cases the number 12 dominates. The prophet Ezekiel informs us that in the lord’s temple «the altar has twelve elbows in length and twelve in width» [Eze. 43, 16]. Christ had 12 apostles. why not ten? And what Apostle John says is this:

“One of the seven angels came to me, who

Page 212: Technology of Creation Eng

212

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

had seven cups, filled with seven latest ulcers and said to me: come, I shall show you the wife, bride of the sacred Host. And lifted me up in spirit to the great and tall mountain, and showed me the great city, the holy Jerusalem, which descended from the sky from God… It has a big and tall wall, twelve gates and there are twelve Angels on it; on the gates are written names of twelve generations of Israel’s sons… The city walls have twelve foundations, and the names of twelve Apostles of the sacred Host are on it. The one who spoke to me had a golden cane for measuring the city and its gates and the walls. The city is in the form of a Rectangle of same length and breadth. He measured the city with the cane by twelve thousand stages; the length and breadth and its height are equal. And he measured its wall as one hundred forty four elbows… And the twelve gates – twelve pearls: each gate was from one pearl… Among its streets, on this and the other side of the river, the tree of life, bearing twelve times fruits, giving each month its fruit, and the tree leaves – for the cure of peoples» [Rev. 21, 9-21, 22].

why there are so many coincidences? It may be supposed that never during history were people born, who had the gift of contact with non-material world. from them you get information on what has been seen and understood. This information has been very much distorted. Man can reason and explain only in those terms and categories that he knows. what can a Russian farmer-land tiller, for example, of the 10th century say about visit to an atomic power plant? Not much. what of that he would have said have reached the great grandsons in the oral account of his fellow-villagers? Even less, almost nothing has reached. But numbers! The number, mentioned not once in the emotional context of an extraordinary theme may be remembered! It is number, which can take

upon it all the burden of untold meaning and take sacral value. If through the diagonal 7/12 a plane is passed perpendicular to the universe plane, then we get the key sections of the universe (figure 55). Such high words are not accidental. It is in fact on this plane and on this diagonal the most interesting things take place. At first, here all the aggregates – carriers of spirituality are located. Plants, animals, man and subject of spirituality are located here. Secondly, the points occupied by these aggregates belong to the plane of universe and key section to an equal degree. Exchange of information between these planes is possible through them and moreover, transition to the control and existence planes. It is particularly around the Celestial diagonal that the periphery design of both the worlds is built like a range. It is for some reason. The whole meaning of the system is to go from the point «alpha» to the point «omega». To transit from the condition «alpha» to the condition «omega». If plant and animal, as a species, do not withstand competition, are not capable of adapting and surviving, then there is a deep reason for this. Such a plant or animal could not hold to the Celestial diagonal, could not «guess» and maintain its providential role in the life of the universe. This role is taken over and carried by the neighbouring species. And the defective species has the path to disposal. The more successful species will become the factor of the present moment of evolution and will be counted and supported by the functioning plane. Thus, plants and animals, as well as all the lower level aggregates of matter have the possibility of two evolutionary

Page 213: Technology of Creation Eng

213

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

trajectories. In the direction of the functional plane – for strengthening the benefits received from them; in the direction of the non-existence plane – for disposal of useless and harmful species. It is more difficult with man. Basically, he also has two trajectories, similar to material aggregates. But apart from them there is also a third trajectory – the direct path along the Celestial diagonal to the point «omega». But which trajectory is given to whom?

«…it is thought, that the heavens are gifted to each according to the direct will of the lord and thus are allowed and accepted there at the will of the lord. They do not understand that the lord leads there at his mercy all those, who accept only Him, and those who accept Him, live according to the Celestial order, i.e. according to the tenets of love and faith; and that be thus from childhood to the last minutes of life here and then in eternity is that mercy, about which is usually said. Thus should it be known that each man is born for heaven and that who is accepted in heaven is that, who accepts it in him, as long as he lives on earth, and that one is excluded, who himself does not accept them» [95, page. 259].

The tales about hell and heaven are only half-true. To a greater degree the law on retribution in this life about carrying of punishment and laurels to descendants and relatives of man:

«..we are in hell each time when we undergo misery, hardships, agony etc.» [19, page 545].

The same thoughts are expressed by the witness of the material world periphery Swedenborg:

«The Christian world does not completely

know that heaven and hell are formed out of the human race. It is ordinarily known that the angels were created first and from them the heaven was formed; that the devil or Satan was earlier an angel of light, who was taken away together with his aggregation for revolt and thus hell was formed. The angels extremely wondered at such beliefs in the Christian world and far more on that here nothing is known about heavens, although it is the main teaching of the church» [95, page 179].

It can be supposed that population of the existence and functional planes, adjoining the material world started then, when homosapiens appeared. who considered during life, like lukian, that «Only the wealth of spirit is our real wealth. All other bring more of sorrow than welfare» [3, page 310].

He after life on earth takes on himself the adequate function on the functional plane, becoming Angels of the spiritual part of the material world; and those, who turned away from the rules of world order, were directed to the existence plane as Angels of death. That is why Swedenborgs thinks that «Angel… is a being created and finite…» [95, page 455].

Of course man is a wizard of sin. How many ways of committing sin are known to us? May be, more than stars on the sky. But each man tries to add the list with his experience. However it has been known for long that all the thinkable and unthinkable sins in reality lead to one sin viz. godlessness.

«Around the Sun are the multiple galleries

Page 214: Technology of Creation Eng

214

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

fig

55. K

ey se

ctio

n of

the

uni

vers

e

01

23

45

67

89

10

11

7/1

2 9876543210 10 11

7/1

2

9876543210 10 11

7/1

20

12

34

56

78

91

011

11

10

98

76

54

32

10

��

Cu

sto

me

r

at

the

be

gin

nin

go

fth

ecycle

E

K

N

J

D

A

B

G

H

M

L

F

7\1

2

B

7\1

2

ArchangelsofNoumenalWorld

PlaneABCD

Pla

ne

AB

GF

(11

0)

,�

�D

em

iurg

eA

ng

els

of

life

7\1

2 1234567891011

1234567891011

(11)�Intention 0�

7\1

211

10

98

76

54

32

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

10

11

9

DI V

I NE

G7

\12

H

N

7\1

2

Se

ctio

na

tp

oin

ts

7\1

2

Co

mp

lexity

Sca

le

()

��

��

��

��

“”

“”

“7

/12

Pa

th

Ke

ya

xis

of

the

Un

ive

rse

Div

ine

dia

go

na

l

Dia

go

na

l

M

Co

mp

lexity PlaneKLMN

AngelsofthespiritualpartoftheMaterialWorld

��

Cu

sto

me

ra

tth

ee

nd

of

cycle

-R

ece

lve

ro

fre

su

ltP

lan

eJIN

K

(11

)�

Sa

tan

,A

ng

els

of

de

ath

0�

DI A

GO

NA

L

(110) ��Incarnation

Po

int

on

the

sca

lea

xis

7/1

2

Sca

leax

is

7\1

2�

7\1

2

7\1

2

Page 215: Technology of Creation Eng

215

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

of demons, similar to regiments of different types of army, who by being next to mortals, are not far from immortals, having received a part of the world populated by people, are watching over human deeds. And they carry out them, ordered by the gods, through storms, whirlwinds, tornados, vagaries of fire, earthquakes, as well as famines and wars, punishing godlessness. It is in particular in godlessness the severest sin of people in relation to gods lie. The role of gods, after all, is to do good, the role of people is to be pious, and the role of demons it to help gods. for all the other sins, which people commit by mistake, by impudence, by compulsion of that, which is called fate, or by ignorance – the gods do not ask for these sins. Only godlessness comes within the strike of justice» [22, page 84].

what happens with those, who are not only directed by spirit to God, but also understand His logic and as much as possible follow it in their deeds? Their souls have the direct path to the point «omega». The pure energy of their souls constitutes that material, out of which, probably, is formed the renewed Spiritual being. Thus, in the noumenal world the images of noumenal aggregates come from the existence plane and the functional plane. But in the material world the trajectory of motion of aggregates depend on their providential conformity with the trajectory of the Celestial diagonal. Aggregates, tending to the path of service, reach the control plane of the material world. Aggregates, tending to oppose the system ideas, fall to the non-existence plane and cease to exist. Aggregates, tending to merge with the system originator and the Creator of the universe, without deviating anywhere, fall

to the point «omega» and become one with it. As a result of our searches we have got by touch a voluminous graphic scheme made of two diagonally connected cubes. what is this: is it how the universe looks from the side? In general, what is this geometrical drawing method of description? Points, axes, planes, projections are some awkward fantasies of a teacher of descriptive geometry. Is it possible to graphically represent such a complex thing as the universe? yes. But it should be understood that drawing, graph and diagram are schemes, principal feature of a subject, where in a conditional form, in graphic language the main information of the subject is conveyed. The principal electrical diagram is not completely similar to the real wires, switches and lamps. Engineers and designers understand this very well, but you my soul, may hear about this for the first time. Two cubes are graphical abstractions, method necessary for separate analysis of the functions of the noumenal and material worlds. In reality they, are perhaps, embedded in each other. At each point of the hyper matrix, where there is a material object, there is its noumen. However they are separated from each other by the tenth order variable frequency, as a minimum. you know that through one and the same wire it is possible to transmit tens and hundreds of telephonic conversations simultaneously, and no one will interrupt with the other. And one can imagine the spherical feature of the universe. Sphere, along the equator the bar line passes, closing at the points «zero» and «twelve» (maximon and Metagalaxy). Above and

Page 216: Technology of Creation Eng

216

6.3. Periphery design of the universe

below the bar – equators run graphs of material and noumenal worlds, joining at the points alpha and omega at the same coincident points «zero» and «twelve» at the beginning and end of the bar. Strictly speaking to draw such a scheme is impossible, but to make the model in the form of a globe is quite possible. An interesting and demonstrative model will come to hand. The connection between boundary point conditions and the total unfolded condition of universe is seen. Geometrical conception is a powerful instrument of abstraction from the particulars. The scheme drawn is very useful, when it is necessary to convey the basic moments of structure and functional feature of the object. But, of course, it should be noted, that real object is more diverse than the scheme and externally may differ from it in the most radical way. In general, a clear and exact picture is often better than a text and leads to understanding the gist of things. Till now we were based on our work of systematic analysis, technological approach

and graphical form of representation. The arsenal had proved effective. So that is all. we have reached the top. we have touched the basic elements of design. Not all, of course! A lot has been behind in the dark. But the basic interrelations, distribution of functions and even the sequence of appearance of the system parts have been clarified. Now it is left to only pray, lift the eyes to God, turn towards Him, look around, take a chest full of breath and tell about how the universe looks from that height, where the Creator had conceived its content and form. It is a bit dreadful. Not do any harm! There is no gain, nor ambition is there, but human folly – who and when can evaluate it in oneself? Not one mortal person! Neither logic, nor science, nor technology will help here. Only prayer will. The talk with the father, the lord will. I know, He is listening with love and answers us in the language of events in the course of our deeds.

Page 217: Technology of Creation Eng

217

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Prayer IILORD! FATHER! CREATOR! You populated the World of matter with lots of us, souls. Minuscule points, burning short instance of perishable life. The infinitely small space, occupied by my body and the infinitely small period of my existence. But the spark of Your Spirit is in me. Every part of You is equal to You. And You gave me the bliss of conversing with You. Let the language of our communication be without words, but its meaning is completely clear. I pestered You with questions, how the World created by You is organized, and You punished me for my display of godlessness: for ambition, greed, obduracy, stupidity, and for a lot more. But you did it only on business. I understood Your signal. It is forbidden to go to a clean temple with unclean spirit. Then I began to be anxious about the purity of my spirit and began to find answers to my questions. A more businesslike and precise method of communication cannot be there. For many years I accumulated Your answers, and the moment has come, when it has become possible to see the World as a whole, as it is seen by You. Moreover, the reasons and internal motives of Your creation have in general become understandable.

You opened before me the door, but I am afraid. Is it true that everything is such and I can or even should overstep the door step? I realize the seriousness of the impending step, but it does not embarrass me. Lord! Since You do not stop me, then my apprehensions are in vain. I am afraid of that, that as always, new knowledge will bring into the World more of evil than benefit and bliss. The knowledge that you transfer through me, will radically enhance the perception of people of the Earth about the universe and the place of man in it. People have before them a steep climb to understanding their role in the path to knowledge. Such steps will be a lot. O Lord, I do not request for myself! Make it so that the path to knowledge of Your truth does not accompany with much evil. What am I talking about! All evil of godlessness is in us, and there was not one punishment from the century that has not been worthy of people. Thank You, Lord, for the strength you provide me and the necessary conditions for concluding my business, which I consider as Yours.

Page 218: Technology of Creation Eng

218

7. TECHNLOGY OF THE WORLD ORDER

At first I wanted to say “Design of the world order”. No. It doesn’t turn out to be. At the boundary conditions there is neither design, nor universe. My soul, please understand that we have gone to such height of generalization, to which human language has not created adequate terms. language is a fantastically interesting thing. for example, you know what it means “podduzhny”? No, you don’t know, neither did I. Vladimir Ivanovich Dal explains: “The hand rail, accompanying the trotter on run in order to correct him if he moves out of way?”. Do you understand?! well now, somewhat yes. And if V. Dal is asked a question from our time? for example, what is, Vladimir Ivanovich, a power steering? you do not understand? what is difficult here, Vladimir Ivanovich! It is just a device, reducing the required force of the driver on the steering wheel of an automobile, so that it was easier to correct, if one jumps the track. Most probably, the great Russian philologist would have helplessly said: “I did not think that my descendents will distort the live Russian language like this.”for reference: “distort” means spoil, disfigure, trash. [40, tome III, page 207]. what to do? we have to describe things and events, which are yet to be named. we have to depend on concepts, whose subject is almost unknown, and only general logic prompts that it probably exists and appears approximately in such a way. As lotze expressed in the century

before the last and cited in one of A.A. Potebnya’s books:

“Botany youth get pleasure in getting to know the latin names of plants” [84, page 149].

No, it is not idle curiosity that induces us to search terms and forces us to contrive them in case of its absence. The matter is that indeed:

«…language and logos are the only possible realisation of human thought…» [84, page 252].

Moreover, language, apart from communication function, carries the capacity, inherent to Demiurge. language, but not limited to, can serve man as an instrument of creation. This is already very close to our topic.

«Divisibility, discursiveness of thought, attributed to language had created that harmonious world, once having entered, we do not get out of it; only by forgetting this one can complain that language hinders us to continue creation» [84, page 152].

However, to what extent human language is rough, conditional, incorrect when compared to the variety and complexity of the world. «…if we are to take the unattainable purpose of his aspirations, divine perfection of thoughts, appeasing complete visualization and spontaneity of sense perceptions with complete simultaneity and difference of thought as human asset», - dreams divine

Page 219: Technology of Creation Eng

219

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

inspired researches A.A. Potebnya [84, page 152]

Speech and wisdom of its carrier are adequate to each other. when the subject of your description is such a complex and abstract thing as the structure of the universe, the reserve of human wisdom seems more than modest. But a man is not an Angel; he is provided neither with omniscience nor divine wisdom. In this regard Angels find it simpler.

«The angel’s speech is also full of wisdom, because they flow from the internal thought of angels, and their internal thought is wisdom, similar like their internal feeling, which is love. love and wisdom combine in their speech, as a result of which their speech is executed in wisdom to that level that they can express in one word that which man cannot express in a thousand; not to say that their thought embraces such subjects, which man can neither understand nor express in words» [95, page 129].

If it was possible from here, from the world of matter, to talk with the Angel, ask, listen... But this is forbidden, and technically is not possible, as E. Swedenborg says.

«…the angels language has nothing in common with human, earthly; this is clear from that Angels cannot pronounce not a single word of human speech. They tried to do this, but could not, since they can pronounce only that which is compatible with their feelings and what is not compatible is against their life: their life is life of their internal feelings (affectionum), and their speech flows out from them» [95, page 129].

Any pioneer is to some extent an adventurer and layman. will any normal man take the risk of hammering the wall

with his head? And break the paradigm established over centuries? But in all the centuries such abnormal semi-scientists exist and some of them are right. In short, my soul, excuse me, if my explanation will not be quite distinct. Most of the words and concepts required by me do not exist. In your time they, possibly, may appear. It is well said in the Quran (one can not only cite the Bible!):

«Allah, your lord – there is no divinity apart from him, – is the creator of all things» [6, page 102].

Everything that is known to us and everything that is unknown, but can be guessed, is the creation of the lord and everything is the embodiment of the lord, because in reality in the world and beyond its thinkable limits there is nothing other than the lord. Everything in the final count is God, but the forms of manifestation of the lord are an infinite variety. The boundaries of this variety are so wide that there is no analogy in human perception. To be precise, there is no boundary. However there is something that unites the limitless variety of Divine manifestations. like a spherical surface: limitlessness exists but infinity is not! The varieties of Divine manifestations have the properties of continuity and repeatability.This is it. All the manifestations are links of the chain. The links can be of any quantity. The links can be of any quality. But the links are one behind the other and is the link, from which everything begins, and is the link on which everything ends.

Page 220: Technology of Creation Eng

220

A new cycle may give rise to new links, but the cycles exist repeating the phases of birth, deployment, functioning and closure of the universe. In one of such cycles, my soul, we are living our life given by God. As always, see the diagram (figure 56–59). There the chain of Divine manifestations are drawn divided into 15 links - phases. The division may be more elaborate. I chose such a degree of detail, which corresponds to my level of understanding of the subject. we will say about each phase separately. In the beginning a few words about the drawing as a whole. The phase chain begins from the zero condition and comes back to zero condition. Zero, as is known, is not an empty space, but an inexhaustive potential

and repository of all the numbers, their source and accumulator. A full life cycle of the whole chain is a period of the order 400,000 billion years. «Our» cycle is at the beginning. from the moment of start we are separated by 15 billion years. Such is the age of 1010 Galaxies that form the material world. Each Galaxy consists of approximately 1010 stars, born during different times. Sun, our star is 5 billion years old. The biosphere of planet Earth, where we are from, is in the state of development somewhere between the 11th and 12th phases. God’s works are simultaneously grandiose and simple. The main question is «why is this all needed?» we shall put this question at the end of the section, but now we move along the phase chain.

Page 221: Technology of Creation Eng

221

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

7.1. Phase 0 «Beyond-existence» KEy wORDS: embodiment technology, cascading principle, hierarchy principle, link principle, beyond-existence.

The initial, it will also be the terminal, phase «beyond-existence» implies «beyond the brink of existence, on the other side from existence». Human intellect does not have any significance in it, since man does not have a similar practice. Even death is not equal to non-existence. for example, man is no more, has gone to the Kingdom, but his things are there, his memory is there, his imperishable soul is there, a trace of the life he lived remains in the living. As regards non-existence it cannot be said that it exists. Can such a thing be understood and explained? It can be, but we have to approach it from the other side. Not what is non-existence, but who is its carrier, who and why hides behind it. To the question «who?» the answer was, is and will be one: God. Everything that was, is and will be are all made by God and made from God. There is nothing in the world, which in its origin is not made of Him. But! The structure of the world is such that a majority of things are formed by the method of «cascade creation». This is an hierarchy chain of creation. The first thing is created directly by God. The next thing on the hierarchy is created by the powers and from the resources of the first thing. Things of the third hierarchy level are created by things of the second level and so on. That is why we can say about each thing, except the first, that they are made

by both God and nature. Once again about the resource. Everything, out of which the world is built, all matter, all non-material part of the world, everything to the minutest movement of thought is put together in the end from resources of the only resource source, whose name is also, as you have already guessed, – God. Here appears before us a huge semi-dark warehouse with racks going into infinity, where the reserves of stars, Galaxies and planet, samples of plants, animals and our brothers – people of all times and nationalities lies. There is no such warehouse. God has the capacity to fold up information at a point, and convert the point to zero. How does He make it? How do I know? But I know for certain that He can do this. My soul, I would like to give you a warning. A picture, complete, clear and reasoned in detail, will not be there. A researcher, when he tries to show something very big, system-defined, some new vision, cannot give a detailed picture. He follows the common logic, general system patterns. It is not his task to give a detailed reasoning. Other people shall come, clear the Gnostic field and find detailed explanation in each phase. And if necessary shall correct the paradigm itself. Thus the conclusions. God, the higher spiritual being, the root cause and the initial substance of all things and occurrences of this world, has the capacity to embody irreversibly into forms of

Page 222: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 56 Phases of

Phase 0 Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3

“Beyond existence”�Exsistence Customer, “ ”

Scale harmonyContactor

,“ ”

Creation of the peripheryExecutor

,“ ”

No existenceNo periphery

Spiritual being sleeps Point in the futureperiphery

01

23

45

67

89

10 11 12

А

В

7/12�

Line in the futureperiphery

No Universe Plane

Plane and volume of thefuture periphery

А

В

0

12

1073

Hz 1063

HzSpiritual beinghas awaken

First cell of theHypermatrix

1053

Hz1063

Hz 1053

Hz

First Hypermatrixvolume

“ ”Top block

“ - ”God Path “ - ”God Truth“ - ”God Life

/Here and further/

No Universe PlaneNo Universe PlaneNo Universe Plane

Page 223: Technology of Creation Eng

the world order (0-3)

Phase 0 Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3

“Beyond existence”�Exsistence Customer, “ ”

Scale harmonyContactor

,“ ”

Creation of the peripheryExecutor

,“ ”

No existenceNo periphery

Spiritual being sleeps Point in the futureperiphery

01

23

45

67

89

10 11 12

А

В

7/12�

Line in the futureperiphery

No Universe Plane

Plane and volume of thefuture periphery

А

В

0

12

1073

Hz 1063

HzSpiritual beinghas awaken

First cell of theHypermatrix

1053

Hz1063

Hz 1053

Hz

First Hypermatrixvolume

“ ”Top block

“ - ”God Path “ - ”God Truth“ - ”God Life

/Here and further/

No Universe PlaneNo Universe PlaneNo Universe Plane

Page 224: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 57 Phases of

Phase 4 Phase 5 Phase 6 Phase 7

Generation of theperiphery

Generation of the NoumenalWorld

Material Worldsimple matter and

Cosmos

� Material World, Complexmatter and planes

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

wprld

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

wprld

Material

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

wprld

Material

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

12

A

B G

D E

H M

N

KJ

7/12

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

Галакт

ики

Звезд

ы

Ат

ом

Элект

рон

Фот

он

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

Молекул

ы

1043

Hz1053

Hz1053

Hz 1043

Hz

Universe Plane Hypermatrixcreated

М-scalein the initialcondition

Universal timeand spacecreated

М-scalebeginsto grow

� � � �

����

��

Page 225: Technology of Creation Eng

the world order (4-7)

Phase 4 Phase 5 Phase 6 Phase 7

Generation of theperiphery

Generation of the NoumenalWorld

Material Worldsimple matter and

Cosmos

� Material World, Complexmatter and planes

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

wprld

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

wprld

Material

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

wprld

Material

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

12

A

B G

D E

H M

N

KJ

7/12

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

Галакт

ики

Звезд

ы

Ат

ом

Элект

рон

Фот

он

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

11

10

9

8

7

5

4

3

2

1

12

1

2

3

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

A

B

D

E

H

J

K

N

6

6

Молекул

ы

1043

Hz1053

Hz1053

Hz 1043

Hz

Universe Plane Hypermatrixcreated

М-scalein the initialcondition

Universal timeand spacecreated

М-scalebeginsto grow

� � � �

����

��

Page 226: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 58 Phases of

Phase 8 Phase 9 Phase 10 Phase 11

Material World, simplestbiological life

Material World, planet life Material World, animal life Material World, man

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

12

Mate

rial

world

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Биосф

ера

Биом

олекул

ы

Раст

ения

Клет

ка Животные

Человек

1043

Hz1043

Hz1043

Hz1043

Hz

����

� � � �

� � � �

Page 227: Technology of Creation Eng

the world order (8-11)

Phase 8 Phase 9 Phase 10 Phase 11

Material World, simplestbiological life

Material World, planet life Material World, animal life Material World, man

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

12

Mate

rial

world

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

�1

23

45

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Биосф

ера

Биом

олекул

ы

Раст

ения

Клет

ка Животные

Человек

1043

Hz1043

Hz1043

Hz1043

Hz

����

� � � �

� � � �

Page 228: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 59 Phases of

Phase 12 Phase 13 Phase 14 Phase 15

Function of man in theworld order

Life cycles of the UniverseGrowth of M-scale

Existence, closure ofsystem

“ ”Beyond existence totalcycle completion

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

12

Mate

rial

world

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

Spirit

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Spirit

No existenceNo periphery

Renewed Spiritual beingsleeps

No Universe planeNo time and space

а))

Compression to a “Block”b Compression to apoint existUniversal time and spacecased to exist

�10 Hz63 10 Hz

53

400

000

for

billio

nye

ars

10 Hz43

+1/12

М-

of

scal

e

�1063

Hz

+1clas

son

the

bar,

1063

HzK

10 Hz53

N

1073

Hz1063

Hz1053

Hz1043

Hz

Hypermatrix compresses

0

1213

а)

b)

М-scale hasreachedthe limit

“”

Lowerblock

� �

��

Page 229: Technology of Creation Eng

the world order (12-15)

Phase 12 Phase 13 Phase 14 Phase 15

Function of man in theworld order

Life cycles of the UniverseGrowth of M-scale

Existence, closure ofsystem

“ ”Beyond existence totalcycle completion

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Noum

enal

world

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

10

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

12

Mate

rial

world

Noum

enal

world

Mate

rial

world

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

J

A

B

D

E

H

K

N

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

Spirit

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Spirit

No existenceNo periphery

Renewed Spiritual beingsleeps

No Universe planeNo time and space

а))

Compression to a “Block”b Compression to apoint existUniversal time and spacecased to exist

�10 Hz63 10 Hz

53

400

000

for

billio

nye

ars

10 Hz43

+1/12

М-

of

scal

e

�1063

Hz

+1clas

son

the

bar,

1063

HzK

10 Hz53

N

1073

Hz1063

Hz1053

Hz1043

Hz

Hypermatrix compresses

0

1213

а)

b)

М-scale hasreachedthe limit

“”

Lowerblock

� �

��

Page 230: Technology of Creation Eng

230

7.1. Phase 0 «Beyond-existence»

things and events of the material and non-material properties, until he does dissolve completely into it. At that the technology of the universe is built on the principles of links, hierarchy and cascade. Each qualitatively enclosed thing or event is a link in the chain of creation. The previous link is always lower, and the succeeding link is always higher on the organizational level. Thus the hierarchy based on the feature of organizational level is established in the chain. A special place in the hierarchy is occupied by two boundary points – the beginning and end of the chain. There are probably coincident. But they are equal to each other. The cascade consists in the capacity of each thing, more precisely each link of the chain, to independently generate, create the following , a higher link. The function of creation is not concentrated at one point, but transits from link to link. Something like a cascade waterfall or domino principle. A similar structure is possible only on the condition that the beginning and the terminal links of the chain have in principle a different nature and are located beyond the chain logic. The first link by definition cannot be. To be precise, it is like this: There should be an empty space up to the first link that has the capacity to create the first link. «Beyond-existence» is the condition to the start that has no manifestations, even the most spiritual-noumenal. Zero! By all external attributes an absolute zero. But this zero is capable of unfolding the cascade of Creation. The domino dices have been placed, but for the process to begin it is necessary

to have a live hand and will to make the first push. If we are to approach the zero phase from the position of systems, then the picture changes a little. wave processes lie on the basis of the universe and all that creates it and even contemplates. The whole technology of the world order has a wave nature. There is basis to suppose that the «beyond-existence» condition has a frequency characteristic of the order of 1073 Hz or a little higher. what is this substrate, what is this medium that is capable of withstanding such high frequency oscillations? I do not know. But may be, «beyond-existence» is the frequency region that is not perceived by existence? like ultrasound for human ear, it is inaudible, although it is there. Computer functions at the frequencies around 1010 Hz. The universe rests on the frequency 1073 Hz. The difference is by 60 odd orders. This is not all the frequency scale of the universe. what volume of information is accommodated at the zero phase of the world order and what is the speed of information processing! for certain everything that was, is and will be during 400,000 billion years of the full life cycle of the universe, are processed without effort in such a fantastic frequency mode. The frequency difference between «beyond-existence» and existence, most probably, constitutes a multiple of 1010. The operating frequency of existence is to the order of 1063 Hz. Also a great deal. But less by 10 billion times. A giant, insuperable dividing wall. No wonder that such a wall can be taken as the edge of existence.

Page 231: Technology of Creation Eng

231

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

May be, it is so. who said that the computer «beyond-existence» functions? May be, it does not function, but on the contrary is at rest? yes it is switched on simply. The lord is sleeping. He is taking rest and dreaming about the past and future life. we, my soul, are taking rest almost half the time of our life cycle. It is totally logical to suppose that God also needs a break. May be, during such a break the frequency completely becomes zero. There are no oscillations.

«when the Great Breath is directed, it is called the Holy Breath and is considered as the Breath of the Incognizable Divinity – Singular Existence, which breathes out thought, that becomes the Cosmos. Similarly, when the Divine Breath is breathed out, the universe vanishes into the womb of the Great Mother, who then dozes covered up in its Tunics, forever - Invisible» [15, page 88].

But, when God awakens, his frequency characteristic is 1073 Hz, and it is this frequency that is necessary for switching on the phase No.1 for transition from non-existence to existence.

Page 232: Technology of Creation Eng

232

7.2. Phase 1. Existence, «Originator» KEy wORDS: existence, “originator”, the lord’s attributes: love, all-might, ethics, will; principle of reduction in level of frequency.

At this phase the transition from non-existence to existence takes place. A point appears. why a point? Because existence is already there, and nothing else is yet to be there. The design is not there, the volume is not there, the space even the imaginary is not there, scale is not there, parts are not there. The visual image, the point is conditional. As a matter of fact the point is set against a line, plane or space, but they are not there. Such a point accommodates in it all, but these «all» do not have structure. Such a point is limitless from the inside, but beyond it nothing is there. Existence around it is not there, because it, the existence, is only inside the point. The idea of the point is that it is the first existential form of God. In a systems sense the phase No. 1 is the act of appearance of the «system originator». I understand, my soul, how horrible to the ear are the words «originator», «contractor», «executor» that are put in one series with the name «God». But it seems to me that the lord will not find here godlessness on my part. I once more draw your attention: the world created by the lord, apart from others, is the most complex engineering structure, or systems object, which is one and the same. This is first of all. Secondly, it has been

noted that neither magic nor superhuman powers were used in the world order. On the contrary, becoming slowly familiar with the surrounding world, scientific thought see only a strict following of laws, arising by the nature of the things itself. And if this is so then there compulsorily exist construction stages, processes in the construction process and the carriers of these functions. In my tired out and hardly pleasant soviet experience of thought looms a rude «originator», «obliging-furtive contractor» and «lazy-cunning executor». Please forgive me, my soul, for the Russian accent in building the images. we are talking of course about the functions, about the composition of unavoidable stages and procedures during the process of assigning, development and realization of any project, including the universe. The initial existence point – alpha, executing the function of the «system originator», by definition, carries in it a full set of resources, information on the basic properties and objectives of the system. This is it. Everything is as if? No! Not all! I have forgotten the most important thing. the most important thing is the mentality of the “originator”. what sort of ethical portrait of the “originator”, so is his order. I had long been thinking about ethics. It is a very unusual thing. A lot of it depends

Page 233: Technology of Creation Eng

233

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

in the world of people. There, above? Still more! The basic ethical norm is very simple: Establishing the universal rules, do not violate it yourself. The simplicity of this rule is comparable only with the complexity of its execution. I wanted to expound everything in order, description in the beginning, then in the end, – conclusions. Solemnly and emphatically. It is not possible. The most important conclusions appear unwarranted. It is neither possible to outstep nor avoid it. It is okay. The internal logic of a subject is more important than the literary fads of a commentator. «Ethics is the cornerstone of universe». Or say: «Ethics is one of the basic attributes of the Creator». In general, the time and necessity has come to say something about the structure of God. Is it fearful? It is simply dreadful! Something like violation of piety. But technological approach is a technological approach. It is applicable on all the links of the chain, on all parts of the system. This is the method of reviewing the world order. And nothing more. Man in any case cannot be equal to God. The idea of «human god» is deeply antagonist to me, it is vicious and godless in its base. But god perception is allowed and moreover, probably, is the first and main task of man. The technological principles of hierarchy, linkability and cascadabiliy is to a full degree related to God as to the carrier of the spiritual beginning. Each deployment phase of the world

order is a definite stage in the unfolding of God’s attributes. Probably, many unique properties, attributes and inseparable properties are inherent to God. But a part of them may for some time be in a latent form and manifest during transition from a phase to another phase. Step after step, link after link along the cascade staircase. from zero to maximum manifestation and then back to zero. located in the zero phase in the condition «beyond-existence» or «before existence», the lord, probably, is inactive, sleeps or takes rest. It is probable that only one attribute is active at this time: freedom! True, complete, unlimited freedom. The lord has not made anything yet and that is why has not limited Himself yet with anything. If you, my soul, had the opportunity to fly in dream, you know, what incredible bliss it is. Not only the flight but the freedom of choice of direction and speed of flight. May be, He sleeps and flies, as he likes, without limitations from his own laws and rules. Does he remember what was in the previous cycles? Does he accumulate His knowledge and capabilities? Does He need it? I think that he all the same needs it. His work is grandiose, it means the sleep is significant and wonderful. Other thing is phase No.1 the beginning of existence, awakening. At this stage the deepest, most general attributes of God are activated. love, omniscience, ethics, will. It has already been said about ethics. The universe to an equal degree depends on laws and the exactness of their executor. love is the basic motive of God’s activity. He loves Himself and His creations. Including us, my soul! Omniscience means, it is accessible to Him, probably, anything; but the most fantastic is that absolute errorless self limitation is possible for

Page 234: Technology of Creation Eng

234

7.2. Phase 1. Existence, «Originator»

Him. He applies force only there, where it does not contradict ethics. will is manifested in the desire to act and activity. The world is in a continuous motion. Events and things are regularly renewed, life cycles change. Never and nowhere in the universe the work of Creation does stop. Such is the mentality of the «Originator of the system of universe» in the phase 1. As regards the systems categories – resources, the target functions and basic properties of the systems of the future universe, they are also subordinated to cascading principles and is unfolded in phase No.1 only in part. The resource is embodied till now only in the fact of existence, in the intention and possibility to deploy existence and fill it with a more differentiated content. As regards the purposes and target functions of the yet to be created systems of the universe, they are probably not there, but there is a wish and will to unfold from the initial alpha-point, go from monomerism to polymerism, to increasing the content of its attributes and filling it with unfolded content. The basic properties of the future system of world order manifests for now only in one fundamental property: The deployment of the universe system is achieved by lowering the level of frequency. The more bigger and complex the system the lower is the frequency of processes and longer are the life cycles of the system objects. well this exactly corresponds to the laws known to us. Thermodynamics in a pure form! The law of conservation of energy as in a text book. well of course, at phase 1 as well, as at all phases, the principle of link, hierarchy, and cascade, which were already mentioned, continues to function. The lord Himself at the stage of phase No.1

constitutes syncretic (indivisible) Spiritual being. yet a monostructure, as in the zero phase, but still an unified Spiritual being. Onwards is the creation of the world. It is to be conceived before carrying out, and before conceiving, it is necessary to establish the boundaries and (excuse me!) typical size range of objects of creation.If one is to translate from engineering to human – it is necessary to solve, how many times the biggest object of the universe will be more than the smallest object. It is also necessary to conceive, how many stages of scale will be between the biggest and the smallest object. And thus establish the value and number of stages. Everything as in a design bureau. Any novice designer knows: before design a unified standard for the «row of normal numbers» is established. you can give any size of the part which you need, but as far as possible select the values from the normal series. This is done so that the nut from Brazil threaded to the bolt from South Korea. There does not exist any small green human beings on other planets. Intelligent spiders, probably, are also not there. The universe is subordinated to one laws. The biggest sensation during the first contact with extraterrestrial civilization will be our improbable similarity. The hydrogen atom and DNA molecules in the surroundings of Sirius are exactly the same as around the Sun. Although the black skinned and the white skinned look at each other in surprise, not understanding the reason for their external difference, but they have the same color and composition of blood. An elementary order exists in the world; it is unique and is built with the help of unified bar of linear sizes, unified principles and unified laws.

Page 235: Technology of Creation Eng

235

7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»

KEy wORDS scale harmony, contractor, scale plans of creation, cascade emission, number, logic, harmony, measure, beauty, scale, size, golden section, wave of scale stability, “Peaks and valleys”, “synthesis and division”, “nucleus – structure”, structuring and de-structuring vectors.

In essence, the phase 2 is the preparation for design. Clearing the construction area and driving in pegs to mark the site dimensions. The question that is being solved: How many scale-dimensional plans are to be built? To what extent will they differ, i.e. by how many times will the subsequent plan be greater (lesser) than the previous.The task is not simple. The space is still not there, linear dimensions are not there, nothing to measure with. well what is there to measure! It is still impossible to count. The idea of number is not yet there. In short, transition is necessary from the function of «initiator» to the function of a «contractor». It is necessary to plan the forthcoming operations, establish the hierarchy of executors, and give the general rules and limits. This is purely the work of the general contractor. I do not know, if during phase 1 some part of phase 0 remains or not, the «whole» of God transits to existence or some part of Him continues to sleep, but, as regards the connection of phase 1 – «contractor», I am sure that this hypostasis in some part is maintained up to the moment of total closure of the system. And further a similar principle will be maintained. God is great, He is so much that if divided He is practically not diminished. Such is His nature. Analogies

with mechanical division of finite material object are inappropriate. Any division of the spiritual being is the birth of new source of resources for the system of universe. How can division into parts increase the initial sum? Nevertheless, is it a violation of the law of conservation of energy? No, not of course! The point is that the initial resource, giving rise to energy, matter and totally everything, from which the universe is built, is in some latent form. The resource is very well packed, even pressed. He is not seen and heard and understanding is difficult. May be, this is also high frequency vibrations, or may be something else. The arsenal of technologies, available with the lord is practically unlimited. But I think that the division technique looks like this. It is necessary to create some object. for this purpose we take a little bit of high frequency resource and embody in the form of the necessary object with self frequency lesser by 5-10 orders of the initial condition. The object that appears arises as if from nowhere, but carries with it a huge reserve of energy, obtained from the unused remains of the initial resource. This remainder serves in supporting not only the vital functions of the newly created object, but also carries the potential of creating objects of the next

Page 236: Technology of Creation Eng

236

7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»

level, where the frequency will be even less, and the level of organization even more. we get a somewhat cascade emission of the initial universal resource. At each stage of the cascade lowering of frequency takes place, and new multitude of resources of lesser frequency appear. Thus, the first thing that takes place within the limits of phase 2 is the activation of new attributes. The lord inducts in his arsenal number, logic, harmony, measure, beauty, truth. To this moment there were only zero and one (point of existence), and now the number series, a segment of a straight line is necessary. And if so, then, it should be supposed, that the most accurate, Divine and oldest of all sciences – mathematics originates. Numbers and their ratios are the God’s language, understandable to man. All that is created by the lord is subject to measurement and count, i.e. mathematical description. Measure is the means of defining the quality of things through number. Mathematics is the world model of things, expressed through numbers. It is a model, which can be created before creating the world; a model, which can help in building the world and control it. logic is the law of Divine thought, arsenal of effective means of reasoning for making conclusions. yes, my soul, the lord has a lot to think; moreover, this, probably, is His main occupation – to think professionally, quickly, accurately, with minimum expense of energy and time. The information volumes are huge, the accuracy and correctness of solutions should be simply

ideal. In this situation the technology of thought itself becomes the deciding factor. Moreover that at frequencies 1070–1050

Hz there is no problem in the part related to speed of transfer and processing of information. Harmony and beauty are related concepts and the attributes are also close. That which harmoniously corresponds to the thought of God is similar to God, and all that is similar to God is beautiful. Nevertheless, what is harmony? Harmony is the correspondence between the parts and the whole. Not complex as though. But in reality a huge depth is concealed here. Besides, to the end of the universe – «To the days of the last collum». we again have the next fundamental law of the world order originating. The construction of the universe takes place thanks to a stage-wise, multilevel division of the initial syncretic spiritual substance. we mean God at phase 0. The whole is regularly split up into parts, at the same time the whole does not vanish, but begins to interact with the newly formed parts, and these split further, and each object gives birth to and carries its function, which “remembers” the common function of its parent – the whole. As a result the most complex multilevel system is born, whose basic problem is to balance the purposes and interests of the parts and the whole. Harmony is considered as that condition, at which these problems are successfully solved. Having assimilated the listed attributes, the lord allots under them a part of His substance and entrusts It to establish a scale harmony of the universe design. let’s name this part as the «General

Page 237: Technology of Creation Eng

237

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Contractor». Really, an analogy is examined. The General contractor is answerable for the work as a whole and invites sub-contractors, assigning them different sections of work. we are now to see how the twelve plans of the universe appear, between whom are distributed all the works on creation and control over it. what can be taken as the unit of measurement, if nothing other than God exists? That is why He took upon Himself the initial measurement of things of the future world (figure 60). Then He established the value of scale increment by 100,000 times or 105. This means that things on one scale stage should be 105, i.e. 100,000 times differ in size from things in the neighbouring scaled stages. A stage higher – by 100,000 times greater, a stage lower – by 100,000 times lesser. why He chose in particular such a gradient of increment, I cannot explain, but the number is convenient and agrees well with the total number of stages. In all towards the decrement of the scale He made seven stages, and towards the increment of the scale four stages. The total number of stages including the initial is twelve. Each is a multiple of 100,000. The total number of multiples for the whole scale is 1060. If you want, my soul, you can write this number in a different way: unit and sixty zeros. There is no name to this number. why did He create such and not some other step scale? There is probably some explanation. The main point is the solution was true, and all things of the world are accommodated without remainder and without closeness in their places. It is time to remind that scale and size are different categories. The concept «size» supposes the presence of some

standard of measurement, and the standard is permanent, eternal and infallible. Another thing is scale, there is no standard for it, it only indicates, how many times is one thing bigger than the other as in a map: 1cm equals 100,000 km for example. And let's imagine, my soul, that the lord reduced all the things of the world without exception. And they reduced in one moment, say, by two times. what do we feel? I am afraid nothing. In what units did we measure our height? In arshins, elbows, feet, metres? Thus they also became less by two times. In fact an absolute measure of length does not exist. Since any standard is transient as an element of the transient world. But the most important is that for it (the standard), to be a standard it is necessary to be beyond the limits of universe, beyond Creation, and this means, beyond God. But such a thing is impossible, as we proceed from the fact, that anything is from God and coming from God is not and nothing except can exist. The gist of my arguments leads to the fact, that scale is totally a real thing, and absolute sizes and measurements are relative and transient. So, there is the ladder with twelve scaled steps (figure 60, A). let’s imagine it in the form of straight line with twelve equal segments and accordingly, points from zero to twelve (figure 60, B). The origin is at the point 7, and it is taken as unit (including unit of measurement). The zero point has a scale 10–35, and this smallest thing of the material world is the maximon. The right most twelfth point has the

Page 238: Technology of Creation Eng

238

7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»

fig. 60 Bar and its properties

Formation of12 scale stages -plans of thefuture Universe

В. Bar

Logarithmic bar withbase to 10and unit of measurement1 maximon (М )х

Logarithmic bar with base10 and unit of measurement -1 metre at the moment of Creation

Numbers andboundaries of classesof things, forming the World,lg(m)

А.

С.

D.

Е.

F.

Initial measure of things

:105

Ce

nte

ro

fth

eb

ar

Initia

lp

oin

tsca

lin

g

10�35

10�30

10�25

10�20

10�15

10�10

10�5 1(10 )

010

510

1010

1510

2010

25

1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

lg(M )x

(1,62 м)

�3

4,8

�2

9,8

�2

4,8

�1

9,8

�1

4,8

�9

,8

�4

,8

0,2

5,2

10

,2

15

,2

20

,2

25

,2

lg(m)

�3

4,8

�3

2,3

�2

7,3

�2

2,3

��

�,3

�1

2,3

�7

,3

�2

,3

2,7

7,7

12

,7

17

,7

22

,7

25

,2

lg(m)

Class№ 1

Class№ 2

Class№ 3

Class№ 4

Class№ 5

Class№ 6

Class№ 7

Class№ 8

Class№ 9

Class№ 10

Class№ 11

Cla

ss

№1

2

Cla

ss

0N

ucle

us

Str

uctu

re

Direction of structuring Direction of destructuring

“ ” “М- ”Floating point on the scale

MetagalaxyMaximon

1

:105

2

:105

3

:105

4

:105

5

:105

6

:105

7

х 510

8

х105

9

х105

10

х105

11

х105

12

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121

0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121

Class№ 1

Class№ 2

Class№ 3

Class№ 4

Class№ 5

Class№ 6

Class№ 7

Class№ 8

Class№ 9

Class№ 10

Class№ 11

Cla

ss

№1

2

Cla

ss

0D

ivis

ion

Div

isio

n

Div

isio

n

Div

isio

n

Div

isio

n

Div

isio

n

Synth

esis

Synth

esis

Synth

esis

Synth

esis

Synth

esis

Synth

esis

Nu

cle

us

Str

uctu

re

Nu

cle

us

Str

uctu

re

Nu

cle

us

Str

uctu

re

Nu

cle

us

Str

uctu

re

Nu

cle

us

Str

uctu

re

Nu

cle

us

“ ” -Pits points of stable equilibriumand dissipation of energy

“ ”Wave of scale stability

“ ” -Valleys point of relative stabilityand adsorption of energy

Page 239: Technology of Creation Eng

239

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

scale 1025, and this is nothing other than the Metagalaxy. To write every time ten to some power is inconvenient, that is why we go to the common logarithmic scale. Now there, where we wrote earlier «10–15», we shall write «-15». Moreover, I would like to take as unit the smallest object. This is possible (figure 60, C). The scale range on the basis of common logarithm and with maximon as the unit of measurement is also shown in figure 60, C. we have a great, accurate logic scale, where the values of common logarithm increase from 1 to 60 and the extreme points coincide with these values. Everything is great, but nobody has yet seen a maximon, to see it in principle is impossible, since it is 100,000 times smaller than a photon, and most important, the size of a maximon is measured like any other object, in metres, or, to be more precise, in fractions of a metre. The arguments are there, but in practice we use the unified international system of measurements, where the meter is the measure of length. I do not know, who in particular suggested it, but it happened in france in 1790 and that it is equal to one forty millionth part of the Paris meridian.I do not know, to who and how this idea of the size of a metre belongs to, but I think that without Divine enlightenment it would not have been possible. Do you remember, my soul, what is a golden section? Correct. The division of a segment into two parts such that a greater part of it is related to the lower in the same proportion as the total segment to the greater part. The mathematical value 1.618034… is an irrational number, it cannot be written

till the end, but can be expressed by the expression:

The golden section (it is called also as the Divine proportion) is calculated by another means, with the help of series, discovered by leonardo fibonacci in the XIII century and named after him. This is a row of numbers, where each subsequent number is equal to the sum of two previous. 0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, 21, 34, 55… It has long been noted: at the basis of many natural structures – plants, animals and even human bodies – the principle of golden section has been used. Thus, if one metre is to be multiplied by the fraction of a golden section and conceived in the form of common logarithm with unit of measurement 1 m, then we get the number 0.2:

1 m ×1,618034 ~ 1,62 m;

lg(m) 1,62 m = 0,2. Zero point two. let’s remember this number, although it is not much to look at. Obviously, it would have been convenient, had the scale been logarithmic, with base 10 and size unit 1 metre. let’s build this scale (figure 60, D). The extreme left point has the value – 34.8, which means 10–34.8 m – such is the size of a maximon. The extreme point on the right – 25.2 means the size of Metagalaxy at the moment of creation was 1025.2 m. The difference between the extreme points of the scale: (–34.8) + 25.2 = 60 orders – set with division by half into 12 equal steps of plans of universe, 5 orders each. But the most interesting value is at the

21 5+

Page 240: Technology of Creation Eng

240

7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»

origin point 7 of the scale. It constitutes 0.2 – zero point two. A known number! let’s describe the situation, as it is, without emotion and commentaries, looking at the figure 60, D. At the centre of the scale is located the point 6. This point corresponds to objects of size 10–4.8 m – one thousandth part of a millimeter. This is the size of germ cells of animals and man. It is in particular in this volume in a folded up form is located the DNA spiral that carries all the genetic information of man and is of length about two meters. An adult human organism increases exactly 100,000 times and lies exactly on the point 7, with the value lg(m) = 0.2, that corresponds to the linear size 1.62 m. The average statistical height of man populating our Earth is 162 cm. from the ancient times among theologians and philosophers there has been an opinion that God created man in his form and similar to him. Point 7, which corresponds to the size 162 cm is the original point of the scale. It is this point at which the lord took himself as the measure of things and built the missing parts to both sides of the scale. The average height of man and the analogical characteristics of God is 1.62 cm, if similar correlation is possible. In apostle John’s revelation there is a poem about the temple, where it is said: «Its walls were measured as one hundred forty four elbows, by human measure, and this is the measure of Angel» [Rev. 21, 17].

In ancient times the measure of length was the distance from the elbow to the tip of little finger of an adult, approximately 0.45 m. But it is not that is important,

but that, which according to John is the coincidence in the size of Angel with sizes of man. forgive me, lord, my stupidity, if it is stupidity. The scale is an unchangeable thing. As from the moment of creation the scale coefficients were established, so will they remain till the end of the world. An exception is the 12th point – Metagalaxy with initial size 1025.2 metres. from the moment of its creation the Metagalaxy is expanding in all directions with a speed not less than half the speed of light. This takes place due to recession of galaxies. Galaxies, without changing their sizes, are constantly receding from the epicentre of its creation – the centre of Metagalaxy. The 12th point is gradually receding from the stationery 11th point of the bar. To what will it lead, we shall see, when we get to the description of the 13th phase of world order. Each of the 12 points corresponds to a class of things of a definite scale (figure 60, E). The centres of the classes correspond to the positions of 12 points on the bar, and the boundaries pass through at an equal recession from the centres. Strictly speaking, the subjects from which the world is made, may have any size and can be at any place of the bar, so a scale is not needed… In reality it is not the things that control the scale, but the scale that gives the laws of behavior to things depending on their scale. Along the bar passes the so called wave of scale stability – alternating regions, where the objects tend to synthesis or division (figure 60, f). These fields are

Page 241: Technology of Creation Eng

241

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

limited by points of stability. The objects, located at the back of waves, are situated as if on «valley». Their stability is not great. It is enough to apply a little energy, and they begin to divide, if they are swung to the left, or join with things similar, if they are swung to the right. The lower points of «wave of scale stability» – «peaks» – are more stable. Here to the left and the right «converge» objects that have undergone synthesis or division, and from here the emission of energy takes place. The wave of scale stability defines the tendency of things of the world for synthesis or division depending on their position on the bar. At the moment of Creation the wave of scale stability had a pitch, equal to two steps of the bar. Each «valley» or «peak» exactly coincided with the corresponding points of the bar. But the extreme right 12th point migrates to the right and drags along with it the wave of scale stability, stretching it like a spring. The coordinates of centres of the classes remain in position, but the points of stability move to the right. There appears a mismatch that leads to a constant reorganization of the universe, and at the limit to the completion of its existence. But about it in the description of phase 13. It is always the same, all that is interesting is later! Another important property of the bar is setting the rhythm «nucleus – structure». On the bar there are six pairs of points «nucleus – structure». The stars have nucleus, the Galaxies have nucleus, the atom has nucleus, and that which surrounds – stars, Galaxy, electron together with nucleus, – form the

structure. This is what the ratio «nucleus – structure» is. The nuclei are located at the points 0, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, and their systems at the points 1,3,5,7,9,11. The point 12 is the nucleus (Metagalaxy) appears lonely and castaway. The nucleus is there, but structure is not. In reality there are no offended in God’s creation. One transforms to the other, the opposites change places, everything around is smooth. There are no sharp edges. Can there indeed be a precipice? Suddenly from somewhere the bar began and suddenly it was cut-off? unlikely. There is big doubt that the points «0» and «12» are the same point. How it has been made, I don’t know, but reflections «for» are enough. Their nature is one. The maximon is the working body of the Metagalaxy. It is made out of it. Metagalaxy and maximon are created simultaneously. The topology of places of origin of maximons is the topology of Galaxies, i.e. the structure of the Metagalaxy. It is possible that the points «0» and «12» do not coincide, but are located nearby, one upon the other, and then the universal spiral appears. Although coincidence seems more probable to me. The dependency «nucleus – structure» is discontinuous. It does not spread to the segments 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, 9-10, 11-12, although synthesis dominates these segments. what is the reason, I do not know. One more rule of the bar are the structuring and destructuring gradients and vectors. In the direction from zero to

Page 242: Technology of Creation Eng

242

7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «contractor»

the 12th point the tendency of structuring dominates. Objects with lower numbers on the scale create objects with higher numbers. The atoms form molecules, molecules – cells, stars form Galaxies etc.And viceversa: from the 12th point to the zero point is directed on the scale of destructuring vector. Things bigger are disintegrated into components. The systems disintegrate into components, compounds to chemical elements, molecules to atoms etc. However, it should be noted that the bar does not completely define the laws of formation of the complex from the simple. The object of control for the bar are predominantly subjects of non-living matter. Objects of living matter, spirit bearing aggregates of universe, line up their hierarchy on another scale, located perpendicular to the point 7 of the bar. On the bar the whole biological world is packed in the range from the point 6 to the point 8, picking up half of 6th, 7th and half of 8th classes. But for now at the phase 2 there is no perpendicular scale yet. It will appear a little later. And now, my soul, let's ponder about God. until now our attention was devoted to evolution of universe. we would like to describe the stages of becoming of the world from the initial point to that picture that we see, and further; peep into the future to see in what it ends. A technological approach gives us this possibility. However, there are many other aspects of examining the universe and its causes. we have already said many times that the world was created by God and from God. However it is very uncomfortable to

constantly use your name, lord. Allow me to use the working euphemism «Spiritual being» May be, thus, it will be better. It should have been done long ago! The construction of the world is a process of differentiation and emission of the Spiritual being. from the condition of indivisibility It passes to a complex condition of a multifunctional structure, giving birth to the system of control of the world and the world itself. The evolution of Spiritual being is the reverse side of evolution of the universe. It is not known, who is whose reverse side.where is the averse of the coin, and where is the reverse is a question of conditional agreement. Thus, to the moment of deployment of the second phase of the universe, the Spiritual being is split into a series of hypostasis (figure 61). One hypostasis – «contractor» – takes full responsibility for the process of world order as a whole. The next derivative hypostasis is divided into 12 assistants (almost like the Apostles of Christ!), who are allocated the responsibility on 12 scale plans of the future design of universe. The phase 0 ceases to exist possibly to this moment. The Spiritual being is active. The phase 1 – Existence – remains, controlling the events in the role of “customer” and remaining the only and constant source of all resources of the world order system being built. The frequency indicators are approximate, but the tendency of their reduction as far as the division of Spiritual being is regular. Thus we have covered zero, point and line. The next steps are plane and volume.

Page 243: Technology of Creation Eng

243

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 61 Evolution of Spiritual being to the moment of phase 2

fig. 62 Spiritual being – creators and curators of the periphery

Phase 0 “ ”Beyond-existence 1073 Hz

Phase 1

Phase 2

“ ”Customer 1063 Hz

“ ”

Contactor

Curators of thewidespread plansof universe

1063 Hz

1053 Hz

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Pla

ne

CC

reato

rsofth

eco

ntr

ol s

yste

m(f

unct

ionin

g)

Plane

Creatorsof the contro

l systems

of the existence cycles

В

М-scale

Bar

Noumenalreflection of theSpiritual

being �

0 1 = 1/12� of Bar

01

=0

1�

1

2

0

1

1

1

7

8

Plane

Design of universe

А

2

1

11

0

Page 244: Technology of Creation Eng

244

7.4 Generation of design «Executor»

KEy wORDS: generation of design, “executor”, attributes: creative capacity, truth, providentiality, omniscience, bonum

The Executor is the third stage of the hierarchy of the Spiritual being. The first stage is cause hidden in non-existence; the second stage is the customer, planner, architect as called by Blavatskaya, and only the third stage is the creator – Creator, Executor, Demiurge. «In each cosmogony behind God “Creator” and above him is the God Divine, Planner, Architect, in relation to whom the Creator is only an executing intermediary. And still higher, above and around, inside and outside, is located the Transcendent and unknown, Source and Reason of all these Emanations» E.P. Blavatskaya [17, page 58].

At phases 1 and 2 the Spiritual being already does not sleep, but is yet not fully tuned for active activity. Not all activities have been updated yet, the program for the coming day has not been programmed yet, the regiment of executors has not been formed yet. The phase 3 should complete the «waking» process. It lies ahead to generate the plan of the world order and create subjects of universe. It begins again with the same – with activation of the necessary attributes. you remember, my soul, the attributes of the Spiritual being – these are his tools, without which it is impossible to do the work. If one is to proceed further by this analogy, then it should be said, that provision of tools is also a complex multistage event.

The hammer, screwdriver, are well known hand tools. The next stage is the mechanized tool with power drive. And still above are the tooling systems with elements of intellect, capable of correlating its influence on the processing object with data about its initial and given conditions. And at the extreme top is the system, designing and creating the tooling systems. Each attribute is a complex tooling system in complete hierarchy, meant for building a particular part of the total structure of the universe. In all I could trace 16 attributes at the workshop of the Almighty. A part of them was activated in the 1st and 2nd phases. Here are some more, related to the phase 3: creative capacity, truth, providentiality, omniscience, and activated bonum. The matter has gone to that it is necessary to invent actively and a lot. The world is yet to be there, and it is time to invent how it will be. It is not only how it will be, but also how to control it, so that it does not decay in a minute, but existed 400,000 billion years and came to the given condition. But, who is capable of creating such a system? what there! It is for us to at least understand the most general principles of the structure of universe. And He, the lord, devised it. To this purpose he trained a part of His Spiritual being in the capacity of creation. The activation of the attribute «Creative capacity» gives birth to next

Page 245: Technology of Creation Eng

245

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

independent hypostasis of the Spiritual being, responsible for designing the universe. And this hypostasis with its purpose, of course, is doing well. The world has been created, and created as needed, being itself the truth. The attribute «truth» is self-adequacy of the lord. The emission of Spiritual being gives birth to almost an infinite ladder of His manifestations. In the beginning the hierarchy of objects of the non-material world, then the most complex copy in the form of aggregates of the world of matter to the material carriers of the Spiritual being, and all these are absolutely adequate to the initial source – God. This adequacy is truth. The attribute «Providentiality» is connected with the problem of definition of objectives. Creating such a complex and long living system, such as the universe, the author should line up a multilevel subsystem of purposes and priorities. local and temporary purposes in this system has no right to close the path to solution of the basic system purpose (it, naturally, exists, but is still early to be named). Vectors of purposes and tasks may be directed to any side, but the specialized part of the Spiritual being called as «providentiality» monitors so that the sum vector leads to the execution of general target function of the universe system. The Spiritual being knows about everything, what it creates, knows about how that is created by Him evolves, what laws are given rise to and what consequences these laws imply. In other words, the Spiritual being is an absolute scientific, totally informed on all the nuances of the universe. In this is the meaning of the attribute «omniscience». How can it be the other way! The lord

himself devices everything, so he knows all. But one thing law and rules of the game, and another what happens in reality! Always and everywhere real behaviour of system takes place with deviations from calculated parameters. In order that the system does not break down, it is necessary to know everything in detail about it, instantly and continuously. As and when needed correct it. The attribute «omniscience» is transparent, continuous, absolute monitoring of event in the world, in each atom, in each Galaxy, in each star, in each cell, in each man etc. Too much! All leads to one point with the whole Macrocosm, to one attribute of the Spiritual being – omniscience! In truth: «The lord is Great!» And finally the attribute «bonum» – the most significant and the most complex attribute for interaction of the Spiritual being with the world He is creating. I don’t know the definition for the concept «bonum»; may be, it is not there at all, as it is not, and in principle cannot be, definition for the concept God. well, you, of course, remember, my soul that every definition is built from the general to the particular. But there is nothing more general than God, and Bonum, most probably, is the emanation of Divine entity, subject and entity of cascade emission of the Spiritual being at all levels of its degression to matter. Bonum is the capacity, energy and subject of cascade emission of the Spiritual being. Or something similar to it. Not all could I examine in the semi-darkness at the Creators workshop. But you, my soul, if you are kind to the lord, can go there with a torch and examine everything in detail.

Page 246: Technology of Creation Eng

246

7.4 Generation of design «Executor»

well, good. let’s proceed further. let’s see how the «creators of periphery» appear. At first, they are many, so many as the subjects of both the worlds and aspects of its existence. Secondly, it should be said that Archangels, Angels, demons, forming both the worlds and overlooking their functioning are in part people, rather entities, originating from people, or entities preparing to go through the life path of man. «The whole of Cosmos is managed, regulated and animated by almost an infinite series of hierarchies, knowledgeable beings, out of which each has a predestined mission and who, whether we shall give one or the other name, name them Dhian-Kogans or Angels – is the gist of «news», only in that concept that they are intermediaries of Karmic and Cosmic laws. They differ indefinitely in their corresponding powers of consciousness and intellect; to call them pure Spirits, without a single earthly admixture, «which only becomes the prey of time:, - means to create only for poetical fantasies. Since each of these beings were either man in the previous Manvanter, or preparing to be them, of not in the present than in the coming Manvanter. They are improved people, when they are not people in the germinal condition; and in their higher, more material spheres, they differ morally from the earthy human beings only in that they are devoid of selfhood and human emotional nature, which are two purely earthly characteristics» E.P. Blavatskaya [15, page 342].

we come to the understanding of world order, using the logic series of associations with geometric figures: «customer» – point, «contractor» – straight line, «Executor» – plane, and the universe – volume. from a straight line, more precisely from a segment of a straight line, where the bar is applied, rises (is born) the plane with width √2 if for unit measurement we take 1/12 length of the bar at the moment

of its creation (figure 62). This narrow long strip is the geometric symbol of the presence of the Spiritual being, responsible for creation of the structure of the universe. Here all that is related to the system forming aggregates of the world are resolved: how many of them are there, how their functions are distributed; in each case they are located on the steps of the emission cascade. At the same time as you see, the strip is divided into 12 segments, corresponding to gradations on the bar. where does it come from, this plane? who and how creates it? you remember, my soul, how the bar was formed. It was built by the lord, by setting aside four stages to one and seven stages to the other side of Himself. And each stage is 100,000 times different from the previous one. So, now He, being at the seventh point of the bar, directed His mind’s eye perpendicular to the scale and focused it along a straight line at a distance, equal to √2 if for unit we take 1/12 part of the bar. The line formed is the Divine triangle, the universe’s axis, more correctly its first bit; and the point is the reflection of lord’s image in the noumenal world, which is yet to be created, but borders with this point. It can also be said that the point “alpha-bar” is an image of the noumenal man, reflections of the lord. Through the «alpha-bar» passes a straight line, parallel to the bar and thus limits the plane «A», where the Spiritual being, responsible for the design of universe, is located. However, for the successful functioning of the universe system two types of Spiritual beings, who will be located on planes «B» and «C», passing similarly through the bar

Page 247: Technology of Creation Eng

247

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

and turned to the plane «A» at 45 degrees, are necessary. The width of both these planes is equal to 1/12 of bar. The Spiritual being, responsible for creation of the control system, is located on the plane «B». The plane «A» will be filled with objects of the universe, but who should live when and die when is decided in the existence plane. The plane «C» serves the Spiritual beings, who create the control systems of the universe’s work. As such, the world is yet to be, neither the material, nor the noumenal. But in order to build and control them, it is necessary to have the so called periphery, something like the program sheath. And in order to create this sheath it is necessary to have “executors”, who will be located in the planes «A», «B» and «C». May be we should have started description of the phase 3 with this. without any coquetry I shall tell you, my soul, that I myself read with horror what has been written. Some broken style summary and not a smooth narration. what if I do not have literary talent, after all there are no grievances from my side. I set out in writing what I can. But above all, it was said in the beginning: the addressee is me, my reincarnation. If you, the reader, are my reincarnation or kindred spirit, everything should be

clear and curious to you; and if not please excuse me, drop it and do not read it. Do not force yourself. I shall not take offence. In my days as a lecturer (I taught people with higher education in the evening, enhanced their qualification) everything depended on the topic. There were topics, which were interesting to all, and also topics, interesting to two-three students, and the others slept, covering delicately with their hand. I did not disturb them, spoke softly and even monotonously, but those, who found it interesting, listened and did not sleep. what grudges can be there! Here, probably, it should be said that at the phase 3 each hypostasis of the Spiritual being is divided further into three parts: • The Spiritual being, responsible for the design of the universe. • The Spiritual being, responsible for life and death; • The Spiritual being, responsible for managing processes that takes place in the universe. If we proceed from the principle of management: «An independent function of management is a separate executor - functionary», then the number of Spiritual being–functionaries at the phase 3 increases by 3 times and will continue to increase further with the complication of periphery.

Page 248: Technology of Creation Eng

248

7.5. Phase 4. Generation of periphery of the universe

KEy wORDS: periphery of the universe, hypermatrix, hypertime, hyperspace, periphery of the noumenal world, periphery of the material world.

Here it is time to slightly apply the brake on periphery and pay attention to one more important aspect of the world order. It is about the nature of the Spiritual being. what is a Spiritual being from the engineering point of view? How and from what is It made? Shouldn’t the question be posed like this? But why? Can it be asked out of what stone is made? Can it be asked out of what stars and man are made? But after all this is also a manifestation of the Spiritual being, the final stages of the cascade emission in the region of the material world. It is forbidden for one to be an atheist, but questions can be asked. The lord has answers to all our questions. I think that our childish inquisitiveness is at heart to the Creator. what is the nature of the Spiritual being at the early stages of emission? In the first phase of the world order already begins existence zone, - that region, where we exist, where every object has features of substance that differentiate its existence from non-existence, total absence. Of course, there is no matter there at all, but there is something, out of which objects of the periphery are built. This something can store, transmit and process information. This something differentiates «before» and «after», aligns in its specific space, and may be, has its universal time count. And there is another problem. The

objects of the periphery are dispersed over the Metagalaxy. A part of them accompany the Galaxies being overseen and travels over the universe in all directions. But at the same time maintain absolute contact with the «central control room». How is it done? However much you think, nothing simpler and better than the hypermatrix cannot be conceived. That is why He created it. In one of the initial moments of creation the lord filled the whole space of the future world with an invisible, insensuous cell like structure, made of absolutely similar cubic spaces with sides equal to the value of a maximon – 10–34.8 m. The hypermetric was static, spherical and had initial dimensions at the cross section 1025.2 m, and immediately upon its creation began to expand in the radial direction from the centre with a speed equal to half the speed of light. There are its absolute category of space and its absolute count of time.Thus God lays for Himself paths along which He is to walk. Thus the canvas appears on which the Divine picture of the universe will be embroidered. In some unknown way any cell can carry in it information charge and potential of some protoenergy, of value from zero to the whole volume of the universe without remainder. In some way all these can pass from cell to cell without obstruction, practically

Page 249: Technology of Creation Eng

249

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

instantaneously and without loss. finally, in some way any cell may «be aware» of what is taking place in any other cell, also practically in an instant. But how and from where is this hypermatrix coming from? It would have been simpler to consider it a property of space, and from somewhere the Spiritual being comes and settles in here. But then the initial principle «There is nothing in the Holy world apart God». The question arises: but who created this property? when, from what and why? An erroneous path! The universal hypermatrix, of course, is also created by the lord, and this is accomplished in parallel to unfolding of the periphery (figure 63). As said earlier, there appears a point at the instance of transfer of the Spiritual being from «beyond-existence» to the condition of «existence». It is 10–34.8 m in size. Most probably, it is a cube, although for now it is only a point, the concept of form does not have any meaning. This volume is the first cell of the future hypermatrix. In the first cell is located the whole potential of the universe without any remainder. The frequency characteristic of the first cell is a minimum of 1073 Hz, and may be several orders more. It is packed with gene pool of the future universe, all information, necessary for creation and management of the world and all things of the future world, which, as is transpiring, also is probably information than physical substance. And everything there fits perfectly in one cell of the hypermatrix. It fits in there, but in a complete incapable packed condition. This is yet the Spiritual

being, it is His embryo. Similar to how a spermatozoid is not yet a human being. This is it. Gods are also born. At stage 2 (figure 63) the cell builds similar cells on both sides along a straight line. In the beginning a segment of length 1.618034…m is built. This is none other than the absolute and eternal dimension of the Spiritual being. It is not the Spiritual being, but His size. Can the world in which you live be measured by a metre? yes! why can’t there be diemnsion to the «beginning of things»? It can be. It is there!The fibonacci number, or the Golden section, multiplied by 1 m is the initial gauge of linear sizes of the universe. In this arshin 1035 cells of the hypermatrix are packed. Exactly! further to the left and right are set segments of exactly the same length and the scale-size bar, about which it has been already said, are drawn and are shown in figure 60. The scale consists of 12 equal segments, and its entire length is 19.416 m. The total number of cells, forming the scale is 1.2·1036. The extreme points of segments form centers of the corresponding classes (figure 60, E). In all we get 11 full classes and two sub-classes – zero and the 12th. The segment of the scale, related to a particular class, will hereafter be responsible for all objects of the universe with dimensions in the same size limits. At the center of the 7th class is accommodated, and will be accommodated till the end of the centuries the first cell – emission source of welfare – the building material of the universe. On all the figures this point is indicated by the letter «alpha», as the symbol of the beginning of creation.let’s go back again to the figure 63,

Page 250: Technology of Creation Eng

250

7.5. Phase 4. Generation of periphery of the universe

stage 3. The cells, lined up in a line of the bar, emanates new cells, arranging it in the form of a parallelepiped of length 19.4 m and section in the form of a square 1.618 × 1.618 m. In such a block there are 1.2 · 10106 hypermatrix cells. The point «alpha» as it was, so it remains at its place, on the initial edge of the block. All the cells, forming this square block is filled with Spiritual beings-creators, specialized objects according to the scale-dimensional attribute, according to the function existence-non-existence and according to management task of processes of functioning of the future universe system. Pay attention, my soul, so far the processes of the hypermatrix deployment and construction of objects of the periphery almost coincide. well thereafter begins the most interesting. for the first time intention of the Creator is manifested. May be a little later or possibly a little earlier appear the organizational level scale and plane for accommodating the noumenal world. The intention of the Creator, seems, not that complex to our understanding: propagate cascade emission to the level of matter, pass through the spiritless matter and again rise to the level of the Spirit. Once again it can be said in other words. The Spiritual beings strives to expend its potential on creation of matter, switch over completely to matter and then develop matter to the level of Spirit, exhaust the potential of matter to the end and accumulate the renewed Spiritual being. Such is the cycle. In order to grasp for the third time, for you, and more for self I would say. The

subject cannot be more serious: The lord’s intention! The Spiritual being, like everything He has created, has Its active life cycle. Death in the understanding of man does not exist for Him. yes, what is death, we mortal beings do not know. Most probably, not much of a death is this death. The initial condition of the Spiritual being is total convolution. It is natural to have the wish to unfold, realize its potential. The method of deployment for the Spiritual being is specific – cascade emission, i.e. multi-stage transformation with the simultaneous expansion of a series of its hypostasis and decreasing the level of spirituality. At the limit of this degression is the realization as inert matter, where the level of spirituality is close to zero. further is synergism – sophistication of objects of the material world, enhance spirituality and creation of a new Spiritual being in some renewed capacity. Such is the inhalation and exhalation. It is how He is organized, that is how His life appears, as much as I could understand. Please forgive me, lord, my pride! Thus, my main discovery has been sounded, but, as is known, the whole point is in the details. let’s go further along the stages, depicted in the figure 63. Stage 4.1. Degression to the material world, to its ultimate depth, where things are practically spiritless, is a complex multistage process. A scale is necessary, with whose help the hierarchy of objects of creation according the degree of spirituality can be lined up. Here the question on the unit of measurement of spirituality for calibration (marking) of the scale arises. what is the unit of spirituality? The Creator knows the

Page 251: Technology of Creation Eng

251

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

answer, but I do not. On the other hand it was noted that there exists a secondary, accompanying the spirituality, characteristic – functional structural level of organization of objects of the universe. using it, we can build the spirituality axis – perpendicular to the bar, starting from the point “alpha”. Again the twelve stages-classes close to the heart of the Creator. The pitch is 2.87… m. It is equal to the length of the diagonal of a square with side 1.618034… m. Pay attention, my soul, to the mutual incommensurability, irrationality of all initial sizes of the universe. The hypermatrix cell is a cube with side 10–34.8 m, a real number, a finite decimal fraction. «Holy arshin» length of the bar stage – 1 · fi; metre, multiplied by the fibonacci number is an irrational number. As a result, the sizes of the hypermatrix and bar will never be multiples. like the diameter of a circle and length of the its perimeter.And finally the organizational level scale is not a multiple of the bar, because its pitch contains in its size the co-multiplier √2 – also a irrational number. It cannot be otherwise. The hyperspace, scale and level of organization are unique basic properties of the universe, which cannot be expressed one through the other.Two perpendicularly located scales naturally form a limited coordinate surface (stage 4.2) – a plane, where the noumenal model of the material world will function. To control the noumenal world two control planes are built up – stage 4.3. One is in charge of «existence-non-existence», the second – «control of functioning of systems of the noumenal world». Their thickness is 0.809… m, and is located at

45º to the plane of noumenal world. Thus, the mechanism for creation and support of the noumenal world – periphery of the noumenal world (PNw) is drawn up. This is a cube with side 19.4 m, formed from 1.7·10108 cells of the hypermatrix. further the hypermatrix does not spread at this instance. Such a volume is sufficient for formation of the noumenal world. But to accommodate the material world there is no place yet. This place has to be created. Stage 4.4. The process of inflation of the hypermatrix begins. The PNw cube created only then, in some way understands that it is necessary to create the hyperspace, that it is made of standard cells, that it should quickly reach a definite size and then continue to expand with a certain constant speed. The point «alpha» as it was, remains the only source of hypermatrix cells. The growth in the number of cells takes place, probably, in the following way. The diagonal from the point «alpha» – the Spirit’s axis passes through PNw. This is a chain of cells along which welfare – emanation of the Spiritual being flows to the world. The extreme bottom point of the spirit’s axis gives rise to one standard empty cell of the hypermatrix, the same as those out of which PNw is formed, but charges it with potential of self-reproduction along the direction of its free planes. This is a cube with sides 10–34.8 m that produces a similar cube, adjoining its free side. It makes its resemblance there, where it feels that the side is not occupied. At the same time the potential of reproduction freely flows to the free planes of the newly formed cubes. The self frequency on this phase of evolution of the universe is about 1053 Hz.

Page 252: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 63 Stages of deployment

Stage Phase Fig1, 1, . 56

а = 10 = 1 Мх�34,8

m

в = 19,416 = 1,2 .10 Мm36

х

d 1 618034 m =1m F= , = 10 М3

х5

х i

Number of cells F1,2 10 ;� х 36i

Logarithmic size bar (matter axis)

Stage Phase Fig.4.2. 4, 57

Plane forplacement of theNoumenal World

Stage Phase Fig.4.3. 4, 57, 54

Periphery of theNoumenal

World PNWb mh m

= 19,4 = 1,2 10 М= 0,809...

х 36х

No. of cells 1,7 10� х108

Stage Phase Fig.4. . 4, 576

Plane forplacement of theMaterial World

Periphery of theMaterial

World PMWm

а=19,4

Number of cells 0,6 10� х 106

First volume of the Hypermatrix

Stage Phase Fig2, 2, . 56 Stage Phase Fig.3, 3, 56

Stage Phase Fig.4.4. 4, 57

Process of creation of the Hypermatix

= 19,4 = 1,2 10 Мh d mb m

= 0,5 = 0,809...х 36

х

Stage Phase Fig.4.1, 4, 55, 56

Organizational levelscale ( )Spirits axis

g 2 m m F 2= ,87... = 1 х ix

p 27 45 m m F 2 12= , ... = 1 хix x

Stage Phase Fig.4. . 4, 575

Emission of periphery of theMaterial World

Distribution of periphery objects alongthe volume of the hypermatrix

а = 10 = 1 (М )

1

�34,8хm Maximon

Numbers of cellsFirst cell of the Hypermatrix

а

аа

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12а

в

d�

Stage Phase Fig.4.7. 4, 57, 54 Stage Phase Fig.4. . 4, 578 Stage Phase Fig.4.9. 4, 57

h

h

b

12

34

56

78

910

1112

d

p

Hypermatrix atthe moment ofCreation

с=3 10 /х 8 m sec

Number of cells at the moment of Creation 0,5.10180

19,4

м

PNW

before1 2 С

before1 2 С1025,2 m

C e

ll

sPNW1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Pla

ne

oh

the

Noum

enalW

orld

h

b

h

b

0 12

34

56

7

910

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Pla

ne

oh

the

Noum

enalW

orld

Pla

ne

oh

the

Mate

rialW

orld

12

34

56

7

910

11

8

12

a

a

PNW

PMW

10 м22

ПНМ 1 экз.�

ПММ 10 экз.�10

10м22

19,4 м

1019� 10 м21

10

м2

5,2

“ ”Upper block

“”

Lowerblock�

Page 253: Technology of Creation Eng

of Hypermatrix of the Creation

Stage Phase Fig1, 1, . 56

а = 10 = 1 Мх�34,8

m

в = 19,416 = 1,2 .10 Мm36

х

d 1 618034 m =1m F= , = 10 М3

х5

х i

Number of cells F1,2 10 ;� х 36i

Logarithmic size bar (matter axis)

Stage Phase Fig.4.2. 4, 57

Plane forplacement of theNoumenal World

Stage Phase Fig.4.3. 4, 57, 54

Periphery of theNoumenal

World PNWb mh m

= 19,4 = 1,2 10 М= 0,809...

х 36х

No. of cells 1,7 10� х108

Stage Phase Fig.4. . 4, 576

Plane forplacement of theMaterial World

Periphery of theMaterial

World PMWm

а=19,4

Number of cells 0,6 10� х 106

First volume of the Hypermatrix

Stage Phase Fig2, 2, . 56 Stage Phase Fig.3, 3, 56

Stage Phase Fig.4.4. 4, 57

Process of creation of the Hypermatix

= 19,4 = 1,2 10 Мh d mb m

= 0,5 = 0,809...х 36

х

Stage Phase Fig.4.1, 4, 55, 56

Organizational levelscale ( )Spirits axis

g 2 m m F 2= ,87... = 1 х ix

p 27 45 m m F 2 12= , ... = 1 хix x

Stage Phase Fig.4. . 4, 575

Emission of periphery of theMaterial World

Distribution of periphery objects alongthe volume of the hypermatrix

а = 10 = 1 (М )

1

�34,8хm Maximon

Numbers of cellsFirst cell of the Hypermatrix

а

аа

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12а

в

d�

Stage Phase Fig.4.7. 4, 57, 54 Stage Phase Fig.4. . 4, 578 Stage Phase Fig.4.9. 4, 57

h

h

b

12

34

56

78

910

1112

d

p

Hypermatrix atthe moment ofCreation

с=3 10 /х 8 m sec

Number of cells at the moment of Creation 0,5.10180

19,4

м

PNW

before1 2 С

before1 2 С1025,2 m

C e

ll

sPNW1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Pla

ne

oh

the

Noum

enalW

orld

h

b

h

b

0 12

34

56

7

910

11

8

12

34

56

78

910

1112

Pla

ne

oh

the

Noum

enalW

orld

Pla

ne

oh

the

Mate

rialW

orld

12

34

56

7

910

11

8

12

a

a

PNW

PMW

10 м22

ПНМ 1 экз.�

ПММ 10 экз.�10

10м22

19,4 м

1019� 10 м21

10

м2

5,2

“ ”Upper block

“”

Lowerblock�

Page 254: Technology of Creation Eng

254

7.5. Phase 4. Generation of periphery of the universe

Simple calculations show that the expansion wave of the hypermatrix moves with a speed of 1018.2 m/s, and in a month and half or two the hypermatrix reaches the design size of 1025.2 m (stage 4.5). Then the speed of expansion of the hypermatrix falls drastically to 1.5·108 m/s, which constitutes half the speed of light, and the hypermatrix expands further at such quiet rate, preparing the place for regression of Galaxies. from this instance appear hyperspace and hypertime. A solid, unchanging, static construction area for creation of infinitely changing, transient material world. It is, most probably, a sphere of diameter 1025.2 m, made of cubic cells with sides 10–34.8 m and quantity 0.5·10180 pieces. The hypermatrix cells are static in relation to each other. The hypertime is defined by growth process of the external layer of a huge sphere of the hypermatrix. The growth speed is constant. It means that time is invariable. In the centre of the sphere is miniscule nucleus from similar cells – cubes of PNw. It is less than the sphere by 1025 times. Approximately a similar proportion is between the atom and the Galaxy. why so much space? The lord by His nature is regal. To the question how much? He answers himself – ten to the power of ten! It is this much material worlds that will be created as many Galaxies should simultaneously occupy the hypermatrix space. But the material world also requires a peripheral complex. It is necessary to create a typical technological slipway for erection of the material world and make such slipways as much as there are material worlds. The noumenal world is needed in one copy, one copy of PNw has been created under it, but there will be a lot of material worlds. That is why it is necessary in the beginning to make one periphery of the

material world (PMw), and then multiply it in the required quantities and place it at its locations in the hypermatrix. At stage 4.6 the plane for accommodating one typical material world unfolds. It is built on the continuation of the Holy diagonal (figure 54, 55) and finished at the point «omega» – final of the cyclic evolution of the Spiritual being. On this surface unfolds evolution of matter from maximon and antimatter to man and renewed Spiritual being. The noumenal and material worlds constitute as if like a frontal mirror reflection of each other, and that is why their scales are on one straight line, come in contact at zero point, but are directed against each other. The material world also requires control and management. These functions are taken by two orthogonal planes. One is in charge of issues of life and death, the other manages the process of functioning of systems of the material world (stage 4.7). This is somewhat a mirror reflection of two controlling planes of the periphery of noumenal world. The planes have thickness equal to half the class of bar 0.809 m, come in contact at the lower edge and there, similar to at the top, an empty space is formed in the form of a long block – mirror reflection of the figure at stage 3. There at the intersection of the external edge and the Holy diagonal is located the point «omega» – a place, which collects and packs the renewed Spiritual being – «omega» by the end of the evolutionary cycle of the Spiritual being – «alpha». The point «omega» is one and the «block» for collection of the spiritual result is one, but the peripheries of the material world should be as much, as the worlds. That is why at the stage 4.8 replication of PMw takes place. In all 1010 absolutely identical peripheries of the material world are generated. Each PMw is designed for

Page 255: Technology of Creation Eng

255

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

one full life cycle of one Galaxy – 40,000 billion years. If my approximate calculations are true and the life cycle of a Metagalaxy is 40,000 billion years, then in this period ten generations of galaxies will be changed and as a result the total quantity of PMw will be by an order more and will constitute 1011. It is quite a large quantity. PMw also constitutes a cube made of specialized cells with side 19.4 m – six storied house. for a man this volume is quite big, for Cosmos it is a speck of dust. But these specks of dust are accommodated in the already created hypermatrix volume approximately evenly and in exact correspondence to the location of centres of the future Galaxies (stage 4.9). Nothing especially complex: the diameter of a Galaxy is from 1019 to 1021 m, distance between centres of the Galaxies is about 1022 m. Displacement to the required point along the hyperspace is not a problem, no one moves anything. The information on the design of PMw is simply transferred to the required point and fixed at those cells, which were there. But there is one complicating situation: the Galaxies should not be at rest, they are to be in continuous motion along a straight line and around its axis. The point is that on the basis of matter, constituting the substance of a Galaxy lies maximon, an object belonging equally to the noumenal and material worlds. Its frequency 1043 Hz is too small for the hypermatrix. To be more precise it is at the limit of the allowed frequency. The cell cannot continuously activate at such frequency. It gets «overheated». If the material object will be static at one point of the hyperspace, then it’ll «burn» it. The solution is simple: material objects should be in motion, moreover as whole – the whole material world, i.e. Galaxy. At first,

it should revolve around its centre so that the equilibrium of forces of gravity and centrifugal forces maintained its integrity. Secondly, a linear motion along a straight line with zero acceleration is required. It is also needed to do something so that the Galaxies do not collide. for volumes in the form of a sphere such things are possible, if all the objects shall move in a radial direction from the centre. The speed of motion should not be more than the speed of light, since we are talking about matter. The relative speed of the Galaxies located close are not great, but it sharply increases with distance from the object being monitored. One more requirement: expansion of the Metagalaxy should not lead to change in the density gradient at its cross section. In other words, in the beginning the distances between the Galaxies are approximately equal at any point of the Metagalaxy. On expansion of the total volume of the Metagalaxy and on the condition that the total quantity of Galaxies does not change, the distance between them should increase equally at any point of the Metagalaxy. fulfilling the cited conditions leads to that, that each PMw, placed initially at a definite point of the hypermatrix, gets some impulse of linear and rotary motion with a given radial direction and given speed. Again the Cheshire cat: The Galaxies are yet to be, but how it rotates and where it flies is already known. A cat‘s smile before the arrival of the cat! what there the Galaxy! The whole universe in the form of smile of a Cheshire cat is ready. A complete silence; nothing is yet there, not a single atom, not a single maximon, but the whole infrastructure, required for the act of creation of the material world has been prepared.

Page 256: Technology of Creation Eng

256

7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World

7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World KEy wORDS: noumenal world, evolution programme of the universe, thought images of material objects, periphery of noumenal world.

The Spiritual being has generously given a part of its substance for creation and development of the workshop, where the material world will be created. However before beginning creation of the material world it is necessary to create its noumenal model (figure 57, phase 5). why do we need a model of the material world? Isn’t it simpler to directly begin making it? Simpler. But then all the mistakes have to be corrected by influencing from outside, i.e apply the mechanism of direct operative management. It is not interesting. The intention of the Spiritual being is enormously deep. Matter should be independent. Its freedom increases as we approach the point “omega”. Each step on the organizational level scale gives a new increment of freedom, and and at the last but one stage, there where we are, freedom is so much that with its inevitability appears the problem of moral choice. Then begins the process of ethical evolution of man, which in all likelihood leads to transition to the last, 12th class of the organizational level. No, direct management should not be there. More delicate methods of organization of the evolutionary process of the material world are required. Moreover there exists one more serious problem. Apart from the «correct» development of the evolutionary process, matter should somewhat take into consideration the change in conditions, connected with the flow of ecumenical time and increase in

dimensions of the Metagalaxy. Global change in space and one sided, accumulated flow of time, leading from the beginning to the completion of the cycle influence the material objects very seriously. The evolutionary scenario of the material world after several hundred thousand billion years will not be exactly the same as it is today. Such things are impossible to foresee by rigid programming. A scheme is necessary that can actively change the program of evolution of matter depending on the situation. The situation from an engineering point of view is totally understandable and known. Known methods of solutions exist for it. In such cases monitoring of the external media and mechanism of active reprogramming of the system are foreseen. The purpose of the noumenal world is to work out a multitude of possible scenarios of evolution of matter taking into consideration the current condition of the Metagalaxy, i.e. its age and character of influence of its dimensions at the given moment on the properties of objects of the material world. you may remember what it is about. The stability wave is stretched to the right, behind the flying Galaxies, and the scale coordinates of classes and aggregates of the material world remain at the previous places. Thus, the noumenal model generates thought images of aggregates of the

Page 257: Technology of Creation Eng

257

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

material world and lines draws up the hierarchy down towards the zero mark along the organizational level axis (figure 64). The conceptual model of each aggregate is adjusted a large number of times for executing its functions and organic combination with the neighboring aggregates. formation of a balanced graph of the noumenal world is a constant interactive process, which takes place at a frequency of about 1053 Hz during existence of the whole universe. The process of formation of noumenal world is initiated by the Spiritual beings – executors (figure 56, phase 3). The source of all resources, and they lead to the concept «welfare», is, as before, God (point «alpha»). He is there so much that it will be enough during 400,000 billion years to fill with himself 10 times 10 billion of Galaxies. The control of the process of generation of the noumenal world is made by the existence plane and control plane of functioning of the periphery of the noumenal world. finally a streamlined and consistent chain of thought objects from homo to maximons and Metagalaxy is drawn up. In total there are 12 stages, to which we shall return. Maximon is a boundary aggregate equal in size to one cell of the hypermatrix. It carries the current genotype of the material world. Maximon manifests itself in two frequency ranges. At the frequency 1053 Hz its formation takes place, and at a frequency of 10 orders less – 1043 Hz – it forms the material world by itself. The noumenal world is a grand model of the material world by its complexityand occupies a physical volume of rectangular

sheet 27×19 metres and thickness 10–34.8 m, but is capable of planning evolution of the material world on the expanses of a sphere of diameter 1025 m. The design of graph of a noumenal world (figure 64) actively reminds the idea of Babylon tower. As is known, the latter was built to bring closer man to God. Here there is something similar. Man is really above all other aggregates of matter and nearer to the point «alpha», below follows the aggregates thanks to which man exists, and still below biological elements of the structure and beyond the floors of material substance. The whole structure is held on two «legs» – maximon and Metagalaxy. The maximon carries in it the drawing and full description of material worlds – Galaxies. It knows how to build them. from the point where the maximon is there takes place a continuous emission of maximons to the centres of the material Galaxies. Generation and pumping take place at frequency not less than 1053 Hz, but the process of manifestation of maximon as a material subject, as has been said earlier, takes place 10 billion times slower, at the frequency 1043 Hz. The second «leg» of the graph – Metagalaxy – reminds of a hoof on ice. It slides to the side constantly increasing the distance from the point 11 to the point 12 on the bar. But thanks to this slide an absolute count of time and process of targeted evolution appear in the universe. Something may be approximately said about the nature of aggregates of the noumenal world. The aggregates of noumenal world are thought images of aggregates of the material world. Their similarity is implemented through the mechanism of

Page 258: Technology of Creation Eng

258

7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal World

fig. 64 Noumenal word - active model of the Material world

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 110 12

12

34

56

78

91

011

01

2

Metagalaxy

( )Electron nucleus

Maximon

( )Photon

Atom

Molecule

Bio-substance

Cell nucleus

Biological Cell

Electron

Atomic nucleus

Nuclei of Galaxies

Nuclei of stars Galaxy,

Planets Stars,

System Star planet“ ”-

Biospherecosmic placenta

Plants-autotrophs

Animals-heterotrophs

Homo-reflection of the Lord

Scale axis

Organizationallevelaxis

53 Hz

53/43 Hz

63 Hz

Frequencies

Page 259: Technology of Creation Eng

259

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

genetic information, transferred through maximon, an unique aggregate belonging equally to both of the worlds. Thought image is a phenomenon that contains in it properties of the object and subject. Eternal by its nature, it is at continuous change of its qualities with the purpose of adaption to the changing conditions of the universe and mutual conformity of all aggregates of the universe. There are 21 basic aggregates –thought images in the noumenal world. Together they create a ladder for descent of the Spiritual being from higher spiritual levels of matter to the lowest level of matter, substance, practically devoid of the properties of intellect and spirit. The structure of the noumenal world is drawn up so as to serve as a mirror image of the structure of the world of matter, whose task is the rise from simple matter to aggregates, carrying intellect, spirit and ethics. The aggregates are generated by the Spiritual beings – executors (figure 56, phase 3). The Spiritual being at the point “alpha” serves as the source of resources.The external correction of functioning of the noumenal world is carried out by elements of its periphery. The first aggregate – homo – is the reflection of the face, may be not the face, but substance of the lord. The exterior and structure of human organism, most probably, can be significantly changed at time segments, comparable with the length of life cycle of the universe. May be after 200-300 thousand billion years a man will completely change his physical nature. But there are invariable attributes, marking out homo from the world of material objects and making him similar to the lord: This is intellect, memory, speech, freedom of choice,

definition of objectives, moral responsibility, creativity and theophilia (love to God). The animals are a step lower – biological creatures heterotrophs, using exclusively organic substances as food and serving as such food and assistants to man. At the next level are the plants, i.e. autotrophs. Then the cell, its nucleus, molecules, atom etc., right up to maximon (along the branch of substance) and right up to the Metagalaxy (along the direction of the hierarchy of cosmic bodies and objects). Is there a difference between the noumenal aggregates and their material reprints? Of course, there is. As there is the difference between the stamp and the stamped detail, between print block and print. The thought images of the noumenal world, most probably, are made of the deepest, most characteristic and vital traces of aggregates of the universe. The real conditions in different material worlds, namely in different stellar systems, in different Galaxies, on different stages of life cycles of stars, planets and Galaxies, lead to the difference between aggregates at different points of the material world, in spite of the unity of the initial genetic program laid in the maximons. The noumenal aggregate provides the possibility of similar deflections, but all the same constitutes a basic, initial structure – typical solution. I do not know how long the process of the initial formation and balancing of the chain of aggregates of the noumenal world will continue. Most probably, at the frequency 1053 Hz this is not long. The time will come, when the first full-fledged maximon will appear for replicating simultaneously at the frequency 1043 Hz in all the Galaxies of the material world. This will take place without any delay and will continue till the collapse of the universe.

Page 260: Technology of Creation Eng

260

7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery

7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery

KEy wORDS: Material world, Periphery of Material world, freedom in the Material world, operating principle of Periphery, Information streams of Periphery

The Holy Temple has been built, and the Periphery is ready for the birth of the Matter. Now, after some negligible fraction of a second the birth of matter is imminent, instantly in all the 10 billion future galaxies, instantly spinning with the required speed, and flying in the radial direction from the centre with the required speed. well, what else than an explosion?! And here it quietly rolled in. Ten billion centers of the future galaxies began to erupt Maximons. The fusion process of photons, electrons, and atoms, formation of stars and planets has began. A fabulous Architect, a fabulous Engineer. The subject of His Creation is wonderful! But the most amazing thing is that you and I, my Soul, have been allowed to see, evaluate the scale and even in part understand the significance of His Creation! Although, I am not a Muslim, but I shall say once again: «The lord is Great!»On the other hand what is there to wonder?why not? we are indeed His reflection! we simply are obliged to understand, perceive and carry the burden of Creation of our father! Thus dictates the system created by Him! In any case, a man has to do it in the forthcoming 400,000 billion years. Thereafter the building of material worlds begins. It starts simultaneously and

takes place synchronously in the beginning instantly in all the ten billion galaxies. The rate of evolution, of course, cannot be absolutely the same, but on the average the complete life cycle of the galaxies is equal to 40,000 billion years. The period is not small. The formation and contraction of galaxies constitute a negligibly small part of this period about 1-2 billion years, i.e. less than one hundredth of a percent. How the galaxy matter is formed, how the stars are got from it, how the Maximons are converted to the material of stars and galaxies, how plasma is formed, and, on cooling, reduced to atomic structure, I do not want to comment, but I approve that all these take place in the sixth phase of evolution of the world order, fig. 57. It seems to me that the hypothesis that stars were formed from gaseous-dust nebulae with the subsequent condensation and heating under the gravity forces is quite probable. Now it becomes clear, where the nebula itself comes from – thanks to the source of Maximons in the centre of the galaxy. The assumption, that the substance coming out of the centre of the galaxy in the form of protoplasm and the source of Maximons itself under the influence of centrifugal forces is burst into parts and flies over the space of future galaxy, forming the centers of the future stars from its parts, is as good.

Page 261: Technology of Creation Eng

261

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

May be both, and other thirty unknown yet methods of galaxy structure formation.In reality an absolutely different thing is important. from outside only a stream of Maximons comes to the Galaxy. All other evolutionary transformations are process of cascade emission. whatever are the subsequent transformations of matter, they are the function of specific conditions and program, laid down in the Maximon. In the Material world the self-control mechanism operates in full. The main, permitted channel of external influence, is the mechanism of accidental influence on the course of events during the moments of equilibrium choice. «Somewhere there, beyond the limits of knowledge, where there are enigma, nebula and mystery, Someone latent prepares in advance All that later happens accidently» [299, page 120].

A strange thing has happened. Guberman appeared and the necessity to quote the works of a majority of philosophers fell out. The four lines are equal to a whole tome or collection of edition. This is where properly organized idleness and lying on the couch lead to.The program gives Matter life, but the event leads the life of things to their providential purpose.

«A poet of impeccable right,Blok was not right in one thing, of course: Erasing the accidental features,we shall erase the God’s world t houghtlessly» [299, page 127].

My Soul, you understand that one can write a whole library about each

evolutionary phase of the world order, if one is to know in detail what happens there. But, alas! I know so little, that I hardly catch hold of those pieces, which give the possibility to re-establish the general chain of events. About the sixth phase I can only say that it starts with the emission of Maximons into the Material world and is conditionally limited by the formation of atoms, stars and galaxies. The next, seventh evolutionary phase of the world order, is connected with the formation of molecules, planets and accordingly the planetary systems, similar to the Solar system. Thus the Material worlds, described by a graphical model, are gradually built, known to you as in fig. 16 –26. Together with the build-up of the structure of Material objects the periphery mechanism becomes complicated. The essence of complication is in that for each new type of object and for each of its copy its own specialized «piece» in the Periphery mechanism is formed. In simple language it sounds more elegant – «Each thing has its own Guardian Angel». The next eighth phase opens the biological stage of evolution of matter. Bio-molecules and biosphere appear. The ninth phase is characterized by the fact that for the first time in the Material world Plants appear – an organic unit lying at the Divine diagonal – lines, connecting the alpha and omega points. Plants are complex organic structures, living beings, to which some form of consciousness and liberty are inherent. Animals appear on the tenth phase. So they do on the Divine diagonal. Animals have elements of intellect, liberty, instincts, individuality and separate

Page 262: Technology of Creation Eng

262

7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery

manifestations of spirituality. In the behaviour of some animals fear, offence, envy, egoism, happiness, satisfaction, altruism, gratitude and many other affects to the full extent inherent to man can be read without difficulty. Man in our diagram is formed and occupies a dominating position in the animal world on the eleventh phase, fig.58. My Soul, pay attention to the fact that the simpler the object is, the lesser and more non-expressive is its evolutionary history within the class framework. for example, atom. As once Dmitri Ivanovich Mendeleev observed the rules of formation of chemical elements, so all resulted in. Perhaps, isotopes are allowed to play a little at the cost of incomplete set of the electron shell. The molecules are on the next stage of the organizational level scale. It is a total disaster with them. There are so many types of them, that to count them, in principle, is not possible. All units of the subsequent stages of the organizational level do not only possess infinite varieties, but are also capable of finding or even specially creating the required modification or the required set of characteristics, satisfying the requirements of subsequent stage of the general evolutionary process. A definite contradiction arises. On the one hand, by definition the units of the Material world are self-sufficient, have sufficient degree of freedom and can direct its vector of evolution in any direction. On the other hand, the System of universe has a definite objective, as well as temporary, energetic, spatial and other limitations. The alpha object should be transformed by the system to omega object subject to

certain boundary conditions.for reconciliation of this difference, tracking and correction mechanisms built-into the Periphery of the two worlds are used. In general it is time to show how this Periphery controls the universe. Everything appears approximately as we supposed. The Periphery is made of elements, which were shown in fig.49. A single diagonal plane, on which the objects of Noumenal and Material worlds are accommodated, passes through two diagonally linked cubes. Information streams and control commands originate in the four control planes-mechanisms and transferred along two monitoring planes. The control planes-mechanisms, shown earlier in fig.51 have a three layered, solid structure, or three standards types of functions: reference pattern of the object as per its profile, set of technologies as per its profile, and the mechanism itself for comparing the actual condition of the object with the reference and output of correcting commands. In fig.65 the three dimensional representation of the Periphery in different projections is given. The plane ABGf is in charge of life. from here roll-in and life impulses lead to the Noumenal world units and then through Maximons to the units of matter. Here once were formed the inviolable laws of Genesis, here the arsenal of existence technologies are stored, and here all commands, necessary for control of existence, life of the Noumenal world, are developed. The whole mechanism of creation, as well as other mechanisms of the Periphery, are created once for the whole life cycle of the universe.

Page 263: Technology of Creation Eng

263

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

65

func

tion

of p

erip

hery

pla

ne

Vie

wIV

A

D C

F

L

NI

KE

xis

ten

ce

mo

nito

rin

g

Co

ntr

olo

fd

ea

th

Т

NOUM

ENAL

WORLD

MAT

ERIA

L

WORLD

AF

D

BG

H

E

JK

NM

L

II

III

IV

I

Vie

wII

C

B A

H

N

LE

M

Co

ntr

ol

life

Exis

ten

ce

mo

nito

rin

g

F

K

I

� Pe

rfo

rma

nce

mo

nito

rin

g

Co

ntr

olo

fN

ou

me

na

lW

orld

B

GF

A

L

E

DC

K

Vie

wI

Un

ive

rse

Pla

ne

12

34

5

78

910

11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

910

11

0

12

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

K

NJ

E

HG

B

A

D

M

F

L

Section

on

univ

ers

epla

ne

01

23

45

67

89

101

112

Se

ctio

ns

on

co

ntr

olp

lan

es

(ob

ject-

wis

ese

ctio

ns)

A D

B

G H

E

J

K

M

L

F

N

J

BA

H

L

E

Co

ntr

olo

fm

ate

ria

lw

orld

Pe

rfo

rma

nce

mo

nito

rin

g

M

K

D

N

GF

Vie

wII

I

01

23

45

67

89

101

112

Page 264: Technology of Creation Eng

264

7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery

The Noumenal world control mechanism is located in the ADCB plane. Its task is to lead the Noumenal world along the trajectory of evolutionary development, adequate target function of the universe System and set within the boundary conditions. for this purpose the laws of evolution of the Noumenal world, Noumens control technology and development mechanism of control commands taking account of the changing conditions and set of limitations are available. The Noumenal world together with its Periphery is in the centre of the Metagalaxy, occupying a negligible volume in the Hypermatrix, but having an operational frequency not less than 1053 Hz, it is not measured by any instruments and methods of the Material world, the frequency base which by definition cannot exceed 1043 Hz. The Material world control mechanism also carries in it the laws of evolution of matter, control technology, capacity for analysis and development of control measures: use of casual mechanism, activation or retardation of the life and death processes etc. Material world is polycyclic, all things in it are perishable, and evolution is built on the principle of "negation of negation", for which, as well as for other good thoughts thanks very much to George wilhelm friedrich Hegel, and of course to the Creator in the first place. Negation is death, implying birth and the following iteration, the effort to execute its not always comprehensible function. The death control mechanism in the Material world is the plane IJKN and is set against the life and existence mechanism. Its task includes the dismantling and disposal of objects of the Material world.

Everything without exception.In this mechanism is the same standard set: laws of non-existence, dismantling and disposal technology and synthesis of commands, prompting completion of the life cycle. The periphery of the Material world is diversified, its quantity is equal to the number of galaxies. The periphery of each Galaxy contains in it parts, controlling the stars, planets, biospheres, and so on up to the photon, each having numbers equal to the number of enumerated objects in the given galaxy and stellar system. The Periphery of the Material world operates in the frequencies of the order 1043 Hz, which by twenty times exceeds the boundary of frequencies familiar to a human being. Here when man gets to the heart of Maximon and its frequencies, then he can hear the working buzz of the world order.But, it is not simple. There is a proverb, if ifs and ands were pots and pans there’d be no work for tinkers. It is rude, but true. In general, the Peripheries of the Noumenal and Material worlds, as the worlds themselves, do not interlink. They are safely divided by the boundaries of frequency and space. Moreover they are separated by the irreversibility and unidirectional nature of the creation process and functioning of the universe. All that is in the universe plane moves from the alpha point to the omega point. from the moment of “awaking” the primordial Spiritual being devotes himself to building and work of the universe. The Emanation of welfare is the emission of Spiritual being into the structure and energy of the universe. It is obvious that for the Spiritual being in the alpha point this is the only form of vital

Page 265: Technology of Creation Eng

265

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

activity. It reminds me vaguely of something.The Spiritual being gives his entity for building the cascade structure of the universe, for its maturity and as a result to get on the last drop of welfare, His renewed integral hypostasis. Nothing is needed for Him except the joy and ordeals of dissipation in the world and passage through the Matter. But the joy would not have been complete, if it was not known, how the evolution of the world created by Him takes place. To say the information monitoring channel is required. Two planes serve this purpose. The plane DCMl carries the information on life and death of objects of the universe, and the plane fGIJ the actual trajectory of evolution of both the worlds. finally, what is related to the structure of Periphery, fig. 65. The objects of the worlds lie in the universe plane. In this plane pass the channels of communication and interaction between the adjoining units of the universe. The control commands and information streams, necessary in the formation of these commands are in the perpendicular planes, passing through the corresponding objects of the scale points. Therefore, in order to describe the information streams, controlling the homonymous object in the Noumenal and Material worlds, it is necessary to review this object both in the universe plane as well as in the Control plane, fig. 66. for example let us take the unit «Biosphere». It is in the middle of the graph, combines the properties of the biological and non-biological object and is quite compatible for analysis of the standard

set of information-control signals, passing through the units of universe, fig. 66. first of all let us look at the information connectivity of noumen control in the plane. The noumen «Biosphere» like any other noumen copies it reference prototype, which is stored in the existence plane. from there signals are sent to the noumen, which bring it to life and unwind its capacities. The noumenal objects control plane gives the noumen information about the preferred trajectory of the evolutionary process. Both of the planes «can» count the actual condition of the noumen, compare with the reference, determine the quantity and separation vector and form correcting commands. My soul, as you remember, hypermatrix is constantly growing in size, and the worlds – galaxies are flying in different directions from the centre. This leads to displacement of the wave top of the scale stability and appearance of an offset Δ with respect to the fixed scale coordinates of units of the universe. Information on the current value of Δ is input to the noumen from the corresponding point of the scale.At increase of the value Δ the unit may get into the zone of preferred synthesis from the zone of preferred division and fundamentally change its behavior in the universe. In all the cases the scale coordinates «valleys» and “peaks of consistency” change, depriving the structural stability of some units and transferring it to the earlier instable objects. However this process takes place comparatively slower that for the average life cycle of a star the changes are rarely

Page 266: Technology of Creation Eng

266

7.7. Phases 6-11. Material World. Operation of Periphery

noticed. The same noumen, «Biosphere», reviewed in the universe plane exchanges information streams with the units – neighbours located above and below. On the top from the alpha point towards the noumen flows «Bonum» – the lord’s entity. Passing without any hindrance through the units above, welfare passes through the point of location of the noumen «Biosphere», gives up so much of its volume as required and gradually flows further to the noumens of the subsequent levels. Noumens of different levels should correlate with each other, forming an harmonious unity, fixed at each moment in the genetic code of Maximon, therefore between any pair of the adjoining noumens a constant exchange of mutual correlation signals takes place. If there had been no constantly changing information on the value of Δ, then after some time the optimization process would have found the equilibrium condition of the system, would have assigned to all noumens a fixed value of parameters and permanently would have stopped all evolutionary movement in the universe. But! The right hoof slowly slips to the side. The twelfth point on the scale goes far away from the eleventh point and the laws of the universe change a little every minute. The correlation process between the noumens takes place without stop and at each moment is at the instantaneous optimum. Thus the active model of the Material world operates. This is not a toy or an abstract diagram. This is a mechanism, or even the factory for manufacture of Maximons, adequate for the current

evolutionary moment of the world. Maximon in the Noumenal world is renewed with a frequency 1053 Hz, but matter is built at the frequency 1043 Hz, therefore only one ten billionth Maximon is input to the construction area of the Material world. The material unit «Biosphere» is a sufficiently complex object. It is between the seventh and the eighth classes on the organizational level scale. like all objects of the Material world, the Biosphere is formed on the principle of cascade emission from welfare according to the program, which the Maximons and units of the previous organizational level carry. In other the Material unit is independent and itself locates the trajectory convenient for evolution. The Material unit «knows nothing» on the target function of the system and its providential role. But its freedom is levelled by the finiteness of Material life and correction through the accidental mechanism. let’s return to the control plane, to the material part of the Periphery. The control plane of Material world KlMN, in contrast to the unit itself «knows» how the reference trajectory of Biosphere evolution looks and is in the state to compare the reference with the actual situation. On detection of difference all the equilibrium choice situations close by time are decided such that the actual condition of the unit nears the reference. from the JlNK plane, which controls non-existence, to the unit information about the standard boundaries of its life cycle, impulse to wind the activity and cease its existence as a Material object, is input. These signals are input directly, since they do not contradict and do not intersect the right for freedom and self-

Page 267: Technology of Creation Eng

267

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

determination of material objects. The variable balance of forces passes here along a different line. In the universe plane the material unit, first of all, feeds on and then transfers ahead welfare through it, coming from the units at the lower level of organization and Maximons forming them. The impulse to both unfolding to life and program for building the unit is input through the Maximon. The unit gives to the next higher level material object a similar information.Thus we get the Material unit is in an unstable equilibrium between the compulsion to life and compulsion to death. with passage of time the balance of forces changes and the object completes the life cycle assigned to it. The primal Spiritual Being at the alpha point possesses, probably, only two capacities: emanate the Bonum and monitor the course of evolution of the universe and gradual approximation to the target function. Information on the current condition of the noumenal object and the infinite multitude of its material reprints are input along the monitoring plane, passing through the standard points in the existence planes and control of the noumenal world, are transmitted to the bar and flows to the alpha point. Thus, the lord sees the initial laws of the universe, current condition of the noumenal model and the Material world itself in all its multitude and diversity. Probably, an interesting thing! And indeed, while watching our children play we see the movement of their souls, and possible danger and oncoming joy of overcoming, but we by no means always interfere. It is interesting for us to know how

the child will behave in a complex situation. May be at some moment our inquisitiveness may even overcome parental responsibility.

«God in playing with people is not so serious,and sometimes has light fingers, which is similar to being non-religious,and possibly even an atheist» [299, page 120].

May be the passion of «leila» – the divine «Matter games» are close at heart to our Guardian Angels. May the ethereal Spirit draw some positive emotions by driving the fates of people.

«The spirit and body feast passionately,pride and plunder are passionate,God created man for playand secretly takes part in everything» [299, page 228].

The Spiritual beings of any level are limited in their expression of will. Their activity is strictly regulated. let the direct light of the Creator warm them, but their freedom is curtailed to the right to watch after the freedom of their wards viz. People.

«It is not the river of sanctimonious huskHolds the hand in punishment,But God loves us simply for our sins,Through which boredom is dispersed»[299, page 216].

My Soul, I think it true that the lord at that feels everything: Not only all the joys, but all the pains of the Material world too, if not what catharsis, what purification and what renewal! The lord both rejoices and suffers not less than we do. The heart of each human being is His heart.

Page 268: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 66 Information flows,

Noumen reference parameters (Biosphere)

Information on the actual noumen parameters

Information on the existence condition of materialunits (Biosphere)

Correction commands

Impetus to expansion and life

Information on the process of evolution of materialunits (Biosphere)

Information on the existence condition of materialunits (Biosphere)

Reference path of noumen evolution

Information on the actual path of noumenevolution

Information on the process of evolution of materialunits (Biosphere)

Correction commands

Current value wave displacement degree ofscaling stability

� �

Emanation of Bonum

Mutual correlation signals with objects of the higherlevel

Emanation of Bonum

Mutual correlation signals with objects of the lowerlevel

Emanation of Bonum

Mutual correlation signals with objects of the lowerlevel

Information on the existential condition of a

specific material object Biosphere�

Reference path of evolution of a material unitBiosphere

Information on the actual path of unit evolution

Correction commands

Information on the life cycle boundaries of amaterial unit

Information on the existence condition of a materialobject

Correction commands

Impetus to expansion and life

Information on the ecolutionary process of aspecific material object

Emanation of Bonum

Program of building the higher level unit

Emanation of Bonum

Program of building the higher level unit

Emanation Benefits

Construction Program superiorunit

Impetus to expansion and life

Encourage the deployment and life

Section on Universe plain

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

2.0

3.0

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

5.0

6.1

6.2

7.1

7.2

8.1

8.2

9.0

10.1

10.2

10.3

11.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.0

13.1

13.2

14.1

14.2

15.1

15.2

13.3

14.3

Section on control plane No. 8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

14

15

13

9

12

10

11

E

K

N

J

D

A

B

G

H

M

I L

CF

10

23

45

67

89

10111

2

1

2

3

4

5

9

1210

11

Biosphere noumen

Biosphere material unit�

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Biosphere noumen

Biosphere material unit�

6

78

13

1415

K

NJ

E

H

G

B

A

D

M

F

L

Inth

epla

ne

ofth

eU

niv

ers

en

the

contr

ol

pla

ne

Inth

epla

ne

of

the

Univ

ers

eIn

the

contr

ol

pla

ne

Ma

teria

lW

orld

Eth

ere

alW

orld

Page 269: Technology of Creation Eng

controlling the universe

Noumen reference parameters (Biosphere)

Information on the actual noumen parameters

Information on the existence condition of materialunits (Biosphere)

Correction commands

Impetus to expansion and life

Information on the process of evolution of materialunits (Biosphere)

Information on the existence condition of materialunits (Biosphere)

Reference path of noumen evolution

Information on the actual path of noumenevolution

Information on the process of evolution of materialunits (Biosphere)

Correction commands

Current value wave displacement degree ofscaling stability

� �

Emanation of Bonum

Mutual correlation signals with objects of the higherlevel

Emanation of Bonum

Mutual correlation signals with objects of the lowerlevel

Emanation of Bonum

Mutual correlation signals with objects of the lowerlevel

Information on the existential condition of a

specific material object Biosphere�

Reference path of evolution of a material unitBiosphere

Information on the actual path of unit evolution

Correction commands

Information on the life cycle boundaries of amaterial unit

Information on the existence condition of a materialobject

Correction commands

Impetus to expansion and life

Information on the ecolutionary process of aspecific material object

Emanation of Bonum

Program of building the higher level unit

Emanation of Bonum

Program of building the higher level unit

Emanation Benefits

Construction Program superiorunit

Impetus to expansion and life

Encourage the deployment and life

Section on Universe plain

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

2.0

3.0

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

5.0

6.1

6.2

7.1

7.2

8.1

8.2

9.0

10.1

10.2

10.3

11.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.0

13.1

13.2

14.1

14.2

15.1

15.2

13.3

14.3

Section on control plane No. 8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

14

15

13

9

12

10

11

E

K

N

J

D

A

B

G

H

M

I L

CF

10

23

45

67

89

10111

2

1

2

3

4

5

9

1210

11

Biosphere noumen

Biosphere material unit�

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

12

34

5

78

9 10 11

0

12

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

0

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

12

Biosphere noumen

Biosphere material unit�

6

78

13

1415

K

NJ

E

H

G

B

A

D

M

F

L

Inth

epla

ne

ofth

eU

niv

ers

en

the

contr

ol

pla

ne

Inth

epla

ne

of

the

Univ

ers

eIn

the

contr

ol

pla

ne

Ma

teria

lW

orld

Eth

ere

alW

orld

Page 270: Technology of Creation Eng

270

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

KEy wORDS: soul, spirituality, ego, guardian angel, angel of death, noumen of soul, genetic ego, will, reason, conscience, soul’s work.

Thus, my Soul, the question is an ee-rily serious one. A lot has been said and written about the Soul! Starting from the ancient times, not a single philosopher let go the chance to express his opinion. Not a single religion has passed by him. Not a single writer and playwright has denied himself the satisfaction of throwing light into the question using his talent. Indeed a lot of interesting things has been said, a huge number of regular pat-terns have observed, a mass of hypothe-sis and concepts have been suggested… But among these mounds of knowledge there is no clear answer to the question: «what is the function of a human being with his soul in the world order?» Each time, when a problem of such magnitude arises before me, I lose heart. I become ludicrous to myself, and the whole idea of understanding the main world problems by oneself seems to be a paranoid nonsense. It would all have been so, if it had not been from where and I don’t remember exactly when, the idea came to my mind to look at the world from the engineering point of view, with the eyes of the Creator – Engineer, and perceive the world as a product of engineering thought. Thank you Creator for this hint! I understand that it sounds wild and unusual, but there is nothing in nature that in principle is against such an approach, and the proofs of validity are opening

more and more. you remember, my Soul, that by fol-lowing the assumed logic of the Creator, we examined the phases of unfolding of the universe and came to phase 12 (fig.59). The building of the Material world ends to this moment. Man is the last unit of matter on the organizational level scale. Pay attention that man occupies the eleventh class, and being in the mid-dle of the class can still evolve towards growth of the organizational level, but within the limits of his class. That is it, there already will not be any anomalous man. Only the quality of man shall change. The next stage is the twelfth semi-class the place of habitation of the non-material unit of the Spiritual being – «omega». Based on the ideas of symmetry and logic of construction of the Periphery there, the mechanism accumulating the results of the work of the System is in the twelfth class and the «omega» point in the end absorbs in it the whole world that has lived its cycle and acquires the hypostasis of the Renewed Spiritual be-ing. Thus what is that Man should give the world something, from which the being of the renewed lord is formed. And how it can be otherwise? look at the diagrams – between man and the «omega» point there are no objects. There is one more interesting mo-ment. Emanation of the Bonum takes

Page 271: Technology of Creation Eng

271

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

place along the whole cascade of units of the universe, building them and passing through them. But man in this diagram occupies the boundary position. Bonum is a part of the unit «Man», it creates him, but with this ends its descent to Matter, since matter ends in man. Thus what man gives to the world and from which the renewed Spiritual being is made of is neither Bonum nor matter, not physical energy. But what is this? The answer lies in the field of con-cepts of Soul and Spirituality. If, of course, one is to approach these subjects specifically, as a designer. Although only a lazy person has not written about soul and spirituality, al-though these words regularly alternate in everyday language, although these con-cepts form the basis of a majority of reli-gions, but science keeps away from them, and the existing definitions are vague and have multiple meaning. However, it is generally accepted, that the soul is the internal psychological world of man, the properties of his cha-racter, possibly, the immortal spiritual entity of man, an exceptional life force, residing in the body and discarding it during sleep and in case of death etc. It has also been observed that the soul is connected with the psychological characteristics of an individual, and in some way is made of it, that the soul may serve as the immaterial means of contact between people, and even between man and the lord. But from what it is made, where it is located during life and where it goes after – there is no solid opinion. It is also unknown from what the picture of a man’s soul is made, are there unchang-ing and changing parts in it, is it possible

to bring up the soul, control it and cure? Although it is as if no one objects that soul is gifted with reason and will. In general the soul is a phenomenon belonging or closely related to the bio-logical objects and in the first place with man. Although there is basis to consider that any object of the Material world car-ries in it some simplified form of the soul’s modification. But we shall analyze the most unfolded variant that is the soul of man. Here one should be reminded of the main problem of the Material world, the contradiction between matter and spirit. Spirit, Spiritual entity has come down to the initial level, the level of simple matter, in order to go through all the stages of becoming the Spirit and renew Its Entity. In each thing of the Material world lives the element of Spirit and tends to self-regeneration and integration into an integral whole. Man, the last in the line of units of matter, in total manifests the picture of dichotomy of matter and spirit. The usual phrase «soul and body» is proof of it. It is also necessary to establish the concepts «Spirit» and «Spirituality». By the word spirit we shall under-stand the subjects and field, opposed to matter – non-matter, subjects, non-matter object.The concept Spirit, thereby, is closely connected with God. Spirituality, spiritual – these terms show the orientation towards the spiritual world and primarily the presentation to God. Now we shall try to go along with the Creator and see how the human soul is structured by him and how it fits into the System of the world order (fig. 67). Human soul appears for the first time

Page 272: Technology of Creation Eng

272

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

at fertilization, when the female and male sex cells integrate into one whole and form the first cell – zygote, containing all 46 chromosomes, necessary for devel-opment of a new man. The size of a zygote is about 50 mi-crons that corresponds to the geometric centre of the scale. Then the zygote be-gins to divide, increasing twice every 30 hours. An adult man increases as com-pared to the zygote 105 times and occu-pies exactly the centre of the seventh class. Right on the top of the Holy diagonal. But the soul appears already at the moment of formation of the sub-human zygote. To be precise it is at the begin-ning of the nucleus of the soul. It consists of two halves – noumen of the man’s soul and genetic Ego of the parents. from the noumenal world, through genetic code of the universe, included in the Maximons, the noumen of human soul is input to the zygote. within the time limits of the life cycle of the stellar planetary system the noumen of soul is literally unchanged. It can be said that it is immortal, since it appears on each life cycle of the un-iverse. Although it is totally logical to suppose that the noumen of man and his soul to the moment of completion of the life cycle of the universe appears totally different than in the beginning. The noumen of a soul is a reference, built in total accord with the purposes and tasks of universal System. It is how the soul should be in order that the purposes of the System were realized.

«…in our soul we have the outlines of the lord’s soul and its eternal judgments…» B. Spinoza [106, p. 28].

The second half of the newly born soul

comes with the genetic Ego of the parents. Male and female sex cells carry in its chromosomes not only the program of construction of the future organism, but each its genealogical Ego – the es-sence of its internal «I». At the time of combination of sex cells into a zygote a new genetic Ego of the future man ap-pears. According to laws of genetics the inherited attributes may be transferred in a rather intricate way. The traits of one of the parents or even distant relatives may dominate, but the genetic Ego of the future man is always determined by his genealogy. Thus, at the first moment of life of the human embryo the history of his soul already starts. In the beginning it is only a nucleus, made of noumen and genetic Ego.At fertilization two personal Spiritual entities appear, controlling all the subse-quent life of Man and his Soul. They are located in the periphery of the Material world but oriented only on the given man.The control plane of the Material world generates the Spiritual entity – «Guardian Angel», responsible for the man’s life and maintenance of the purity of his soul. And the death control plane generates the Spiritual entity responsible for the man’s death, as well as the sup-port and disposal of handicapped souls – «Angel of Death». Already in the womb of the mother the human embryo and his soul begin to experience a mass of external influences and learn to react to them. After birth, at all stages of human life from childhood to old age the nucleus of the soul grows its own Ego, individual and non-repeatable internal world. This is manifested as the unique set of affects, characteristic features in conduct and individual’s mode of thought. Man, the carrier of soul, by his

Page 273: Technology of Creation Eng

273

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

67

Org

in a

nd d

ynam

ics o

f the

phe

nom

enon

«hu

man

soul

»

Grandfathers

Tim

eb

efo

relif

eo

fm

an

Mo

me

nt

of

fert

iliza

tion

So

ul f

orm

atio

nso

urc

es

Ele

me

nts

,fo

rmin

gth

e

Ma

teria

l Wo

rld

pe

rip

he

ry,

ma

teria

lw

orld

con

tro

l pla

ne

Ma

n’s

life

pe

rio

d

Fo

rma

tion

of

am

an

’sso

ul

du

rin

glif

etim

e

Tim

eo

fd

ea

thP

erio

da

fte

rd

ea

th

So

rtin

go

fsp

iritu

al

en

erg

yin

acc

ord

an

cew

ithth

eC

rea

tor’

sd

esi

gn

Dire

ctio

no

fe

go

acc

ord

ing

tob

elo

ng

ing

No

um

en

al

wo

rld

Ma

teria

l wo

rld

Ge

ne

a-

log

ica

lE

go

Greatgrandfathers.....

Ma

teria

lwo

rld

pe

rip

he

ry,

de

ath

con

tro

lpla

ne

Influ

en

cin

gfa

cto

rs Life condition

Edu

catio

nB

rin

gin

gu

p

Biolo

gica

l

need

sof

a

carri

erof

the

soul

Life

expe

rienc

e

Spiritual

experi-

ence

Psy

cho

log

ica

lan

da

nth

rop

olo

gic

al

da

taa

bo

ut

the

carr

ier

of

sou

l

Socia

l

envi

ronm

ent

Noum

en

Quitsthesoul

Spiritu

al

Acq

urie

dE

go

Re

aso

nW

illS

piritu

alli

ty

Quitsthesoul

Sp

iritu

al

en

erg

yo

f

serv

ice

to

the

Cre

ato

r ’s

de

sig

n

Sp

iritu

al

en

erg

yo

f

am

alg

a-

ma

tion

with

the

Cre

ato

r

Sp

iritu

al

en

erg

yo

f

con

fro

nta

-

tion

toth

e

the

Cre

ato

r’s

de

sig

n

Go

dlik

ep

art

of

eg

o

Go

dlik

ep

art

of

eg

o

Toth

ere

ne

we

dS

piritu

al b

ein

g

Go

da

bu

sin

gp

art

of

eg

o

An

ge

l of

de

ath

An

ge

l of

de

ath

Se

pa

ratio

no

fth

esp

iritu

al

en

erg

ych

arg

e

An

ge

lo

flif

e

GeneticcodeofMaximon

No

um

en

of

ma

n

Parents

An

ge

lof

life

An

ge

lo

flif

e

Too

ffsp

rin

gs

Ge

ne

ticE

go

An

ge

lo

fd

ea

th

ener g

yof

Ego

An

ge

lo

flif

e

An

ge

lo

fd

ea

th�

So

ul o

fa

zyg

ote

-fir

sth

um

an

cell

Suolofagrow

u

pm

an

Ac

q

uired

E

go

Re

ason

Wil

lS

p i r i t ual i t y

G en

ea

lo

gica

l

Eg

o

N

oum

e

n

No

um

en

of

am

an

’sso

ul

Ge

ne

ticE

go

Inte

gra

tion

with

mate

rialw

orld

contr

ol

Inte

gra

tion

with

the

death

contr

olp

lane

Page 274: Technology of Creation Eng

274

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

nature is very much materialistic. His body is akin to the body of an animal, it com-pletely abides by laws of the animal world. Through the body the factors of the material and physiological properties influence the Soul. The conditions of life – how man feeds, what he breathes, how he sleeps and what natural conditions surround him, even the natural landscape have significance in the formation of Ego.The own biological needs of an indi-vidual, output from the organism itself also influence the Ego. The psychological data either you are smart or dumb, nimble or slow by nature, and the anthropological characteristics such as sex, height, proportion, availability and color of hair, beauty or its lacking often in root define the picture of the Soul.Apart from natural factors the human Ego is influenced by causes, connected with the anthropogenic data of man him-self and his social environment. Education, bringing up, social environment and the life experience accumulated can influence the Soul no less than the physiological factors. The poor Soul is pressurized by a multitude of circumstances of the Ma-terial world from all sides. It answers, as it can and how it likes if it’s not lazy. The point is that the Soul is given the properties of reason, will and that is the most important - ability to conduct ethical evaluation. The Soul is a complex thing, probably the most complicated thing in the Mate-rial world. So it should be – on top of the pyramid of matter. Not already matter, but its property. But it is in the borders of the frequency characteristics 1043 Hz, and that is why is related to the world of matter. So what is there inside it and how it

works? Probably, we cannot understand?On the contrary, my Soul, the scheme of work of a Soul is not so unattainable to our conscience. In the centre of Soul of an adult man the noumen of the soul is in full safety. In general, the concept of human noumen and the noumen of soul are completely synonymous. Both are the essence of man as a species. The genetic Ego, personal legacy, is located around the noumen. Its outer border is vague, because further is the acquired part of the Ego - that which be-came the essence of man, thanks to the interaction of the soul with the bouquet of factors described. How the external factor becomes the element of Ego? It is very simple. well, maybe not very simple, but simple. In any case not more complex than the structure of «secrets» of the English lock at your door. look, my Soul, at the figure 68. Here is man. Here is the surrounding world, which compels man to live in it, react to it and act somehow. And here is the human soul, which prompts man, his body what to do and what line of beha-vior to follow. Soul is the internal world of man, his human essence; it prepares answers to the question how to react to problems and task, coming from the surrounding world, from nature, from society, from his own organism. The soul prompts how to react in each specific situation and forms the individual’s relation to the regularly changing questions and problems. The design of Soul is similar to the multilayered sphere. Something like the Chinese, balls one in another, or Russian dolls. There are six such layers or levels in

Page 275: Technology of Creation Eng

275

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

the Soul. Information from outside passes one after the other from the first to the sixth layer and then in the processed form returns to the first layer and thereafter outside to the physical body of man. The whole structure of soul is built on the basis of Maximons, that is why in relation to the physical body of man, which is made of atoms and molecules, the soul is invisible, imperceptible and unreachable by modern tools of study. But the soul does not cease to be the phenomenon of Material world because of this, does not become a supernatural phenomenon, and does not cease to be an intelligible object.Take a hundred random people from the street and try to explain to them the structure, and not the work diagram, but the structure of a simple English lock. If in this hundred there happens to be one engineer – mechanic – only he will un-derstand you. The structure of Soul can be compre-hended by hundred out of hundred. Be-cause the lord can combine deep wis-dom with evident simplicity. The first layer of the Soul is the ac-quired Ego (I), that, which constitutes the internal world of man on the given stage of his life. All that he has inherited from the parents and ancestors, all that he has learnt, what life taught him, his capacity to think and analyze, his bringing up, his ethical basis, his relation to the Creator, all this is packed in «I» of the man, has the scientific name «Ego» and is the re-sult of the work of an individual’s soul. Ego is a sort of result of the cir-cumstances, independent of the given man and at the same time to a great extent is a product of the will and conscience of the man himself, result of the work of soul. The Ego of an individual passes to

his children and descendents, forming the genetic heritage of soul. Ego outlives the physical death of human body and continues its participa-tion in the metamorphosis of the universe.The richer and more spiritual the earthly life of the soul, the more interest-ing and significant will be the extra-terrestrial fate of Ego. The second layer is the genetic ego, that, which we obtained from our parents, ancestors and most important from God, without our will and effort. The parents are a chauffeur and a maid, but the son is a genius composer! The father is a district warden of a gym-nasium, the mother is a decent woman, but the sons are regicides, monsters, smi-ters of a whole nation. Or say: Nobody taught him, but the child just sang and danced rather profes-sionally or did something with his own hands and tools are in his hands as they should be. what is here acquired from parents and what from God’s Dispensa-tion we don’t know. The genetic Ego is the deepest un-changeable «I» in man. Genetic Ego can-not change. Its figure may be accepted or developed or on the contrary subdued by the acquired Ego, but cannot be changed in kind. Here it is, my Soul, please, one more powerful channel of control over mankind without violation of the principle of freedom and independence of man. The third layer of the soul is the will. Man is free in his decisions. To serve one’s instincts or analyze the situation, listen to the voice of conscience or make simpler and more convenient, give work to one's soul or sail along the course of one's whims. The capacity to strongwilled

Page 276: Technology of Creation Eng

276

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

fig.

68

Des

ign

of a

man

’s so

ul

Orig

ino

fe

lem

en

tso

fa

sou

l

OUTSIDEWORLD

Fu

nct

ion

so

fS

ou

l’se

lem

en

ts

Act

ion

sa

nd

line

of

be

ha

vio

ur

BODY

SOUL

En

qu

iry

for

rea

ctio

n

Re

com

me

nd

en

rea

cto

in

AcquiredEgoAccumulationof

one’sownspiritualexperience

I

Analysisofthesituationandsearchofsolution

choicesReason

IV

Referanceforcomparison

Noumen

ofsoul

VI

Preservationofthespiritualexperienceof

ancestors

II

GeneticEgo

Compulsionofsoultoworkandmovement

III

Will

Conscience

Formedduringlifethankstoexternal

reasonsandefforts

GivenbyGodandenhancedbyman

Fromthenoumenalworld.Giventoeach

manatbirth

Comesfromparentsandancestors,aswell

asfromGod’sDispensation

GivenbyGodandnursedbyman

GivenbyGodandenhancedorcontracted

byman

V

Moralself-control

Pro

ble

ms

an

dta

sks

Page 277: Technology of Creation Eng

277

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

self-controlled behavior, most probably, has also a dual nature. A part is given by birth and another part is a prod-uct of self training. So, you can’t discount weak will to bad heredity. Reason, the fourth stage in the depth of soul, has the same dual nature. Reason has huge possibilities, almost unlimited. It accumulates and selects the variants of actions, decisions, strategies of behavior, it can compare them, evaluate, assign the criteria of optimality and sort the best choice in it. Reason cannot do only one thing: define the boundary of its expe-diency. One and the same reason is ca-pable of rising to the understanding of the actions of the Creator and in a minute, turning its back to the Creator, knock down His Creation. Reason is all powerful, but a soulless instrument of the Soul. A huge, almost unlimited power of reason and logic, if it is not directed in the required channel, is capable of destroying everything in the world and primarily its carrier – man. A terrible danger of self-destruction is hid-den in the powerful intellect, which is convinced in its own self-sustainability.

«logic cannot serve as the base of mor-al evaluations» M. Daimont [39, p. 219].

But without reason the soul of a man cannot exist. It will be then not man but an empty-headed insect. Then why all these evolutionary paths – insects were created since long ago. The fifth, last but one in the underly-ing level of soul, is the Conscience. This measure is manifested through ethics, moral and morality. These words are al-most synonyms. They imply the capacity to self-limitation with the purpose of not

being in contradiction with the rules and laws of the Creator. Human reason like a young stupid dog strains at the leash at each crow fly-ing past. There is lot of energy but no wisdom.The conscience is more complex. The system of interdiction and limitations, first of all, is not that evident, and sec-ondly, is very complex. It is in fact the reverse side, inside of the universe. Every possible thing of the world exists in the world on certain conditions and in the system of definite limitations. It has become even to some extent very sad. why reason, why will, if all around there are unseen limitations, which should not be violated. wherever you step in, you will surely violate some-thing without even wishing it. you need to be the lord in order to know in detail the whole structure of un-iverse. But man is not God and can never be Him. what it means that we are doomed for the role of botcher – the de-stroyer of the works of our father? Not, of course. To exit from each «dead end» the lord has saved his own door and footway. Inside the human’s soul, almost at the bottom of it the lord placed the conscience. Sometimes «…with quiet admonition» [81, v.2, page 39], as Platon said, sometimes deafeningly loud the signal from conscience is input to reason. The meaning of this signal is the ethical interdiction of actions, contradicting the ideas of the Creator, rules and laws of world order. Ethical standard is put in each man. Its signals can be ignored, can be damped, but also can be attentively listened to and followed. Each one decides for himself how much one can execute the demands of conscience. The conclusion is the degree of human morality is completely defined

Page 278: Technology of Creation Eng

278

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

by man himself. Moral responsibility is to be shifted nei-ther on the lord, nor on the alien soul. This is it! you cannot be naughty with the Creator! And, finally, the last, sixth level is the depth of Soul. There like a magic crystal Noumen of human soul glows unchanged, universal, absolute standard of soul. It lies there at the depth and does noting. It does not change at all, does not command over anyone. The pure nature of the standard is in doing nothing and serving the purposes of comparison. The first layer of the soul is the Ego, what we got, and the last layer is the Noumen – the soul, which was conceived by the Creator. I am afraid that the divergence can be very significant to be completely beyond recognition. A typical man of our time can hardly have a soul close to the Noumen. However, now among human tribes there are rare examples, free from temp-tations and passions, or more precisely controlling their ambitions. Such people are considered to «have God in heart». Maybe, their heart is considerably closer to the Noumen. The noumen of soul takes up its place in the Soul at fertilization and leaves the Soul at death. It is possible that the task of Noumen is to accompany the earthly life of man. The Noumen itself takes origin from the Noumenal world and transfers to the material world through information, which is carried by the Maximon. In relation to all objects of the Matter Noumen of soul is immortal, invincible and unchangeable. Cicero made an assumption that:

«Our souls are everlasting, but not im-mortal» [110, p. 378].

In categories and relations of the Noumenal world, where the life cycle of aggregates is of the order ten times greater than in the Material world. The Noumen of soul, as the Noumens of other aggregates is subject to specific evolution. Most probably this evolution is related to the onset of the completion of the full cycle of universe and the impendent completion of the transition of the Spiritual being from the «alpha» point to the «omega» point. The human noumen, man himself, as a species is also probably subject to radi-cal changes in the dimensions of phylo-genesis. By the way it is time to compli-cate the dichotomy «ontogeny-phylogenesis». The phenomenon of re-placement and evolution of phylogenesis exists. with the replacement of stars and their planets there appear situations of appearance and development of new phylogenesis on the base of those or the slightly transformed noumens of things, including plants, animals and people. Af-ter hundreds and thousands of similar iterations man possibly will be different and that is more important that the prob-lem of spiritual perfection of man may change.

«with the passage of time there shall ap-pear more and more ether in the air. when ether fills the air, then children will be born without fathers. In Virginia there is an apple tree with specific properties. It does not blos-som, but yields fruits something similar to fruits without seeds. This will gradually spread to animals and then to people. women shall give birth to children without fertiliza-tion, and in the Seventh Circle there shall appear people, who will be capable of repro-ducing themselves. In the Seventh Race of the Seventh Circle people shall change skin each year and they will have new nails on the fingers of hands and legs. People may be-come more psychic, then spiritual. At the end of all,

Page 279: Technology of Creation Eng

279

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

in the Seventh Circle, Buddhas without sin shall be born» E.P. Blavatskaya [19, p. 564].

Nevertheless, how the external fac-tors influence the formation of a Soul? In general, what is this «work of soul» made of? My soul! I, your earlier reincarnation, am so structured that in the beginning I should draw the diagram and then explain my thoughts using it. In short, see figure 69. Everything is drawn there. The six-layered Soul of man accepts from the body requests for reacting and returns the body information about the recommended reaction, formed as a re-sult of passing through a specific layer. The simpler the request and the lazier the soul, the shorter the path of the request to the soul’s depth. The simplest answer is got, if the first layer is activated. In a majority of cases this takes place, when the request is re-peated many times and the reaction stereotype has already been for long gen-erated, that by itself is not all that bad and serves in saving the spiritual energy. On the other hand, if the situation is non-standard, requires analysis and spiri-tual efforts, but man brushes aside, does not desire to apply soul and behaves in analogy to some other situation only sim-ilar externally. This is sin, and it remains in Ego, it not only remains, but creates a precedent and disposition to accumulation and growth. In a bright body of the soul a black spot appears. Thus the first level of reaction of the soul works. let’s suppose that the request kno-wingly or unknowingly was not held back in the first level and got into the second

layer of soul, the genetic Ego. Here the bad heredity of the great grandmother – maid or the grandfather – gambler and brawler can suddenly ac-tuate. Or else something from the noble breed may emerge like the sudden firm-ness of the soul or the inappropriate un-selfishness. But in any case they will play a malicious jest with you. The harm here is in the same feckless reflexivity, which are put out of place. The outlines of the genetic Ego, if they are repeated without control in the behavior of man, automatically change over to his acquired Ego and become the direct outlines of his I. well what of it? My ancestors, let’s suppose, were golden hearted people, and I inherited their Ego. what is bad in it? But it’s bad! The alien traits of the soul have been suffered and built by oth-er people, and my soul really is made of only that, that through it passed whatever that affected my will, reason and spirit. you will get on the outer a golden soul, but in nature only a visibility and a total false. The third case. The request for reac-tion reached the level «will». If in the first two cases the response was reflex-ive, then at the third level the conscious decision-making of one of two decisions takes place. To allow the request further, expend efforts on its apprehension and analysis or to not allow, but turn it back and select some externally similar analo-gy of solution. Again each act of weakness, lack of desire to give work to the soul adds black spots to the picture of soul. But we shall consider that the will was exposed and the request for reaction reached the fourth level of soul, where reason is located. Only now it came to the

Page 280: Technology of Creation Eng

280

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

fig.

69

Ope

ratio

n sc

hem

e of

a h

uman

soul

Outsideworld

BODY

III

III

III

VV

I

Pro

ble

ms

an

dta

sks

Act

ion

sa

nd

line

of

be

ha

vio

ur

Reason

Re

qu

est

for

rea

ctio

n

Re

com

me

nd

ed

rea

ctio

n

AcquriedEgo

GeneticEgo

Will

Spirituality

Noumen

ofsoul

Re

act

ion

s,b

uilt

on

pre

ced

en

tL

evel

I

Re

act

ion

s,b

ase

do

nh

ere

dity

Level

II

Re

act

ion

s,b

ase

do

nth

eu

nw

illin

gn

ess

toth

ink

an

da

na

lyse

sL

evel

III

Re

act

ion

s,b

ase

de

xclu

sive

lyo

nth

eb

ase

con

cep

tua

lL

evel

IV

Re

act

ion

s,b

ase

do

nth

em

ora

lity

(th

evo

ice

of

con

scie

nce

)L

evel

V

Re

act

ion

s,b

ase

do

nco

mp

ariso

nw

ithth

en

ou

me

no

fso

ul (

Cre

ato

r ’s

De

sig

n)

Level

VI

SO

UL

Page 281: Technology of Creation Eng

281

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

real work of the soul. Reason is ca-pable of analyzing the request, classify it, compare with analogues and formulate an optimal reaction. Everything is wonderful except for one very important circumstance. Rea-son, left to itself, relies on the subjective conception about the optimality criterion. Reason left to itself allots to subjects of the world tags «good» or «bad», abso-lutely in an arbitrary way. The important thing for reason is the internal logic of inferences, and all initial limitations are an arbitrary formality. The concepts of good and evil are beyond the limits of formal-logic structures. Therefore the pure conceptual approach may give both positive and negative result, and the reaction of soul can be both useful and harmful for man. Soul, depending on godless rationalism, is doomed to mistakes, deceptions and sufferings. The soul, letting it to be over-come with animal instincts, is a sorry sight. Here are some bright words of pro-topope Abbacum in this regard of their life:

«All that with Christ from the other world has been endowed to people in order to praise God. But man, resembling vanity, his days allegedly like shadow come, jumps al-legedly like a goat, bloats allegedly like a bubble, gets angry allegedly like a lynx, wants to eat allegedly like a snake, laughs in vain at the other’s beauty like a horse, is cunning allegedly like demon…» [52, p. 650].

well said! yes? All the same the harshest case is when man consciously and obdurately turns away from God. Then no one can help him.

«The lord cannot save man, if man does not accept the Divine beginning and does not

live a life of belief and alms, or else, turning away from God, he reaches out to the evil spirits and as a result his spirit is fulfilled with evil wile» E. Swedenborg [95, p. 379].

Our Guardian Angel stands aloof si-lently and looks with despondence at our back.

«Those, who guard us invisibly,Have weakened out of impotence, Tears from the eyes brush aside Their silky wings»I. Guberman [34, p. 130]

The sin of godlessness is punished with godlessness.

«wherefore through which man commits crime, through that he is punished» Apocrypha [29, p. 323].

Punishment with godlessness implies that man ceases to receive care and pro-tection from the lord in all his actions. There is no need of any Hell herein. life during life transforms into the most fear-ful desperate Hell. The lord forgives man a lot, but in the part of relation to spirit, to the world of spirit He is strict and extremely exacting.

«A lot is indistinct at GodIn his universal blessing: He gives the fate free of cost, And demands the soul as payment» I. Guberman [34, p. 127]

It is understandable, since the soul is one of the key objects of the system. The target functions are realized through it. It is the main element of the System at the level of «Man». No, the ambitious reason considering itself as sustainable does not decorate the

Page 282: Technology of Creation Eng

282

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

Soul with worthy reactions. If the same reason approaches the conscience and spirituality with request to give ethical criteria of solving the task, then it is to-tally a different case. But this is already the next, fifth level of passage of request to the man’s soul. Conscience gives reason ethical guidelines, sets moral criteria and guar-antees the virtue of recommended reac-tion. Solutions that pass through the filter of conscience enriches the Soul, makes its energetically positive. why does it happen so? Because conscience and spirituality are nothing but attention and respect to the Creation of God and world, where we exist, the wish to correspond to this world and not violate its harmony. Reason spreads before us the choice of multiple choices of solutions, and the soft voice of conscience indicates, which of them is forbidden and can break the harmony of our sphere of living. Thus, pay attention, the distinctive feature of the fifth filter – elimination of reactions of soul, which cause harm or danger to the harmony of the universe, and in the first place for the internal spi-ritual harmony of man himself. working on the prohibitive principle the fifth filter divides all the possible choices of reactions into two groups – those, which are allowed and those, which are not permitted and throws aside the latter.

«Conscience represents in us the divine judgement: first of all, because it evaluates our moods and deeds on the sanctity and purity of law; secondly, because we cannot deceive it; and finally, thirdly because we cannot elude it, wherefore it, similar to divine omnipresence, is in store for us» I. Kant [55, p. 132].

It can – it can't. The whole sense of existence of man, the phenomenon of man itself is in that the Soul appeared and that this Soul functioned and purified:

«…fate controls half of our behaviour, but to control the other half or about it is given to us» Machiavelli [69, p. 103].

The lord at the height of his Creation created Man and put a fairly mediocre Soul in him. with this the Divine action as regards Man is finished. Thereafter, as per the Creator’s plan, man, with his own efforts, has to grow and nurture from the sprouts of Soul the tree of life of the next hypostasis of the lord. It is nothing more or less. Man must do this himself.

«where, there is no struggle, there is no merit» E.P. Blavatskaya [17, p. 121].

Such a key mission is bestowed on man and so his work on the soul is im-portant.One can, of course, ignore this task, but then punishment follows as godless-ness. All sufferings of not intelligent man take place due to neglect of one’s providential function. Our enlightened souls should occupy their places in the universe, after physi-cal death taking the function of the Guardian Angels of our progeny, take on us the multitude of care on upkeep and movement of the universe System and in the end amalgamate with the single re-newed Spiritual being at the «omega» point.

«Not a single Being can become God or Deva, if it does not pass through the human Cycles» E.P. Blavatskaya [17, p. 402].

Nevertheless Elena Petrovna shocks

Page 283: Technology of Creation Eng

283

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

me. wherever you look at in the un-iverse, there on the wall there is already its graffiti. I wish she explained how she succeeds in it. In the other life I should ask her. let her say! The sixth, final stage of the soul, car-rying in it the Noumenal soul, similarly works in the filter mode, but does not filter, but searches and locates those choices of reactions, which directly coin-cide with the Noumenal standard of the soul. Noumen is the ideal example of solution, which corresponds exactly to the Creators' Plan. To exactly correspond to the Noumen implies not only to abide by the rules of the world order, but par-ticipate in the process of Creation, in the process of target oriented evolution of the word order System, directly execute its role in realization of the main target function of the System. It is obvious, that reactions of such kind are vitally impor-tant to the System and have a high de-gree of demand. Ego, having stored for its life, at least several reactions of the sixth level ac-quires an unique energetic and perspec-tive of further application.

«Magically, as if by the count of one-two-three, And without touching of someone’s hands, we rarely change from the inside, As the world changes around»I. Guberman [35, p. 510]

But what should be done to change from inside as the lord wants? Simply to change such as to not contradict the Creator’s plan. To search God, under-stand His will and fuse with it.

«God’s will should be the law and norm for the human will not as an accepted arbi-trary behaviour, but as an accepted good» V. Solovyov [103, p. 103].

Approximately three and half thou-sand years back the Old Testament Job wrote such a formula of morality for man:

«Only the lord knows the path to wis-dom…Thus He said to man:“The fear before the lord is wisdom,And reason should be away from evil”»(Job 28, 23, 28).

Still earlier my favourite Hermes Trismegistus had opined very shortly and simply: «…know God and do not do evil to none» [22, page 53]. why should man follow the moral formula? why should man suffer, why should he live his life in moral and other discomfort? why should he carry evil to the world, when it is far pleasant to study good and optimism? why be «poor and sick» when as per the Plan we should be «healthy and rich». How much can one be a deplorable exception on the harmonious body of the Mother-Nature? Is it not wiser to listen to Its laws and live according to them. from the moment of perception of good and bad, i.e. from the moment of appearance of self-knowledge man had not lived a minute in full harmony with the world. May be it is already time? Harmony is good. It is Divinely good, but one turn face to the lord and purify one’s Soul.

“In the spring of everlasting purityyou join with yourself” Omar Ibn Al-farid [5, p. 536]

Thus, man is given the opportunity to work or not work over his Soul. The first three levels give birth to reactions, natural rather to the animal than to man. Each

Page 284: Technology of Creation Eng

284

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

following level gives reaction of more worthy property. Any reaction leaves an imprint in the Ego of first level, which man transfers to his progeny and produc-es for examination at the moment of transition to the Kingdom. Thus the Soul operates. The acquired or personal Ego mani-fests in a specific manner through af-fects, i.e. characteristic features of beha-viour, inclination, weakness, emotions, passions and similar peculiarities of a person. The number of known affects exceed a thousand. They may be grouped under different attributes roughly into twenty groups. Inside the group affects are lined in a row. In the centre of the row the affects are corresponding to the ethical norm. To the left and right are affects with deviations from the norm with hypertrophied or lowered survival. Anal-ysis and systemization of affects on the degree of their ethic allows to unscram-ble the design of human personality. A very interesting direction is research. A lot of material has been collected to this effect. It will be sufficient for a small book. But this a separate song. If God permits, we shall sing it. But now for the logic of narration it is necessary to remind only one moment of my unwritten theory of affects. The mat-ter is that human Ego may accommodate a strictly fixed number of affects. There is quite a specific numeric limit (neither more nor less). The number of seats in the stalls is li-mited. And the number of places is by an order less than the listed number of af-fects. If the place is occupied by one af-fect, then the other with a different ethi-cal sign already has no place. In all in the stalls of soul there are about eighteen profile chairs. Affects, corresponding to

the typical reactions of our Ego, sit on them. This company of 18 dominating affects is the face of my, your, and any other soul. Man is given the right to in-fluence his soul, the right to convert it to a luminous temple or stinking scrapyard. Man is given the opportunity to perfect the soul, maintain it in purity and exacti-tude, guard from decay and vice. learn and think, adapt to conditions of life and social medium without servilism and loss «I», absorb the life experience, reassure at the cost of own efforts, gather spiritual experience, peering at the harmony of the universe, follow the Creator's hand that leads you through life, and the soul will become your support and happiness. let’s go back to figure 67. Now it is clear that man in the course of life mainly builds the figure of his soul himself, and it leads him through life. But time passes and the period of physical life ends. The body ceases to exist, disintegrating into molecules and atoms of initial substances. what happens to the Soul? It is considered to be eternal, but it is half-true only half-true. Different layers of the soul have dif-ferent fate. Noumen leaves the soul at death, and death is nothing but the sepa-ration of Noumen. To say what happens with Noumen of soul after man’s death and where it goes is senseless. The nou-men of soul as said earlier is standard information put in each Maximon. when man is alive this information is open, unfolded and fixed as standard on an in-dividual. The energetics of Noumen may be the latent reason of the life of an organism. It sits somewhere in the heart or near one or an handful of Maximons, draws the picture of Noumen of soul and pumps life force to

Page 285: Technology of Creation Eng

285

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

the heart or body. The time for death has come and the picture has stopped, but has not vanished, and is ready to appear in a different, new body. Reason, will and Spirituality by origin are the fruits of the Brain's activity – a complex multi-cellular organic structure. Death by definition destroys the organic structure, disassembles them to mole-cules and atoms. Therefore our individual reason, will and spirituality leave the soul and go to non-existence. But only from the physical point of view. In the information field everything looks dif-ferent. There is no physicist, but the «right-hand screw» remains, the Philosopher died, but his Ideology inspires the world, the Dictator has been hanged, but the fear lives in generations, the freethinker has been burnt and the ashes dispersed, but the spirit of resistance is kindled. The novelist is no more since long, and heroes of the novel are as live. The genetic Ego in the course of life adapts to the self Ego of man, partially dissipating in it, partially fading away. Thus at death only the personal Ego of man is left unchanged. Depending on what affects fill the Ego, it radiates dif-ferent spiritual energy. How it is distin-guished – by frequency, by tonality or as separate notes in a note row – I do not know. But the soul of a scoundrel and envier is sharply different from the soul of a lazy person or idler, not to say already about the soul of a power monger or the soul of a simply respectable per-son. On the sum of actions to each his own proper harmonic sound of spiritual energy. Then the listening and division of spi-ritual energy into three streams and their direction to the corresponding addresses as per belonging takes place, fig 70.

The spiritual energy, born by actions, directed to the service of the Creator’s Plan, separates and is handed over to the control of Guardian Angel, or, the same becomes a part of the control Mechanism of the Material world. There it will find what to engage in, serving the Plan and Deed of the Creator till the total comple-tion of the Big cycle. The energy of the God-fearing part of Ego is born not less than at the fifth level (fig. 69), there, where spirituality, con-science and ethical requirement allow only the morally complete reactions of the soul.Spiritual energy, born from the direct concordance of actions with the Creator’s plan is nothing but the gist of the renewed Spiritual being, to which the System aspires for, «omega» point, at which the universe should converge as a result. Therefore the part of Ego similar to God, if it is there in the soul, converges to the «omega» point and amalgamates with the renewed Spiritual being. The spiritual energy of amalgamation is given birth by the rare and high souls, to whom the sixth level of self-consciousness. Thanks to them the Spiritual being, having dissipated itself in Matter, again inherits existence and collects the forces for the subsequent cycle of world creation. I do not know, if the Soul satisfying completely the requirements of the sixth level can exist or not. It is not for me, the sinful, to imagine such a thing. But a part of the soul, adequate to a Noumen, possesses a high sensitivity from the point of view of target function of the system. The idea of development of man to a spiritual man and creation on his basis the Spiritual entity has been expressed already a hundred years back.

«…God…in relation to the world [matter]

Page 286: Technology of Creation Eng

286

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

is an acting, creating force, …joining with the soul and giving birth to the living form of Divinity from it. This explains the cosmic process in the material nature, ending with the birth of natural man, and the historical process following him and preparing the birth of spiritual man. Thus…embodiment of Divinity, it is not...something alien to the common order of existence, but, on the con-trary, significantly connected with all the history of the world and humanity…» V. Solovyov [103, p. 186].

It is approximately the same with P.T. de Charden. «One after the other, as continuous eva-poration, “souls“ are freed around us, carry-ing over it non-transferable burden of con-sciousness. One after the other, however, not an inch separate. wherefore for each of them there is, by nature of Omega, only a single possible point of final detection – that, in which under the synthesizing action of per-sonalized unity, deepening in it its elements, simultaneously going deep into self, the noosphere collectively achieves its point of convergence on “the last day“» P.T. de Charden [126, p. 279].

But the most interesting and deep formulation of dialectics of interconnec-tion «Man-God» in my opinion belongs to the bright Russian thinker N.A. Ber-dyayev. «The relation of man and God is para-doxical and totally does not subject to ex-pression in terms. God is born in man, and man raises and enriches himself by this. Such is one side of the divine-human truth, it un-folds in the experience of man. But there is another side, lesser disclosed and clear. Man is born in God and by this the divine life is enriched. There is a necessity in God for man, and there is a necessity in man for God. This is supposed by the creative reply of man to God» [12, p. 443].

freedom given to man, is the freedom of conscious following of God, for going

along the «lord’s paths». A wonderful idea is expressed by G. Pomeranz in this connection. freedom of man from his subjugation to laws of the universe (or God’s will) does not re-duce, but on the contrary reaches its maximum.

«In that measure in which man amalga-mates with the whole, becomes its embodi-ment, the unit of its existence, – he is free»[83, p. 49].

Exactly the same. The lesser the child is capricious the more he succeeds in playing. There still remains that part of the Ego, which is made of actions of contra-diction, ambitions, negation of the God's world, from atheism. Such type of souls are also natural, as the God fearing, moreover they are as important and vitally necessary for work of the System of world order. without minus there is no plus. Development and evolution of the world are based on iterations – infinite repetitions of attempts with very gradual drifting of results to the initial quality. Otherwise it is not possible to sort out all the possible choices. without this it is not possible. The principle of total sorting-out is one of the fundamental laws of evolution. As a result something should be done with the remains of unsuccessful attempts. The processes of disassembly and disposal of units that have gone through its life cycle is the task of clearing the site for the next attempt, for life and evo-lutionary movement of the system of uni-verse. unholy Egos are encountered with Angel of Death, and it locates them ap-plication in the Mechanism of disassem-bly and disposal of the objects of the un-iverse. And there work is enough.

Page 287: Technology of Creation Eng

287

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig.

70

Add

ress

ees o

f man

’s sp

iritu

al e

nerg

y

Fra

gm

entofuniv

ers

epla

ne

(fig

.16)

Org

aniz

atio

nal

leve

l cla

sses

Cell

Bio

sphere

Pla

nts

Anim

als

Man

Man-a

nim

al

Spiritu

al

energ

y

Man

angel

-””

Boundary

of

the

world

ofm

atter

Renew

ed

spiritu

al

bein

g

Cla

sses

on

the

bar

Const

Change

ofth

egra

die

nt

em

anatio

nof

“Bonum

Fra

gm

entofth

eke

yU

niv

ers

ese

ctio

n

Divin

e

diag

onal

Pla

nts

Anim

als

Man

Spiritu

al e

nerg

yofdevo

tion

Spiritu

al e

nerg

yofam

alg

am

atio

n

Spiritu

al e

nerg

yof

resi

stance

0

0

8 9 10 11 12

Const

67

8

Divinediagonal

Mech

anis

mofdis

mantli

ng

and

dis

posa

l ofU

niv

ers

eobje

cts

Materialworldcontrolmachanism

Angel

ofdeath

GuardianAngel

��

Page 288: Technology of Creation Eng

288

7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order

why it so happens? The all powerful Creator allows godless people to be born – dissidents, who turn away from him, decry the latest blasphemy and indiscri-minately speak ill of the Author and the Creator of their poor lives! And He bears them, atheists and does not do anything. why not prohibit? why not bestow god fearing people, robots, devoid of dangerous high-handedness! Then from where shall the high spiri-tual energy of amalgamation come from? you can come to it, only by being free, on the basis of knowledge, moral choice, work of soul, only through overcoming evil and catharsis.

The spiritual energy of amalgamation is thin and clean. for a long four hundred thousand billions of years drop by drop it fills only one cell of the hypermatrix at the «omega» point, until it collects in itself the whole world of the current Divine cycle, so that there was something from which to make the world the next time. The lord entrusted us with a signifi-cant role, but the responsibility is great!

«Scarcely ever God defined the pe-riod, That human race faded what shall God do on earth when we shall not be there?» I. Guberman [34, p. 125]

Page 289: Technology of Creation Eng

289

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

KEy wORDS: life cycle, self-rhythm, threshold of temporary sensitive, logarithmic time scale, scale-time niche, sinusoid of scale stability, hyper time, contraction of the universe.

My Soul, we did not engage in the count of beer available for a long time. The change of paradigms has not solved the problems. And the theory till now has been entirely spread with blanks. what-ever you take up there always is either a conceptual failure or an epistemological deadend. with concepts and definitions it is also a disaster. for example, «to fill in» and «to fill out», there is only a difference in the preposition, but the meaning totally changes. I would like to find words that reflect the concepts add and lessen the quantity of the countable object applicable to beer, and the point unexpectedly gave an inclination somewhere to urology. Totally inappropriate in our context. I made a dash for the sources, to Dal. I searched how the ancestors called the action, con-nected with reduction in the quantity of liquid. It turned out that when it was re-quired to scoop up something from the pot the master told the mistress: «Take the scoop and scoop», i.e. scoop-up, re-duce with the scoop! V.I. Dal [40, v. 4, p. 529]. A big ladle was called so! To design new concepts is a risky proposition, and to search in the depths of history is still worse. when you drink two to three mugs of brown ale you contemplate on how the world is structured, from where the scoop came from and get carried away by these

anecdotal evidences that it is not far from confusion. well, really, how can one take to revelation of the problem of the world order, if you are not capable of counting beer in your own house! Or, if one is to take for example the concept «life cycle». The period from the appearance of things to the moment when it ceases to be similar to itself. And to see, what is there inside? Not in the beer bottle, but in the life cycle of beer, for example! There are chemical processes inside. In the beginning fermentation and forma-tion of alcohol and all other essential and grain oils, then during bottling temporary termination of chemical processes using conservatives, so that we can drink it, and if the consumption is prolonged then the reaction proceeds further, vinegar and other rubbish begins to form, and then it will no longer be beer. The concept «life cycle» in its basis is based on some unstoppable internal process. for biological objects this ex-change process is metabolism. for skeletal matter this is a process, based on chemical and physical nature of interactions. But this is known to everybody. The other thing is important, life cycle is an internal process that leads any thing from its appearance to the moment of cessa-tion of its being and transition to another quality. So, each internal process pos-sesses its own rhythmics. In the same wort the glucose molecules disintegrate, and

Page 290: Technology of Creation Eng

290

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

the liberated atoms add to form al-cohol molecules. In fact this process re-quires specific time. How much time is need so that one or several molecules break up, and from their fragments the molecule of another substance gathered – I do not know, but it is this time which is the own rhythm of beer. The life cycle of man is 70-100 years, let him live more, till he likes it, and the own rhythm is either pulse, or inhalation and exhalation. The normal pulse is clos-er to the frequency 1 Hz, but can vary strongly. In a day about 100,000 beats of heart take place in man. But we breathe less frequently – 25,000 inhalations-exhalations a day. The breathing rhythm is stable and in calculations it should be taken as the «Self-rhythm of man». what beer does! Pay attention, my Soul, we in an odd moment over a beer or two found two characteristic points on the smooth time axis. Each thing has a limit of its life. The first point is the maximum life. Self-rhythm is the second point. It is of a few orders lower. well, certainly there should be a third point, the lower limit on the time scale. There in the sub-microscopic depths of a beer drop the free atom desperately searches with its valence the reciprocal attraction of a partial molecule, here they have sensed each other, and after a cer-tain instant fuse. After what period? To be frank I don’t know let it be condition-ally one second. Now imagine the time segment a mil-lion times less than a second. The dis-placement of atom during this time will be so slow that it will not be possible to feel the motion. Obviously for any object and phenomenon there is self-threshold of time

sensitivity. Or there is another more interesting, terrible example. How shall the process of drinking beer look like if the time for monitoring takes one millionth fraction of a second? The beer stream will be similar to a frozen stream of lava, or a hard granite cliff. If the whole life cycle of the observer is one millionth part of a second, then the beer lover will succeed in being born, live his life and die observing the unchanged picture of the stagnant beer stream. what a horrible thing! Indeed the viscosity of a fluid or in-ternal friction is the function of speed, and also time. If one is to bring an empty glass to the beer stream, by displacing it at a speed, say half the speed of light, then the glass will break, to be precise it even will evaporate. The conclusion from here: all participants of the process both beer and glass and the drinker should be in one and the same scale-time range. By the way, what happened to the participants of those bygone gatherings? The merry friend-cynic, remaining true to his egoism several times left his wives and children and did not find what to engage in. But once, in order to self ascertain, he began to build muscles and became a man-mountain and for some time stopped drinking and injecting nar-cotics. worked as a flash-man in a bar, as a night taxi driver, but alcoholic and narcotic dependency freely returned to the godless soul and helped finish his not so long life path in poverty, debts and obscurity. The neighbor woman on top, whose egoism was always diluted by natural intuition and leadership ambitions, changed several husbands and countries of residence, and as a result is the owner of a small restaurant in a big city abroad. The author followed the advice of

Page 291: Technology of Creation Eng

291

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

his faithful friend, married his beloved woman, but all the same loves dark beer and is adhered to the optimistic view on life. Because he draws his harmony with the world from advices of his Guardian Angel and beloved woman, whose ap-pearances with the passage of time be-came identical. More than thirty years have passed. Now pay attention, my Soul, we now in half a minute went through the thirty year segment of time. what else is this other than the displacement over the time scale. Imagine the logarithmic time scale. logarithm to the base 10 and unit of measurement – second. A line and on it frequent marks. Each mark – change in value by ten times: 10 sec, 100 sec, 1000 sec and so on… Each being may experience time in a specific range. The shortest segment is the threshold of time sensitivity. for man this is approximately three hundredth fraction of a second – 10–1.5 sec or lg(sec)= – 1.5. The longest segment is the life cycle period. for man – 80-100 years or 109.5 sec or lg(sec) = 9.5. In total on the logarithmic time scale the whole range constitutes 11 orders or lies be-tween the points -1.5 and +9.5. Here is the full limit for man to exist in the ocean of time. One drop from the ocean. And its boundaries are large. Not large but grandiose – more than 100 or-ders fig. 71. By forty orders more than the scale range size of material objects. It is understandable, matter is an inert sub-stance, heavy with large number of in-ternal limitations… The size range is a different matter. what can hinder the elongation or con-traction of time intervals. Almost nothing.

Perhaps only the general system require-ments to the design of universe, and the principles of engineering economy, which the Creator follows scrupulously because He is an ideal Technologist. The time scale covers without excep-tion all objects of the universe and units of the material world, and objects of the non-material world. All objects of the non-material world dwelling in the exis-tence hypostasis occupy each its specific range in the logarithmic time scale. One can say thus: The time scale is limited by the existence frameworks. The maximum time segment of existence – 1,24·1022 sec, and the minimum time segment – 1·10–81 sec. Existence does not continue more or exist less than this time segments. farther – «non-existence» – the field without time and all other attributes of the existential world. In fig. 71 the time ranges of habitation of the main objects of the universe are shown. with the exception of those objects about which the author knows too little and therefore hard to build suppositions, which are logically justified. The units of the material world from photon to atom are absent on the diagram solely at the author’s fault, and not due to some reason. you, my Soul, shall establish it in the diagram. let’s start with the unit of the materi-al world «man», bearing in mind the in-dividual-ontogeny. As it had been already been said the threshold of time sensitivity of man is about three hundredths of a second, life cycle (how it should as per certain calculations) – 98 years. On the logarithmic scale to base 10 sec – this interval is between the marks [–1.49] and [+9.48], i.e. occupies the segment to the order 11 on the scale. Inside this range there are three important points.

Page 292: Technology of Creation Eng

292

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

Man’s self-rhythm is probably his breathing rhythm. On an average the du-ration of one cycle of «inhalation-exhalation» constitutes 3.44 sec, which corresponds to the mark 0.536 on the time scale. Here it should be noted that the self-rhythm is a vitally important phenomenon. It is probably the main time rhythm of existence of any object of the universe. we shall see it at any living creature and in a certain changed form, at objects of inert matter. But the most important is that, it is there with the Spiritual entities of all levels. Man is a living being, capable of self reproduction. According to the demo-graphical science the average reproduc-tive cycle from generation to generation constitutes 25 years. In determining the human population this factor is very im-portant. The third internal time characteristic has a calculating nature. This is the aver-age point between the self-rhythm and the life cycle. for man this constitutes 105.01 sec. This time interval is very close to one earth day - 104.93 sec. The author, without himself noticing, adjusts the numbers, or it is yet another beautiful and may be a significant coincidence. The habitation zone of man on the time scale appears so. A small time scale niche in the right part of the scale. Only one tenth from the total length of the scale. Here is the complete set of time intervals with which man comes in con-tact during his earthly life. By all guises it has long back been noted that man has been created after God’s image. Not taking the development of this thought now, I shall say only that I share it in the most decisive way, more-over I am inclined to suppose that the principles of

the structure of time niche of man repeat to a large extent in the structure of the times niches of other ob-jects of the universe. O lord! I am to describe your world in the time aspect. One more grand im-print of your creation. I do not almost have scientific facts, the methodology is unknown, infinitesimally small is the baggage of experimental knowledge. In human perception the task is not solvable. But you instead of blind faith gave me the knowledge of your existence, you freed me from the false path of searching for wonder. I know that any of the designs of the world order created by you can and should be read by people, because, we are your children and made for this. There, where I lack knowledge you give me intuition, feeling of harmony and laws of similarity.

«Say, – where is the beginning and where is the base

Is it non-existence or existence?Only to that person, whom opened the base

of truthSaw the boundary of that and other» Mahabharata [71, p. 175].

Thank you lord for the feeling of flight from touching your Creation! The next time niche serves in ac-commodating the phylogenesis of man. The whole period from the first attempt of monkey to stand on the hind legs to present day and to some more time fur-ther, till man has not approached God to that extent that he drops his material skin.In all from the times of «monkey» 4.2–4.5 million years have passed. Very little as compared to the history of bios-phere – about 0.1 percent from the three and half billions years of its existence. A

Page 293: Technology of Creation Eng

293

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

short instant in the planet’s history, and most likely the completion of phylogeny will take place historically in a very short period. I think about 200-300 years are left. Totally. No. Mankind shall not disappear after 300 years. But soon, very soon the mo-ment shall come, when the purpose of human evolution as species shall be un-derstood and achieved. People complete-ly endowed with those qualities, for which the species evolved, shall appear. what quality it will be I don’t want to predict. The Neanderthal could hardly have explained what a civilized man is. Thus, the life cycle of human phylo-genesis is about 4.5 billions of years. The size of the time niche in the time scale is 11 orders. Accordingly the threshold of time sensitivity is four hours, self-rhythm is one day and the average rhythm is 98 years. Again numerical concordance, most probably it is a mistake, but looks nice. The time niche of star’s habitation is limited by the average life cycle of about 11 billion years and the threshold of time sensitivity, somewhere around a month or 40 days, as well occupies 11 orders of the time scale. The self-rhythm is 11 years – by the way coincides with the main cycle of the Solar activity, and the average rhythm – 280,000 years. As re-gards the planets and their biosphere, some of course have them, or their time niches constitute somewhere 95-85% from the size of the time niche of their stars. The Galaxy lives 40,000 billions of years, “feels” the time periods of not less than 400 years, has its own rhythm 40,000 years, average rhythm approx-imately one billion years and occupies the niche of also 11 orders. finally the Metagalaxy also occupies

11 orders between the life cycle 400,000 billions of years and the threshold of time sensitivity 4000 years. Self-rhythm constitutes 400,000 years, and average rhythm – about 10 billions of years. five concentrated, similar in size time ranges. Each occupies eleven divisions on the time scale. The total shift is almost the same – twelve and half divisions. It is interesting to analyze the relative multitude of these time niches. for this any homonymous point on them can be compared. for example, «average rhythm». Average rhythm of phylogeny is 35,000 greater than the average rhythm of human individual. And the average rhythm and life cycle of phylogeny is not to be compared with the homonymous points of the time niche of stars, planet and biosphere, because, most likely it (phylogenesis) happens only once in the history of planet, which is capable of carrying the geo-placental covers. On the other hand the star has time parameters 3,500 times lesser than the Galaxy. It means that for the life of the Galaxy its starry constitution renews 3,500 times. Between the Galaxy and Metagalaxy is a tenfold time difference, i.e. for the whole history of the universe not more than 10 generations of galaxies change. Each object of the material world has its limited field of existence in the time-like dimension. Beyond the boundaries of these fields objects cannot exist. If man could for example change his self-rhythm and inhale-exhale once in 400,000 years and accordingly live in the same rhythm his life would have pro-longed for 400,000 billion years, exactly the complete life cycle of the universe. And he would have observed how and

Page 294: Technology of Creation Eng

fig. 71. Temporary topology

Lg t, sec

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

987

6

54321

0�1�2�3�4�5�6�7�8�9�10

�11

�12

�13

�14

�15

�16

�17

�18

�19

�20

�21

�22

�23

�24

�25

�26

�27

�28

�29

�30

�31

�32

�33

�34

�35

�36

�37

�38

�39

�40

�41

�42

�43

�44

�45

�46

�47

�48

�49

�50

�51

�52

�53

�54

�55

�56

�57

�58

�59

�60

�61

�62

�63

�64

�65

�66

�67

�68

�69

�70

�71

�72

�73

�74

�75

�76

�77

�78

�79

�80

31

70

00

bln

.ye

ars

3,1

bln

.ye

ars

3,1

7m

ln.

ye

ars

3,1

00

0ye

ars

3,1

7ye

ars

11

6d

ays

,3,6

ha

urs

1,6

min

/

1se

c

Mill

ise

co

nd

Mic

rose

co

nd

Na

no

se

co

nd

Pic

ose

co

nd

Fe

mto

se

co

nd

Att

ose

co

nd

1H

z

10

3H

z

10

6H

z

10

9H

z

10

12

Hz

10

15

Hz

10

18

Hz

Ele

me

nta

ryu

nit

of

tim

efo

rM

ae

ria

lw

orld

10

23

HzL

ife

cycle

of

aM

axim

on

10

43

Hz

400 000 bln. years t + “ ”Beyond existence

Hereafter the point isequated to zero

Hereafter the pointchanges to Beyond existence“ ”

Renewed Spiritual being

Executor - system designer

Life cycle

bln. years400 000

Hereafter Higer Baris nullified

“ ”

Hereafter Lower Bar

contracted at the point

“ ”

Life cycle bln. years

further zeroing

400 000

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter contraction

to the “lower bar”

400 000

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter integration with PMW

40 000

Energy accumulator of therenewed Spiritual being

Noumenal World

Material worldcontrol subjects

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter integration with PMW

� 11

Hereafter the concept of the life cycle - not available

Provisional report - not available

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter integration with PMW

4,2 4,5�

Life cycle years

thereafter integration with periphery of Material World (PMW)

98

Threshold of time

sensitivity years4 000

Self rhythm

years400 000

Threshold of time

sensitivity years400Self rhythm

years40 000

Threshold of time

sensitivity days40Self rhythm

years11

Threshold of time

sensitivity hours4

Self rhythm

years1

0,031

Threshold of time

sensitivity

sec

sec

Self rhythm

inhale exhale( ) 3,44� �

Life cycle

bln. years400 000Average rhythm

bln. years10

Life cycle

bln. years40 000Average rhythm

bln. years1

Life cycle

bln. years11Average rhythm

280 000 years

Life cycle

4,2 4,5� mln. years

Average rhythm

98 years

Life cycle

years98Average rhythm

1 dayReproductive cycle

years25

Ferquencies

Manontogenesis

Man like a species- Phylogenesis

Star(Planet, Biosphere)

Galaxy

Metagalaxy

The unit from photon to atom andmolecule is not shown conditionally,

because the author lacks the knowledgeof this, but is located somewhere here

Maximon

Self rhythm

Hz10 52

Life cycle

sec10 43�

Guardian angel of man ontogenesis( )

Self rhythm floating from Hz to sec� 10 3,4452

Guardian angel of man like species (phylogenies)

Self rhythm floating from Hz to hours� 241052

Guardian angel of Star

Self rhythm floating from Hz to years� 10 1152

Guardian angel of Galaxy

Self rhythm floating from Hz to years� 10 40 00052

Periphery of Maerial world PMW( )

Self rhythm floating from Hz to years� 10 400 00052

Noumenal world and its perephery

Self rhythm floating�from to Hz10 1061 51

Threshold of time

sensitivity Hz10�65

Self rhythm floating�from to Hz10 1070 60

Threshold of time

sensitivity Hz10�72

“ ” ( 0) “ ” (0 )Higher bar max and Lower bar max of periphery of universe

Life cycle

400 000 bln. years

Self rhythm floating�from to Hz10 1079 69

Threshold of time

sensitivity Hz10�81

Spiritual being at the point max Spiritual being at the point max( 0), (0 )� �

“”

BEYOND

EXISTENCE

Border at the mark

bln. years400 000

Provisional report hereafter - not available

Frequency concept - absent10�80 sec t �

“”

Beyondexistence

Border at the mark Hz1080

“”

BEYONDEXISTENCE

“”

BEYONDEXISTENCE

E X I S T E N C E

N O N M A T E R I A L W O R L D

M A T E R I A L W O R L D

S P I R I T L E A D I N G P A R T O F M A T E R I A L W O R L D

P H Y S I C A L M A T T E R

Х1 10�81 sec Х1 10�79 sec Х1 10�54 sec Х1 10�51 sec Х1 10�23 sec 1,24 10Х22�

sec

Units of Material world

� �

Threshold of time

sensitivity

1054 Hz

�81

Initial Spiritual Being

Page 295: Technology of Creation Eng

of objects of the universe

Lg t, sec

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

987

6

54321

0�1�2�3�4�5�6�7�8�9�10

�11

�12

�13

�14

�15

�16

�17

�18

�19

�20

�21

�22

�23

�24

�25

�26

�27

�28

�29

�30

�31

�32

�33

�34

�35

�36

�37

�38

�39

�40

�41

�42

�43

�44

�45

�46

�47

�48

�49

�50

�51

�52

�53

�54

�55

�56

�57

�58

�59

�60

�61

�62

�63

�64

�65

�66

�67

�68

�69

�70

�71

�72

�73

�74

�75

�76

�77

�78

�79

�80

31

70

00

bln

.ye

ars

3,1

bln

.ye

ars

3,1

7m

ln.

ye

ars

3,1

00

0ye

ars

3,1

7ye

ars

11

6d

ays

,3,6

ha

urs

1,6

min

/

1se

c

Mill

ise

co

nd

Mic

rose

co

nd

Na

no

se

co

nd

Pic

ose

co

nd

Fe

mto

se

co

nd

Att

ose

co

nd

1H

z

10

3H

z

10

6H

z

10

9H

z

10

12

Hz

10

15

Hz

10

18

Hz

Ele

me

nta

ryu

nit

of

tim

efo

rM

ae

ria

lw

orld

10

23

HzL

ife

cycle

of

aM

axim

on

10

43

Hz

400 000 bln. years t + “ ”Beyond existence

Hereafter the point isequated to zero

Hereafter the pointchanges to Beyond existence“ ”

Renewed Spiritual being

Executor - system designer

Life cycle

bln. years400 000

Hereafter Higer Baris nullified

“ ”

Hereafter Lower Bar

contracted at the point

“ ”

Life cycle bln. years

further zeroing

400 000

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter contraction

to the “lower bar”

400 000

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter integration with PMW

40 000

Energy accumulator of therenewed Spiritual being

Noumenal World

Material worldcontrol subjects

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter integration with PMW

� 11

Hereafter the concept of the life cycle - not available

Provisional report - not available

Life cycle bln. years

thereafter integration with PMW

4,2 4,5�

Life cycle years

thereafter integration with periphery of Material World (PMW)

98

Threshold of time

sensitivity years4 000

Self rhythm

years400 000

Threshold of time

sensitivity years400Self rhythm

years40 000

Threshold of time

sensitivity days40Self rhythm

years11

Threshold of time

sensitivity hours4

Self rhythm

years1

0,031

Threshold of time

sensitivity

sec

sec

Self rhythm

inhale exhale( ) 3,44� �

Life cycle

bln. years400 000Average rhythm

bln. years10

Life cycle

bln. years40 000Average rhythm

bln. years1

Life cycle

bln. years11Average rhythm

280 000 years

Life cycle

4,2 4,5� mln. years

Average rhythm

98 years

Life cycle

years98Average rhythm

1 dayReproductive cycle

years25

Ferquencies

Manontogenesis

Man like a species- Phylogenesis

Star(Planet, Biosphere)

Galaxy

Metagalaxy

The unit from photon to atom andmolecule is not shown conditionally,

because the author lacks the knowledgeof this, but is located somewhere here

Maximon

Self rhythm

Hz10 52

Life cycle

sec10 43�

Guardian angel of man ontogenesis( )

Self rhythm floating from Hz to sec� 10 3,4452

Guardian angel of man like species (phylogenies)

Self rhythm floating from Hz to hours� 241052

Guardian angel of Star

Self rhythm floating from Hz to years� 10 1152

Guardian angel of Galaxy

Self rhythm floating from Hz to years� 10 40 00052

Periphery of Maerial world PMW( )

Self rhythm floating from Hz to years� 10 400 00052

Noumenal world and its perephery

Self rhythm floating�from to Hz10 1061 51

Threshold of time

sensitivity Hz10�65

Self rhythm floating�from to Hz10 1070 60

Threshold of time

sensitivity Hz10�72

“ ” ( 0) “ ” (0 )Higher bar max and Lower bar max of periphery of universe

Life cycle

400 000 bln. years

Self rhythm floating�from to Hz10 1079 69

Threshold of time

sensitivity Hz10�81

Spiritual being at the point max Spiritual being at the point max( 0), (0 )� �

“”

BEYOND

EXISTENCE

Border at the mark

bln. years400 000

Provisional report hereafter - not available

Frequency concept - absent10�80 sec t �

“”

Beyondexistence

Border at the mark Hz1080

“”

BEYONDEXISTENCE

“”

BEYONDEXISTENCE

E X I S T E N C E

N O N M A T E R I A L W O R L D

M A T E R I A L W O R L D

S P I R I T L E A D I N G P A R T O F M A T E R I A L W O R L D

P H Y S I C A L M A T T E R

Х1 10�81 sec Х1 10�79 sec Х1 10�54 sec Х1 10�51 sec Х1 10�23 sec 1,24 10Х22�

sec

Units of Material world

� �

Threshold of time

sensitivity

1054 Hz

�81

Initial Spiritual Being

Page 296: Technology of Creation Eng

296

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

what takes place from the beginning to the end of times! Or on the contrary breath more often with frequency 1052 Hz, then he would have seen in life how the maximon is born, how it gets filled with information and some self-energy and how in the result flares and burns in the material world for the long as life 10-43 sec. And indeed such a capacity probably exists. How else the Spiritual beings of different levels understand each other and coordinate their actions. The system does function; it means that nobody is capable of seeing and controlling in the various time fields. It means there is a subject and there is a method to displace on the scale of time and exist in turns in different, disparate time rhythms. yes, it is of course so! There, where matter ends and the kingdom of informa-tion on displacement over the time scale begins, is a norm. you remember, my Soul, it had al-ready been said that each system object in the material eternal world is assigned to a spiritual being – curator. we have already agreed to name it as Guardian Angel. It conveys the idea both beautifully and exactly. The Guardian Angel in engineering terminology is nothing other than the functionally con-trolling sub-program, whose purpose is to lead the object in charge: Monitoring its evolution within the frameworks of the life cycle, comparison with the rules and limitations, imbibed in the maximon, output of correcting commands, monitor-ing relations and time correlation of ob-jects and the system environment. The Guardian Angels of the objects of the material world although are not material, to be precise not physical be-ings, but belong to the Material world.

They do not have direct connection with the noumenal world and moreover with the Spiritual beings of the level “Origina-tor” or α point. In their field of view there should be simultaneously two objects intensely distanced on the time scale – the leading material object and the maximon source of «technical documen-tation» – complete description of the ob-ject, as well as its place and purposes in the system. Hence the simple conclusion. The Guardian Angel should occupy on the time scale axis the position that overlaps the niche of maximon and the niche of its object. This is first of all. Secondly, the Guardian Angel should possess the ca-pacity to change its own rhythm or em-brace several different rhythms in parallel. Is it tough? yes, not simple. The Creation is a complex technology, but it doesn’t lack the logic. The Guardian Angel of man, a spe-cific man, accompanying us over life! I welcome you! I write with capital letter, well you also are a Spiritual being. I thank you for your work and patience. By virtue of its function the Guardian Angel of man occupies on the time scale the niche ~ 63.5 order from the threshold of the time sensitivity of Maximon 10–54 sec to the life cycle of man’s life 109.48 sec. Its self-rhythm by definition should be binary or floating. In order to read information the Maximon should work at the frequency 1052 Hz, and in order to accompany man it should slow down to the point 100.536

sec, that corresponds to the self-rhythm of man. How to do this? from the technical point of view there are no barriers. This is indeed all the wave processes and fre-quency characteristics. Transitions from one frequency to another at information

Page 297: Technology of Creation Eng

297

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

exchange is not only theoretically known but applied widely in engineering prac-tice. you simply believe me, and the en-gineer will understand without explana-tions. Then there are the Spiritual beings controlling the phylogenesis of man, life path of the star, galaxy and metagalaxy. The niches of their habitation on the lo-garithmic time axis have one and the same minimum – 10–54 sec – the sensitivity threshold of maximon. This is unders-tandable. Being in the material part of the universe they are limited by the max-imon’s frequencies by definition. And what relates to the upper boundary, then it exactly corresponds to the length of their life cycles for each of the listed objects. The self rhythms of Spiritual beings have two position, and may be a floating structure. In any case two mandatory points are present in each range. One 1052 Hz is the maximon’s self-rhythm, and the second is equal to its own rhythm corresponding to the material object. The material objects – man, phyloge-nesis of man, star and galaxy repeat many times their life cycles over the course of history of the universe. At each appearance of these objects they are provided with their own specific Guardian Angel. Therefore the different types of Guardian Angels are many. I can even say more: too many. But then Metagalaxy is one. for the whole history of the universe it lives its only cycle, somewhere around four hun-dred thousand billion years. Accordingly the Guardian Angel for Metagalaxy is one. Its role is executed by a complex information-control system, the Periphery of the material world. By the way it is from it all the Guardian Angels are generated and to it they go into.

The periphery of the material world is a thin world, but it is still the world of matter. The outermost dimension of the niche of the Material world is from 10–54 sec to 1.24×1022 sec. Another thing is the second part of the time niche, where the time segments are vanishingly small. There even more improbable things are observed. How beautiful and bold is the engi-neering idea of the Creator! The lesser and lesser the time segments, the steeper and steeper the frequency of oscillations. Self-oscillations of the Maximon – 1052 Hz – fantastic incomprehensible fre-quency, but further down along the scale there is one more large path of 29 orders. This is bigger than the difference be-tween a microsecond and the whole life of the universe. what is the Hypermatrix after all made of that any of its cell can speed up in frequency of oscillations ever more and more to completely incom-prehensible values? And the energy for such speed? where is it taken from? How is it confined in a cell? Again delusion. There is neither ma-terial, nor energy, nor temperature. But there is something and it works some-how? But I do not know how. you, my Soul, should find out, un-derstand and tell people or at least in your next incarnation, it will be interesting. The lord is Great, and there is an ex-planation to everything! The Creator does not need our praise, but He as the father is rather glad that his children have al-ready been capable of evaluating the beauty of His creation. The Noumenal world and its peri-phery inextricably associated with it al-ready is not any or anybody's Guardian Angel. It is at the same time the subject

Page 298: Technology of Creation Eng

298

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

and object of the universe giving birth to information from which the maximons are built. under a single standard design. The self rhythm of the Noumenal world has a floating value and is capable of oscillating in the range from 1061 to 1051 Hz. Thus the noumenal world is ca-pable on the one hand get into guaranteed information contact with the Spiritual being of the Material world, and fill the maximons with information, and on the other hand exceed the frequency limit of the material world by 9-10 orders, and thus exceed the material world on the information potential by 10 billion times.This is understandable. It cannot be otherwise. what was the Noumenal world created for? In order to have the dynamic model of the material world, and in order that this model succeeded to count and play all the problems of matter and locate the acceptable solutions at such rate at which the maximon is born, so that it succeeded in filling it, the max-imon, «self rhythm» with ready informa-tion in real time. The next higher world is the Spiritual beings residing in the part of the peri-phery called rather not very properly «upper and lower bar». They have knowledge of the basic laws and prin-ciples of building the universe. The upper one of it gives them and the lower stores the experience of their correction. Its base on the time-axis scale to the right side is at the mark 1.24×1022 sec, and the left part is lowered nine orders lower than the base of the Noumenal world and has a floating self-rhythm in the range from 1070 to 1060 Hz. Thus the «bars» (forgive me lord!) as compared to the noumenal world and its periphery are capable of thinking better and quicker approximately by one or even ten billion times.

finally is the Spiritual entity at the points α and Ω. This, as you understand is a delicate euphemism. The α point at the periphery is the lord who came from «Non- existence», in his existential form, passing the path of total emission of his self-being to matter, thanks to which the universe appears and passes through all the stages of its life cycle. The Ω point is the lord in the renewed hypostasis, created from the spiritual energy of mat-ter being born, to be more precise, mainly by man.The time of the universe’s life cycle is equal to the life cycle of the Spiritual being at α point, which is one and the same. During this period the lord comes to the existential world, sets it forth completely by dissolving in it. The purified spiritual energy given birth by matter gradually accumulates at the Ω point during the whole life cycle of the universe till it collects in it the whole experience of universe and at the mo-ment of completion of the cycle goes beyond the limits of existence by im-mersing in «non-existence», so that to repeat the whole cycle again from the beginning. The Spiritual entities α and Ω also exceed by 9-10 order the size of the time niche of the spiritual entities of the pre-vious level («Bars»), and actually occupy the whole logarithmic time bar of the existential world from 10–81 to 1.24·1022 sec. The niche we got is not small, of val-ue over the whole scale, which could really exist. Again it cannot be otherwise. you remember the law of universe – there is not and there cannot be anything such, which goes beyond the framework of the lord or the world created by him. The scale has been defined. what is beyond its borders? you think that there is nothing? No. There is «non-existence».

Page 299: Technology of Creation Eng

299

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

There is no time, there is no existence. There is not and cannot be anything which is known to us because all what we know is the attributes of the world of existence. Only one thing can be said – the lord comes from there in the form of first cell of the hypermatrix having a frequency of self-oscillations to the order of 1080 Hz and He goes there after 400,000 billion years in the form of the last cell of the Hypermatrix with the same self frequen-cy - 1080 Hz. Now, having at least some approx-imate perception about the values of life cycles of objects of the universe, we can at last «count the beer at home». Count the quantity of system defining structure of elements of Creation for the whole period of its existence. why is it necessary? I exactly do not know, but it shall be one more important characteristic of the general picture of the world. I don’t know how it is for you, my Soul, but I had the opportunity to be in Egypt and touch the Pyramid Cheops with hands. And look at it from far at sunset. Similar to the Sphinx it created in me a physical feeling of understatement. There is something in its form that ap-pealed directly to my subconscious mind, and there was something in the subcons-cious mind that darted out toward, but there was no meeting. In memory the feeling of incompleteness, annoyance, question mark, superimposed on the py-ramid’s image got down. we heard a hundred times that pyra-mids store the secret of eternity, and about the priests, ancient astronomers and astrologers, who knew something that had been lost long ago, some Divine secrets…But what exactly?! life taught me to one amusing truth:

if you need something very much, for example, something of the food products or spare parts to the car, or candidate for a wife and you go in search far-far away, you will not find anything worth. what-ever you need very much is located very near, well at a walking distance. The secret of eternity is the secret of the universe! The pyramid is their 3D model! The rays, forming the faces of the pyramid come to naught at the top, and further the mirror crossings form the in-visible, non material copy repeating the mirror copy of the whole figure. you can consider the other way around: The in-visible pyramid, passing through the apex point is manifested as the material object. well what other than the model of noumenal and material worlds! One can find other similarities. The pyramids peak, the topmost part is almost a point. It is this point that gives the geometry of design. what if the volume of the pyramid increased, but always at its base the square or other figure, is sim-ilar to the geometry of the base of the apex. A classical form of replication of large number of similar material objects. The model is rich, deep, gives birth to a mass of varied associations: Danto «fun-nel», sand watch, Divine Olympus…. It all happened almost by chance. In order to count the material objects, ac-commodated at different hierarchical levels of the design of the universe, it was necessary to display the derivative diagram, where at each level new branches appear, and from each branch its branches and so on. A billion branches at each level – a whole forest and no clarity. In general the diagram is not for the said case. And when at each level the pyramid was drawn – fig. 72, the diagram became

Page 300: Technology of Creation Eng

300

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

transparent, and the pyramid’s image was filled with Divine thought. The upper left picture of the hierar-chical level of the «universe». Here the Metagalaxy, the system of material ob-jects of the most common level, are ac-commodated. The Creator for the period of his presence in the existential hyposta-sis gives birth to and conducts over the life cycle one Metagalaxy. Metagalaxy survives 1.24×1022 sec. It is neither more, nor less. I think that the time of its life cycle at the moment of appearance and even a little earlier was known with accuracy up to 10–70 fraction of a second. Such is the self-rhythm of the Spiritual entity that creates the un-iverse. Metagalaxy consists of 10 billion si-multaneously existing galaxies. The life cycle of a galaxy is ten times less than the life cycle of a Metagalaxy, therefore it is logical to suppose that during this time the life of a Metagalaxy the galaxies forming it are renewed about ten times. Thus the history of the universe should cover 1011

metagalaxies. Galaxy in its turn, a giant stellar sys-tem is formed on an average from 10 billion stars. At the same time during the existence of a Galaxy – 1.24×1021 sec pass 3600 life cycles of an average star since its duration “is only” 3.3×1017 sec. Thus in the history of one galaxy 3.6×1013 stars succeed in shining, and the history of the universe covers the appearance of 3,6×1024 stars. Thereafter is the star and biosphere created by it. Here the numbers look very humbly. Scientific data in this field is limited by the description of the Solar system. The Sun is an average star, of average age, in the middle in relation to the centre of the Galaxy, has ten planets,

only one of which is in such a position that allows to form geoplacental sheaths and gives birth to biosphere with para-meters necessary for growth of plants, animals and man. you can quite imagine other stellar-planetary systems, where the number of planets can be greater by ten or even hundred times. However it is not difficult to imagine the situation, when the star does not have planets or cannot create in them conditions for appearance of geo-placental shells. for the moment the most reasonable which can be suggested in this connec-tion is to consider that on an average to each star corresponds one planet with biosphere, capable of creating the condi-tions for appearance of man. Besides the biosphere appears not at the moment of appearance of the star and ceases its existence long before the completion of its life cycle. The period of existence of the biosphere occupies probably not more than 70-80% time of the life cycle of its planet, and a yet smaller percent from the life cycle of the central star of the plane-tary system. Very slowly and very grad-ually the geo-placental system compli-cates its structure by transforming into biosphere, but the instant of birth and evolution of “Man” from the animal to a rational and ethically responsible being is still shorter. Phylogeny of man as a species takes 1.4×1014 sec. As compared to the life of a star this is equal to two weeks in the life of a hundred year old man. Thus the number of biospheres and the number of phylogeny of man is equal to the number of stars, i.e. 3.6×1024, with accuracy around one order. It is only left to count how many human souls pass the world for all its history.

Page 301: Technology of Creation Eng

301

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

fig. 72 life cycles and number of units of the material world

Number of units according to hierarchy level taking

Universe Metagalaxy Galaxy Star Biosphere Man-specie

Univ

ers

eM

eta

gala

xy

Gala

xy

Sta

rB

iosphere

Man-s

pecie

Creator

Metagalaxy

Cycle

s

Units

OneOne

Life cyclesec1,2 10

�х 22

10 cycles

L c..1,2 10

�х 21

sec

Mategalaxyin the Universe

is one

Soul

Metagalaxy

Galaxy

Cycle

s

Units

ten

10billi

on

Galaxy

Stars

Cycle

s

Units

360010

bln/

10 10=1010 11х

Galaxies inthe Metagalaxy

during itslife cycle

10 3,6= 10

11

24х х

х

10 =3,6

13

stars in theMetagalaxyduring itslife cycle

3,6 10х 24

Biospheresin the

Metagalaxyduring itslife cycle

3,6 10х 24

phylogeny ofhumanin the

Metagalaxyduring its life cycle

( )(1,8 )6 48

3,6х10 хх х10 == , х10

24

soulsin the

Metagalaxyduring its lifecycle

10 3,6= 10

10

13х х

х

10 =3,6

3

stars inthe Galaxyduring itslife cycle

3,6 10х 13

Biospheresin

the Galaxyduring itslife cycle

3,6 10х 13

phylogeny ofhuman in

the Galaxyduring itslife cycle

3,6 10х 13

14

27

х

х

х 0

1,8 10 ==6,48 1souls in

theGalaxyduringitslifecycle

Life cyclesec.

1,2 10�

х 21

3 600 циклов

Life cyclesec3,3 10

�х 17

Life cyclesec3,3 10

�х 17

One cycle

Life cyclesec3 10х 17

Star

Biosphere

Cycle

s

Units

одна80%1

из 10

планет

onebiosphere

for onestar

Biosphere

Man-specie

Cycle

s

Units

один0,053%один

Onephylogenyduring life

cycle of star

one

during lifecycle of oneBiosphere

phylogeny

х1,8 1014

soulsduring life

cycle of star

х1,8 1014

soulsduring life

cycle of oneBiosphere

Life cyclesec3 10х 17

One cycle

Life cyclephylogeny

sec

.( )

10���х 14

Life cycle

sec10���х 14

180 000reproductive

cyclesreproductive

cycle���х10

8sec

Man-specie

Soul

Cycle

s

Units

180000 1

bln

х х 0

х 0

1,8 10 1 ==1,8 1

5 9

14

soulsfor history

of one

phylogeny

Life cycle � duration and quantity

14

38

Page 302: Technology of Creation Eng

Metagalaxy

Nucleusofgalaxy

Atomicnucleus

()?

Electronnucleus

Maximon

()? Photon

Electron

Atom

Nucleusofcell

Plants

Animals

Man

Nucleusofstar

Bipsphere

Planet

Galaxy

Star

Cla

ss№

1C

lass

№2

Cla

ss№

3C

lass

№4

Cla

ss№

5C

lass

№6

Cla

ss№

7C

lass

№8

Cla

ss№

9C

lass

№10

Cla

ss№

11

Class№12

Class0

Cla

sses

and

units

ofm

ater

ial w

orld

Sta

rtpi

thof

sinu

soid

ofsc

ale

stab

ility

ofor

der

1010 Bar

�34,8

�32,3

�27,3

�19,8

�14,8

�9,8

�4,8

0,2

5,2

10,2

15,2

20,2

25,2

lg(m

)

�29,8

�24,8

�17,3

�14,8

�12,3

�7,3

�2,3

2,7

7,7

12,7

17,7

22,7

30,2

�=

/ 21ф

азы

30,2

Uni

vers

eat

the

mom

ent

ofbu

rth

Uni

vers

eat

the

mom

ent

oflif

ecy

cle

com

pele

tion

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Div

isio

nS

ynth

esis

Fin

alpi

tch

ofsi

nuso

idof

scal

est

abilb

tyof

orde

r10

10,8

333.

..

Cla

ss№

1C

lass

№2

Cla

ss№

3C

lass

№4

Cla

ss№

5C

lass

№6

Cla

ss№

7C

lass

№8

Cla

ss№

9C

lass

№10

Cla

ss№

11C

lass 0

Cla

ss№

12

E+

E+

E+

E+

E+

E+

E�

E�

E�

E�

E�

��

E+

E+

E+

E+

E+

E+

E�

E�

E�

E�

E�

E�

�29,8

�34,8

�24,8

�19,8

�14,8

�9,8

�4,8

0,2

5,2

10,2

15,2

20,2

25,2

Siz

eof

Met

agal

axy

atth

een

dof

life

cycl

eof

univ

erce

24,8

19,4

13,9

8,4

3,1

�2,3

�7,7

�13,1

�18,5

�23,9

�29,4

�34,8

fig. 73 life cycle control mehanism of universe

Page 303: Technology of Creation Eng

303

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Human population, if you are to in-clude in it all ancestors similar to man during the four and half millions of years of phylogeny ranged from hundred thou-sand to million units to the present day almost seven billion people. It is difficult to say how the dynamics of human popu-lation will look in the future, but for the present a stable tendency for its expan-sion is observed. Conditionally, as a lot other in our calculations let’s take the average popu-lation of man equal to one billion. As regards the periodicity, then man like any other living being should be counted according to the reproductive age or as per the reproductive cycle, which is equal to 25 years. By reaching 25 years man reproduces himself. Al-though in recent times it has become popular to give birth at 30-40 years, but we are looking at the statistics for the last 4.5 million years.Thus for the whole historical period of phylogeny 180,000 cycles of reproduction have taken place, which at the average periodicity of the species 1 billion units gives a total number 1.8×1014 units for the period of one complete phylogeny. In total for the history of the universe at all habitable planets and at all galaxies that existed 6.48×1038 human souls should see Divine light. The accuracy is to two or three orders. The number is quite big. There is wherefrom to draw energy and pump it to the Ω point. Even if there is only one soul from 10 billion, which is capable of giving the required quality of spiritual en-ergy there will be 1028 such sources. It is also not bad. for all that the external freedom of choice of each thing is not limited by anything except by such a freedom of

choice by the neighbouring things. freedom and necessity are intert-wined like the fibres of hard and soft metal in Damascus steel, and as a result organic combination of hardness and tenacity. No wonder. It is the technological approach of mixing things of opposite properties. My Soul, you are still here? you in-terest has not yet completely subsided? I congratulate you, rather am happy. So you are indeed my reincarnation or fra-ter. May be sister. we have only a little left: One illustration and two questions. «what is hyper time or universal time of the universe?» and «why the universe has a finite nature?» The whole secret of time is in that, it is a function of movement. If there are certain events, certain changes there is time. All existence, any manifestation is expressed through certain events, change of events, through certain variety. The rate of changes is time. why «Non-existence» does not have the external time? Because the Spiritual entity absorbs in itself the whole world, contracts to a point and ceases to do any-thing. Beyond point there is no existence, nor time. I do not know if there is time at the point «Non-existence». Probably it is there. Otherwise why «Non-existence» once turns into «Existence». you will sort these subtleties some time, my Soul, and I am eager to say about the nature of the existential time, the main starting point by which the life cycle of the universe is measured. figure 73 – the last diagram in the il-lustration of the revelation about the structure of the universe. It shows the causes and mechanism of contraction of the universe.

Page 304: Technology of Creation Eng

304

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

Do you remember, my Soul that at the moment of appearance of the Materi-al world appears the wave of scalar sta-bility. This is classical sinusoid with pitch equal to 10 orders on the bar of sizes. At the start of the world the sinusoid abso-lutely correlates to the points of the ver-tex of classes of material world units, and consists of whole six waves. The scalar stability wave carries in it several laws, connected with the coordi-nate in the bar. But these laws are bound not to the bar, but to the vertex of the sinusoids «saddle points» – upper points and «pits» – lower points. Once more we remind that at the moment of creation, at that infinitesimally small fraction of a second, when at the centers of the future galaxies appeared the first maximons, at that instant the vertex of the sinusoids passed exactly through the coordinates of the centers of the classes. I beg your pardon for the repetition. The sinusoid has a beginning and end. The beginning corresponds to the size of a Maximon, i.e. located at the point 10–34,8 m on the logarithmic bar with base 10 and unit of measurement – metre. The end of the sinusoid at the moment of creation is at the point 1025.2 m on the bar that corresponds to the initial size of the Metagalaxy. Thus the distribution vector of wave stability is located from left to right, similarly as the direction of the bar itself. If one is to go over the sinusoid from left to right, then each rise from the pit to the saddle point is the zone, where the tendency to division predominates over the tendencies of synthesis. In other words the material objects in these zones, by definition they are six, develop, using the technology of division. And vice versa, each of the six falls –

from the «peak» to the «valley» opens the possibility of synthesis, fusion as the me-thod of evolution. All attempts at forceful division in this zone turn into its op-position. The sinusoid points corresponding to the geometric centers «valley points» and «peaks» possess relative stability. The objects of the material world, having similar sizes, are at an organic balance between the tendency to divide and the tendency to fuse. All attempts to move them from their position leads to energet-ic disturbances. The shifting from the position of val-ley point involves energy consumption and on the contrary the efforts to move the object from the position in the centre of the «peak» leads to release of energy. In a sense the sinusoid dynamics of scalar stability controls the evolutionary processes of units of the material world. Moreover in it the main or even only reason of evolution of the universe. It is very important to understand one of the basic laws in organization of the world order – the law of division of functions between the size scale and sca-lar stability sinusoid. The bar of sizes dictates things in the material world what the proportion of their sizes should be – electron lesser by five orders than the atomic nucleus, the atomic nucleus less by five orders than the atom etc. Starting from the Maximon twelve steps up on the bar by five orders up to the Metagalaxy, which initially is 60 orders greater than the maximon. The scalar stability sinusoid by the crests and pits of its six waves indicates the fields permitted and prohibited for the processes of division and synthesis. One excludes the other. The sinusoid with

Page 305: Technology of Creation Eng

305

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

its vortex points indicates the points of stability between division and synthesis, at that the lower points are potential sources of energy, the upper points con-sume energy. The initial unchanged reference point for the bar of sizes and the scalar stability sinusoid is the size of a maximon. In relation to the last point – another extreme of the graph scale and sinusoid are setup differently. Bar of sizes as any scale by its nature is a hard ruler with fixed marks. Twelve marks correspond to the average sizes of objects of the material world – atoms, man, stars etc. During the life cycle of the universe the real sizes of the units of the material world remain closer to its initial, calculated par values. However, only the Maximon is absolutely equal to itself. Of course not all people are of the same height, not all atoms of the same size and stars strongly vary in size even in the process of its evolution, but there exists some normal distribution and peak of this distribution was and remains equal to the par value. It is for all the units except one. Metagalaxy grows in size from the moment of its appearance. The Galaxies move from the centre of the Metagalaxy saving cells of the fixed hypermatrix from “overheat by maximon inclusions” and together solving the problem of Hypertime. The sizes of all units of mat-ter remain the same as it were, but the Metagalaxy for 400,000 billion years in-creases in size from 1025.2 m to 1030.2 m, i.e. by 105 times, or one hundred thou-sand times. The expansion process of the Meta-galaxy holds all the data to become the material basis of the universal reference of time. The process of «recession» of galaxies is continuous, uniform, equal to

the period of existence of matter, isotrop-ic over all the space of the hypermatrix. One more very important property: Time, based on the process of «recession» of galaxies, ends at the moment of termination of the existence of galaxies. There is no galaxy, there is no «re-cession» – no time, end of the world, completion of the life cycle of the universe. People, animals, galaxies die and are born, hypermatrix augments its volume even before it succeeds to create a new physical space for galaxies receding with half the speed of light and the universal time uniformly counts second after second until it stops at the mark 1.24×1022 sec. It is only left to find out why and how this shall take place. The sinusoid of scalar stability obeys two rules. It connects the point, equal in size of a maximon with a point, equal in size of a Metagalaxy, and it always con-sists of six complete waves. If one were to explain in short why it is so, then we shall remember about the wave nature of the universe. All matter and all tangible substance of the world are a particular case, modification of the wave processes. Among the large multi-tude of waves of different purposes there is main wave in the Material world – sinusoid of the scalar stability. you, my Soul, imagine a name, short and precise. This sinusoid covers all scale units of the material world and therefore con-nects the maximon, unchangeable in size, with the variable, growing in size Metagalaxy and six unvarying in quantity waves on the sinusoid. The expansion of the physical volume of the Metagalaxy, increase in its size carries with it «extension» of the sinusoid of scalar stability. This extension does

Page 306: Technology of Creation Eng

306

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

not change the number of waves, but uni-formly shifts all, except the «maximonic wave», its points, increasing the pitch of the sinusoid by one sixth of its initial value. Then the most interesting thing follows. The centers of scale classes by definition remain at the initial marks of the bar, and the vertex of the sinusoids of scalar stability – «valley points» and «peaks» steadily creeps to the right be-hind the expanding Metagalaxy. As a result there appears a scale error between the nominal size of the unit and the abscess of the corresponding stability point on the sinusoid. Those material objects, which by its actual sizes occupied yesterday a stable position at the «valley point» or «peak», today lose their place. The sinusoid of scalar stability “slips’ from under them and in the stable condition there are ob-jects with other size characteristics. Isn’t it true that it reminds of some-thing? «Today the chief, tomorrow – fool» or «It is forbidden to enter twice the same river». It seems that it is forbidden because the galaxies recede, the hypermatrix is moving, the sinusoid of the scalar stability is extended, the world is constantly and irreversibly changing, the rules of the present day are not equal fully with the rules of yesterday. Here it is the reason of development on a spiral, and not on a circle! According to data on scientific re-search from the moment of the start of existence of the Metagalaxy 15-20 billion years have passed. In compared to the calculated life cycle it is too small. we live in the first generation of galaxies and probably in the first, maximum second generation of stars of «our» galaxy. However for this time the shift of the right point of the sinusoid following the growth

in size of the Metagalaxy constituted 0.425 orders. The initial value was 1025.2 m, and at present – 1025.625 m. for the centre of the seventh class, which man decorates by his presence, including us, at present has a shift in re-spect to “its” fourth vertex of the sinusoid – 0.25 order. It was – 100.2 m, but has become – 100.45 m. But we remember that it is a cumulative, average index having spread to all objects of the animal and plant kingdom. The centers of all odd classes pass from the condition of saddle stability to the condition of preferred division, and the centers of even classes – from the position of stability at the «peaks» are pushed to field of preferred synthesis. At that the shift is more, the nearer the seg-ment under consideration is to the right side of the sinusoid. To the moment, when the size of the Metagalaxy reaches 1030.2 m the sinusoid extends to half the phase, and the centers of the 10th and 11th classes – «Nucleus of the galaxy» and «Galaxy» are at those zones of the sinusoid, which have almost the opposite value. The Galaxy was at the «valley point», to the right «synthesis», to the left «divi-sion», energy is consumed. And became – in the «peak», to the right «division», to the left «synthesis», energy is released. with the nucleus of the Galaxy it is the same evolution, only in a mirror variant. what happens, if at one point two ob-jects equal in size, but opposite in sign of charge meet? They annul. Mutually de-stroy. what happens, if the flower born for heat and light is kept in darkness and cold. There will be no flower. you only imagine, my Soul, what happens with the universe in its short life. (life always and is short for all).

Page 307: Technology of Creation Eng

307

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Being born some 15 billion years ago it was of the size 1025.2 m and began to expand with the speed of 65,000 km/sec, along the line from the centre and peri-phery, i.e. along the radius. The total di-ametric speed of increase of size consti-tuted accordingly ~ 130,000 km/sec. This is slightly less than half the speed of light. Is it too much or less? The expansion wave of the macrocosm, if it was to cross the Sun, would have spent on it 11 seconds. what is Sun a dust in the Ga-laxy, and in the Metagalaxy? If we were to have a ruler of the size of a Metaga-laxy and fate let us live a hundred year life, for all our life we would not have measured the increase in diameter of the Metagalaxy even one millionth fraction of a percent. The Metagalaxy during its life cycle expanding by leaps and bounds increases by a hundred thousand times. If one is to conditionally equate man to the initial Metagalaxy both by size and time scale, then for the normal 98 years of life this man will grow to the size of Earth with average speed three millime-ters per second. The speed is comparable with the self-rhythm of such a conditional man. In reality moving at half the speed of light the expansion wave of the Metagalaxy leads to fall in the density of matter by 15 orders from 10–28.6 to 10–43.6 g/cm3. Here you can’t imagine any ma-terial analogy. you can’t compare with any gas. But it is not the size of the expanded Metagalaxy that is the cause of its con-traction and complete disappearance. The physical increase in size of the Me-tagalaxy in only the circumstance, re-quired for shifting the right end of the sinusoid of the scalar stability – the basic regulator of evolutionary processes. with the «extension» of the sinusoid

specific changes take place at all the scale levels of matter from the first class (photon), where the changes are minimal up to the eleventh class (Galaxy), where the shift is almost half the wave, i.e. it comes to the position of anti-phase. It is interesting to note that the peaks of the zero class (Maximon) and the twelfth class (Metagalaxy) remain un-changed in relation to the sinusoid of the scalar stability. Really, the maximon by definition has not shifted since it is the beginning point of the bar and sinusoid of scalar stability, and the point corres-ponding to the location of the Metagalaxy has shifted simultaneously and to an equal degree both on the bar and with the extended sinusoid as its extreme right point, once again leading to the thought, that the Metagalaxy and maximon in some manner are one unit or different manifestation of one substance. Maximon is the plan of the Material world and its building element at the same time, and the Metagalaxy is the building con-structed. well they are one, isn’t it?! My soul! let me not superimpose the fantasy to hypotheses and intuitive as-sumptions. There is no more specific idea how the onset of sinusoid to anti-phase leads to the cessation of existence and disassembly of the universe. Probably like human old age, it comes gradually and irreversibly, at that the processes of ripening and becoming old permeates all the scale levels of matter. To the moment of completion of the life cycle, the main construction element of substance – atom is at the middle of the «division zone» and its erstwhile saddle point of stability shifts to the field of objects a hundred times bigger in size. what shall happen in the nuclei of galaxies, where the source of

Page 308: Technology of Creation Eng

308

7.9. Phases 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the Universe

maximons is located and matter is formed up to the nucleus of the atom and the atoms themselves? what can take place there, if the energy vector practically changed direction? Probably the process of star formation gradually will slow down and come to naught. The stars existing at that moment end their natural life cycle and gradually the galaxies shall vanish. After them the periphery of the material world shall vanish and after it the noumenal world and its periphery. All that constituted the universe including the hypermatrix, «bars» and even the α point with remains of the unspent potential (if it had not been spent to that moment to zero), all these sublimate to the point Ω, which for the time of the cycle had been pumped with potential thanks to the work of the System.The contraction of the non-material part of the universe probably takes place at such infinitesimally small fraction of seconds as the creation of all non-material part of the world. In the end all the potential of the un-iverse without remains concentrates at the “omega” point for the next life cycle. The frequency of self-oscillations at this point reaches 1080 Hz and possibly makes some more jumps, allowing to go the condition of «Non-existence», i.e. to cross

the existence boundary. Maybe no jump is required. Thus everything is lead to a point, and the point as known does not have size, moreover, beyond the point there is nothing. How long the does the lord sleep, does he have dreams, and is there any evolution that forces him to awake? I do not know. May be the break between the cycles is equal to the length of the life cycle of the universe, maybe it prolongs only a second – it is a very big value – three-fourths of a full logarithmic time bar, and may be 10–80 sec?All three suppositions are senseless, be-cause beyond the point «omega» nothing is there, and time also is not there. what difference does it make, important is another thing. There will surely be the next cycle of the lord’s manifestation in existence. The lord again will start dis-sipating in the universe to be created by Him. Again the universe created by him shall begin to nurture the next incarnation of the lord, saturated with happiness and pain of passing through the hypostasis of the material world. My Soul, we should understand the role meted to us and learn to balance the freedom of choice given to us by God by our capacity to not do evil and fall into the sin of godlessness.

Page 309: Technology of Creation Eng

309

Prayer III

LORD, FATHER! You half-opened me the door to Your workshop. I strived so much to understand Your Concept… I could not live without under-standing, why life is given to me… I wanted to know Your price for people’s deeds and conducts… You gave me answers to my questions.The World created by You is worth of You. You are a genius Designer and genius Engineer. Your Creation is functional, economical and harmonious. Gran-diose by its size, it is easy in trans-parency and smart on structural principles, because at the base of Your intention is wisdom, morality and internal dignity. O Lord! Thank You and do not put You revelation as my achievement. But I see in

it a lesson, liability and mission. You have become closer to me, but the details of Your appearance has been apparent and the picture has become complicated. I have understood: The road to You is absolutely open, but the path of true approximation passes through the perfection of my soul, soul of each man, through over-coming the vanity of devilish acts of fornication in us. You sent me to the World in order that I raised and fostered the flower of a pure soul and gave it to You. I, man, Your creation in whom You completed Your path to Matter, should give back my conscience, heart and soul for Your new birth. Not a simple thing. But there is no task from You that is not ex-ecutable. Your burden is bright and joyous. Let there always Your light in me!

Page 310: Technology of Creation Eng

310

8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF

8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF

It has come true. The picture of the universe in dynamics is before us. The technology of Creation in the full cyclic volume, from the coming to «existence» to exit into «non-existence». The great puzzle has at last been made, each joint felt, each fragment measured to each other. My Soul, we have not done yet only one thing. we have not gone back and looked at the picture from a distance. without details, explanations and emo-tions. Only dry remains. let’s try. The technological process of Crea-tion of the world has a cyclic nature. The longevity of one cycle, namely that in which we live, constitutes about 400,000 billion earth years. During this period the world appears, unfolds, fulfils its system task, contracts and again goes into «non-existence». let’s call such a cycle «big». Strictly speaking such cycles were unknown or never existed earlier and shall be or not in the future. However logic prompts that it is rather «yes», than «no». It is also unknown whether the «big cycles» differ by content between them-selves or not. Are the worlds that are created in them identical, is there conti-nuity, what is the similarity and differ-ence. It is also unknown from where and where the chain of «big cycles» leads. I don’t know and don’t want to judge. My soul, our subject is the technology of unfolding and contracting one of our, at the same time a specific, «big cycle». In the beginning appears the first cause – Spiritual entity in its foremost initial undivided hypostasis, carrying in

it the complete potential required for un-folding the universe and passing the life cycle. The first cause appears from the field of «non-existence», where there is no time, space and other attributes of being. The first cause and the whole world of existence at the first moment occupy the whole space of existence, which later shall be perceived as a point of size 10–34.8 m. The first cause point is filled with information («word») having its own frequency to the order of 1080 Hz. Here and further the frequencies are given in accordance with fig. 71, as it appeared to the author at the moment of completion of work over the book. If it can be compared with the ma-terial world we know then we can say that the first cause is a newly born God, or to be precise the newly manifested primary Spiritual entity. Death in the understanding of man does not exist for Him. God – first cause carries in it the program of the life (or system) cycle im-pendent to Him. He is to embody in the universe unfolded by Him, get some system-defined result through the efforts of this universe, contract it again to a point and go over to «non-existence». These two points are usually called «Al-pha» and «Omega» by analogy with the boundary points of the Greek alphabet. The first cause and all the universe is a totally self-closed system, i.e. a Sys-tem, beyond which nothing is there. The purpose and function of the System is the unfolding of the universe, dissipation of the Spiritual entity (from the «alpha» point) in it and nurturance of the renewed

Page 311: Technology of Creation Eng

311

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Spiritual entity for the “omega” point by the efforts of the universe created. It is important to note that the act of creation of the world and the act of dis-sipation in it in essence is one and the same action for which the author simply could not choose a suitable term. The unfolding of the universe is made in stages. from the «alpha» point (first cause) the Spiritual entity builds the Bar, which gives the number of future objects of the universe and proportion of their sizes. The bar is the first structure made from cells of the future Hypermatrix. Each of the cells is the Spi-ritual entity, responsible in future for objects of the universe of a particular size. The next stage is the formation of Spiritual entities, responsible for making the design of the universe. They con-ceive and decide by which laws the world shall be organized and how it shall look. The spiritual entity of the bar and creators of the universe design have self frequency to the order of 1070 Hz. Thereafter the periphery of the Nou-menal world is lined up – the structure for generation and control of the world of noumens, – thought-objects of the fu-ture world of matter. After which the Noumenal world is created and the ela-boration and balancing of the complete noumenal model of vital activity of the world of matter begins. The scripts of birth and development of material units, their interaction and evolution are played and fine-tuned. The periphery and noumens are nothing but yet other hypostasis of the Spiritual entity filling with him the world he creates. In parallel or a little later the process of unfolding the Hypermatrix takes place – filling the volume of the future Meta-

galaxy with cellular structure not having physical or material properties, but capa-ble to instantaneously transfer and store practically unlimited information. The working frequency of the Noumenal world and its periphery is about 1060 Hz. As soon as the Noumenal model de-fined itself, found some relatively ba-lanced condition, begins the replication of the noumenal image of the galaxy and all that forms it and distribution in space of the Hypermatrix in accordance with the noumenal image of the Metagalaxy. Hereupon creation of the material plan of the universe takes place. Exactly at the centres of the future galaxies ap-pear rotating sources of maximons, from which proto-matter is formed in several stages, and then matter, gas-dust clouds form and then everything is in full con-cordance with the scientific-atheistic perceptions of modern cosmology. The concentrations of clouds leads to star formation and stellar-planetary sys-tems appear. At the «fortunately» located planets biological life appears. Each Galaxy, and may be each stellar system has its Periphery – the monitoring and control device over everything that takes place there. Its operating frequency is 1050 Hz and it is capable of exchanging information with the periphery of the Noumenal world. All things from which the universe is made of can be combined into 22 classes, if it is to be classified according to attributes of scale and level of organi-zation. Both scales are divided into 12 classes and accommodated on orthogonal axes. Distribution of units in coordinates of these axes gives the conditional graph-ical diagram of the universe. The units are distributed by classes in the following way.

Page 312: Technology of Creation Eng

312

8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF

Unit

Class num-ber

on the organi-zational

level scale

Class number on the

bar

Maximon, Hy-permatrix cell

0 0

Metagalaxy 0 12«Nucleus of an electron»

1 2

Nucleus of the galaxy

1 10

«Photon» 2 1Atomic nucleus 2 4Nucleus of a star

2 8

Galaxy 2 11Electron 3 3Planet 3 8Star 3 9Atom 4 5P l a n e t a r y system

4 9;5

Molecule 5 5;5Bio-molecule 6 5;7Nucleus of a cell

7 6

Biosphere 7,5 8Cell (biological) 8 6,3Plants 9 7Animals 10 7Man 11 7Spiritual entity 12 7

The noumenal world fills in with units-noumens starting from the highest levels of organization to the lowest, from the noumen of man to the noumen of photon, electron nucleus, nucleus of the galaxy and the galaxy itself. At the boundary of the noumenal and material world lie the maximon and Metagalaxy, objects that belong in equal degree to matter and non-matter. Starting with them the Material world begins its self-construction. The whole program of self-creation of the material world comes from two sources: from the genetic code, built into the Maximon and from the space-kinematic characteristics of the centres of the material manifestation of max-imons. what does this mean, if expressed simply? The matter is that in the Nou-menal model of the world there is every-thing from people to Metagalaxy to the moment of beginning of matter formation. Galaxies, stars, planets and all that populate them. All variants of evolution have been cast and counted, the begin-ning and end of the material world is known. But all these are one «standard» noumenal model, a Sample, a Stencil. All units are spiritual entities. The inventor knows already how his invention shall function, imagines each unit and each detail, but his thought is yet to be made in material form and then it transforms from thought to matter. with the lord it is also the same. In the beginning thought – «word», then the material incarnation. The model of the noumenal world «knows» where, how much and how the sources of appearance of maximons should begin to function. They appear in the centres of the future galaxies, and probably, in the centres of the future stars.

Page 313: Technology of Creation Eng

313

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The sources of maximons themselves have the initial impulse of rectilinear and circular movement, required for the future galaxy and its stars. Maximons represent «sparks», run-ning along the cells of the hypermatrix of macrocosm. The eruption of maximons hardly carries some energy and of course they are not visible. It is rather a short time manifestation of hypermatrix cell in its material incarnation. Not long, only for 10–43 sec. However it is during this instant of time the complete information of its structure is splashed into the material world – Information, which was prepared during almost forty tenfold stages of the time bar. At that the whole scale is made of a little more than a hun-dred stages. In reality information, put in a maximon, is prepared for a long period, very long period. How does it take place there I do not know, but the cells of the hypermatrix at the moment of its maximon manifestation find the attraction to unification and formation of the first material object – photon. The name is conditional. Is it that very photon, which is known to science, I can’t judge, but one thing is known for sure that the given unit is 100,000 times greater than a Maximon. It is also known that the hypermatrix is capable of reproducing the once «assembled» photon and displace it over its space, following and balancing two laws: the law of arrangement of a Maximon and the law of arrangement of a photon. The matrix from one side receives from maximons information about the noumenal image of the photon, and on the other side as if «feels» and «sees» the real photon and puts up before it the boundary conditions of existence for prevention of inadmissible values of discrepancy.

The photon carries in it the tendency to form the unit of the next scale level – «nucleus of an electron» – a totally con-ditional name, but again it is exactly known that this object is 105 times greater than its structure forming agent – photon. The task of the hypermatrix becomes more complicated. Now it is required to monitor basically the behaviour of the «nucleus of the electron». But it is not necessary to worry about the hyperma-trix; it is capable of reacting at least a billion times faster than a maximon. Then the next stages of the organiza-tional level of matter are there and at each of them there are their own units of matter down to man. Everywhere one and the same principles of arrangement and control repeat. The previous unit is a material, basis and reason for the next unit. The hypermatrix monitors the bal-ance of interests and limitations of the whole link of structural element below – units, and the whole system is oriented towards advancement to its functional purpose. However, at the same time the material units in contrast to the noumenal are endowed with a certain freedom. The greater is the degree of autonomy and freedom of choice, the higher the level of organization of the unit. Man, as a unit of matter has the highest degree of personal freedom, balanced only by his mortality, limitation of life. Such is the external limitation of all-might of man in the material world. However there exists another me-chanism of attaining the balance between man and the world. This is the internal requirement to live in harmony with the world, a conscious limitation of his staggering ambitions, or simply – ETH-ICS. In the ethics plane the providential

Page 314: Technology of Creation Eng

314

8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF

task of man as a product and element of the System of Universe is located. The Universe has been created by the Lord, created for the Lord and created from His substance. world is the means of existence of the lord. The lord is eternal, but his manifestations are of a cyclic nature. He comes from «Non-existence» in the form of a first cell of the Hypermatrix – «alpha» point, turns the world structure at the expense of its own substance and completely transfers to the hypostasis of the universe, where the noumenal world creates an unlimited number of material worlds. The purpose of these worlds is to create a thinking matter, teach it ethics, omniscience and wisdom. Then gather and store information about the experience of passing through matter. Accumulate the experience and positive spiritual energy in some local field of the hypermatrix during the whole life cycle of the Metagalaxy. In the end after 400,000 billions of years the contraction of the information obtained and spiritual energy into a single cell of the hypermatrix – «Omega» point, which goes into «Non-existence» and is there till the moment of Its subsequent appearance.

***

There now, my Soul, new knowledge has opened before us. Before us is the full picture of the universe from the be-ginning to the end. The Author is known, the motives are known, and the role of man in the world order has become clear. The information is so much and its meaning is so important and radical that the question arises: what to do now with the formed system of perception about the world?

Religion, Belief, man, life, death, freedom, morality, and a mass of other important things and the lord Himself – all these concepts are turned by a new face, brightened by a singular system-oriented idea. The process of perception of the world by man is only gaining momentum. During the last 150-200 years we note a torrent of discoveries in natural sciences. V.I. Vernadsky sharply felt this process, when he wrote:

«we are at the threshold of great changes in the perception of world… we are going through not a crisis, affecting the weak souls, but a great breakthrough in scientific thought of mankind, happening only once in a thousand years, going through scientific achievements, equal to which many genera-tions of our ancestors had never seen… we are only beginning to realize the overwhelming power, free scientific thought, great creative force of Homo sapiens, human free personality, manifestation of the great cosmic force, whose kingdom is ahead. It approaches us fast against all expectations by this breakthrough» [28, p. 518, 519].

The successes of sciences, being confirmed by practical applications, advance to space and deep into matter, constantly warm up hope of understanding the true, deep mechanism and reasons of the universe. The law of analogy, inherent to human thought regularly gives birth to one and the same simple thought: if it is possible to comprehend that created, then it is possible to comprehend the Creator. Reason, which has grown up to rationali-ty, searches rational explanation of the Creator’s nature. Religion, theology do not give the opportunity to realize such aspirations. That is why the idea of rational path to God at some moment was discarded by

Page 315: Technology of Creation Eng

315

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

people and Science.

«The event, that defined the search of idea and appearance of despair in the XX century, was the loss of God in the XIX century. feuerbach got rid of God explaining Him as the infinite thirst of the human heart; Marx got rid of Him as from the ideological attempts to rise over the existing reality; Nietzsche got rid of Him as that which wea-kens the will to life. As a result there ap-peared a slogan “God is dead”, but together with Him died the whole system of values and thoughts, inside which man lived» Paul Tillich [114, p. 101].

This is a grave illness of the latest period, and it has not yet subsided. It is excessively crippling, of course, but there is a rational grain in it. The dogmatic faith, requiring blind submission is good and useful for ignorant, uncultivated people. But when man has crossed this stage, has become civilized, enriched with scientific knowledge, possessed the rudiments of morality and spirituality, then his reason quite as a natural result wants to change faith for comprehension. Christians have come to it today, and the ancient East always thought like this.

«The world soul of the Macrocosm, be-ing in the state of absolute rest, eternal and nirgunam divine substance, from which eve-rything originates and where everything re-turns. for an Indian it is not an object of worship, but object of comprehension. Through abstract thinking (the world of ab-stractions for an Indian is such a reality, as nature is for an European) a believer tends to amalgamate with the divine substance» S.M. Eminova [132, p. 5].

The same may be said about my best extramural friend Hermes Trismegistus. The compiler of commentary to his col-

lection of editions famous historian and expert of hermeticism K. Bologutsky draws our attention to the complete ab-sence of belief in our understanding at the Thrice supreme. «It is necessary to understand that in hermeticism, one of the main concepts of Christianity, the belief in God is absent. In-stead of it the Knowledge of God is offered» [22, p. 558].

Benedict de Spinoza was a rationalist to a degree bordering with atheism. So in any case I understood him, but consi-dered as the highest bonum for man to understand God through the intellectual path:

«The highest bonum for the soul is the comprehension of God, and the highest virtue is to perceive him” [105, p. 511]. “…the most useful thing in life is to perfect one’s perception or reason, and in this one is the highest happiness or bliss of man; wherefore bliss is nothing other than the spiritual satis-faction, arising as a result of contemplative (intuitive) perception of God. To perfect one’s perception means nothing but how to perceive God, his attributes and actions, aris-ing from the necessity of his nature” [105, p. 551]. “… action of true faith is in that, it leads us to the true perception, through which we love God, and allows us to see things intellectually…» [105, p. 57].

The eyewitness Swedenborg also like the Angel he encountered does not use faith, because he does not need it for evident things:

«…the angels never discuss about the Divine truths and even less argue about any truth, in order to prove whether it is truth or not. The same for them is unknown what it is to believe in something or have belief in

Page 316: Technology of Creation Eng

316

8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF

something. what is belief, they say, when I comprehend and see that it is so?» [95, p. 149].

Even V.I. Vernadsky, a man who was not very religious, but tolerant to religion, said with his bright God given providential mind:

«Humanity lives in a deep crisis of reli-gious consciousness and probably is at the verge of a new religious creation. The old religious conceptions should be deepened and rearranged, primarily, under influence of growth in scientific thought» [28, p. 332].

My Soul! The idea to «understand in-stead of believe» is close to us. It has always been and shall be close and ne-cessary for the thinking people. Here we should say that anybody can be in the number of thinking people. life had suppressed you, hit painfully and you pondered and the simple idea came to your mind: «I have done some-thing contradicting to the laws of God» – you became a thinking man. It means that you thought how to act and or atone the sin.

«…decrepit Adam in us, through daily attrition and confession, should be sunk and die with all his sins and malicious cravings and in his place a new man in us should arise and resuscitate and who shall live in truth and purity eternally before God» Martin luther [68, p. 116].

The perception opened to us signifies:

yes, evil rules the world, but not the world in general but the world of people. This evil originates from the people themselves. This evil can be overcome, but for this, as Jakob Böhme wrote:

«we should come out of all arrogance, deception, anger, envy, greed and stubborn-ness, and deliver all our heart and soul to the God Holy Spirit…» [68, p. 198].

To whom are we indebted? why are we indebted? Because such is the mission of man in the system of universe. Till man does not replace the animal instincts by absolute morality, he will be followed by social conflicts, diseases, depression and all other troubles making life unpleasant. we now know – the main «formula» of God is «Absolute omnipotence balanced by absolute ethics». The lord has immeasurable forces, but in order that they do not damage they are counteracted by renunciation or morality, system of prohibitions not less powerful by its nature.Man is a smaller model of the lord. within the framework of his world man gradually acquires power. By his meas-ures an unlimited power, enough to de-stroy himself and the whole world. Before man stands the task of himself building his ethics, adequate for the power given to him. Such is the program of our species. Such is the lesson to man from the Creator, a lesson that everyone must learn.

Page 317: Technology of Creation Eng

317

LITERATURE

It usually simply list of books that it was visible, the citation whence is taken. But I would like to recede has sent. I address to you, the people expensive to me who have written the books who are conformable to my thoughts. To you that who is now live, and to souls of those who can be met in the best world. I want to thank you for support. you,

yes my wife serve me as a support and safenes in this world turned inside out. you the fact of the existence said to me that angrily, generated the deviation and illness is people, that angrily incomimng is surmountable, and light of the Divine true is eternal. Its love is eternal. Its omnipotence is boundless and Its ethics are absolute. Many of you suffered from unfreedom, to someone the destiny has brought terrible deprivations and tests, to someone martyr death. But you were firm spirit and that rescued my soul.

«when gloom waves curlAnd my spirit asks simplification,I rummage in books, as a dog,Searching for a grass for treatment ».I.Guberman [35, with. 507]

And how many time you gave me pleasure, happiness and self-trust when

our thoughts coincided. Here, look: there is a person who thinks the same as you. He lived during other time, in other country, but we with it have found the same nugget of True! One hundred, another of authors.

The majority of them are close to me on spirit, a little – it is possible, reincarnation ancestors. And still there are three-four, with which at me the tense relations: they think at all how I, but their knowledge and world vision is deep also are interesting. However it, soul washing, all our company. Colleagues. And as many worthy people haven't got to a circle of my attention! How many the necessary books not It is read! To think terribly. And can be, that I have written all, already by someone have been understood and described? And such it is possible. But the world is combined and the lord is high. I after all and itself so have much gathered at you. Almost on each focal point I found a hypothesis and a prediction in your books. And you, soul washing, my future «I», read, think, fill up this list, and Remember: there is no the opening which ninety percent wouldn't be prepared by previous generations.

Page 318: Technology of Creation Eng

318

LITERATURE

1. Авеста в русских переводах/Под ред. И. В. Рана. Avesta in the Russian translations// under the editorship of Ran, I. V. St. Petersburg: letniy Sad, 1997.

2. Азроянц Э. А., Самохвалова В. И. Azroyants, E.A. – Samokhvalova, V. I. General Problems of building a new paradigm. Collection of articles. Moscow: Institute of Microeconomics, 1997.

3. Античная лирика Ancient lyrics / / library of world literature. Vol. 4. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

4. Античная драма Ancient drama / / library of world literature. Vol. 5. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

5. Арабская поэзия средних веков Arab poetry of the Middle Ages / / library of world literature. Vol. 20. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968 - 1978.

6. Аристотель. Aristotle’s essays in 4 books. / / Nicomachean Ethics, Vol. 4. Moscow: Mysl, 1984.

7. Астольф де Кюстин. Astolphe de Custine. Russia in 1839: In 2 books, Vol.1. Moscow: Sabashnikovyh Printing house, 1996.

8. Астольф де Кюстин. Astolphe de Custine. Russia in 1839: In 2 books, Vol. 2. Moscow: Sabashnikovyh Printing House, 1996.

9. Бэкон Ф. Bacon, F. Essays: in 2 books / / Vol. 1. Antithesis. Moscow: Mysl, 1997. 10. Бэкон Ф. Bacon, F. Essays: in 2 books / / Vol. 2. Experiments or moral and political

guidance. Moscow: Mysl, 1997.11. Бердяев Н. А. Berdyaev, N.A. Sources and meanings of Russian communism.

Moscow: Nauka, 1990. 12. Бердяев Н. А. Berdyaev, N.A. Russian idea. The fate of Russia. Moscow: Svarog and Co., 1997.13. Библия. Ветхий завет. Bible. Old Testament / / Sinodal publication. Moscow:

Protestant, 1991.14. Библия//Современный перевод. Bible // up-to-date translation. Moscow: world

Bible translation center, 1997 15. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 1.

Book 1. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.16. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 1.

Book 2. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993. 17. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 2.

Book 3. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.18. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 2.

Book 4. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993.19. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Secret Doctrine. Vol. 3.

Book 5. Moscow: “Sirin” KMP, 1993. 20. Блаватская Е. П. Тайная Доктрина. Blavatskaya, E.P. Theosophical dictionary.

Moscow: Sphera, 1994.21. Блаженный Августин. Blessed Augustine’s works. St. Petersburg.: Aleteya, 1998. 22. Богуцкий К. Bogutsky, K. Hermes Trismegist and hermeticum tradition of East and

west. Kiev-Moscow: Iris, Aleteya, 1998.

Page 319: Technology of Creation Eng

319

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

23. Бомарше. Beaumarchais. Essays/ / library of world literature. Vol.48. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

24. Бондарев В. П. Bondarev, V. P. Concepts of Modern Natural Sciences. Moscow: Alpha-M, 2003.

25. Булгаков С. Н. Bulgakov, S. N. Two cities. St. Petersburg.: RHGI, 1997. 26. Бхагавад–гита. Bhagavad-Gita. leningrad: Interbuk, 1986. 27. Бхактиведанта Свами Прабхунада А. И. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhunada A. I.

life comes from life. Mozhaisk: Buk Trust, 1991. 28. Вернадский В. И. Vernadsky, V. I. Biosphere and Noosphere. Moscow: Iris Press,

2004. 29. Ветхозаветные апокрифы. Old Testament apocrypha. Moscow: Amphora, 2001. 30. Гейне Генрих. Heine Heinrich. Essays/ / library of world literature. Vol.72. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.31. Герцен А. И. Herzen, A. I. The Past and the Thoughts / / Essays: In 4 books.Vol.2.

Moscow, 1988. 32. Герцен А. И. Herzen, A. I. Essays / / library of world literature. Vol.74. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 33. Гёте. Goethe. faust / library of world literature. Vol. 50. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya

literatura, 1968-1978. 34. Губерман И. Guberman, I. Jerusalem’s gariki. Moscow: Politekst, 1994. 35. Губерман И. Guberman, I. Selection. Smolensk: Rusich, 2002. 36. Гумилёв Л. Н. Gumilev, L.N. Ancient Rus and the Great Step. Moscow: ACT, 2000. 37. Гусейнов А. А. Guseinov, A. A. Ethics. Moscow: Gardarika, 1999. 38. Гусейнов А. А. Guseinov, A. A., Dubko, E. l. Ethics. Moscow: Gardarika, 2002. 39. Даймонт М. Diamond, M. Jews, God and history. Moscow: Imidzh, 1994. 40. Даль В. И. Dahl, V. I. Explanatory Dictionary of the live Great Russian language.

Moscow: Russian language, 1998. 41. Данте Алигьери. Dante Alighieri. Divine Comedy / / library of world literature.

Vol.28. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 42. Дефо. Defo. Robinzon Kruzo / / library of world literature. Vol.52. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.43. Дидон Анри. Henri Didon. Jesus Christ. Moscow: ACT, 2000. 44. Достоевский Ф. М. Dostoyevsky’s (F.M.) works / / library of world literature.

Vol.84. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 45. Дубнищева Т. Я. Dubnischeva T. Ya. Concepts of Modern Natural Sciences.

Novosibirsk: Publishing House of Siberian university, 2003. 46. Европейская поэзия XVII в. European poetry of the 17-th century. Vol.41. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 47. Европейские поэты Возрождения. European Renaissance poets / / library of world

literature. Vol.32. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 48. Зиммель Георг. Simmel Georg. Selection. Vol.1. Moscow: Jurist, 1996.49. Зиммель Георг. Simmel Georg. Selection. Vol.2. Moscow: Jurist, 1996. 50. Зеркин Н. В. Zerkin, N. V. New Theory of universe. Moscow: Rodnik, 1996.

Page 320: Technology of Creation Eng

320

LITERATURE

51. Зогар. Zohar. fragments of the treatise / Composed by Kravtsov, M.A. Moscow: Gnozis, 1994.

52. Изборник Izbornik / / library of world literature. Vol.15. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

53. Ильин В. В.,Ilyin, V.V., Akhiezer, A.S. Russian civilization: content, borders, opportunities. Moscow: Moscow State university, 2000.

54. Ирано-таджикская поэзия. Iran-Tajik poetry / / library of world literature. Vol.21. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

55. Кант Иммануил. Immanuel Kant. lectures on ethics. Moscow: Respublica, 2000. 56. Карамзин Н. М. Karamzin, N. M. History of the Russian state: In 12 books. Book 1.

Kaluga: Golden Alley, 1995. 57. Карамзин Н. М. Karamzin, N. M. History of the Russian state: In 12 books. Book 2.

Kaluga: Golden Alley, 1995. 58. Карамзин Н. М. Karamzin, N. M. History of the Russian state: In 12 books. Book 3.

Kaluga: Golden Alley, 1995. 59. Конституция Сётоку The Constitution Shōtoku (604 BC) / / Magazine: Peoples of

Asia and Africa. No 1. 60. Конфуций. Confucius. Maxims. Moscow: Respublica, 1995. 61. Коран. Koran. Minsk: Phobos, 1990.62. Кочетов А. Н. Kochetov, N.A. Buddhism. Moscow: “Politicheskaya literatura”

Publishing House, 1968. 63. Кристол Ирвинг. Kristol Irving. At the end of the 2nd Millennium. Articles. Moscow:

Polygraph, 1970-1990. 64. Лайтман Михаэль. Lightman Michael. Kabala. Jewish Secret Doctrine; Novosibirsk,

1993. 65. Ларошфуко Франсуа де. François de La Rochefoucauld. Maxims / / library of

world literature. Vol.42. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 66. Лассаль Пьер. Lassalle Pierre. Experiences of Christ. St. Petersburg: Damascus,

2000. 67. Лессинг. Lessing. Nathan the wise / / library Of world literature. Vol.54. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 68. Лютер Мартин. Martin Luther. The Ninety-five Theses. St. Petersburg: Rosa Mira,

2002. 69. Макиавелли. Machiavelli. The Prince. Discourse on the first Ten Books of Titus livy.

The Art of war. Moscow: Mysl, 1997. 70. Маржарет Жак. Marzharet Jacques, Massa Isaac, Olearius Adam. Russia in the

17th century. - Memoires of foreigners. Smolensk: Rusich, 2003. 71. Махабхарата. Mahabharata. Ramayana / / library of world literature. Vol.2.

Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 72. Мень А. Men A. lectures. Vol.1. Vilnius: SATwA 1994. 73. Мень А. Men A. lectures. Vol.2. Vilnius: SATwA, 1994.74. Мень А. Men A. lectures. Vol.3. Vilnius: SATwA, 1994. 75. Мень А. Men A. lectures. Vol.4. Vilnius: SATwA, 1994.

Page 321: Technology of Creation Eng

321

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

76. Мильтон Джон Milton John. Paradise lost / / library of world literature. Vol.45. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978

77. Нибура Ричард, Нибура Райнхольда. Nibura Richard, Nibura Reinhold. Christ and culture. Moscow: Jurist, 1966.

78. Низами. Nizami. five poems / / library Of world literature. Vol.25. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

79. Опыт тысячелетия. Millennium Experience. Series: faces of Culture. Moscow: Jurist, 1996.

80. Ошеров Владимир. Vladimir Osherow. Eternal law is above all / / Struggle for the American Constitution. Moscow: Informpoligraf, 1994.

81. Платон. Plato. Collected works: in 4 volumes. Moscow: Mysl, 1993. 82. Плотин. Plotin. Selected treatises. Moscow: Harvest Ast, 2000. 83. Померанц Григорий. Pomerantz Grigoriy. Exit from a trans. Moscow: Jurist, 1995. 84. Потебня А. А. Potebnya, A.A. word and Myth. M.: “Pravda” Publishing House, 1989. 85. Поэзия Древнего Востока Poetry of Ancient East / / library of world literature.

Vol.1 Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 86. Поэзия народов СССР IV–XVIII веков Poetry of the peoples of the uSSR – 4th-

18th centuries / / library of world literature. Vol.55. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

87. Поэзия трубадуров, вагантов, миннезингеров Poetry troubadours, goliards, minnesingers / / library of world literature. Vol.23. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

88. Пушкин А. С. Pushkin, A. S. Essays: In 3 volumes. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1985.

89. Рак И. В. Rak, E. V. Myths from ancient and early middle-ages of Iran. St. Petersburg.: Neva, letniy Sad, 1998.

90. Рерих Н. К. Roerich, N.K. Himalayas - Abode of light. Adamant. Samara: Agni Publishing House, 1996.

91. Ридерз Дайджест. Readers Digest. Only the facts. Hong Kong: Toucan books, lTD, 2004.

92. Розанов В. В. Rozanov, V. V. Near the church walls. Moscow: Respublika, 199593. Розанов В. В. Rozanov, V. V. legend about the Grand Inquisitor of f.M. Dostoyevsky,

/ / literary Essays. Moscow: Respublika, 1995. 94. Руставели Ш. Rustaveli, Sh. The Knight in tiger skin. / / library of world literature.

Vol.27. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-197895. Сведенборг Эммануэль Swedenborg Emanuel. About Heaven, the world of Souls

and Hell. Moscow.-St. Petersburg.: EksmoTerra fantastica, 2003. 96. Святое Евангелие от Иоанна с толкованием блаженного Феофилакта The Holy

Gospel of John with the Blessed feofilakt interpretation. Moscow: The Moscow metochion of the Holy Trinity lavra of St. Sergius, Novaya kniga, 1996.

97. Семенкова Т. Г. Карамова О. В. Semenkova, T.G., Karamova, O.V. History of Russian economic thoughts. Moscow: finansovaya akademiya, 1997.

98. Сервантес Cervantes. Don Quixote / / library of world literature. Vol.37. Moscow:

Page 322: Technology of Creation Eng

322

LITERATURE

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 99. Симфония на Ветхий и Новый Заветы Symphony at the Old and the New Testament.

Part 1. St. Petersburg.: lopukhina, A.P. Publishing House, 1900. 100. Симфония на Ветхий и Новый Заветы Symphony at the Old and the New

Testament. Part 2. St. Petersburg: A.P. Publishing House, 1900. 101. Солженицын А. И. Solzhenitsyn, A. I. Rebuilding Russia. Moscow: Komsomolskaya

Pravda, 1990. 102. Солженицын А. И. Solzhenitsyn, A. I. Russia in Collapse. Moscow: Russian path,

1998. 103. Соловьев В. Soloviev, V. Readings on Bogochelovechestve. Article. St. Petersburg.:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1994. 104. Спиноза Бенедикт. Spinoza Benedict. A Theologico-Political Treatise. Minsk:

literatura, 1998. 105. Спиноза Бенедикт. Spinoza Benedict. Selected works. Minsk: Popurri ltd., 1199. 106. Спиноза Бенедикт. Spinoza Benedict. Treatises. Moscow: Mysl, 1998. 107. Средневековый роман и повесть A Middle-ages novel and a novellette / / library

of world literature. Vol.22. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.108. Столыпин П. А. Stolypin, P. A. Collected Book. Moscow: Novator, 1997. 109. Сухонос С. И. Sukhonos, S. I. Scale harmony of universe. Moscow: Sofia, 2000.110. Таранов П. С. Taranov, P. S. 120 philosophers. Vol.1. Simferopol: Renome, 1997.111. Таранов П. С. Taranov, P. S. 120 philosophers. Vol.2. Simferopol: Renome, 1997. 112. Татищев Василий. Tatishchev Vasily. Russian history: In 3 volumes. Moscow: AST,

2003. 113. Тибетская книга мертвых. Tibetan Book of the Dead. Moscow: Dvoynaya Zvezda

fakr, 1994. 114. Тиллих Пауль. Tillich Paul. Selected works. Theology of a culture. Moscow: Jurist,

1995. 115. Тора (Пятикнижие Моисеево). Torah (Pentateuch Mosaic). Jerusalem, Moscow:

ShamirArt-business center, 5753 (1993). 116. Тысяча и одна ночь. Thousand and One Nights / / library of world literature.

Vol.19. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 117. Уайльд Оскар. Oscar Wilde. works / / library of world literature. Vol.118. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978. 118. Флавий Иосиф. Flavius Joseph. Jewish antiquities. Moscow: Kron Press, 1996. 119. Фолкнер У. Faulkner, U. works / / library of world literature.. Vol.192. Moscow:

Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.120. Франк С. Л. Frank, S. The light in the darkness. Moscow: factorial, 2000. 121. Христианство. Энциклопедический словарь. Christianity. Encyclopedic

Dictionary: in 3 volumes.Vol.1. Moscow: BRE, 1995. 122. Христианство. Энциклопедический словарь. Christianity. Encyclopedic

Dictionary: in 3 volumes.Vol.2. Moscow: BRE, 1995. 123. Христианство. Энциклопедический словарь. Christianity. Encyclopedic

Dictionary: in 3 volumes.Vol.3. Moscow: BRE, 1995.

Page 323: Technology of Creation Eng

323

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

124. Чаадаев П. Я. Chaadayev, P. J. full collection of works and selected letters: In 2 volumes: M.: Nauka, 1991.

125. Чанышев А. Н. Chanyshev, A. N. Course of lectures on philosophy. Moscow: Vysshaya shkola, 1981.

126. Шарден Пьер Тейяр де. Pierre Teilhard de Chardin. The phenomenon of Man. Moscow: Iris Press, 2002.

127. Шарль де Костер. Charles de Coster. works / / library of world literature. Vol.90. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

128. Фирдоуси А. ferdowsi, A. Shahname / / library of world literature. Vol.24. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

129. Шекспир В. Shakespeare, w. Comedies and dramas-tales. St. Petersburg.: lenizdat, 1996.

130. Шекспир В. Shakespeare, B. Essays / / library of world literature. Vol.36. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

131. Шиллер Ф. Schiller, f. Drama. Poetry / / library of world literature. Vol.64. Moscow: Hudozhestvennaya literatura, 1968-1978.

132. Эминова С. М. Eminova, S.M. Model of Indian universe. Moscow: Poligrafizdat, 2002.

133. Яблочков М. yablochkov, M. Russian history of aristocratic class. Smolensk: Rusich, 2003.

Page 324: Technology of Creation Eng

324

SUBJECT INDEX

All-knowing omniscience 7.4All-seeing omniscience 7.4“Alpha” point 6.3Angel of Death 7.8Animate and inanimate 4.5Animal 4.5Atom 4.3Attributes 7.4Attributes of God 7.2Awareness 5.3

Basic Scaling factor 2Beauty 7.3Biomolecule 4.5Biopolymers 4.5Biosphere 4.5

Cascade principle7.1Cascade emission7.3Cell 4.5Classification cell 3.1Classification 1Class-forming objects 3.1Classification Principle 1; 3.1Complexity 1.7Concordance of scales 1.9Conscience 7.8Contractor 7.3Contraction of Creation 7.9Creator 6.2Creative ability 7.4Creation 7.6Cycles 1.4

Definition of the material world 5.5Density 1.3Determinism 1.8Diagonal 7/12 6.3Diameter 1.1Dimensions 1.1DNA 4.5Distribution 1.9Distance 1.1

Ego 7.8Element 1.6Ethics 7.2Evolutionary scaling factor 2Evolution of the material world 5.3Existence 7.2Executor 7.4

Flash 5.1freedom and necessity 6.1frequency 1.5focus of evolution 2forces and interactions 4.1functions of taxons 5.5functional-structural level of organization 3.2functionality 1.7freedom in the material world 7.7frequency-lowering principle 7.2

Galaxy 4.4Genetic ego 7.8Generation of design 7.4Geoplacentary system 5.2Goal 1.8Goodness 7.4Gold section 7.3Gravity 1.2Graphic diagram of the material world 3.3Guardian Angel 7.8

Harmony 7.3Heuristic potential 1.9Herz 1.5Hierarchy of functions and tasks 1.8Hierarchy principle 7.1Hypermatrix 5.1; 7.5Hyperspace 7.5Hypertime 7.5; 7.9

Increment of scale ranking 2

Page 325: Technology of Creation Eng

325

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Invariance of a maximon 5.1

Key sectrion 6.3

Law 1.9life 6.1life cycle 5.4; 7,9light 1.5linkage principle7.1logarithmic scale of time 5.4; 7.9logic 7.3love 7.2

Macroworld 4.1; 4.3Mass 1; 1.2; 2Material world 7.7Maximon 4.2; 5.1; 5.2Maximon mould of a material object 5.4Meaning 1.8Measure 7.3Mega-universe 4.1; 4.4Metagalaxy 4.4Metrics 1Microcosm 4.1; 4.2Minerals 4.3Molecule 4.3Morality 5.3Multiplicity 1

Natural body 3.2Noumen of the soul 7.8Noumenal world 6.1; 7.6Nucleus-structure7.3Numerical strength 1.6Number 7.3“Oblivion” 7.1Object of classification 3.2

«Omega» point 6.3Omnipotence 7.2Organization 1.7Organic world 4.5Own rhythm 5.4; 7.9

Parameter 1Peaks and valleys 7.3Periphery of the material world 6.3;

Periphery information flows 7.7Periphery operating principle 7.7Periphery of Creation 7.5Periphery of the noumenal world 6.3; 7.5; 7.6Periphery of TSCS (totally self-contained system) 6.27.5; 7.7Plane 4.4Plane of existence 6.3Plane of monitoring 6.3Plane of management of the material world 6.3Plane of management of the noumenal world Plane of non-existence 6.3Plane of reference for a vector of influence 6.2Planet 4.4Planetary system 4.4Plant 4.5Predestination 1.8Providence 1.8Providentiality 1.8; 7.4Program for building the material world 5.1Program of the evolution of properties 1.7

Quantity 1.6Quantum of time 4.2Quantum of space 4.2

Radiant energy 1.5Reason 7.8Recession of galaxies 4.2Reflectivity of worlds 6.1

Scale 1Scale harmony 7.3Scale-measurement concept 2Scale plans of Creation 7.3Scale proportion of the universe 2Scale range 1.9Scale stability wave 7.3Scale-time niche 7.9Seed of universal spirit 2Sinusoid of scale stability 7.9

Page 326: Technology of Creation Eng

326

SUBJECT INDEX

Size 1.1; 7.3Soul 7.8Sound 1.5Space 5.4Space-time taxonomy 5.4Specific human evolution 5.3Specific weight 1.3Spirituality 5.3; 7.8Stability wave 2Stars 4.4States of balance 5.3Structure 1.6; 1.7Structural reliability of the material world 5.2Subsystem 3.3Super-biological object 4.5Synergy 1.7; 5.2; 5.3Synthesis and division 7.3System 3.3System-forming unit 3.2System levels 3.3

Target function1.8Task 1.8Taxon 5.4Technique of incarnation 7.1The Churning of the universe 5.3The Client 6.2; 7.2

The work of the soul 7.8Thought patterns of material objects 7.6Three-dimensional taxonomy of the material world 5.5Threshold of temporal sensitivity 5.4; 7.9Truth 6.1; 7.4Time 1.4; 5.4Time periods 1.4Totally self-contained system (TSCS) 6.2Total enumeration of versions 5.3Trade 1.8 Unit 3.2; 5.2universal resource 6.2

Vector of influence 6.2Vectors of structuring and destructuring 7.3

Waves 1.5way 6.1weight 1.2whole and Part 1.7will 7.2; 7.8

Page 327: Technology of Creation Eng

327

GLOSSARY

Atom (Атом) the chemically indivisible «building block» of matter. Is in the 5th class out of 12 on the axis of scale and 4th out of 12 on the axis of organisation level. One of the 22 units of matter. Consists of a nucleus surrounded by electrons. The diameter of an electron is 10 billion times smaller than its orbit and an atomic nucleus is 100,000 times larger than an electron. If an electron is represented by a ball 1 millimetre in diameter, then the atomic nucleus will be 100 meters in diameter and the distance between electron and nucleus will be 10,000 kilometres. It is hard to visualise. If our Earth is represented as a ball 1 millimetre in diameter, then the sun would be the size of a small melon and the distance between them would be around 12 paces. In the providential sense, the atom is the universal building block of the first order. There are around 100 types of atoms. Only 100 «moulded bricks» for creating all of the diversification of the material world is really on the small side. That is why there are two more orders in the array of building blocks of matter: «molecules» and «bio-molecules». See references.

«Alpha» point (Точка «альфа») –The Alpha and the Omega points are the starting and end points of the process of Creation. Those from which Creation begins and ends. The «Alpha Point», God-way, the Customer of Creation, the Point Of Nonexistence, which began its emanation of Goodness in the universe and therefore became existence for the first time. See figs. 56-59. Next come the phases of development and evolution of

Creation from the 2nd through the 14th of phase, and then all the experience of the life cycle of Creation is contracted again into one cell of hyper-matrix and everything else disappears. This point bears the name «God-Omega». The point of sleep and inaction of Spiritual Being, the point, where all necessary information is assembled as well as the entire reserve of the renewed Goodness necessary for developing the next cycle of Of creation.

Attributes (Атрибуты) See «Attributes of God». Attributes of the Lord (Атрибу-ты Господа) imprescriptible, intrinsic and innate characteristics of the lord and His Hypostasi: freedom, Goodness, All-might, Ethics, love, will, Number, logic, Harmony, Moderation, Beauty, Creative Ability, Truth, Providence, Omniscience, Omnipotence. God creates the universe and governs it with aid of His Attributes Angel of Death (Ангел смерти) A spirit that accompanies all spiritual material objects from the time of their appearance in the world until the end of their life cycle. Is responsible for the time and form of the cessation of vital activity for the process of integrating remains into the biosphere as well as transmission of information and karma to the associated subsystem on the periphery of the material world. Opposed by the Guardian Angel.

All-seeing omniscience (Всеве-дение) One of attributes of the lord.

Page 328: Technology of Creation Eng

328

GLOSSARY

The ability to know (manage) everything that occurs or has occurred and possibly should occur. Absolute monitoring of the universe in time and space. All-knowing omniscience (Всез-нание) Absolute knowledge and understanding of laws of the world Order, knowledge of the boundaries of their application and technology of their application. One of the attributes of the lord. See «Attributes of the lord».

Animate and inanimate (Живое и неживое) Categories of the material world. A functioning biological object is considered to be alive. Non-biological objects and nonfunctioning biological objects fall into the category of inanimate. Subjects of a biological life are: a biological cell, plants, animals, humans and, partly, «the Subject of spirituality» from the 12th class on a scale of level of organisation. The cell can be the independent biological object or a structural element of more complex biological objects. Distinctive properties of a living cell: a metabolism, autotrophy or heterotrophy, respiration, self-reproduction, life cycle, heredity, variability, irritability, self-regulation. Biological material objects have restrictions on their life span for replacement of generations, specific evolution and promotion of Creation to its system-wide purpose. Animal (Животное) A unit of a matter that occupies the 7th class on a ranking of scale and the 10th on a scale of evel of the organisation. A subject of a biological life. Animals, as distinct from plants, are heterotrophs capable of moving. Animals are predecessors and progenitors

of the unit «human».

Awareness (Информирован-ность) One of three basic attributes of a new human species, the “civilized person,” representatives of which all of us are to some extent or another. The other two attributes are «Morals» and «Spirituality». Awareness means a transition from «Belief» to understanding and knowledge of the world Order. Such is one of the providential problems of humankind. The way of making the transition from Belief to understanding is vitally important. Reduction in Belief should not supersede a gain of understanding at all. Better to let it lag slightly behind.

Basic Scaling Factor (Базис-ный масштабный коэффици-ент) the number of factors between two neighbouring steps on the scaling-dimensional scale of the world Order. At the time of the start of the life cycle, it is equal to 105, and the entire scaling-dimensional scale conforms strictly to the 12 steps with five orders each, i.e. in 60 orders in total.

Bio-molecule (Биомолекула) macromolecular compounds that form the basis of cell structure in plants, animals and humans. One of the 22 aggreages of matter. In the 5th or 6th class of the of scale-dimensional ranking. In the 6th class of the scale of level of organisation. There are more than 10 million different types of bio-molecules. In a social aspect, the providential role is to be matter, the construction element of the third level of diversity. (for the first two levels, see «Atom» and «Molecule»). The diversity of the «models» of these «Kiriches» is not

Page 329: Technology of Creation Eng

329

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

only unlimited, but is much more useful and convenient and may be done «custom-made» with any set of previously provided tailor-made properties. Biopolymers (Биополимеры) thousands and millions of identical bio-molecules making up a unified, homogenous construct with tailor-made properties. A «building block» in the creation of objects of plant and animal life. Biosphere (Биосфера) the thin layer of contact between the atmosphere and the surface of the planet. The result of and reason for evolution of organic life. It owes its existence primarily to solar energy. The meeting place of animate and inanimate nature. Plays the role of a placenta for the origin and development of biological life. As a unit of matter, it is in the 8th class on the axis of scale and around the 7th or 8th class of level of organisation. Contains attributes of animate and inanimate nature.

Beauty (Красота) One of «the Attributes of the lord», which manifest themselves in the second phase of the developments of the world Order (fig. 56). Beauty is the aesthetic quality of an object, the trace of godly nature in the object of creation. Beauty is the external reflection of the attributes of the Creator. All the spiritual beings of the ethereal world and humans are capable of seeing and of feeling Beauty. without the external observer, beauty is not perceived by anyone and loses urgency. Subjects perceiving beauty can have varying abilities to feel it. The ability for humans to perceive beauty is associated with their proximity to God. Only like is capable of perceiving like.

The meaning of beauty of is to develop the measure of the similarity humans to god.

Cascade emission (Каскадная эмиссия) . One of the basic principles of the technology of creation. The lord builds Creation from himself, returning from his resource reserves some part to the building of the first level of Creation nearest to him. when this conditionally first level is built, it, being God’s creation, builds the following second, lower level itself and so on. Thus, the floors of creation are built from the functioning of spiritual beings of the ethereal world to the hierarchy of the units of matter, from God[a] to humans and then to «the subject of the spirituality»of the renewed God. The capability of the objects of creation to generate objects of the following, lower level is the basis of a cascade emission. God turns into things, but these things reveal the ineradicable tendency to give birth to the things of the following levels. In the material world, a cascade emission develops in two directions: along the axis of scale and along the axis of level of organisation. See also «Principle of decrease in the level of frequency», «Principle of cascade sequence».

Classification cell (Классификаци-онная ячейка) The consequence of the objective property of the material objects is to be grouped according to the features of similarity, according to the following features: scale- dimensional, physical nature (inorganic substance, aggregation from the inorganic substance, biological objects), structure-forming according to the status of object (class-forming or transitional) and certain others. Is notable that if all material objects are passed

Page 330: Technology of Creation Eng

330

GLOSSARY

through the sieve of these features, it turns out that the entire variety of material objects fits into 22 classification cells. See also «Classification», «Class-forming objects», «unit».

Classification (Классификация) In the overall meaning, it is a group of objects according to one or several features. One of the first steps toward understanding of world order consists of the search for the enumeration of things (objects) of which the world is made. This enumeration will hint at their parameters and the internal motives of group. The natural group of the objects of the world according to the scales of the parameters created by the Creator must hint at the features of classification and lead further to the laws which unite the world into the unified system.

«Contractor» («Подрядчик») The conditional system name of the Spiritual Being responsible for planning forthcoming work, selection of executors, distribution of functions between them and assignment of boundary conditions and quality requirements. The name of this Spiritual Being is «God-Truth». Taking up Phase 2 in Technology of Creation, God-Truth establishes the dimensional-scale harmony of the world, in other words drafts the first axis of Creation, turning point «Alpha» into twelve classes of Spiritual Beings responsible for noumens and units of matter. This is the first systemic, unchangeable representation of the order of Creation – Truth. Pilate asked Christ, «what is truth?» The Divine plan for the world Order is this very truth. And God, the bearer of this Plan is Truth.

Class-forming objects (Классообра-зующие объекты) Twenty-two «units» of matter, mainly accurately corresponding to central position in 12 classes on the logarithmic are scale-dimension ranking and to the 12 classes of the scale of «level of organisation». Objects with other, but similar parameters occupy a centre-to-centre position with a different degree of proximity and to centre of the nearest class and are called transitional. Their specific accessory is weakened. Those objects which are found equally removed from the according centres of two classes are called chain-stitch and they contain the collection of features of both classes. under varied conditions, their manifestation gravitates towards one class and then another.

Cell (Клетка) biological cell. See «living and non-living». for cells of the hypermatrix, see «flash», «Maximon», «Hypermatrix», «Quantum of space».

Concordance of scales (Конкор-дирование шкал) The manifestation of the interrelation between the scales of the parameters of the objects of the material world. Analysis shows that the scales of overall sizes, masses, density, time and frequencies correspond with the logarithmic scale-dimensional ranking. This means that the scale-dimensional ranking dimensionally possesses certain representativity for purposes of the classification of the objects Creation and construction of a «graphic diagram of the material world».

Classification Principle (Принцип классификации) See «Classification Cell», «Classification», «Class-forming

Page 331: Technology of Creation Eng

331

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

objects».

Cascade principle (Принцип ка-скадности) One of the basic principles of the Technology of Creation. The world order is such that the majority of things are formed by the method of «cascade creation». This is a kind of hierarchical chain of creation. God directly creates the first thing. The next thing in the hierarchy is created by forces, and the resources of the first thing. Things of the third level are created by the things of the second level and so on. Therefore about each thing, except the first one it is possible to say that it is created by both God and nature. The function of creation is not concentrated at one point, but passes from one link to the next. Something like a cascade waterfall or the domino principle.

Course (Промысел) God’s course is a designation of purpose and task for each thing with the aid of the providential ability to know the place and significance for each thing in the system of Creation.

Cycles (Циклы) – Repetitive processes occurring with the objects of Creation. It is measured in the units of time. See «life Cycle», «Time», «Own rhythm», «fluctuations».

Contraction of Creation (Сверты-вание Мироздания) The life cycle of Creation is finite, because its final system purpose of is preparation of the next life cycle, achieved by the forces of that renewed Spiritual Being. The universe is also finite the material world. The principle of galactic dispersion, which entails stretching the «sinusoid of scale stability» is the mechanism used for

the completion of the existence of the material world on the scale of the universe. In the course of 400,000 billion years, the sinusoid of scale stability is shifted relative to the immobile the units of matter located on the scale-dimensional axis. As a result, discrepancy in the region of the unit of the «galaxy» approaches a state of reversed phase, which, probably, serves as the physical cause for the contraction of the material world. Certainly, it would be simpler to assume that the the emanation of «Goodness» simply ends and the formation of maximons, but this scenario contradicts the initial postulate of the independence of matter. No. Matter itself must contain within itself the mechanism of the completion of its life cycle. See also «Sinusoid of scale stability», «Evolution of the material world».

Complexity (Сложность) – One of the basic characteristics of Creation. Complexity is a multifarious concept. for our purposes, the main aspects of the concept of complexity are: structure, function and providential designation. The characteristic of complexity does not have objective measurement; nevertheless, the analysis of its aspects makes it possible to build the priority (hierarchy) of objects in their comparative complexity. See so «Organisation», «functionally structural level of organisation», «Structure», «Providence».

Conscience (Совесть) – An element of the structure of the human soul, the fifth, next-to-last layer in in its organisation. See fig. 68. As long as humans have not reached omniscience, they will have need of moral support. Conscience provides ethical orientators for reason, advances

Page 332: Technology of Creation Eng

332

GLOSSARY

moral criteria and guarantees morals of recommended behaviour. The source of the quiet voice of conscience is the guardian angel. Man is free to listen or not to listen to the voice of conscience. Conscience and an spirituality are nothing else but an appeal to the lord, the desire to correspond to the harmony of his creation and a rejection of pride. See so «Soul», «Spirituality», «The work of the soul».

Creator (Создатель) – The name of God used in analysis of the structure of the «totally self-contained system» (TSCS), See Of fig. 46. The task of constructing Creation is so complex that the division of steering functions is necessary. It is shown on the very common concept (TSCS) that the primary Spiritual Being – God – is the Customer who first creates the God-Creator, who creates the periphery and His own functional system. The administrative law of the separation of functions and responsibility is valid for humans and for the lord. Incidentally, in contrast to us humans, the culture of abiding by the law is absolute among Spiritual Beings. See also «Customer».

Creative ability (Творческая спо-собность – One of the Attributes of the lord. The ability to devise that which was not. To devise for the first time. Partly creative ability is also given to humans. In the lord, it is manifested entirely in the third phase (world Creation), fig. 56. The providential value of «creative ability» is obvious: in the process of creation, the moment comes very rapidly when it is necessary to strictly create i.e., to create first that which was not, and this means first this “that” needs to be conceived of first. It is similar to a miracle. But no, this

is not a miracle. In reality, if we analyze creative ability, then a general idea about the created object as an element of a system will be revealed, the enumeration of the required properties and qualities, as well as the composition of rules and limitations of the very procedure of creation. The «only» thing that remains is to find the option for structure that would satisfy to the assigned requirements. Its normal task. A designer will understand me.

Dimensions (Габарит) An engineering term meaning the size between points of an object removed as much as possible from one another, measured on one of three orthogonal axes. In this ways, dimensions are distinguished in terms of the length, width and height of an object.

Definition of the material world (Дефиниция материального мира) – The material world is a large, open and complex system with mechanisms of self-creation, self-regulation, optimisation, the hierarchical structurisation. It serves as a subsystem of system of a higher level – a universe – created by means of this supersystem. It receives the necessary resources from it, works on its system purposes and is subordinate to the control by it, cyclically created and destroyed by the supersystem, both at various hierarchical levels and as a whole. Diagonal 7/12 (Диагональ 7/12) – A line on the graphic diagram of the universe, the Alpha connecting point and the Omega which designate places of the beginning and the end of creation. The point 7, the seventh class on an axis of scale corresponds to the size of a human – made in the image of God. In the Alpha

Page 333: Technology of Creation Eng

333

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

point the lord appears from nonexistence and completes the axis of scale – four and a half steps towards increase and six and a half to reduction. Each step is a change in size of 100,000 times. And thus it appears at the seventh step out of twelve. Descending from the Alpha point, the lord is differentiated, builds the world of matter and is completely dissolved into it. The matter, in being perfect gives rise to the spirit which gathers in point Omega and as a result creates the renewed Spiritual Being, purified by the catharsis of passing through matter and ready to carry out the next cycle of Creation (fig. 55). Distribution (Распределение) The distribution of the units of Creation according to three structure-forming scales: dimensional, temporal and organisation level. The compositional analysis and position of the objects falling into each class is very informative. It makes it possible to reveal laws governing both within the framework of one feature of classification and inter-classification dependencies. See of also «Graphic diagram of the material world», «Three-dimensional temporal taxonomy».Расстояние Distance See «Size», «Dimensions», «Space».

Diameter (Диаметр) – A geometrical concept. A straight line connecting two point on a circle and passing through its center. The size-dimensional characteristic for spherical bodies. DNA (ДНК) – Abbreviation for deoxyrybonucleic acid - the biological substance responsible for storage and transfer of genetic information in a number of generations of organisms.

Density (Плотность) A physics term meaning weight of a unit of volume of substance. It is estimated in grams per one cubic centimeter. The same as «relative density». The largest known density is that of an electron, now 1018 g∕cm3, and the smallest is that of the Metagalaxy. During the time of its creation, its density was 10-28.6 g ∕cm3, and by the end of Creation it will fall to 10-43.6 g∕cm3.

Determinism (Предопределение) See «Providence».

Existence (Бытие) The known form of existence of the God and universe. Implies a certain degree of division, allowing one part of the universe to testify to presence of other parts. Existence becomes nonexistence when it comes to a condition of full syncreticity and loses the ability ability of «outside», that does not at all mean the termination of its existence.

«Executor» («Исполнитель») The conditional name of the Spiritual Being (to be exact, groups of Spiritual Beings), arising at the third phase of expansion of the universe, the essence of which is to create the creators of the Creation. The executor is preceded by the «Customer» and «Contractor». In the graphic representation, the Customer is a point, the Contractor is a line, and the Executor is a plane – more precisely three planes passing through a scale axis. One plane is formed by Spiritual Beings occupying it, which manage the universe. The second plane, perpendicular to the first, is the location of Spiritual Beings responsible for the life and death of objects of the universe. The third plane passing through at a 45° angle between first two, is occupied by the Spiritual Beings responsible for the design

Page 334: Technology of Creation Eng

334

GLOSSARY

and construction of both worlds (See fig. 56 – Phase 3; fig. 62; fig. 63 – Step 3; 65).

Evolutionary scaling factor (Эво-люционный масштабный коэффи-циент) – As distinct from the constant scale factor, evolutionary scale factor is formed not by the scale ranking, but by the sinusoid of scale stability, which is extended following the expansion of the metagalaxy. Therefore, the completion of the life cycle of Creation evolutionary scale factor grows from 105 tо 105.035×n, where the «n» is the index number of class according to the scale of the level organisation. See so «The Increment of the scale ranking», «Scale harmony of the universe».

Evolution of the material world (Эволюция материального мира) –The evolution of the material world is systemically subordinate to purposes and to the tasks of the system of Creation. The task of material world is to ensure such evolution of its units that will lead to the generation of a spirit and the maturing of the «subject of spirituality» in each solar system for the synthesis of a common «God-Omega» capable of carrying out the next life cycle of Creation. At the same time, the material world is autonomous and endowed with complete freedom within the framework of the laws of order. It builds itself from the simple units to the complex, relying only on the information placed in maximon. There are no mechanisms of direct external influence on the evolution of matter, but effective control nevertheless exists. It is built in a mediated manner through the choice of states of equilibrium, karma, noumens and many other means. See so «freedom in the material world».

Ego (Эго) – The human selfness, that which distinguishes one person from another, the internal world of a person, the essence of the «I» of a specific person. The phenomenon «Ego» is the consequence of an unprecedented degree of freedom given to humans. The spiritual being hardly possesses such a pronounced ego, or maybe does not even have one at all. from a human point of view, an Ego is composed of two parts – genetic and acquired. On one hand, our «I» is that which our parents gave us, and they received it from their parents, etc. On the other hand, everyone learns something in the course of his or her life, comes to understand something, is disillusioned about something, enriching or spoiling his or her «I», and by the end of his or her life has changed his or her genotype slightly. The lord probably has a different view of Ego. The spiritual being, following the evolution of the human «species» has the least possible consideration for our Ego. Their object is two almost infinite evolutionary chains – one is the chain of karma and the other is the line of heredity. To a certain degree both of these chains are associated with the person’s parental pair, but could just as easily be unrelated to it. God may lay down these factors in various ways, guided by His own conclusions, but as soon as a choice is made, a new person appears with the predetermined Ego and the fate with which he or she has the right to change with the work of his or her soul or absence thereof. See also «Soul», «Noumenal of soul», «work of the soul».

Element (Элемент) – A certain part that is a component of a whole. The system of the material part of Creation entire consists of a hierarchy of different

Page 335: Technology of Creation Eng

335

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

elements, but there are cases, when an object is the direct sum of the elements of one form, polymers for example. However, more frequently the different types of elements of one class make up the structure of the object of the following level. One hundred forms of atoms connected in different ways comprise the tens of thousands of forms of the molecules of the mineral world, star in their totality form galaxies, galaxies form metagalaxy, etc. In the ethereal world, where analysis, not synthesis, predominates, the concept of element is hardly suitable. At every stage of the ethereal world, the united thing, after being divided into parts, forms new objects. See of also «Part and whole», «Quantity», «Number».

Ethics (Этика) – One of the basic «Attributes of the lord». The capability of the lord for the self-restraint of His «omnipotence» in line with the aims and the tasks of Creation. Divine ethics regulates the use of all resources with absolute accuracy and uses all of the Attributes of the lord, all of His solutions and actions. «The divinity» of the ethics inherent in the lord consists of its total correlation with the target function of the system of Creation. for humans the understanding of divine ethics is a strict condition of specific survival and a providential goal. See also «Morality», «freedom in the material world».

Freedom in the material world (Свобода в материальном мире) The material world itself knows how to build and track its evolutionary development on its own. This is necessary that the creation of matter the renewed Spiritual Being – be independent and it is self-sufficient.

The freedom of units of matter grows in proportion to its approaching the point «Omega». Each step according to the scale of level of organisation gives a new increase in the freedom until, at the next-to-last step, a person has so much of it that the problem of moral choice will inevitably appear. And then the process of the ethical evolution of the human starts, which leads to the appearance of the «subject of spirituality», which knows how to limit the freedom of its omnipotence through absolute ethics.

Freedom and necessity (Свобо-да и необходимость) – The problem is not in what freedom and necessity are, but in where one starts and the other ends. In the ethereal world, Spiritual Beings do not have this problem. Divine ethics are divine because they know their boundaries. In the material world, freedom exists, necessity exists, but ethics is present only in two of the 12 classes of the level of organisation. The degree of freedom grows in proportion to an increase in the complexity of objects. See fig. 43. Maximons and metagalaxies have zero freedom being wholly subordinated to necessity, while humans are given enormous freedom but are set before the necessity of moral choice, with which they far from always manage to acquit themselves. The subect of spirituality, however, is completely freed from necessity as a form of external coercion, because in knowing and understanding Divine law and being guided by the highest ethics, it always acts according to the laws and rules of the world Order. See so «freedom in the material world».

Page 336: Technology of Creation Eng

336

GLOSSARY

Frequency-lowering principle (Прин-цип снижения уровня частотности) Its essence is in the development of the system of Creation being achieved due to a decrease in the level of frequency. when it is necessary to create a certain object, a small bit of high-frequency resource is taken and it is incarnated in the form of the necessary objects with its own clock frequency of 10 orders below. The objects appear as from anywhere and in this case contain all of the energy of the unused remainder of the initial resource. This remainder is used for compiling of the units of the following level, where the frequency is even lower, and the level of organisation is even higher. The result is a kind the cascade emission of the original universal resource. Therefore, a reduction in the frequency occurs at each step of cascade, but multiple sources of resources with lower frequency characteristics appear.

Frequency (Частота) – number of fluctuations per unit of time. See «waves», «Hertz».

Forces and interactions (Силы и взаимодействия) – The material world consists of 12 classes of objects each different in size from one another by 100,000 times. The size of the material objects and the distance between them determines the nature of interactions (forces) for the specific range of sizes. Gravitational forces cover objects with the size from 105 m to 1025m. Electromagnetic forces are characteristic for the objects from 10-15 m to 105 m. The little-researched subatomic interactions come into force for the objects with sizes from 10-15 m to 105 m. Thus the scale-dimension ranking is divided into three equal parts of 20 orders each dividing the regions

of the Mega-universe, Macrocosm and Microcosm.

Focus of evolution (Фокус эволю-ции) – the same as the wave of evolution. Region in the construction of creation where «construction» is in progress at a given time. A level of organisation and the units of Creation in a given solar system, with evolutionary finalising of units for the purpose of drawing them nearer to the noumenal standard. In our solar system, the focus of evolution on the planet the Earth satisfactorily reached the unit of humans and passed the stage of making humans as the representative of the animal kingdom. Now it is active in the field of creating the superbiological qualities: omnipotence, omnisciences, spiritualities and ethics. The achievement of the standard (noumenal) level in these regions will allow the wave of evolution to pass from the unit of «human» to the unit «subject of spirituality».

Functions of taxons (Функции так-сонов) – The providential function of taxons is associated with the technology of the process of the Creation of the universe. The objects of universe are so different from one another that creating uniform, thorough laws of their creation and conducting them from an engineering point of view is irrational. for each type of object, just «a couple of pages» from the enormous library of rules will be required. It is another matter to break the structure of the world into conditional parts of taxons, where the objects are close to each other, and to establish local rules, laws and limitations for each taxon. See «taxon», «Space-time taxonomy».

Page 337: Technology of Creation Eng

337

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Functional-structural level of organisation (Функционально-структурный уро-вень организации) – The same as level of organisation. One of three structure-forming factors of Creation. The other two are «Size» and «Time». In the ethereal world’s noumenal component, noumens are arranged from the more complex to the less complex occupying the 12 classes of the level organisation, starting with «God-Alpha» and ending with the maximon and metagalaxy. There is a mirror reflection of this in the material world. Evolution occurs in the direction from the simple to the complex: from the very same maximons and metagalaxies to humans and «subjects of spirituality» and «God-Omega». for more detail, see «Organisation», «Structure».

Functionality (Функциональность) – One of three aspects of the parameter of level of organisation, the other two being structural and providential. The sense of aspect functionality in the separation of the objects of the world into their functional capabilities, according to what they «know how to do». Atoms «know how» to form chemical elements, molecules can form chemical substances; bio-molecules are capable of constructing a cell, and so on. Each thing has its function, inseparably connected with its place in the structure of Creation and with the providential designation of the thing in the world order.

Flash (Вспышка) The phenomenon of information activity of a cell of a hypermatrix. flashes differ in frequency range, clock frequency, duration of a continuous signal and the maintenance of the transferred information.

Guardian Angel (Ангел храни-тель) A spirit that accompanies all spiritual and material objects from the time

of their appearance in the world until the end of their life cycle. . Is responsible for life, survival and purity of the soul of its charge. Opposed by the Angel of Death. Goodness (Благо) The first and main emanation of the lord, giving life and movement to everything that makes up the universe from the Divine hypostais to units of matter. The extract of Divine desire to exist. In a condition of nonexistence, the lord completely consists of the Blessing. Occupying the maximum frequency step of 1080 Hz, the Blessing sublimates in itself all potentialities and all the attributes of God. The blessing is a substratum of God in its maximum degree of syncreticity. Generation of design (Генерация замысла) The basic function of the third phase of evolution of the Spiritual Being (God) on the way to world Creation. In total, the classification we offer describes 15 phases of a full cycle of evolution of the world Order. It is the third stage at which the lord forms the o of Creation and defines the boundary conditions. In engineering terminology, this stage refers to the development of a technical project. forgive me My God for the liberty of my language. Genetic ego (Генетическое эго) The part of the human individuality that arises from the sum of hereditary attributes which the person receives from parents and relatives of previous generations. The reason and will of the person and external circumstances are capable to partly change a genetic ego, transforming a genotype in a phenotype.

Page 338: Technology of Creation Eng

338

GLOSSARY

Geoplacentary system (Геоплацен-тарная система) System of near-the-planet spherical environments, the sum of which creates conditions for the origin and development of biological life. The name is taken by analogy with the female placenta, surrounding a fruit. Geoplacentary environments include a barysphere, a lithosphere, an atmosphere, a stratosphere and a biosphere.

Graphic diagram of the material world (Графическая схема матери-ального мира) – Graphic representation of the laws forming the order of the material world. The diagram is constructed on the basis of following postulates: a) the world of matter is formed of 22 base units of matter see «unit» b) the linear sizes (dimensions) of units keep within 12 classes of the Scale logarithmic ranking with the basis 10, consisting of 60 tenfold steps. c) units of the material world are in hierarchical dependence on the basis of a level of the organisation – one is a matter or a condition of the existence of another and falls into 12 classes on an the axis of level of organisation. units of a matter are built in a scale and time (frequency) hierarchy. Placing units in a field drafted from orthogonally located axes of scale and a level of the organisation, and having connected adjoining units smooth curves, we have the most general graphic diagram of the material world (fig. 16). If we add a time axis, we get a schematic of the order of the material world in a three-dimensional taxonomy (fig. 40). The given diagrams form the basis for graphic representation of the non-material part of the world and the analysis of the design of the universe as a whole.

Gravity (Сила тяжести) See «weight».

Galaxy (Галактика) One of the 22 units of the material world. forms 11-th class on an axis of scale and enters into the second class of the level of organisation. with a system-wide point of view, the Galaxy is one of ten billions centers of an agglomeration of matter simultaneously existing in the universe in the form of solar systems. 10 billion stars with their planets simultaneously exist in one galaxy and rotate around its center. The life cycle of a Galaxy consist of 10% of the time of the existence of the universe and is equal to 1,2×1021 seconds. During the life cycle of a Galaxy, the structure of stars in it is updated 3600 times. Most likely, the Galaxy possesses the mechanism of the creation and annihilation of matter.

Gold section (Золотое сечение) Division of a fragment into two parts so that the largest part is in the same proportion to the smaller part as the entire fragment is to the larger part. Its mathematical value 1,61803… an infinite fraction express in the formula 0.5(1+√5) The same values relate to the numerical series in a fibonacci Sequence. In a design of the universe based on division, there is always a trace of the gold section. The center and initial point of scaling of a scale ranking is the point «alpha» or 7/12, which has a logarithmic value of 0,2. This size is arrived at through multiplication of one meter by 1,618034 – the fraction of gold section. In the metric system, this number is 1,62 m. According to statistical data of anthropology, this is average height of a human, made in God’s image.

Page 339: Technology of Creation Eng

339

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Goal (Цель) See «Target function.»

Harmony (Гармония) One of the «Attributes of the lord.» The certain relation of parts to the whole. Such division of the whole into parts which provides balancing of the purposes and interests of parts and the whole, i.е. it does not break with the general definition of objectives of the system of the universe. See also «Scale harmony». Herz (Герц) unit of measure of the frequency of oscillatory processes, equal to number of fluctuations in a second. It is named after its inventor. One Hertz is equal to one full fluctuation within one second. It is applied to a designation of fluctuation by frequency less than one second. The highest frequency used in a design of the universe 1081 Hz. The highest frequency in the world of a matter is 1023 Hz. See «waves», «frequencies». Hierarchy principle (Принцип иерар-хичности) One of the basic principles of the Technology of Creation. The universe built by the lord is stratified in three measurements: dimensional-scale, frequency-temporary and level of organisation. Stratification indicates a «multitiered nature». Each «tier» has its own laws, order, and tasks. The stratification of the units of matter on organisation level has hierarchical nature. The lower «tier» gives birth to or ensures generation of the following upper «tier». The hierarchic principle covers the ethereal world, but everything in it is vice versa: more complex objects form less complex ones.

Heuristic potential (Эвристиче-ский потенциал) – The ability of one or another hypothesis to reveal true

idea about the object of the experiment. Our accepted understanding of the concept of scale harmony of material peace (by S.I. Sukhonos) involves the use of the two additional scales of level of organisation and scale-time in combination with the hypothesis about the 22 system-forming units of matter. using the methodology of technological analysis they revealed serious heuristic potential, which made it possible to construct a relatively final and internally non-contradictory hypothesis of the world order. The hypothesis is as correct as possible, and no more than that.

Hypertime (Гипервремя) A universal way to measure time based on the constancy of the process of recession of galaxies. The speed of the elimination of a periphery of a metagalaxy, as well as the borders of a hypermatrix from the center of a metagalaxy size have remained constant over 320,000 billion years. The ethereal world and its inhabitants – spiritual beings – are not subject to relativistic effect most likely live according to this clock. Hypermatrix (Гиперматрица) The structure formed of cells – non-material cubic spaces snug against each other with a side measuring 10-35 m. There were 10180 such cells art the time of the beginning of the life cycle of the universe. Most likely the Hypermatrix formed sphere inside of which both the ethereal and the material worlds are placed. There is nothing outside of the Hypermatrix. I do not know what a cell of a Hypermatrix is made of, how it is made and what kinds of walls divide it. There is no concept of «matter» in the ethereal world. However it is known that cells must accept, transfer, accumulate

Page 340: Technology of Creation Eng

340

GLOSSARY

and process the information. Also, cells work in several strictly certain frequency ranges, and each range is fixed to certain class of spiritual beings and one range for a Maximon. Each range is responsible for the performance of a strictly determined function and the purpose of the System of the universe. See «flash», «Maximon». In scales of one frequency range, the speed of information transfer is instant from edge to edge of the Hypermatrix. from the time of creation and before end of the existence, the Hypermatrix extends due to an increase in the number of cells with the speed which is not enabling material objects to touch the edge and thus creating effect of infinity for the world of matter. Expansion of the Hypermatrix entails a stretching of «waves of scale stability» that in due course leads to end of the life cycle of the universe. See also «Time». Hyperspace (Гиперпространство) – The space formed by the Hypermatrix, serves as accommodation for the universe, including the ethereal and material worlds. See «Hypermatrix».

Hierarchy of functions and tasks (Иерархия функций и задач) The universe the most complicated multilevel «totally self-contained system». Management of a similar object is possible only by means of an adequate multilevel hierarchical control system, where each level and every functional block solves local problems, the mosaic of which produces a result that meets the general target function of the system. The hierarchy and division of functions exist in the ethereal world, is and are also in control over the world of matter. In addition, a system of monitoring and feedback corrects the management

systems of both worlds. See fig. 66. The time between the occurrence of an object in the system of Creation and its disappearance from the Creation (transition into another quality). life cycle includes a birth, a becoming, an active part, a fading and a death. Duration of life cycle is associated with two time characteristics inherent in all objects of the universe. The first of these is its own rhythm, or clock frequency, that is duration, or frequency of the basic life-supporting oscillatory process. The second is the threshold of time sensitivity, which is an interval of time so small that its unitary addition or reduction is not reflected in any way in the activity of object, and not identified at all by it. The time of the life cycle of any unit from any area of the material world contains 10 billion of its own (clock) rhythms, and the threshold of sensitivity makes up one percent of the duration of its rhythm. for the ethereal world the situation is little bit different. The life cycle of an ethereal object is the time of a continuous information signal as much as is possible, and the duration of the existence of the ethereal object is dictated by the duration of life cycle of the material object which it supervises. The duration of the shortest life cycle can occur in the ethereal world. It is 10-70 seconds and the longest is 1,2×1022

seconds in the world of a matter. See also «Time period», «Sensitivity threshold».

Increment of the scale ranking (Шаг масштабной шкалы) – The same as the scale factor of 105 times. Such is the dimensional step from one unit of matter to another. See fig. 16. The dimensional-scale-logarithmic ranking consists of 60 tenfold steps. The extreme left point is lower than the extreme right by 1060 times.

Page 341: Technology of Creation Eng

341

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

This axis is divided into 11 complete classes and two sub-classes. Each class occupies five tenfold steps. This is the increment of the scale ranking discovered by S.I. Sukhonos. The increment of the scale ranking (scale factor) is constant and equal to 105.

Invariance of a maximon (Ин-вариантность максимона) As is known, the maximon is a phenomenon of the information activity of a cell of a hypermatrix. See «Maximon». Invariancy consists in universality and is more precisely information transferred by the maximon being absolutely identical regardless of in what specific cell of a hypermatrix it manifests itself. Two maximons simultaneously «lighting» two cells at opposite ends of the Megagalaxy are absolutely identical. The maximon being identical does not extend to the operative part of the information inclusion of this maximon in a certain object and about an impulse of movement of this object in the space of the Hypermatrix. However this part of disappearing information is small in comparison with the standard «genetic» package storing the description of Creation. The invariancy of a maximon is not absolute in a long-term temporal aspect. Maximon it is generated by forces of the noumenal world, and feeds on a feedback from the world of matter which objectively varies under influence of the «recession of Galaxies» factor. As a result the noumenal clichés of material objects gradually change, but at a rate imperceptible for life cycle of a solar system. Key section (Ключевое сечение) The plane cutting through the graphic model

of creation is perpendicular to the axis of scale and passes through the points of «Alpha» and «Omega». Specifically, «Diagonal 7/12» lies in this plane and has the key value for the vital activity of Creation. All unit-bearers of spirituality are located here: plants, animals, humans, the «subject of spirituality», the lord «Alpha» and the lord «Omega». The points these units belong to an equal degree to the plane of Creation and the key section. Through them is possible to exchange information between these planes, and what is more, pass on to the control and existence planes. Specifically, around the divine diagonal as ridge, the entire construction of the periphery of God’s worlds is being built, which answers the general objective function of the system to switch over from the state of «Alpha» to the state of «Omega» See figs. 48, 49,55.

Life (Жизнь) See «Animate and inanimate» with regard to biological value. By the same token, in a system-wdie representation for the universe, «life» is the name of one of three higher planes of the ethereal world. The name is borrowed from the Christ’s statement «I am the way, the truth and the life». The «life» plane is an information frequency area of the ethereal world where noumens of units of matter are created and developed, i.e. the future material world is modelled, and then when it is created, there is a levelling by correction of noumens. The curator of this part of the universe is «God-life». from the point of view of process of Creation, it is a Phase 3 of the world Order, and the spiritual being the «Executor» creates the Periphery of the universe and both worlds ethereal and material.See «Noumenal world», «life cycle».

«Law» («Закономерность») – In a general sense, the steady property of an object

Page 342: Technology of Creation Eng

342

GLOSSARY

to react in the same way to identical conditions. The search for an outline explaining the order of the world is reduced in the beginning to a search of the fundamental, most basic laws in the arrangement of the world closest to us. Such laws turned out to be: a) reducibility of all material objects of the universe to 22 «basic units». b) Conformity of the sizes of basic units to twelve steps of the scale dimensional ranking, with a rhythm of 105 between steps. c) Hierarchical organisation of basic units on the basis of level of organisation. Performance of a principle structural inclusion or structural causality for base units assembled in a chain in terms of rising complexity. d) Adaptability of units of matter to a scale-time (frequency) hierarchy. These regularities have allowed construction of a «Graphic diagram of the material world» and stemming from it, a subsequent representation of all Creation as a whole.

Life cycle (Жизненный цикл) The time between the occurrence of an object in the system of Creation and its disappearance from the Creation (transition into another quality). life cycle includes a birth, a becoming, an active part, a fading and a death. Duration of life cycle is associated with two time characteristics inherent in all objects of the universe. The first of these is its own rhythm, or clock frequency, that is duration, or frequency of the basic life-supporting oscillatory process. The second is the threshold of time sensitivity, which is an interval of time so small that its unitary addition or reduction is not reflected in any way in the activity of object, and not identified at all by it. The time of the life cycle of

any unit from any area of the material world contains 10 billion of its own (clock) rhythms, and the threshold of sensitivity makes up one percent of the duration of its rhythm. for the ethereal world the situation is little bit different. The life cycle of an ethereal object is the time of a continuous information signal as much as is possible, and the duration of the existence of the ethereal object is dictated by the duration of life cycle of the material object which it supervises. The duration of the shortest life cycle can occur in the ethereal world. It is 10-70 seconds and the longest is 1,2×1022

seconds in the world of a matter. See also «Time period», «Sensitivity threshold». Logarithmic scale of time (Лога-рифмическая шкала времени) is the scale on which each division indicates a value 10 times more than the previous one. Decimal multiplicity allows building a convenient and visual time scale, where the longest and shortest time intervals are accommodated, such as they are the only ones that are in the System of The world Order. In total, it required 104 tenfold steps so that the shortest interval of time – 10-81 seconds – and the longest of 320,000 billion years (1022 seconds) – were accommodated on one diagram. It is a gigantic scale, but in logarithmic form it fits on a figure in a book (figs. 37, 71) Logic (Логика) One of the «Attributes of the lord». logic is the law of godly thinking, the arsenal of the effective methods of reasoning and the rules of reaching conclusions. It is the most common decision-making technique of spiritual beings of all levels. formally it is the methodological basis of laws and rules of the world order. The laws of logic

Page 343: Technology of Creation Eng

343

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

of established by the lord in the second phase of world creation, are not further corrected, and they acquire absolute force until the end of the life cycle of Creation. The laws of logic are invariable in time, space and at the different levels of organisation, and they are the same for the ethereal and material worlds. The main activity of spiritual beings is to think and to make decisions, to think professionally, rapidly, accurately, with minimum expenditure of time and energy. logic is the collection of the elementary algorithms, from which cognitive process is forms independent of its content. logic attends the system of Creation and it is orientated to the achievements of system-wide target function.

Love (Любовь) One of the «Attributes of the lord». It is manifested in the first phase of the development of the world Order. love plays the role of the basic motive of world creation. The lord loves himself, loves to create, loves his creations. And this is sufficiently easy to understand for humans. But the lord loves also his emission into matter, his destruction, purification and revival in the appearance of matter, his catharsis and, finally his renewal and agonizing collection of his new spiritual essence. He is prepared to go for risk, sufferings and pain for the love. This is how the other side of love looks. Such is the are disbursements of godly love for the world, but he nevertheless chooses love.

Light (Свет) fluctuations in the frequency range from от 0.4×1014 Hz to 0.72×1014 Hz are perceived by human eye as light. Spiritual Beings exchanged signals at frequencies from 1060 Hz to

1080 Hz. Such are the parameters of the Divine light.

Linkage principle (Принцип звен-ности) One of the basic principles of the Technology of Creation. Each self-contained thing or the phenomenon-link in the chain of creating the Creation. In the ethereal world, the preceding component is always higher and the subsequent component is always lower in terms of level of organisation. But in the material world this is vice versa: the preceding component is always lower, and the subsequent component is always higher in terms of level of organisation. Moreover, components in the chain cannot be transposed or ejected in the ethereal or material world. The order of the sequence in both worlds is absolute. link to link. The unbroken chain of acts of creation.

Multiplicity (Кратность) The integral insertion of one number into another. Three parameters became the basis of the construction of Creation size, level of organisation, time. Two of them size and time – have a continuous metrics and units of measurement. However, to build simple scales for them does not make practical sense, as much as the smaller of the objects is smaller than the larger. The scales turn out to be boundless. In such cases, the logarithmic scales are used where each division is more than the other not by one unit of measurement but by several times of a factor of two units, three units and so on. Experience shows that it is especially convenient to use 10 multiple calibration of the scales. Specifically, this multiplicity gives the visibility of the scales without the essential loss of detail in the representation of the object. Moreover,

Page 344: Technology of Creation Eng

344

GLOSSARY

as it turns out, the decimal multiplicity is one of most widespread in the construction of Creation.

Macroworld (Макромир) The part of the material world which belongs to the average third of the scale-dimensional ranking. (fig. 17). It covers units and transitional material objects with the size of 10-14.66 m to 105.48 m. In other words, everything that is larger than atomic nucleus but less than the average planet enters into it, or the medium nucleus of star (which no one has measured thus far). This range is in 20 scaled 10 orders. Here inside is all of biological life and humans, only 10 of the 22 units of matter. Basic forces and laws controlling macrocosm electromagnetic interactions, chemical laws, biological laws, social laws and ethics. This variety of laws is explained by the fact that the objects of macrocosm apply to ten of the 12 classes on the scale of level of organisation. The determination of the precise dimensional boundaries of macrocosm and the analysis of equilibrium with the neigbouring forms of power interactions gives rise to many interesting conclusions, which are described in chapter 4.3. Also of see Of fig. 24.

Maximon The semi-material basic element of the material world, which has the form of cube with a side of 10-35 m, which exists for a duration of 10-43 seconds and which transmits for this interval of time the complete genetic code of the material world at a frequency of 1052 Hz. Besides the genetic information, the maximon bears a comparatively small, but sufficient volume of information about its insertion into the units of the following, higher organisational levels. In the part

of the genetic information, it is absolutely invariable in the space and it is relatively invariable in the time. The rate of change in the genetic information of the maximon is lower than the rate of the change of stars. This means that for a solar system, a maximon of immutable. The maximon is one of 22 units of matter, the very first and smallest in the scale-dimensional ranking. The photon is made up of maximons, the nucleus of electron is made up of photons, then there is the electron, atomic nucleus, and so on to man and the subject of spirituality where matter ends and passes into the spirit. The maximon «knows» as to build all subsequent units of matter and «prompts» to them as to how to do this. The maximon is the active state of the «cells of the hyper-matrix» and «flash» occupying the range of 10-54 to 10-43 seconds on “logarithmic time scale” (cm) but also further downward on the time scale of 27 additional steps. The spiritual beings dwell there. There several hierarchies, each on its frequency band. If one is tempted by an analogy to the computer television technology, then the maximon can be compared with a «pixel». But this pixel is first of all of voluminous; secondly, we do not modify it and thirdly it is thirty times smaller than a pixel and in contrast to pixel it is loaded with complete information about the order of its «computer» i.e., of Creation.

Maximon mould of a material object (Максимонный слепок мате-риального объекта) A copy of a material object that consists of maximons and is capable of overcoming the frequency chasm that separates the material world from the ethereal world. The clock frequency of the objects of ethereal world of spiritual beings is within the limits from 1080 to 1052 Hz, i.e., one beat does

Page 345: Technology of Creation Eng

345

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

not last more than 10-52 seconds. In the material world, an analogous index lies in the range from one second to 400,000 years. Therefore we do not see and do not perceive each other. Matter does not “see” the ethereal world and the ethereal world does not «see» matter. A maximon mould assembles and contains information about the material object at the frequency of the object and it is capable of transforming this information at its own clock frequency of 1052 Hz, which is perceived by the ethereal world.

Mass (Масса) is a physical concept. It is characterised by the effort that is necessary to set the object into motion. Concept mass is related to concept weight and is measured in grams. The indicator of mass is a strictly material feature. It is inseparably connected with the speed of motion and energy. The relative nature of the mass is a consequence of the maximon nature of the material world. The phenomenon of mass, weight, speed of motion, acceleration, energy is determined by the laws of existence of a maximon, by its frequency, its reproducibility in the cells of hyper-matrix, its «power engineering»and by its information capabilities. The range of masses even in the part of it that has been studied is enormous. The rest mass of an electron is 10-28 g, while the mass of the megagalaxy is 1053 g. There are 80 orders, but the three additional classes of units have not been studied. However, there are grounds for considering that the phenomenon of mass manifests itself somewhere on third or the fourth step of the scale ranking, together with energy, speed, weight and strictly by the subjects of matter without an «admixture of

ethereal properties». Material world (Материаль-ный мир) – Part of creation accessible to human perception to a considerable degree. It appears as the outcome of enormous preparatory work conducted by the «noumenal world» (consists of 22 «units». It is organisationally subordinated to three structure-forming axes: scale-measurement, scale-time and the axis of the level of organisation. They are located in the dimensional range of 10-35 to 1025

and in the time range of 10-43 seconds to 1022 seconds. The maximon lies at the basis of the construction of the units of material – the short-term 10-43 seconds activity of the «cells of the hyper-matrix», which carries in itself complete genetic information about the world order. Having once appeared, maximons begin to build the units of matter from the simple to the complex: inert material, plant, animals, humans and the crowning achievement of matter the semi-material unit with the working title “subject of spirituality”. The providential sense of the existence of matter is in the fact that duing the flow of the life cycle of Creation, God dissolves himself in the matter, which in being developed and perfected gives birth to spirit. As a result, a renovated spiritual being is assembled from the huge amount of 3.6×1024 «islands of matter», for the nextt life cycle of Creation. Periphery operating principle (Ме-ханизм работы периферии) The periphery consists of elements shown on figs. 49 and 51. Through two interfaced cubes, formed by planes of periphery a continuous diagonal plane passes through on which are placed noumens and their material incarnations – units of a matter. The information and controlling

Page 346: Technology of Creation Eng

346

GLOSSARY

commands are born in four operating planes and are transferred on two monitoring planes. Operating planes have a three-layer structure and perform three functions: store the noumen as the standard of the operated object, store a set of typical technologies and management techniques and generate correction signals on the basis of comparison of a real condition of the object with its noumen using standard solutions. Planes of monitoring are single-layer and single-function. Their task is to transfer the information on their status and functioning to the units of matter to the area of the formation of noumens. See also «Periphery of the noumenal world».

Microcosm (Микромир) The part of a material world corresponding the first third of a scale-dimensional ranking (figs. 17, 23) encompasses units of matter in the sizes from 10-34.8 m to 10-14.565 m, that is: a maximon, an electron and the nucleus of atom, as well as two hypothetical units with the conditional names «Photon» and «nucleus of an electron». The general logic of scale-dimensional classification says that they should be between an electron and a maximon, but they are not described by science yet. The actual microcosm is the universe of the initial substance of matter, space, time and forces of interaction, characteristic for the given area of the material world. In a microcosm, where distance between objects is smaller than the nucleus of an atom, “strong interactions” dominate. The boundary they overcome electromagnetic forces is at the 10-14.66 m mark. This size exactly coincides with position by the upper boundary of the Microcosm during the moment of creation of the universe 15 billion years ago, and proves with great accuracy the calibration of the scale-dimensional ranking. On the scale of

level of organisation, the Microcosm occupies the three lowest classes and identically coincides with the bottom branch of the graph of the Mega-universe. Clock frequencies of objects in the microcosm range from 1052 Hz to 1016 Hz.

Minerals (Минералы) Inorganic substances that are the result of the bonding of two or more chemical elements. Can exist in gaseous, liquid, crystal or solid form. Represent the substance from which such space objects as planets, their satellites and small cosmic bodies are created. Stars and the cores of large planets, where the temperature and pressure are very great, change nuclear structure of the minerals forming them.

Morality (Нравственность) is approximately the same as ethics and morals. Behaviour and acts of humans as result of a constantly having to choose between goods and evil. Along with «Spirituality» and «Knowledge» is one of three base attributes of modern humankind and «the civilised person». The providential role of morality consists of serving as a reliable counterbalance to «Omnipotence», to which humans are moving in advancing rate. uncontrolled omnipotence is fatally dangerous to the species. But the external control and direct control are forbidden for spontaneous matter. That is why self-control in the form of morals is therefore necessary. See also «Ethics».

Meaning (Смысл) – The meaning of things and phenomena is hidden in their place and function within the system of Creation. There are no things without meaning. But only the lord, possessed of absolute omniscience, can judge the real significance of things. See «Providence».

Page 347: Technology of Creation Eng

347

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Molecule (Молекула) The smallest particle of substance made of two and more atoms, possessing the chemical properties of the given substance and capable of independent existence. Represents one of 22 units of matter. On the scale-dimensional ranking, occupies the range from 10-10 m to 10-7 m, which is between the 5th and 6th classes, and on the scale of level of organisation serves as a class-forming object of the 5th class. Two to several thousand atoms can make up the structure of a molecule. In a providential sense, a molecule is the universal building block of the second level. The «Atom» occupies the first leve and the «Bio-molecule» the third. At present, a hundred thousand kinds of non-biological molecules are known to science. This assortment is quite sufficient to make material objects of an inanimate nature – minerals and cosmic bodies from stars to a space dust. The chemical activity of moleculres prepares conditions for occurrence of «Bio-molecules» and «Biospheres» (See «Bio-molecule»)

Nucleus-structure (Ядро-структура) – laws governing the cyclic alternation of the function of nucleus and structure of objects located in the dimensional-scale ranking. Discovered by S.I. Sukhonos. figs. 10, 60. There is the total of six pairs of units of matter located in the structural ratios «nucleus-structure» in the logarithmic scale of sizes. The nature of the relations between associated units can be manifested in two more forms: «element-structure» and «foundation- building». Numrical strength (Численность) See “Quantity.”

Number (Число) – One of the

attributes of the lord. The ability through the numbers and their relationships to describe the model of a future world, to construct a world and to govern it. Possession of the number (mathematics) is manifested in the second phase of the evolution of the world order. Mathematics is the language God, but the most interesting thing is that this language is accessible to humans.

Natural body (Естественное те-ло) The term offered by academician V. I. Vernadsky for definition of basic objects of nature «from rock up to a gene, electron, parliament and family». Absence of an exact feature set of classification has made this attempt unsuccessful. However, the idea was so good that it has led to formulation of the concept «unit» and even to reveal base «units of matter».

Noumenal world (Ноуменальный мир) The part of the ethereal world intended for creation and dynamical modelling of noumens. A Noumen is the sample, the absolute standard of a material thing in an informational, ethereal execution. Noumens combine the properties of object and subject, therefore the noumenal world is capable of not only creating a full model of the material world, but also optimizing it, relating it to the target function of Creation. when the model is ready, construction of the Material world starts on the basis of maximons, which carry full information on the noumenal units of matter. Next, the noumenal «workshop» is be reorientated to the completion and correction of noumens according to the objective changes of the world Order. Now the purpose of the noumenal world is to play out a number of

Page 348: Technology of Creation Eng

348

GLOSSARY

possible scenarios for evolution of matter in view of the age of the Metagalaxy and the influence of the growth of its dimensions on the properties of objects of the material world. Structurally, the noumenal world mirrors its future footprint – the material world (figs. 47, 64). The scale-time niche of the noumenal world lies in the range 10-63 to 10-52 seconds and crosses over two orders of the frequency zone of a maximon. The noumenal world’s own (clock) frequency is 1061 Hz. This means that in comparison, for example with a human, the noumenal world «thinks» and works 1060 times more quickly. There is enough time to go through all the permutations of our fates.

Omnipotence (Всесилие) Ability to create and destroy practically anything. A unlimited potential ability to act. However, the lord Himself limits Himself by the means of absolute ethics. The omnipotence of the lord does not break its own laws, which are focused on the achievement of the target function of the universe. The lord is not engaged in Such nonsense as «creation of such a stone that He would not be able to lift». Own rhythm (Собственный ритм) – The basic vital rhythm of material objects. The same as clock rhythm. for humans this rhythm is inhalation-exhalation. The clock rhythm is equal to one ten-billionth of the life cycle of the object. One of three fundamental time characteristics of any object of of Creation. The two other characteristics are «Time of life cycle» and «Threshold of temporal sensitivity». See also «Scale-time niche», «Cycles».

Object of classification (Объект клас-сификации) A concept connected with the search for class-forming objects of the material world. The analysis of possible

attributes of classification of objects of a matter has led to concept of the «unit of a matter». It turned out that all the variety of things in the material world can be reduced to 22 «units» which are equally subordinated to three classifications: on the basis of the size, time and level of the organisation. See «Three-dimensional taxonomy of the material world». Organisation (Организация) is the same as complexity and level of organisation. One of three system-forming factors of the world Order. The other two are Size and Time. Providentially, it is intended for creation of a hierarchy of units of matter going from the simple to the complex. The organisational order of matter is such that each unit of a subordinate level serves as an element, means or circumstance necessary for creation of a unit of the following level. This ladder begins with a maximon and Metagalaxy and ends with the «Subject of spirituality». See fig. 16. The «level of the organisation» scale has no objective metrics. It is constructed on the basis of hierarchy of structures and sequences of occurrence. The unit of measure is not known to us, but all units of matter keep within 12 hierarchically subordinated classes. See also «Principles of links, hierarchies, concatenations», «Graphic diagram of the material world».

Oblivion (Забытие) The same as «non-existence». The condition of the universe when it is placed in one cell of the future Hypermatrix; in other words, in a cube with the side of 10-35 m. the Condition at which any division is absent and there is no «detached onlooker» ascertaining the life of the universe. The condition of

Page 349: Technology of Creation Eng

349

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

«Oblivion» lasts, most likely, no more 10-

70 given its own clock frequency of 1080

Hz. The time sensitivity threshold is 10-81. The condition of «Oblivion» contains the information of the previous life cycle of the universe and potential for realisation of a subsequent cycle. However, such densely packed information is a specific, unique substratum – «Goodness». Oblivion is the latent hypostasis of the One God finishing and beginning a cycle of a life of Creation. See also «Existence».

«Omega» point (Точка «Omega») See «Alpha» point.

Organic world (Органический мир) The part of the material world, including units of a biological origin, as distinct from from «Microcosm», «Macrocosm» and «Megaworld» where units do not possess biological life. On a scale of «level of the organisation», it occupies the 6th through the 8th classes, See fig. 26. The providential purpose of the organic world is to create units of matter, able to think, distinguish between good and evil, to understand and learn the «Attributes of the lord», and as a result create a Spiritual Being, born of matter, possessing «Omnipotence» and «Absolute Ethics». This being will be able to realize the following life cycle of Creation. See also «Super-biological object», «Animate and inanimate».

Parameter (Параметр) is an engineering concept – the size describing any property of an object or phenomenon. A measured quality of a matter. A way of the describing things of which the material world consists. Analysis shows, that among boundless number of possible parameters of matter, there are three system-forming ones: «Size», «Organisation» and «Time».

See also «Classification cell», «Class-forming objects», «Concordance of scales».

Periphery of the material world (Пе-риферия Материального мира) Part of the «Peripheries of Creation», responsible for the regular functioning of the Material world, as part of the System of Creation and maintenance of its system purposes, See figs. 49, 54. Carries out the following functions: management of the material world in terms of extraordinary deviations; the function of nonexistence, i.e. the termination of life cycle; function of tracking scale-dimensional dependencies and restrictions and the function of monitoring of existence. The «Material world» is free from any direct influence and management. Otherwise it could create the units allocated by freedom of choice. Therefore its periphery works through a random mechanism, or a pre-existence selection of characteristics of the future unit, changing its circumstances of environment, genotype and karma. The periphery of the material world has the information-accumulation mechanism for experience, the life cycle and the mechanism of conversion of positive experience into the «Goodness» substratum. See also «Periphery of Creation», «Periphery of TSCS totally self-contained system».

Periphery of Creation (Перифе-рия Мироздания) is the information operating system responsible for objects of the noumenal and material worlds (fig. 49). Actually noumen units and units of matter are placed on the plane of Creation and are reminiscent of playing card (fig. 47), and around of each of the

Page 350: Technology of Creation Eng

350

GLOSSARY

halves of this «card» a cube is formed at 45-degree angle, made from the functional planes of periphery. Planes are in pairs opposite to each other as each pair performs one task within uniform borders. Planes of life and nonexistence, planes of management of the noumenal and material worlds, planes of scale-dimensional borders, planes of monitoring and functioning. Planes of the Periphery give rise to a spatial interpretation of the periphery of Creation in the form of two diagonally interfaced cubes: peripheries of the noumenal the world and peripheries of the material world. See also «Periphery of TSCS totally self-contained system», «Vector of influence». Periphery of the noumenal world (Пе-риферия ноуменального мира) Part of the «Peripheries of Creation» responsible for the regular functioning of the mechanisms creating and correcting the noumens of units of matter. See figs. 49, 54. Provides existence and life, operates «production» and correction of noumens, observes scale-dimensional parameters and dependencies, participates in monitoring the existence and functioning of noumens, and through them influences the system of Creation as a whole. The periphery and the mechanism of creation of noumens are almost indissolubly merged, as the noumen combines subject and object, an is in essence information-managing and controlling program. The providential purpose of the periphery of the noumenal world is the same as the noumenal world itself – to equip the maximon with noumens of units of a matter in view of the current condition of system of Creation. See also «Periphery of Creation», «Periphery of TSCS totally self-contained system». Periphery of TSCS totally self-contained system (Периферия ТСС то-

тально самозамкнутой системы) An external environment intrinsic to Creation. The Periphery of TSCS (fig. 46) includes the «Customer» of the system and blocks providing external influence on a relatively independent nucleus of the system, with the purpose providing for a regular operating mode and achievement of the target function assigned by the «Customer». See also «Periphery of TSCS totally self-contained system».

Planet (Планета) A cosmic body orbiting a star. Together with a star, planets form an «island of matter» and a solar system. One of the 22 units of matter. Occupies the 8th class of the scale-dimensional ranking and the third class on the scale of level of organisation. Conditions on the surfaces of planets depend on their weight, remoteness from a star, intensity of radiation of their stars, density, rotation speed, axis inclination, orbital speed around a star, chemical composition and many other factors. Depending on a combination of these conditions, a planet is capable or incapable of having an atmosphere, forming a biosphere and enabling development of biological life. The providential purpose of the unit called Planet is to provide a field for biological evolution and to create a unit of the 12th class – the «Subject of spirituality» See «Planetary system».

Planetary system (Планет-ная система) More precisely «solar system» a system of cosmic bodies consisting of a central star, planets rotating around it and their satellites. One of the 22 «units» of matter. A solar system is an independent, self-sufficient, fully-fledged, replicable phenomenon of matter.

Page 351: Technology of Creation Eng

351

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

The island of material world, begins its history with maximons or protomatter and finishes the life cycle in 3×1017 (10 billion) years, returning to protomatter or full information «dissolution» transition into information. During this time, under favourable conditions on one or several planets or even their satellites a biosphere and biological life develops. The providential purpose of a solar system is to successfully travel the entire path of the evolution of matter from a maximon up to the «subject of spirituality» and to transfer the experience gained in the form of a set of information to the corresponding branch of the «Periphery of the material world». for 400,000 billion years of the existence of the Metagalaxy, 3.6×1024 solar systems send their “packages.” Received on frequency 1043 Hz this information is processed and accumulates on the frequency 1080 Hz, borrowing only one cell of the Hypermatrix, which by the end of current life cycle of Creation becomes a Spiritual Being, capable of going through the next cycle of Creation.

Plane of existence (Плоскость бы-тия) Element of the design «Peripheries of Creation». The conditional graphic location of Spiritual Beings, responsible for the existence of both worlds – ethereal and material. Gives life. It is opposed to the «Plane of nonexistence», which takes life from which makes a uniform functional block in the system of Creation. See «Vector of influence», figs. 49, 54, 55.

Plane of monitoring (Плоскость мониторинга) More precisely the plane of monitoring existence as an element of the design «Peripheries of Creation». The conditional graphic location of Spiritual

Beings, responsible for the sampling and transmission of information on the life and death of objects of Creation. The diagram of functioning of the Plane of monitoring is shown on fig. 52. See also fig. 49.

Plane of non-existence (Плоскость небытия) an element of the design «Peripheries of Creation». The conditional graphic location of Spiritual Beings, objects responsible for nonexistence of objects of the ethereal and the material worlds. It organizes the end of life. It is opposed to the «Plane of Existence» with which it makes up a uniform functional block in system of Creation. See «Vector of influence», figs. 49, 54, 55.

Plane of management of the material world (Плоскость управления ма-териальным Миром) an element of the design «Periphery of Creation». The conditional graphic location of Spiritual Beings, responsible for management of the material world. Analyzes its current condition, compares it with noumens and sends out correction signals. Thus the entire process of controlling matter is constructed so that it does not touch upon the freedom of the self-development of a matter. Therefore the operating impulses are combined with instances of conditions of equilibrium, or work through the mechanisms of karma and genesis. It is connected with the “Plane of management of the noumen world” with which it makes a uniform functional block in system of Creation.See «Vectors of influence», figs. 49, 54, 55.

Plane of management of the noumenal world (Плоскость управления ноу-менальным Миром) an element of the design «Periphery of Creation». The

Page 352: Technology of Creation Eng

352

GLOSSARY

conditional graphic location of Spiritual Beings responsible for management of the noumenal world. Objects of the noumenal world – noumens – combine properties of the subject and object, therefore the managerial process is syncretic with the nature noumen, but nevertheless functions of management exist and are realized, connected with the «Plane of management of a material world», with which it makes a uniform functional block in the system of Creation. See «Vectors of influence», figs. 49, 54, 55.

Predestination (Предназначение) See “Providence.” Providence (Провидение) - See “Providentiality”.

Providentiality (Провиденциаль-ность) – One of the Attributes of the lord. The ability to devise that which was not. To devise for the first time. Partly creative ability is also given to humans. In the lord, it is manifested entirely in the third phase (world Creation), fig. 56. The providential value of «creative ability» is obvious: in the process of creation, the moment comes very rapidly when it is necessary to strictly create i.e., to create first that which was not, and this means first this «that» needs to be conceived of first. It is similar to a miracle. But no, this is not a miracle. In reality, if we analyze creative ability, then a general idea about the created object as an element of a system will be revealed, the enumeration of the required properties and qualities, as well as the composition of rules and limitations of the very procedure of creation. The “only” thing that remains is to find the option for structure that would satisfy to the assigned requirements. Its normal task. A designer will understand me.

Programme for building the material

world (Программа строительства мате-риального мира) The information included in a maximon. Contains the description of all units of matter and the techniques of their self-creation. It is the result of continuous operation of the noumenal world, where practically all possible versions of the evolution of matter are played out at fantastic speed and standards the noumens of units of matter – are selected. See also «Maximon», «flash».

Programme of the evolution of Creation (Программа эволюции Мирозда-ния) The process of the transformation of of the Spiritual Being from the point of «Alpha» to the point of «Omega». It lasts 400,000 billion years. It cannot be completely foreseen or formalised. Therefore a diagram capable of operationally changing the very programme of evolution of matter depending on the circumstances is necessary. This problem is solved with the aid of monitoring and operational re-programming of the system through the correction of noumens.

Plant (Растение) One of the 22 units of matter. Occupies the seventh class along the axis of scale and the ninth according to the scale of level of organisation. An object of biological life. Plants are autotrophs, i.e. they synthesise organic matter from the inorganic, use solar energy for photosynthesis and photocatalysis processes generating energy and the simplest organic matter. The providential role of plants is in the creation of the oxygen atmosphere on the planet and of biosphere, as well as the creation of food resources for the animal kingdom and the conditions for the evolution of the animal kingdom and humans. Properties (Свойства) – See “Parameter,” “features of classification.”

Page 353: Technology of Creation Eng

353

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

Periphery information flows (Ин-формационные потоки периферии) Each of worlds – the ethereal and its spawn, the material worlds – has its periphery, which performs control, monitoring and management functions (see «Periphery of the material world», «Periphery of Creation», «Periphery of the noumenal world», «Periphery of the totally self-contained system»). The approximate structure of the information streams circulating in periphery of the universe, per an example of one type of object – Biospheres – is shown in fig. 66. It is expedient to divide all information streams into two large classes: operating and adaptable. Operating streams pass in the “Plane of management” – four contacts each in the ethereal and material world with corresponding planes of periphery. Adaptable streams of information connect each object of the universe with the next, higher and subordinate objects. Operating streams pass in the plane of management, build the object and «lead» it according to laws and restrictions of System. Adaptable streams, pass in a plane of Creation, bear «Goodness» – the basic resource of the object’s vital activity and transfer information on contacting structures, neighbouring objects with the aim of mutual correction.

Plane of reference for a vector of influence (Исходная плоскость векто-ра влияния) a concept from the graphic interpetation of the model of Creation. Planes from which signals of monitoring and management of the activity of Creation emanate. The graphic diagram of Creation consists of two diagonally adjacent cubes. It includes the following initial planes of the vectors of the influence: the plane of life, the plane of death, the «control plane

of the noumenal world», the «control plane of the material world». See two planes, which limit the scale-dimensionals axis (one mobile, one stationary), the plane of monitoring life, and the plane of monitoring control of the system. See also «Vector of influence», «Plane of existence», «Plane of non-existence».

Quantum of time (Квант време-ни) The Compton quantum of space/time corresponds to the parameters of a minimal wave. Its length of 10-34.8 m and period of 10-43 seconds to these values correspond the quantum of space and the quantum of time. In other words, in the region of the material world, there are no objects with a size of less than 10-34.8 m and the processes of shorter than 10-43 seconds. In physics, there is another concept of the elementary particle of the time, 10-23 seconds according to the calculations of M. Planck. Processes of smaller duration cannot occur with the objects of the material world. I think that there are no contradictions here. A wave and an material object are different things. In the ethereal world, where also there is time, there is a partition into frequency ranges, which is occupied by a spiritual being or a subsystem of different levels and control functions. Each of them has its own temporal niche. Temporal niches occupy their places on the gigantic «logarithmic time scale» (See the elements of «Three-dimensional temporal taxonomy». They have their «Threshold of temporary sensitivity». In the essence this is the same time unit. See fig. 71.

Quantum of space (Квант про-странства) The Compton quantum of space/time corresponds to the parameters of a minimal wave. Its length of 10-34.8 m and period of 10-43 seconds to these values

Page 354: Technology of Creation Eng

354

GLOSSARY

correspond the quantum of space and the quantum of time. In other words, in the region of the material world, there are no objects with a size of less than 10-34.8 m and the processes of shorter than 10-43 seconds. A cube with a side of10-34.8 m is nothing else but a cell of a «hypermatrix» (See the universal space in which Creation is located and which is Creation. «The cell» of hyper-matrix not a material formation, but has a size and fixed location in the «hyper-matrix». The cell is revealed through the information activity, which is manifested on several frequency ranges independent of one another. See «flash», «Maximon», «Quantum of time», «Scale-time niche», fig. 27.

Quantity (Количество) The number of elements which form object and the number of subsystems of those forming the system. The analysis of the numbers, which describe a quantity of objects shows that there are a small quantity of numbers which occur much more frequently than others. The Creator has «favourite numbers»: 1020, 1010,105, 20, 10, 5, 7, 12, 6, 3, 1, and also two derived numbers 144 (12×12) and 60 (20×3). why is this so? Only the Creator knows.

Recession of galaxies (Разбега-ние Галактик) The process of the movement of galaxies from the centre to the periphery of the metagalaxy. At the time of its formation, the metagalaxy’s diameter is 1025.2 m. In 15 billion years it is 1025.625 m, i.e., it increased approximately two-and-a-half times. However, by the time of the completion of its life cycle in 320,000 billion of years, the diameter of metagalaxy will be 1030 m, i.e., an increase by a factor of 100,000. The providential

meaning of the process of «recession» can be examined in terms of several aspects. first of all, the execution of the function of an absolute clock for keeping track of hyper-time. Secondly, recession makes irreversible changes in the structure of Creation, bringing the life cycle of Creation to completion. Thirdly, an effect of the «infinity» of the universe is achieved for material objects, which cannot reach the speed of «recession» in the periphery of metagalaxy. fourthly, there is the load distribution on maximons. During the motion of galaxies, the probability of constant or frequent «switching on» of one and the same cells of hyper-matrix is reduced. See of also «Hypermatrix», «Hypertime», «Cell», «flash».

Reflectivity of worlds (Зеркальность миров) The material world and the ethereal world have mirror similarity and mirror symmetry. However, if in the material world, a reflection of an object is its an optical non-material copy, the phenomenon of the smooth surface of the world Order has opposite structure. The ethereal sample of the universe is primary, and the world of a matter is its duplicated reflection, a material embodiment. The plane of reflection passes through points of the beginning and the end of a scale ranking – the Maximon and the Metagalaxy units. These objects belong equally to the ethereal and material worlds. The ethereal world, basis of which is the noumenal world, generates a plan dynamic, ethereal model of a material world with which it is possible to do a matrix ideal samples of noumens of all units of matter. The Material world is free in its development; however, it is arranged so that its natural evolution gradually rejects all specific decisions except for those that are similar to noumens. The «Periphery of

Page 355: Technology of Creation Eng

355

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

the material world» regulates this law, the construction of which is also reflected by an analogous structure in the ethereal world «Peripheries of the nuomen world». Alpha and Omega, points that are reflective in relation to one another are crowning both the ethereal material worlds and are the Gods of the previous and subsequent iteration of Creation.

Radiant energy (Излучение) Scientists term the range of fluctuations of frequencies between from 1014 до 1020 Hz (from visible light to gamma rays) as radiant energy. However, to reach the frequency at which Maximon expresses itself – 1043 Hz there are 23 more exponent parts. They too belong to the world of matter. what about radiant energies? what are they used for? It is too complex even to speculate.

Reason (Разум) The capability of self-awareness and analytical thinking. The presence of language and abstract descriptive thinking is assumed. The attribute of humans comprising their basic specific difference from the realm of animals. The basic tool of the specific victory of humans over the animal kingdom. The limitation of reason is that it has no spiritual or ethical component. In order not to cause harm, reason must be under the control of adequate ethics. See also «Omnipotence», «Spirituality», «work of the soul».

Specific human evolution (Видовая эволюция человека) specific evolution of humans as fauna has probably come to an end. Today, evolution proceeds basically in sphere of social attitudes. The strategic line of the further human evolution will be

associated with achievement of balance between its growing power and adequate growth of the ethics of behaviour. The providential goal of specific evolution of the person consists in its transition, regeneration in «the Subject of spirituality» – the unit of 12 classes on the scale of level of organisation. Scale stability wave (Волна мас-штабной устойчивости) The sinusoid built up along the scale-dimensional ranking with primary step in size in two steps of a scale or 1010 number of times. Defines areas where units of matter have the propensity to synthesise or to divide. The sinusoid is attached at one end like a spring to the maximon unit and at the other end to the «Metagalaxy». As a result of expansion of the metagalaxy, the «spring» is stretched and the areas of preferable synthesis and division are displaced relative to the coordinates of units of matter fixed on a scale. As a result, 400,000 billion years later, the right edge of a sinusoid comes into a condition of an antiphase to the initial position, that possibly serves as the mechanism for the completion of the life cycle of the universe. Stability wave (Волна устойчиво-сти) See «Scale stability wave».

Spirituality (Духовность) –The distinctive specific attribute inherent to some extent in a greater part of modern people. Sources of spirituality are comprehension of monotheism and the primacy of the spiritual above the material. Spirituality is shown in internal orientation of the person towards God, in the search by the person of his or her place and a role in the world God created, in love of God and His creations, in the desire to be to a

Page 356: Technology of Creation Eng

356

GLOSSARY

student and assistant of God. Spirituality forms the fifth, penultimate level of depth of soul of the person, almost the same as conscience. Spirituality is the quality allowing the person’s ethics to approach the nouminal level set by God. Spirituality, along with with «Morals» and «Knowledge» are three distinctive qualities of modern humankind – «the civilised person». Soul (Душа) The most complex thing generated from a pyramid of matter that is present in units of the 11th and 12th classes on the scale of level of organisation. The soul is responsible for the ethics of the person and his or her attitude to other people and to the God. The soul is endowed with the properties of reason, will and ability to make ethical assessments. The Soul of a person is that area where there is a transition from the 11th to the 12-th class of a level of complexity from «person» to «subject of spirituality» to the transitive unit from the world of matter to the world of spirit. The soul has a complex structure and depends substantially on genetic factors and circumstances of environment, but gives the person the ability of correction and self-improvement given the person’s good will and orientation to the Creator.

Stars (Звезды) from the point of view of a systemic vision of the universe, the star represents the center of «islands of matter», consisting apart from the star itself, giving warmth and light, of planets on which part conditions for the origin and development of a biological life, occurrence of humans and, as a result, «the subjects of spirituality» are created. The solar system (see «Planetary system») also is a material world in its full systemic sense. The life cycle of a star is 3.3×1017

seconds – approximately 10 billion years. In this amount of time, the solar system sees the birth of the world, its blossoming and doomsday. There are 10 billion stars existing simultaneously in the life cycle of a galaxy, which is 1.2×1021 seconds. 3,600 generations of stars shine during its life cycle. 3.6×1024 stars will be born and go out in the Metagalaxy for the entire cycle of Creation. It is specifically this number of times that the local script of the full life cycle of matter repeats itself.

Sound (Звук) frequency fluctuations of the environment which are in a condition to be perceived by humans. The sounds heard by humans are in a frequency range from 16 to 20,000 Hz.

Scale (Масштаб) «The multiplicity» of increase or decrease of the object in question. It adapts for convenience in comparison to objects and the visibility of their complete range. See also «Step of the scale ranking», «Scale plans of Creation», «Scale-dimensional concept».

Scale harmony (Масштаб-ная гармония) «Scale Harmony of the universe» is the title of a book by S.I. Sukhonos [109], whose ideas were gratefully used by the author for the construction of the model of the material part of the universe. The main aspects of this concept: – the correlation of all material objects to the 12 classes of scale-dimensional ranking with a range from 10-35m to 1025m and an incrementation of classes of 105 times – the existence of «the waves of the structural stability» – sinusoids determining the region on the scale

Page 357: Technology of Creation Eng

357

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

ranking, where synthesis or division predominate – the determination of the dimensional boundaries of weak, electromagnetic and gravitational interactions – the establishment of the connection between the expansion of metagalaxy and «the tension of the wave of the stability» of the evolution of the material world serving as a factor. The list could be continued, but it is better to familiarise oneself with the original. It is worth it.

Scale Symmetry of the Universe (Масштабная симметрия Вселен-ной) One of the names of the law discovered by S.I. Sukhonos [109]. The essence of this law is in the fact that all material objects are built in a regulated manner on the criterion with an increment of 105 times and are distributed according to 12 classes of the logarithmic scale dimensional ranking, which in turn corresponds to six full waves – «the sinusoids of the structural stability», which determine many special features of the corresponding material objects. Matter is symmetrical to a scale-dimensional number. S.I. Sukhonos established this, but as it turned out, Creation and matter are also symmetrical to the time scale and to the level of organisation (complexity). A human has one backbone, while Creation has three: size, time, level of organisation. See also «Scale harmony», «Scale-dimensional concept», «Scale plans of universe».

Scale-time niche (Масштабно временная ниша) The section on the scale-logarithmic time scale that is correlated with the specific object and limited by three time characteristics: with the time of the life cycle of object, by the

limit of temporary sensitivity and with the frequency of its own rhythm (clock frequency). These indicators are found in the following mathematical relationship. The life cycle lasts 1010 beats, and the limit of temporary sensitivity comprises 10-12 of the life cycle or one hundredth of a beat. Man cannot perceive the processes occurring in the mega-galaxy. There the duration of one beat is 40,000 years, and the sensitivity threshold is 400 years. And the electron never will be able to see with its beat of 10-23 sec that is 23 orders more than cardiac rhythm. The time axis divides universe into the stages – the scale-time niches. Contact and interaction of the objects of the Creation of the world is possible only if they relate to one and the same scale-time niche; therefore, the hierarchy of niches is constructed with small overlaps. One niche overlaps by one or two orders, leaving the capability of «mezzanine» exchange of information. The typical size of a niche for the material objects is 11-12 steps on the scale-time ranking. Besides, that the overall length of the scale is comprised of 104 tenfold steps. The analysis of scale-time niches makes it possible to construct a «time-space taxonomy of the material world» and temporary topology of the objects of universe. See «Threshold of temporal sensitivity» and fig. 71.

Scale-measurement concept (Ма-сштабно-размерная концепция) Academician V.I. Vernadsky first named the category of size the “most characteristic feature in the system of reality”, and then S.I. Sukhonos showed that the sizes of the things of the making up our world, occupy a strictly defined place on the decimal logarithmic scale. with striking accuracy, the majority of the objects of Creation are

Page 358: Technology of Creation Eng

358

GLOSSARY

grouped in a row where each step differs from previous in size by 100,000 times (105), or by five orders. At the beginning of the scale, there is maximon of 10-35 m and at the end, a mega-galaxy of 10-35 m. See also «Scale harmony», «Scale symmetry of the universe», «Scale temporary niche», «Scale range».

Scale plans of Creation (Масштаб-ные планы Мироздания) Twelve steps or classes on the scale logarithmic scale of the sizes of steps with a step of 100,000 times of 105. for each step of the plan, one or several of units of mater is fixed. Therefore, all 22 units of the material world are distributed according to the scale plans of universe. Each plan with its units fulfills the specific function in the system of the material world. Inter-plan contacts as a rule do not go further than adjacent stages. See fig. 60[A]. See also «Scale harmony», «Scale symmetry of the universe», «Scale- dimensional concept».

Scale range (Масштабный диапа-зон) The number of scale steps in the scale of a specific feature. If we accept the universal multiplicity of the step of 10 times and examine the scales of size, mass, time, density, we will get the following picture. The scale of sizes has 60 steps; the scales of masses, at least 81 steps, the time scale, 104 steps; the scale of the density, at least 49 steps. The number of steps does not depend on the unit of measurement. It shows to how many more orders the largest value of the indicator is compared to the lowest value.

Super-biological object (Над-биологический объект) is the same as the «Subject of spirituality», a

hypothetical 12th unit on the scale of level of the organisation. Combines attributes of material and ethereal objects, and over half of it belongs to the ethereal world. As it is impossible for the cleverest dog to understand a human essence, so it is not for us to know what a human will reincarnate into when his or her specific maturation ends. However, no one prohibits the use of reason, logic and the techniques of extrapolation. It will already probably be the Spiritual Being, imbued with a significant, if not full, measure of «Omnipotence» and a measure of «Ethics» adequate to it. Possibly, the nature of its physical material shell will be changed to a substratum with binary properties capable of freely passing from the materially perceived hypostasis to the informational-ethereal hypostasis and back. Maximon moulds of corresponding material objects probably possess similar ambivalence. well, besides, for Him as Spiritual Being, Divine attributes will be inherent, maybe not all of them or completely, but they will be present. And with regard to frequency, it will for certain receive an output to the clock frequency of a maximon – 1052 Hz. And this is the beginning of the footpath leading to the maximum frequency areas of the ethereal world. The providential function «unit No. 12» is to fill up a mosaic of image God of the next cycle of Creation with love, omnipotence, ethics – the basic Divine attributes purified by the catharsis of passage through matter. See also «love» «Ethics», «Omnipotence», «The work of soul».

Structural reliability of the material world (Надежность конструкции ма-териального мира) Reliability is an engineering concept that extends to

Page 359: Technology of Creation Eng

359

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

all material and information systems. It means failure-free performance of a system and performance of the target function according to all established parameters. To judge the system of Creation by the result is difficult because on it will not be possible to see it earlier than 399,985 billion years from now. Judging by the complexity of the design of Creation, the problem of reliability is very serious and is perhaps even the most serious problem. But any problem can be solved, if the designer is clever and does not require resources. Everything is all right with the lord and others in this sense. Analysis of the design of Creation shows that literally everywhere it has mechanisms and the systems that ensure its reliability of operation. The variety of these devices is simply staggering, but one technique is of a universal nature and is applied almost in every subsystem of the world Order. The issue at hand is duplication. If the probability of a reject is one in one thousand, the lord establishes 10 billion attempts and the number of rejects becomes infinitesimally small and insignificant for the system. A solar system is not always capable of creating conditions for the development, but the Divine world will make 3.6×1024 such attempts during the existence. This will be more than enough. Systems of designing and modelling of units of a matter are extremely delicate but reliably constructed. Accordingly, when units of a material world are created and when they start to produced feedback information, management and correction mechanisms are engaged and these provide for development in the necessary direction within the assigned boundaries. The system of

maintenance of reliability (failure-free performance) is so perfect that does not leave doubts as to its efficiency. Noumen of the soul (Ноумен ду-ши) The standard of the soul constructed in full conformity with the purposes and aims of the system of Creation. The soul should be in this condition in order for the goals of the system to be realised. The soul of a human appears, when as a result of fertilisation there is a Zygote and the first cell of the human. At the very same time, noumen of the soul unites with the genetic Ego of the parents and forms the Soul of the Zygote – the core of the soul of the future person. See fig. 67. Subsystem (Подсистема) is the functional part of a system. The System of Creation is the most complex systemic object out a huge number of subsystems. Subsystems are built in the hierarchical multi-tiered constructions. Some subsystems are duplicated in space and are repeated in time. Subsystems can be relatively autonomous and independent; however, the providential designation of any subsystem ulitmately serves the fulfillment of the target function of the System of Creation. See «Hierarchies of functions and tasks». Space-time taxonomy (Простран-ственно временная таксономия) The classification of the material objects according to two associated aspects: scale- dimensional and scale-time. Three time parameters correspond to each material object: the time of life cycle, clock frequency and threshold of temporal sensitivity. from this stems the capability of making a graph with the logarithmic axes «Size - Time» fig. 38.[V]. As a result we obtain 6 or 12 taxons of the material

Page 360: Technology of Creation Eng

360

GLOSSARY

world, where dimensional and temporary characteristics are adequate to each other. See also «Time-space niche» and fig. 71. Space (Пространство) The volume occupied by the objects of the material world. largest volume is the hyper-matrix and the metagalaxy inside of it, which has the diameter of 1025 m. The smallest volume is a cell of the hyper-matrix a cube with the side of 10-35 m. Between them there is a scale of 10 classes with with incrementation of 105 times. Any space is a place occupied by an object of Creation. There are no spaces without things created by God and there also is no space without God.

States of balance (Равновесные со-стояния) A situation in which different scenarios of further motion of a material object are equally possible and equally permitted. At this time all laws and rules that influence the situation balance each other and thus are reduced to zero. Selection or exit out of the situation can be random or goal-directed, the freedom of the system in this case is not disrupted. Varying by the vector of exit out ot the states of equilibrium, the supersystem completes its tasks without disrupting the freedom and independence of the subsystem.

Size (Размер) The linear extent of material objects. One of three structure-forming factors of Creation. The two others are «time» and «level of organisation». The logarithmic dimensional-scale ranking includes sizes from 10-35 m to 1025 m. units of matter, with few exceptions, reveal properties of distribution in 12 classes according to the feature of size. The scale distance between centers of classes is 105

times, and three regions with four classes each correspond to three classes of forces: subatomic, electromagnetic, gravitational. The scale-dimensional feature determines the periodic tendency of material objects towards synthesis and division, as well as a number of other parameters of matter. See also «Basic scale factor», «Scale- dimensional concept». Synergy (Синергетика) – The capability of complex systems to self-organise. There is no system more complex than Creation. It entirely builds itself; therefore, synergy is one of the most important properties of the world order. A synergetic jump to a higher stage of level of organisation occurs relatively rarely and only in a the huge number of repetitive attempts – iterations, the purpose of which is «total sorting of versions». The sorting of versions is accompanied by filtering according to the feature of viability through the mechanism of specific competition. furthermore, a synergetic act is connected with the mechanisms of genesis, with the freedom in the sorting of the versions of evolutionary development and it is unconditionally subordinated to the influence of the general-purpose function of Creation. See of also «Churning of the world», «freedom and necessity», «Programme of the evolution of Creation».

Synthesis and division (Синтез и деление) – The «wave of scale stability» passes along the scale-dimensional ranking, alternating the regions in which an object approaches synthesis or division, fig. 60 f. There are six complete waves. The objects, located on the crests of the waves, are «in the saddle». Those that correspond to the lower points of the sinusoid are located «in the pits». The wave of scale stability (sinusoid) indicates by its apexes where

Page 361: Technology of Creation Eng

361

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

the points inclined to synthesis and those to division are located the dimensional scale. «Stretching» of sinusoid changes the coordinates of the regions of preferable synthesis and division. This discrepancy serves as one of the main engines of the curtailment of activity and existence of Creation. See also «wave of scale stability», «Contraction of the universe» and fig. 73.

Sinusoid of scale stability (Синусо-ида масштабной устойчивости) – The same as «wave of scale stability».

System (Система) As is known, a System is a complex multifunctional object. As a rule, it is capable of self-maintenance, self-development and self reproduction. Creation is also a systemic object, but in contrast to the customary open systems for which there is the concept of environment, Creation is a system, apart from which there is nothing. Entirely nothing. Everything, from the object that devised it to the last result of its activity, all of it is a system. See «Totally self-contained system».

System-forming unit (Системоо-бразующий агрегат) – Material objects, possessing properties and structures amenable to classification according to the features of size, time and level of organisation. It turned out that this triple classification is not only possible, but is also absolute, i.e., all material objects are plotted in the framework of this three-aspect classification and there is nothing in the material world that would remain outside its framework. There is the total of 22 units: Maximon, (photon?), (nucleus of electron?), electron, atomic nucleus, atom, molecule, bio-molecule, cell nucleus,

cell, plants, animals, humans, (subjects of spirituality?), biosphere, planet, nucleus of a star, star, planetary system, nucleus of a galaxy, galaxy, metagalaxy. The three units in brackets are still in no way known to science, but the general logic of the system, dictates their necessity. See figs. 12, 13, 16, 40, 41. See of also: «unit», «Classification cell», «Class-forming objects».

Strucure (Структура) – The structure of universe starts from an immeasurable point and goes to another immeasurable point. Between these states, isolated from each other by period of 400,000 billion years, the evolution of Creation occurs, with the expansion and contraction of its structure. See the series of diagrams in figs. 56-59. The structure of Creation is comprised of ethereal and material objects, which have united fundamental nature in terms of the activity of the cells of hyper-matrix, generated by the controlling influence Of Spiritual Beings of different levels. The hierarchy of spiritual beings originates from self-division of the one original God. He decides to create the univers, is created by the universe, he creates its structure, is dissolved in it, and it gives birth to it again, renovated, immortal, having passed through the material realm, ready to develop the following cycle of Creation.

Specific weight (Удельный вес) See «Density».

System levels (Уровни систе-мы) – The levels of the organisational hierarchy, 12 classes according to the feaure of the level of the organisation of material objects. See figs. 12, 13, 16. The

Page 362: Technology of Creation Eng

362

GLOSSARY

level of a system is manifested in one of three forms of connection between objects placed higher and lower. The first form of communication is «Nucleus- structure», a situation of the type «nucleus atom-atom», «nucleus galaxy-galaxy». The second type of connection is «element of structure, consisting of elements». Examples: «atom-molecule», «cell-plant», «star-galaxy», «galaxy-metagalaxy». The third type of connection is «foundation-building». Examples: «planetary system-biosphere», «plant-animal world», «flora-fauna-human».

Truth (Истина) The name of one of three higher planes of the ethereal world. See also «way» and «life». The name is borrowed from the Christ’s statement “I am the way, the truth and the life.” The plane «Truth» is an information-frequency area of the ethereal world where the basic laws and rules of Creation are established and when the foundations of harmony of the future of Creation are laid (fig. 56, Phase 2). The name of the Spiritual Being responsible for Phase 2 of Creation is «God-Truth.»

Time periods (Временные перио-ды) See “waves.”

Time (Время) Duration of the life of objects of the universe, one of three structure-forming factors of the universe. The Other two are «Size» and «level of organisation.» The category of time is inextricably connected with objects of the universe. The area of non-existence, the ethereal world and the world of a matter – each of these has the specificity of time. uniform universal time of the universe exists on account of the process

of expansion of the Metagalaxy. Each object of the universe bears the following time characteristics: its own (clock) frequency, limit of time sensitivity, time of life cycle, and the maximum duration of a continuous signal (the latter is for objects of the ethereal world). Direct contact and interaction are possible only for objects of the universe having identical or close clock frequencies. The logarithmic scale time scale covers an interval of time from 10-81 seconds up to 1022 seconds. See also «waves», «Hypertime», «Scale-time Niche». Task (Задача) The word «task» usually is understood as necessity to receive a certain result, having worked on the resolution of a task, of course. A universe is the most complicated self-contained system. It has a multitude of levels, aspects and stages, or, in other words, functional subsystems. Each of them is intended for performance of a certain task. Performance of all tasks should lead the system to performance of an overall objective –realisations of a subsequent cycle of the universe. from this we can conclude that in each individual task of the world Order there is a particle, that reflects the target function of system of the world Order. See «Hierarchy of functions and tasks».

«The Customer» («Заказчик») The conditional system name for the Spiritual Being responsible for primary statement of the task of constructing of the universe. The name of this Spiritual Being is «Godway». It decides when, where and how to move. It establishes borders and uniform rules. And It bears in itself (himself) the main keystone to success – Divine ethics. Once having established rules, it

Page 363: Technology of Creation Eng

363

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

never breaks them. In sequence of Creation is in Phase 1. See fig. 57.

The Churning of the universe (Ми-ровое пахтание) An allegorical image of the development of the universe. The creation of the universe is in some aspects similar to long process of churning and whipping milk in order to get butter. This was noticed in ancient India. Creation of a more complex structure from less complex structures without external intervention is a «synergistic act» possible only through a very large number of attempts – iterations. Any way you cut it, evolution from simple to complex is a rather painstaking and awfully long process – at any rate, from our human point of view. The second analogy is associated with the rotational movement of churning. Movement in a circle, the wavy process of repetition and cycles of repetitions – all of this is present when the Creator creates the universe. And the last similar feature is a parity of the volume of milk and hte volume of oil received from it. you need a lot of milk and get only a little butter. There are many star islands of matter, many planets bearing a biosphere, many worthy people, but not enough and very little of those capable to rise up to the Divine level of ethics and spirituality.

Thought patterns of material objects (Мыслеобразы материальных объ-ектов) are the same as noumens. Not to be confused with «Maximon mould of a material object». Thought patters of units of matter are born in the noumenal world in sequence from the thought patterns of humans up to thought patterns of maximons and metagalaxies (fig. 64). A thought pattern is a phenomenon of the ethereal world, combining properties of object and subject.

The designation of the noumenal «workshop» is to design such units of matter so that they would be viable, answer restrictions of System, do not contradict each other, consolidate systemically in the direction of the target function of the system and safely function in a material hypostasis. God-Alpha, God-way, the Customer of Creation occupy the «Alpha» point of the noumenal world, therefore 21 units remain which need to be not only thought out, but simulated and model tested. Actually, in the world of information, these processes and stages are combined. The mutual grinding of thought patterns and noumens goes on for a long time, until all interests, tasks and goals are properly balanced. from this time onward thought patters become noumens – full and obligatory standards for units of matter. A noumen is certainly not a material unit, but there is a full and versatile information model of the unit, that any specific material unit always only a special case of a noumen. Matter is free in its evolutionary creativity, but noumens are created to stand at the end of the evolutionary tunnel and to be the guiding light for the way of matter. Noumens are stable, but are not absolute. The noumen of each unit it is connected by the billions of its incarnations in all the corners of the universe. “Maximon moulds of corresponding material objects” going through their life cycles, experience a comprehensive change of space, the unidirectional accumulative current of time and signal what specifications are required to be entered in noumens. Thought patters do not stop working on the perfection and adaptation of noumens even for a minute. But this process goes at its own almost imperceptible pace during the life cycle of a solar system. from the time when

Page 364: Technology of Creation Eng

364

GLOSSARY

the sun ignited to the time it will go out, noumens will be practically unchanged. See also «Periphery of the material world», «Periphery of the noumenal world» and «Plane of monitoring».

Threshold of temporal sensitivity (Порог временной чувствитель-ности) Such a short temporary period, that its single addition or exclusion is practically imperceptible and does not change the rhythm of the object of Creation. As a rule, the threshold of temporal sensitivity comprises one hundredth of its own rhythm (clock frequency). The concept of the threshold of temporal sensitivity extends not only to the units of matter but also to Spiritual Beings of all hierarchies and hypostases. See also «Scale-time niche».

The work of the soul (Работа души) The conscious, voluntary act of choice between good and evil in favour of good. Correlation of the ethics of one’s behaviour with “the voice of conscience.” unconstrained motion towards God on the basis of the knowledge of world order, moral choice, through tovercoming evil and through the catharsis. See of also «Spirituality», «Soul… Taxon (Таксон) – An element or cell of the three-dimensional temporal classification of material objects. There is a solid connection between the characteristics of size and time. A range of temporal characteristics corresponds to each range of sizes. fig. 41. The taxon analysis has made it possible to pass from the two-dimensional idea of the material world in coordinates of “size of organisation level” to the three-dimensional, fig. 40. The providential purpose of the taxonomic three-dimensional classification of material objects is to guarantee non-mixing and generally

exclude any direct contacts between things that perform different functions in the system of Creation. In each taxon, its own forces, laws and techniques prevail, so there is no point in confusing them. The lord planned it that way! See of also «Space-time taxonomy».

Technique of incarnation (Техноло-гия воплощения) – Incarnation in the part of the passage from nonexistence to existence is actually the formation of the second point, the second cell of future hypermatrix. Thus far, the entire world is wrapped into one point, and there is no one to say about it that it exists; therefore, it does not exist. As soon as the first circulated «God-Alpha» cell appears, the isolation it ends. Nonexistence begins to flow into existence. further incarnation includes the multi-stage process of forming the periphery of both worlds, creation the ethereal and material worlds themselves, their evolution and repeated renewal. In this case, the technique of the incarnation of spirit into the material and then of the material into the spirit is subordinated to the principles of «linkage, hierarchical quality, cascade sequence and frequency reductions». Any incarnation and existence of objects in material form precedes the process of the of «thought patterns» of future material objects. Simulations based on the principle of «total sorting of versions», and taking place at frequencies 1010 are larger than the real process itself.

Totally self-contained system TSCS (Тотально самозамкнутая систе-ма ТСС) – a system without an external environment. A system, which carries in itself its purpose, resources and result. It can be said of this system that there is nothing besides this system in existence and all that exists is a part of this system. The definition itself leads directly to the sameness between the

Page 365: Technology of Creation Eng

365

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

concept of the TSCS and the concept of God. So it is. we examine Creation, the process of Creation and the Creator himself from a systemic point of view. Seek and ye shall find. A TSCS consists strictly of system and periphery. See fig. 46. The periphery includes the «Customer’s» system with his universal resource, from which the periphery and system itself are created. The periphery forms the environment and system of externl control of the system. Only the system is inside the periphery. It is relatively free and fulfills the function for which it was created by the «Customer». The universal resource-stroke, i.e., the resource of the renewed quality, is the output of system. In the process of the system and its periphery functioning, the «Customer» gradually spends His initial universal resource and completely «departs» into the system. Simultaneously from the time the TSCS begins to function, the universal resource-stroke enters the position of customer. without being mixed up with the initial resource, the universal resource-stroke «fills» the position of the Customer, and up to the moment of the completion of the life cycle of the system, it has renewed the «Customer» capable of repeating life cycle. The TSCS does not give or receive energy or information from outside itself. Absolutely nothing, but it is capable of the absolute conversion from «anything» into making everything, and turning everything into «nothing». «Nothing» in this case means a faceless universal resource.

Total enumeration of versions (Тоталь-ный перебор вариантов) –The special feature of the process of the dynamic simulation of thought patterns of the material objects. It consists of the sorting of all the versions without exception of the evolution of future material objects. The only limitation in this sorting is the more successful

evolutionary scenarios, which suppress the less viable versions of the development of objects. furthermore, the versions of evolution which contradict the general purposes of the system of Creation are forbidden. In other respects, all possible «batches» are played out and the noumenon of the object, containing the pattern of its evolutionary history, is created as a result. The material world is granted creative independence, but nevertheless disposes of the noumen of things and although follows its evolutionary pathways, it does not end the evolution until it arrives at a thing similar to noumen’s standard.

Three-dimensional taxonomy of the material world (Трехмерная так-сономия материального мира) – The classification of the material objects with the aid of three interconnected parameters: dimensional-scale, organisation level and time characteristics. It was explained that the indicated metrics were interconnected through the objects of the classification of the 22 units of matter. The entire material world is divided by six, or even 12, three-dimensional taxons. The units of matter with identical thresholds of dimensional and temporal sensitivity enter into each taxon, and so relate to one and the same class of level of organisation. An electron cannot directly interact with a galaxy. But in a taxon all things are «their own» any thing can have contact with and be perceived by any another. See figs. 40,41, «Class-forming objects», «Scale-dimensional concept», «Organisation», «Time».

Target function (Целевая функция) – The purpose of an object as the element of a system. Each smallest part of the enormity Of Creation has its own purpose or target function, which not only has particular value, but is part of the complex hierarchical tree of

Page 366: Technology of Creation Eng

366

GLOSSARY

objectives. In the final analysis, it participates in achieving of the general goal of the system as a whole. The target function of Creation, as the author sees it, consists of the passage of the spiritual being from the «alpha»point to the «omega» point, regeneration on the basis of the experience of «passage»into the material and the synthesis of the renewed spiritual being for the realisation of the following cycle of Creation. See so «Tasks», «Material world», «Planetary system».

Universal resource (Универсальный ресурс) – The concept associated with the organisation of the TSCS. The Customer of the system is the initial reason for its existence, and by his very nature has nothing behind his back. He contains everything out of which system will be created and everything thanks to which it will exist and develope. In view of this circumstance, the Customer contains a certain «universal resource» from which eveything required for the system will originate: idea, diagram, law, materials, energy… Therefore it is called universal, which can be turned into everything required. for «TSCS of Creation» created by God as the Customer of «Alpha», the universal resource appears as «Goodness» accumulated as the result of the previous life cycle of Creation. See «Goodness», «‘Alpha’ point». Unit (Агрегат) system-forming object of the material world. Analysis of matter shows that it manifests itself in 22 phenomena units bound by three system-forming factors: hierarchical level organisation, scale-size hierarchy and scale-time (frequency) hierarchy. units of matter form a 12-step hierarchy according to their level of organisation (complexity). Each unit below an ordered step in one form or another is a structure-forming element for the unit of the next level’s step. This is with the exception of cases where units

are exactly positioned in 12 classes of another hierarchy the scale-size hierarchy. See fig. 16. All things in the material world are part of one or another unit of matter. units include, in order of scale: maximon, photon (?), core electron (?), electron, atomic nucleus, atom, molecule, bio-molecule, cellular nucleus, cell, plants, animals, humans, «spiritual entity» (?), biosphere, planet, core of a star, star, solar system, galactic core, galaxy, metagalaxy. The units not completely known to science are marked with a question mark. The third structure-forming factor is the frequency and time factor. It allows building a space-time taxonomy of units of the material world. See fig. 38. Each unit has a certain providential function and as a whole they facilitate the work of the Systems of Creation and the achievement of the system-wide goal repetition of the life cycle of the renewed system. See also «Scale Harmony», «Scale Symmetry of the universe», «Scale-time Niche» and the «The large Scale Plans of Creation». Vector of influence (Вектор влияния) Incorporeal influence used on objects of the spiritual and material worlds with the purpose of the control and development of their functioning according to their regular system functions. Kinds of Vectors of influence: scale, organisational, administrative, resource, existence (life), non-existence (death) and the system-wide Vector of influence time. See fig. 40. Vectors of structuring and destructuring (Векторы структуризации и деструкту-ризации) The tendency of units of matter to form a structural hierarchy from the lowest to the highest classes on an axis of complexity – in favour of development and complication, and on an axis of scale – to increase in weight and volume of objects. Any return movement on axes is accordingly accompanied by reduction

Page 367: Technology of Creation Eng

367

VICTOR A. KORNILOV «TECHNOlOGy Of CREATION»

of complexity and dimensionvors.

Valleys and Peaks (Ямы и Седла) – Respectively the lower and upper points of the sinusoid of the scale stability of the point of extremum. The points of extremum in contrast to the gradation of the dimensional scale itself are mobile because the sinusoid, in following the growing metagalaxy, is extended like a spring. The properties that contain the «peaks and valleys» fall in the other sections of the scale departing from the original arrangement of the centres of the dimensional distributionof the units of matter, changing the boundaries of predominance by the tendency toward division and synthesis, absorption and isolation of energy and structural stability of the units of matter, until the time when original and displaced coordinates of the size of metagalaxy will arrive at the position of reversed phase that will in turn entail the contraction of Creation and the completion of its sequential life cycle.

Weight (Вес) Categories: weight, mass, gravity in our understanding correspond to the definitions accepted by modern science. Existing alongside with them are concepts of speed, acceleration, time, energy and even the information connected among themselves through base properties of the maximon and hypermatrixes. They are a basis of and reason for relativistic theory.

Waves (Волны) Repeating feature-variable oscillatory movements of a certain environment. fluctuations form the basis for the structure of spiritual beings, quintessence, matter, people. In a sense, the universe owes its existence to waves. In total, the scale of logarithmic time consists of 104 tenfold steps. The

longest of existing time intervals is equal 400,000 billion years – the life cycle of the universe. The shortest interval of time is 10-81 seconds – an absolute limit of time sensitivity that corresponds to the frequency of 1081 Hz Will (Воля) One of the 16 «Attributes of God». Manifests itself in the form of the desire to act and observe, as taste for creating and the need to create the universe. Wavering (Колебания) See «wave».

Way (Путь) the name of one of the three higher planes of the ethereal world. See also «Truth» and «life». The name is borrowed from the Christ’s statement «I am the way, the truth and the life». The «Truth» plane is the information-frequency region of the ethereal world, where for the first time after the stage «non-existence» the God-way or God-Alpha Spiritual Being appears and manifests the will to world creation. The fact of its appearance is equivalent to the resolution: To universe is to be! The formation of hyper-matrix begins from it. Its driving motivations are love, Omnipotence, Ethics. See Phase 1 in fig. 57 “The Phases of the world Order” and fig. 63 “The Stages of Development of the Hyper-Matrix of the universe.” Whole and Part (Часть и Целое) – The structural ratio characteristic for some pairs of material objects. A situation in which several objects of a certain level of organisation directly serve as elements for forming the object of the following level, e.g. atoms forming a molecule, molecules forming organic compounds, organic compounds forming a cell, the cells of plants or animals, etc. See also “Complexity,” “Synthesis and division,” principles of “linkage,” “Hierarchy,” “Cascade”, “Harmony”.

Page 368: Technology of Creation Eng

368

TABLE OF CONTENTS Autor's introduction . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Introduction to the second edition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Prayer I . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 I. what do we know about the Creator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 II. what do we know about origin of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .18 III. what do we know about structure of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 24 IV. what do we know about the control of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 1. HOW TO DESCRIBE THINGS THE MATERIAL WORLD CONSISTS OF? . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 1.1. linear size scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . ..36 1.2. Mass scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. .38 1.3. Density scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .39 1.4. Time scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .40 1.5. frequency scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .41 1.6. Scale of quantity of elements, forming objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .43 1.7. Scale of complexity or level of organisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 1.8. Providentiality or predestination scale . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .46 1.9. which two scales to choose? . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .48

2. SCALE-MEASUREMENT ASPECT OF WORLD ORDER – THEORY OF S.I. SUKHONOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

3. THE MATERIAL WORLD – DIAGRAM ON A NOTEBOOK SHEET . . . . . 65 3.1. five characteristics of classification of objects belonging to the material world . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 3.2. System-forming objects of the material world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 3.3. The material world – the great single system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

4. GRAPHICAL MODEL OF THE MATERIAL WORLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 4.1. Graphical peculiarities of the model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 4.2. Microcosm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 4.3. Macro world – inorganic part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 4.4. Mega-universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .108 4.5. The Organic world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .116

5. SYNERGIC MODEL OF THE MATERIAL WORLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 5.1. Maximon– information, giving birth to matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Page 369: Technology of Creation Eng

369

5.2. Synergetic evolution of matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 5.3. Synergy – the Process of Churning the world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 5.4. Space-time taxonomy of the material world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 5.5. Borders of the material world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 6. NON-MATERIAL WORLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 6.1. How I searched for the non-material world in the wrong place and in the wrong way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .180 6.2. The universe - a totally self-closed system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 192 6.3. Periphery design of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Prayer II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 7. TECHNOLOGY OF THE WORLD ORDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 7.1. Phase 0. «Beyond-existence» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 7.2. Phase 1. Existence, «Originator» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 7.3. Phase 2. Scale harmony, «The Contractor» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 7.4. Phase 3. Generation of design, «Executor» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 7.5. Phase 4. Generation of the periphery of the universe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 7.6. Phase 5. Noumenal world . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256 7.7. Phase 6–11. Material world. Operation of periphery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 7.8. Phase 12. The function of humans in the world order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 7.9. Phase 13–15. Completion of the life cycle of the universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289 Prayer III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .309 8. UNDERSTANDING INSTEAD OF BELIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Subject heading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Page 370: Technology of Creation Eng

370

In conclusion, I would like to express my gratitude to those who helped me create this book, expressing interest and giving insights to its author.

* * * I give thanks to my wife, my guardian angel, for creating the conditions I needed during all the years I worked on the book, for her patience and support; for her unsel-fishness, honesty, and great female intuition. Or, more simply – for her love!

* * * And also I want to thank you, Dear heart, my reader, who waded through such a com-plicated book. Before you were aware of it, I had already been communicating with you. I tried to make it understandable to you, thought about your possible reactions and

corrected what I had written. you helped me a lot, thank you. And now it is your turn. Jesus Christ said once: «I receive not honor from men» [John 5:41]. Messiah, sent by God, cannot depend on people’s likes or dislikes. His task has already been formu-lated by the One who sent him and is controlled by Him. And I am a common person, not a messiah, not a prophet, not even a priest. lord has been, and is supporting me, but now it is the time for the feedback of readers. un-derstanding and compliments would be pleasant for me to hear, of course, but reasoned objections and even categorical denials would be interesting and useful for my work. yet, I do not wish to hear the words dictated by envy, anger, resentment, and am-bition. This will be not constructive but simply boring. Thus I suggest my honorable opponents show mutual tolerance, or even better – benevolent style of communica-tions. There is nothing dividing us, as we are all in search of the truth. This book contains approximately one third of what has been revealed to my un-derstanding. I am sure that information, provided by readers, will help me write future books, if publishing these should please the lord. No need to worry about authors rights. I absolutely respect rules about quotations and source reference. My interests were and continue to be in the structure of the universe and the role of humans in it. My e-mail address: [email protected] Once again, thank you one and all!

Author

Page 371: Technology of Creation Eng

Victor A. Korniloff

TECHNOLOGY OF

CREATIONIntroduction in the theory of world order

Monograph

Signed in print 28/08/1910. format Conv. Pec. l. 14,1. The pilot edition of 10 copies.

Order № R18.08.10/002

Publishers «ontoPrint» Moscow Okruzhnoi proezd, 16, 212

Tel.: (495) 968-74-08www.ontoprint.ru

Printed on the basis of the printing publishers